Table of Contents
Section 16 NEMA Contactors and Starters Combination Starters—NEMA Rated
16-2) Manual Starters and Switches (p. 16-2)
16-82) Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters (p. 16-82)
Non-Reversing Non-Fusible Disconnect Class 8538 Fusible Disconnect Class 8538 MAG-GARD ® Circuit Breaker Class 8539 Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Class 8539
16-30, 16-30, 16-32 16-29, 16-29, 16-31, 16-31, 16-32 16-33, 16-33, 16-34, 16-34, 16-35 16-36, 16-36, 16-37
Reversing Non-Fusible Disconnect Class 8738 Fusible Disconnect Class 8738, 8739 MAG-GARD Circuit Breaker Class 8739 Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Class 8739
16-57 16-56, 16-56, 16-57 16-58 16-60
Contactors—NEMA Rated Non-Reversing Class 8502 Reversing Class 8702 Vacuum, Low Voltage, Non-Reversing Class 8502 Vacuum, Low Voltage, Reversing Class 8702
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
16-12 16-49 16-26 16-55 16-82, 16-82, 16-95
Class 8910, 8965 16-12) NEMA Rated Type S Contactors and Starters (p. 16-12)
16-70) Lighting Contactors (p. 16-70)
Duplex Motor Starters Class 8941
16-92
Enclosures Class 9991
16-103
External Reset Mechanisms Class 9065
16-102
Factory Modifications (Forms)
16-110
Lighting Contactors Class 8903 Manual Starters and Switches Class 2510, 2511, 2512 Multispeed Starters Class 8810
16-70 16-2 16-64
Overload Relays Bimetallic Class 9065 Melting Alloy Class 9065 Solid State Class 9065
16-99 16-97 16-98
Pump Panels 16-87) Pump Panel (p. 16-87)
Combination Starters (p. 16-29) 16-29)
Full Voltage Class 8940 Reduced Voltage Class 8940
16-87 16-90
Reduced Voltage Starters Electro-Mechanical Electro-Mechanical Class 8600
16-42
Starters, Full Voltage—NEMA Rated Non-Reversing Class 8536
16-16
Reversing Class 8736
16-51
Vacuum, Low Voltage, Non-Reversing Class 8536
16-28
Additional Products Electro-Mechanical 16-42) Reduced Voltage Starter (p. 16-42)
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Accessories Class 9998, 9999 Renewal Parts Class 9998 Thermal Units Reversing Drum Switches Class 2601
16-121 16-118 16-129 16-10
16-1
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1
Manual Starters
Type F—Fractional Horsepower Class 2510 , 2512 / Refer to Catalog 2510CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Fractional Horsepower Manual Starters with Melting Alloy Type Thermal Overload Relay Table 16.1:
f r o o t e a r p e y p T O
Single-Unit Types—Class Types—Class 2510—Rated 16 A — Thermal Units Prices shown do not include thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information. NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Surface Mounting
No. of Poles
General Purpose Flush Mounting (Without Pull Box)
Features Standard
Gray Flush Plate
Oversized
Type
$ Pr Price
Type
FG1 FG1P FG2 FG2P FG3 FG3P FG4 FG4P
57. 86. 66. 95. 77. 105. 86. 114.
Standard Stainless Steel Flush Plate
NEM A Type 4a Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure
Jumbo Stainless Steel Flush Plate
$ Pr Price
Type
$ Pr Price
Type
$ Pr Price
Type
66. 95. 77. 105. 86. 114. 95. 123.
FF1 FF1P FF2 FF2P FF3 FF3P FF4 FF4P
52. 81. 62. 90. 71. 99. 81. 110.
FS1 FS1P FS2 FS2P FS3 FS3P FS4 FS4P
55. 86. 66. 95. 76. 105. 86. 114.
$ Price
NEMA Types 3R, 7 & 9 Hazardous Locations Div. 1 & 2 Class I Groups B, C, & D & Class II Groups E, F & G Enclosure
Number of Thermal Units Required
Open Type
Type
$ Pr Price
Type
$ Pr Price
Type
$ Price
— — — — — — — —
— — — — — — — —
— — — — — — — —
— — — — — — — —
FO1 FO1P FO2 FO2P FO3 FO3P FO4 FO4P
47.60 77.00 57.00 86.00 66.00 95.00 76.00 105.00
Basic Starter—Class 2510 1 Toggle 2 1 Key Key 2
Standard With Red Pilot Lightc Standard With Red Pilot Lightc Standard With Red Pilot Lightc Standard With Red Pilot Lightc
FGJ1 FGJ1P FGJ2 FGJ2P FGJ3 FGJ3P FGJ4 FGJ4P
— FSJ1P — FSJ2P — FSJ3P — FSJ4P
— 99. — 110. — 119. — 128.
1 1 1 1
Starter with Handle Guard/Lock-Off—Class 2510 66. FGJ5 76. 213. FR1 233. Standard FG5 FW1 b 95. FGJ5P 105. 290. — With Red Pilot Light c FG5P FW1P — Order basic starter plus separate handle guard kit. 77. FGJ6 86. 224. FR2 242. Standard FG6 FW2 2 b 105. FGJ6P 114. 299. — With Red Pilot Lightc FG6P FW2P — Furnished with one 3/4" pipe tap in in bottom (reversible (reversible for top feed). To obtain 3/4" pipe tap top and bottom, add suffix letter“H” letter“H” to type type numbe numberr and add add $12.70 to price. For replacement starter, order open open type above. above. For For NEMA 4 with pilot light, retain pilot light mounting bracket from original device. 1
Toggle a b
Table 16.2: Type of Operator
— — — —
1 1
Duplex Units—Class 2510 No. of Poles
General Purpose Flush Mounting (Without Pull Box)
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Surface Mounting
Features
Type
Gray Flush Plate for Wall or Cavity Mounting
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Stainless Steel Flush Plate for Wall or Cavity Mounting Type
$ Price
Replacement Starter Class 2510 Type
Number of Thermal Units Required
$ Price
One Starter in Duplex Enclosure—Class 2510 Toggle
2
Standard With Red Pilot Light c
FG02 FG02P
105. 134.
Key
2
With Red Pilot Light c
FG04P
134.
— — —
Standard With Red Pilot Light on Eachc With Red Pilot Light on Eachc
FG22 FG22P FG44P
162. 266. 305.
FF22 FF22P FF44P
152. 257. 294.
Standard With Red Pilot Light c Standard With Red Pilot Lightc With Red Pilot Lightc
FG71 FG71P FG72 FG72P FG74P
147. 176. 156. 185. 204.
FF71 FF71P FF72 FF72P FF74P
138. 167. 147. 176. 195.
— —
— —
— —
— —
— —
1
—
—
—
—
—
1
— FS22P FS44P
— 266. 305.
— — —
— — —
— FS71P — FS72P FS74P
— 176. — 185. 204.
— — — — —
— — — — —
Two Starters in One Enclosure—Class 2510 Toggle
2 Each Str. 2 Ea. Str.
Key Starter and “AUTO-OFF-HAND” SPDT Selector Switch (AC Only)—Class 2510 1 Toggle 2 Key
2
With Mechanical Interlock: Standard 1 With 2 Red Pilot Lightsc With HIGH-OFF-LOW Sele Selector ctor Switch: With 2 Red Pilot Lightsc Toggle With Mechanical Interlock: Standard 2 With 2 Red Pilot Lightsc With HIGH-OFF-LOW Sele Selector ctor Switch: With 2 Red Pilot Lightsc For green pilot light, add the letter “G” to the catalog number (i.e. 2510FG2PG).
Table 16.3:
1 6 N C E OM NA T AD C E T F OI N R I S T E AP N U DR S P T O A S RE TT EY R S P E
2
1 1 1
Replacement Starter Class 2510
Two Speed Starters (AC Only)—Class 2512
c
2
209. 314.
FG11 FG11P —
—
228. 333.
FG22 FG22P —
200. 305.
FF11 FF11P —
—
219. 323.
FF22 FF22P
—
—
—
— — FS101P — — FS202P
— —
314. — —
333.
FO1T FO1PT
57. 86.
FO1PT
86.
FO2T FO2PT
66. 95.
FO2PT
95.
2
2
Horsepower Ratings Type F Maximum Horsepower
Volts
AC Single Phase 1-Pole
2-Pole
DC 2-Pole Only
115–230
1
1
3/4
277
1
1
—
Note: Continuous Continuous current current rating—1 rating—16 6 A.
Table 16.4:
Approvals—2510 Approvals—2510 Type F and K Enclosed
(UL Listed)
Type FG2P
Table 16.5: • •
16-2
Open
File E42243 (UL Component Recognized) CCN NLRV CSA Certified File LR25490 Class 3211-05
File E42243 CCN NLRV2
Type FO2
How to Order
To Or Order Sp Specify :
Catalog Nu Number
Class Number Type Number
Class 2510
Type FG1
CP1
Discount Schedule
Modified 4/17/09
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Manual Switches
30 A, Reversing, Non-Reversing, Two Speed—Type K Class 2510, 2511, 2512 / Refer to Catalog 2510CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 16.6:
r o No. t e f a p r of y o e T p Poles O
Non-Reversing—Class Non-Reversing—Class 2510 NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Surface Mounting
General Purpose Flush Mounting (Without Pull Box)
Features Standard Type
Gray Flush Plate
Oversized
Type KO1 KO 1
Type of Operator
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Type
No. of Poles
Type
$ Price
2
Single Ø 3-Lead Repulsion-Induction
3
Three Ø; Also Single Ø Capacitor, Split Ø, or 4-Lead Repulsion-Induction
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Surface Mounting
Features (Including Mechanical Interlock)
Motor Types for Which Suitable
Type
Standard With Pilot Light:c 115 Vac 230 Vac Standard With Pilot Light:c 110–120 Vac 208–220 Vac 440–600 Vac
Type
With Flush Plate for Cavity Mounting (Without Pull Box)
$ Price 191.
KG11
$ Price 34.80
KO1A b KO1B b KO2 KO 2
83.00 83.00 90.00
KO2B b KO2C b KO5 KO 5
138.00 138.00 42.80
KO5Ab KO5Bb KO6 KO 6
90.00 90.00 98.00
KO6Bb KO6Cb KO3 KO 3
146.00 146.00 54.00
KO3A KO3B KO4 KO 4
102.00 102.00 110.00
KO4B KO4C
156.00 156.00
Type
Replacement Switch Class 2510
$ Price 180.
KF11
Type
$ Price 44.30
KO1T
KG11A KG11B KG22
266. 266. 294.
KF11A KF11B KF22
257. 257. 285.
KO1AT KO1BT KO2T
92.00 92.00 99.00
KG22A KG22B KG22C
371. 371. 371.
KF22A KF22B KF22C
362. 362. 362.
KO2AT KO2BT KO2CT
147.00 147.00 147.00
Two Speed—Class 2512 No. of Poles
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Surface Mounting
Features (Including Mechanical Interlock)
Motor Types for Which Suitable
Type
Standard With 2 Pilot Lights:c 2 115 Vac 230 Vac Toggle Standard Three Ø With 2 Pilot Lightsc: 3 Separate Winding 208–240 Vac (Wye-Connected) 440–600 Vac For green pilot light, add the letter “G” to the catalog number (i.e. 2510KW2CG).
Table 16.9:
Class 2510 Horsepower Ratings Maximum Hp
DC Rating
Class 2510
No. of Poles
Motor Type AC
KO1 KO1 KO3 KO3
2
Single Ø
2
2
3
3
1
2
1-1/2
KO2 KO2 KO4 KO4
3
Three Ø
2
7-1/2
10
10
1
2
1-1/2
KO5
2
Single Ø
2
3
7-1/2
10
1
2
1-1/2
KO6
3
Three Ø
2
7-1/2
15
20
1
2
1-1/2
115 230 460 575 90 115 230 Volts Volts Volts Volts Volts Volts Volts
Note: Continuous Continuous current current rating rating 30 A at 600 Vac maximum. maximum.
To Order Specify:
• •
Class Number Type Number
Catalog Number Class 2510
Type KO2
Type
Replacement Switch Class 2510
$ Price 180.
KF11
KO1T
Type
$ Price 44.30
KG11A KG11B KG22
342. 342. 294.
KF11A KF11B KF22
333. 333. 285.
KO1AT KO1BT KO2T
92.00 92.00 101.00
KG22B KG22C
447. 447.
KF22B KF22C
437. 437.
KO2BT KO2CT
147.00 147.00
Table 16.11: Class 2511 and 2512 Horsepower Ratings Type K Device
Class 2511
Class 2512
Maximum Hp
DC Ratings
No. of Poles
Motor Type AC
2
Single Ø
2
2
3
1
2
1-1/2 E
3
Three Ø
2
7-1/2
10
1
2
E 1-1/2 T
2
Single Ø
2
2
3
1
2
2
7-1/2
10
1
2
2
7-1/2
10
1
2
3 3
Table 16.10: How to Order
With Flush Plate for Cavity Mounting (Without Pull Box)
$ Price 191.
KG11
Single Ø Two Winding (3-Lead)
c
$ Price
Reversing—Class Reversing—Class 2511
Toggle
Table 16.8:
$ Price Type
Open Type
$ Price
Type of Operator
Type
Jumbo Stainless Steel Flush Plate
44.30 KGJ1 54. KF1 39.60 KS1 44.30 209. 228. Standard KG1 — — KW1 KR1 With Pilot Lightc 2 92.00 102. 87.00 92.00 107. 285. 115 Vac KG1A KGJ1A KF1A KS1A KSJ1A KW1A — — 92.00 KGJ1B 102. KF1B 87.00 KS1B 92.00 KSJ1B 107. KW1B 285. 230 Vac KG1B — — 99.00 KGJ2 110. KF2 95.00 KS2 99.00 — KW2 257. 281. Standard KG2 — KR2 With Pilot Lightc 3 147.00 KGJ2B 156. KF2B 143.00 KS2B 147.00 KSJ2B 162. KW2B 333. 208-277 Vac KG2B — — 156. KF2C 143.00 KS2C 147.00 KSJ2C 162. KW2C 333. 440-600 Vac KG2C 147.00 KGJ2C — — Toggle Standard KG5 — — — — — KW5 — — 52.00 KGJ5 62. — 218. With Pilot Lightc — 2 115 Vac KG5A — — — — — — — KW5A — — 99.00 — 293. 230 Vac KG5B — — — — — — — KW5B — — 99.00 — 293. Standard KG6 — — — — — KW6 — — 108.00 KGJ6 117. — 264. With Pilot Lightc 3 208-277 Vac KG6B — — — — — — — KW6B — — 155.00 — 341. 440-600 Vac KG6C 155.00 — — — — — — — KW6C — — — 341. 63.00 KGJ3 73. KF3 59.00 KS3 63.00 Standard KG3 — — — — — With Pilot Lightc 2 111.00 KGJ3A 119. KF3A 107.00 KS3A 111.00 KSJ3A 123. 115 Vac KG3A — — — 111.00 KGJ3B 119. KF3B 107.00 KS3B 111.00 KSJ3B 123. 230 Vac KG3B — — — — Key Key 119.00 KGJ4 128. KF4 114.00 KS4 119.00 Standard KG4 — — — — — — With Pilot Lightc 3 167.00 KGJ4B 176. KF4B 162.00 KS4B 167.00 KSJ4B 180. 208-277 Vac KG4B — — — — 176. KF4C 162.00 KS4C 167.00 KSJ4C 180. 440-600 Vac KG4C 167.00 KGJ4C — — — — a Furnished with one 3/4" pipe pipe tap in bottom bottom (reversible (reversible for for top feed). feed). To obtain obtain 3/4" pipe pipe tap top top and bottom, bottom, add suffix letter “H” to type number and add $19.10 to price. When replacing starter with pilot light light in NEMA 4 enclosure, enclosure, retain pilot light light mounting mounting bracket bracket from original original device. device. b
Table 16.7:
$ Price
Standard Stainless Steel Flush Plate
NEMA Types 3R, 7 & 9 a Hazardous Locations Div. 1 & 2 Class I Groups B, C & D & Class II Groups E, F, and G Enclosure
NEMA Type 4 a Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure
3 Ø, Constant or Variable Torque 3 Ø, Constant Horsepower
115 230 460–575 90 115 230 Volts Volts Volts Volts Volts Volts
S P R Y T E R 1-1/2 S A O T P S 1-1/2 R D U N P A E 1-1/2 T S I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
Modified 4/17/09
16-3
Manual Starters and Switches
Type F and K—Approximate Dimensions Class 2510, 2511, 2512 / Refer to Catalog 2510CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Open Type
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure (Flush Mount)
MTG. HOLES FOR #6-32 SCREWS (2) PILOT LIGHT
MTG. HOLES FOR #6-32 SCREWS (2) PILOT LIGHT 1.69 43
F F O
1.69 . 84 43 21
F F O
.84 21
OFF
2.38 3.28 60
2.38 60
3.28 83 4.13 105
83
2.56
C
65
D
4.13 105 .50
2.34 1.7060
2.22 56 1.59 40
D
.75 A .91 19 23
43
1.13 29
.25 6
LIGHT
1.69 43
Table 16.13:
4.56 116 4.25 108
76 2.75 70
Device
Type of Operator
(2) .22 DIA. MTG. HOLE 6
Toggle
PILOT LIGHT ON
Fractional Hp Starter
3.75
95 OFF
Key
4.38 111
1.13 .31 29 8 CONDUIT CENTER LINE
.28 DIA. PADLOCK HOLE 7 3"
4
14 PIPE TAP
Toggle
.78 20
Motor Starting Switch
Table 16.12: Device Fractional Hp Starter Motor Starting Switch
17
45 PILOT
NEMA 4 Watertight Die Cast Zinc Enclosure 3
.66
1.78
Types KO1, 1A, 1B, 2, 2B, 2C Types KO5, 5A, 5B, 6, 6B, 6C Motor Starting Switch
Types FO1, 1P, 2 Fractional Hp Starter
13
B
Key
Class
Type
2510 2510
FW1, 1P, 2, 2P KW1, 1A, 1B, 2, 2B, 2C
Dimensions
Class 2510 Type
A
B
C
FF1, 1P, 2, 2P FS1, 1P, 2, 2P
1-7/16
2-3/4
4-1/2
FSJ1P, 2P
1-7/16
3-1/2
5-1/4
FF3, 3P, 4, 4P FS3, 3P, 4, 4P
1-7/16
2-3/4
4-1/2
FSJ3P, 4P
1-7/16
3-1/2
5-1/4
KF1, 1A, 1B, 2, 2B, 2C KS1, 1A, 1B, 2, 2B, 2C
1-3/4
2-3/4
4-1/2
KSJ1A, 1B, 2B, 2C
1-3/4
3-1/2
5-1/4
KF3, 3A, 3B, 4, 4B, 4C KS3, 3A, 3B, 4, 4B, 4C
1-3/4
2-3/4
4-1/2
KSJ3A, 3B, 4B, 4C
1-3/4
3-1/2
5-1/4
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure (Surface Mount) Mtg. Holes .25 dia. (2) 6
3.00
OFF
76
Mtg. Holes .25 dia. (2) 6
4.25 108
3.00
OFF
76
4.25 108
3.28
4.86 123 1.63 41 2.44 62
2.75 70 2.88 73
1 6
Pilot Light
0.56 14 0.41 10
C N OE 1.06 M NA 27 T / AD 1/2-3 /4" Conduit C E T F Knockout, Both Ends I ON R I Standard S T E (Class 2510 Types FG & KG, Single Unit) A P N U D R S P T O A S RE T ET RY S P E
16-4
1.63 41 2.88 73
2.75 70 2.88 73
0.71 18
83
Pilot Light
0.56 14
4.35 110
OFF
0.69 17
2.20 56
1.06 27
1/2-3 /4" Conduit Knockout, Both Ends
Oversized (Class 2510 Types FGJ & KGJ, Single Unit)
Pilot Light
3.09
78
Jumbo (Class 9991 Type KE2; see page 16-9)
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Manual Starters and Switches
www.us.schneider-electric.com
Approximate Dimensions—Type F and K Class 2510, 2511, 2512 / Refer to Catalog 2510CT9701
FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
NEMA 3R, 7, and 9 Aluminum Enclosure for Hazardous Locations
3.95
2X .30
100
4.35 110
8
1.37 35
OFF
OFF
C
2.56 65
6.36 161 ON
PILOT LIGHT
A
5.75 146 OFF
.75 19 .91 23
D
.28 PADLOCK HOLE 7 CONDUIT CENTERLINE 2X .31 MTG. HOLES 8
1.37 35
3 /4-14 PIPE TAP, BOTTOM ONLY
.70 18
1.19 30
Table 16.16: General Purpose Flush Mounting Plate for Duplex Devices
Table 16.14: NEMA 3R, 7, and 9 Aluminum Enclosure for Hazardous Locations Device
Class
Fractional Hp Starter Motor Starting Switch
Type
2510 2510
FR1, 2 KR1, 2
Dimensions for Duplex Devices (4)
OFF
.38 10
1.88 48
1.88 4.50 48 114
Type of Operator
Class
Toggle
2510
Key
.25 DIA. MTG. HOLES 6
One Starter and One Selector Switchd
3.00
76 4.25 108
2.75 70 2.88 73
Device
Two Starters
PILOT LIGHT OFF
Reversing Switch
.56 14
B
2.56 65 2.63 67 3.81 97
Two Speed Starter Two Speed Switch c d
Toggle
Key
2510
2510
2510
Type FF22, 22P
Dimensionsc A
B
C
D
5-1/4
3-3/4
5-1/4
1-7/16
FS22P
4-9/16
3-1/2
4-1/2
1-7/16
FF44P
5-1/4
3-3/4
5-1/4
1-7/16
FS44P
4-9/16
3-1/2
4-1/2
1-7/16
5-1/4
3/4
5-1/4
2
FF71, 71P, 72, 72P FS71P, 72P
4-9/16
3-1/2
4-1/2
2
FF74P
5-1/4
3-3/4
5-1/4
2
FS74P
4-9/16
3-1/2
4-1/2
2
KF11, 11A, 11B KF22, 22A KF22B, 22C
5-1/4
3-3/4
5-1/4
1-3/4
Toggle
2511
Toggle
2512
FF11, 11P, 22, 22P
5-1/4
3-3/4
5-1/4
1-7/16
2512
KF11, 11A, 11B, KF22, 22B, 22C
5-1/4
3-3/4
5-1/4
1-3/4
Toggle
Dimensions include factory wired power connections. Selector Switch is on left, extends 1-5/8" from mounting surface.
1.06 27 1/2 - 3 /4 CONDUIT KNOCKOUT, BOTH ENDS.
Table 16.15: NEMA 1 General Purpose Surface Mount Enclosure for Duplex Devices Device One Starter Two Starters One Str. and One Sel. Sw. a Reversing Switchb Two Speed Star ter Two Speed Switch a b
Type of Operator Toggle Key Toggle Key Toggle Key Toggle Toggle Toggle
Class 2510 2510 2510 2510 2510 2510 2511 2512 2512
Type FGO2, 02P FGO4P FG22, 22P FG44P FG71, 71P, 72, 72P FG74P KG11, 11A, 11B, 22, 22A, 22B, 22C FG1 1, 11P, 22, 2 2P KG11, 11A, 11B, 22, 22B, 22C
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
Selector switch is on left, increases overall depth to 3-1/2". Only one pilot light (located on right) is used on Class 2511 switches.
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
16-5
Manual Starters
Type M and T—Integral Horsepower Class 2510, 2511, 2512 / Refer to Catalog 2510CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Types M and T i ntegral horsepower manual starters provide convenient “On-Off” operation of small single phase, polyphase or DC motors. Typical applications include small machine tools, pumps, fans and conveyors.
• • •
Push button (M) or toggle (T) operators Reliable overload protection Pilot light and auxiliary contact available
Table 16.17: Integral Horsepower Manual Starters Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each; see page 16-129 for selection i nformation. Non-Reversing Ratings No. of Poles
2Pole
NEMA Size
Single Phase
$ Price
Type
Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Type
— —
1 2
MBG1
TBG1
176. MBW11b
480. MBW1b
480.
MBR1b
M-1
115 230
— —
2 3
MCG1
TCG1
224.
MCW11
594.
MCW1
594.
M-1P
115 230
— —
3 5
MCG2
TCG2
327.
MCW12
726.
MCW2
115 200-230 380-575 115 200-230 380-575
— 3 5 — 7-1/2 10
— — — — — —
MBG2
TBG2
209. MBW12b
MCG3
TCG3
257.
M-1
b
PolyPhase
Square Toggle P.B. Operator Operator
a
NEMA 4/4X NEMA 7 & 9 Watertight, For Hazardous Dusttight and Locations Class I Corrosion-Resistant – Groups C, D Glass-Polyester Class II – Enclosure Groups E, F & G
115 230
3Pole
a
Max. Hp
Max. Voltage: 600 Vac
NEMA 4/4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Brushed Stainless Steel
M-0
M-0
DC 2Pole
Motor Voltage
Class 2510
NEMA 1 Surface Mounting
$ Price
NEMA 12 Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure Type
Open Type Square Toggle P.B. Operator Operator
$ Price
$ Price
Type
669. MBA1b
242.
MBO1
TBO1
156.
MCR1
798.
MCA1
290.
MCO1
TCO1
204.
726.
MCR2
921.
MCA2
395.
MCO2
TCO2
309.
513. MBW2b
513.
MBR2b
708. MBA2b
276.
MBO2
TBO2
191.
MCW13
627.
MCW3
627.
MCR3
836.
MCA3
323.
MCO3
TCO3
237.
—
MBA4
242.
MBO4
TBO4
156.
792.
MCA5
290.
MCO5
TCO5
204.
M-0
115 230
1 hp–D.C. 1-1/2 hp–D.C.
MBG4
TBG4
176.
MBW14
480.
MBW4
480.
—
M-1
115 230
1-1/2 hp–D.C 2 hp–D.C.
MCG5
TCG5
224.
MCW15
594.
MCW5
594.
MCR5
NEMA 7 & 9 enclosures are cast-iron. NEMA 7 & 9 enclosures (cast aluminum) are available for outdoor use; to order these type of enclosures, replace the “R” in the catalog number with a “T”. For additional information, contact your local Square D Field Sales Office. Approved for group motor installations per NEC 430-53(c).
All Except NEMA 7 & 9 File E42243 CCN NLRV
File LR60905 Class 3211-05
NEMA 7 & 9 Only Table 16.18: How to Order File E58760 CCN NPXZ
File LR26817 Class 3218-04
To Order Specify:
• •
Class Number Type Number
Catalog Number Class 2510
Type MCA1
1 6 C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U D R S P T O A S RE T ET RY S P E
16-6
CP1
Discount Schedule
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Manual Starters
Integral Horsepower—Type M and T Class 2510, 2511, 2512 / Refer to Catalog 2510CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Reversing and Two Speed Class 2511 reversing and Class 2512 two-speed manual starters consist of two mechanically interlocked Class 2510 Types M or T manual starters. .
Table 16.19: Reversing Class 2511 Class
Description
NEMA Size
M-0 2511
Standard
NEMA 1 Surface Mounting
Ratings
No. of Poles
3-Pole M-1
Motor Voltage
Maximum Hp
200-230
3
380-575
5
200-230
7-1/2
380-575
10
Square P.B. Operator
Toggle Operator
MBG1
TBG1
MCG1
TCG1
Open Type Square P.B. Operator
Toggle Operator
656.
MBO1
TBO1
599.
798.
MCO1
TCO1
741.
$ Price
$ Price
Table 16.20: Two Speed (Wye-Connected Separate Winding Motors Only) Class 2512 NEMA 1 Surface Mounting
Ratings Class
Description
No. of Poles
NEMA Size
M-0 2512
Standard
3-Pole M-1
Motor Voltage
Constant Hp
Constant Torque or Variable Torque
200-230
2
3
380-575
3
5
200-230
5
7-1/2
380-575
7-1/2
10
Thermal Units Starters will not operate without properly installed thermal units and device reset. Thermal unit must be installed so that markings face the front of starter.
Application Data Size–Available in NEMA Sizes M-0, M-1, and M-1P. Poles–Two poles single phase; three poles polyphase; 2 poles DC. Voltage–600 volts AC max.; 250 volts DC max. Overload Relays– Melting alloy thermal overload relays have provisions for one Type B thermal unit for single phase starters and three Type B thermal units for three phase starters. All thermal units must be installed and the device reset before the starter contacts will operate. After overload relays have tripped, allow one or two minutes for the alloy to solidify before resetting.
Square P.B. Operator
Toggle Operator
MBG1
TBG1
MCG1
TCG1
Open Type Square P.B. Operator
Toggle Operator
656.
MBO1
TBO1
599.
798.
MCO1
TCO1
741.
$ Price
$ Price
Operator–Available with a push button or toggle operator in open and NEMA 1 versions. NEMA 4/4X (stainless) & 12 versions utilize a direct acting push button only. NEMA 4/4X (polyester) & 7/9 versions utilize an external toggle to actuate a push button device inside.
Maintenance of Equipment For proper performance, all equipment should be periodically inspected and maintained. Replacement contacts and interlocks are available in kit form to facilitate servicing and stocking. In addition, the service bulletin contains an exploded view of the device with components clearly marked for easy identification by description and part number. Mechanism Lock Off– Both open devices and starters in NEMA 1 surface and flush mounting, and NEMA 4, 4X, 7 & 9 and 12 enclosures can be locked in the OFF or STOP position. The NEMA 1 surface mounting, 4, 4X, 7 & 9 and 12 enclosures can also be locked closed to prevent unauthorized entry.
Table 16.21: Terminal information and Replacement Contact Kits Power Terminals NEMA Size
M-0 M-1 M-1P
Type of Lug Pressure Wire Pressure Wire Box Lug
Wire Size (Solid or Stranded Copper Wire) Min.-Max. #14–#8 #14–#8 #14–#6
Auxiliary Interlock Terminals Type of Lug
Replacement Contact Kit
Wire Size (Solid or Stranded Copper Wire) Min.-Max.
No. of Poles
Service Bulletin
Class
Type
#16–#12
2 or 3
312AS
9998
ML1
#16–#12
2 or 3
312AS
9998
ML2
2
312AS
9998
ML2
Pressure Wire Pressure Wire Pressure Wire
#16–#12
Accessories and Modification Kits One auxiliary contact, either N.O. or N.C. can easily be added internally to any open or enclosed Type M or T manual starter. It occupies the space provided in either the upper right hand or left hand corners of the device. These contacts are for AC loads only. For electrical ratings refer to page 16-123, Class 9999 Types SX11 or SX12.
A unique red pilot light assembly that clips into place is available factory installed on NEMA 1, 4, 4X, 12 and flush enclosures or as a field modification kit on the NEMA 1 surface or flush mounting enclosures. See page 16-9. The color cap assembly snaps into a knockout in the enclosure cover on the NEMA 1 enclosures. Pilot light kits are available for use on Various voltages (110-600 volts). Pilot light assemblies are not available for NEMA 7 & 9 enclosures.
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
16-7
Manual Starters
Type M and T—Integral Horsepower—Approximate Dimensions Class 2510, 2511, 2512 / Refer to Catalog 2510CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
.28
3.50
1.75
89
4.03
7
102
44
1.25 32
START
5.13 130
STOP
5.72
RESET
1.13
145
29
.69
1.13
18
29
NEMA 12 Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use
NEMA 4/4X Watertight and Dusttight Stainless Steel
NEMA 1 General Purpose Surface Mounting
11 Reset
3.97 101
Class 2510 Type M Sizes M-0, M-1 and M-1P, Open Type Approximate Shipping Weight—3 lbs.
.22
(3) .5 -.75 K.O. Top and Bottom
.28 Dia. Mtg. Holes START
.44 Travel to
Prov. for (3) #10 Mounting Screws
6
START
STOP
STOP
RESET
RESET
9.34 237
4.25 108
7.88 200
1.69 .75
7.25 184
.22
2.13 86
.94 1.69 24
.22
.88
6
22
54
5.00
27
1.06
5.78
29
RESET
.50 - .75 K.O. (2) Each Side
10.00 254
8.13
8.63 219
START
STOP
.22 Di a. (4) Mounting Hole s
207
.22 Dia. (3) Mounting Holes
1.31 33
.38 10
83
1.14 25
STOP
3.25
32
26
1.00
START
33
.75 Conduit Hub Top and Bottom
147
1.27
1.02
27
.50 - .75 K.O. (2) Top B ack
1.28
21
3.91 99
6
1.06
127
43
.84
19
Classes 2511, 2512, Types M & T Sizes M-0 and M-1 NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Approximate Shipping Weight—9 lbs.
NEMA 7 & 9 Hazardous Locations Cast Iron
NEMA 4/4X Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion Resistant Glass Polyester 3.38
8.94 227
43
3.38 86
.47
.31 Dia. (2) Mounting Holes
273
START
.50 - .75 K.O. Each Side
10.92
10.00
STOP RESET
5.75
RESET
12
10.75
277
254
146
1.44 1.00 25
.94
4.13
24
37
1.00 25
1.00 25
105
(1) .50 - .75 K.O. (2) .75 - 1.00 K.O. Top and Bottom
6.00 152
Class 2510 Type M & T Size M-1P NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Approximate Shipping Weight—5 lbs.
147
6.50 .75 19
5.00
1.28
127
33
146
6.00
163
19
5.76
Class 2510 Type M Sizes M-0, M-1 and M-1P NEMA 4/4X Watertight Stainless Steel Enclosure NEMA 12 Dusttight Industrial Use Enclosure Approximate Shipping Weight—9 lbs.
6.41
.75
165
(2) .31 Wide Slots NEMA 4 Only
73
26
Class 2510 Types M & T Sizes M-0 and M-1 NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Approximate Shipping Weight—5 lbs.
5.78
2.89
1.02
(2) .50 - .75 K.O. Top and Bottom
5.00 127
1.06 27
3.00 76
152
.66
.34 9
4.69
17
119
6.13 156
1.69 R E ON S
1 6
43
8.75 222
E T OFF
C N OE M NA T / AD C E .72 T F 18 OI N R I S T E A P N U DR S P T O A S RE TT EY R S P E
16-8
R ON E
186
R ON E
S
7.31 10.34
E T
263
S
OFF
222
(2) .31 Dia. Mtg. Holes
10.50 267
E T
8.75
OFF
9.94 252
12.13 308
(2) .31 Dia. Mtg. Holes
3.69 94
5.13 130
.72
18 .81 21
.75 Conduit Hub Top and Bottom
(4) .13 Wide Mtg. Slots
1.69 43
1.41 36
Class 2510 Type M Size M-0 (AC–DC) and Size M-1 (DC) NEMA 4/4X Watertight Corrosion-Resistant Glass Polyester Enclosure Approximate Shipping Weight—6 lbs.
2.19 56
.75 Conduit Hub In Top and Bottom
Class 2510 Type M Sizes M-1 and M-1P (AC) NEMA 4/4X Watertight Corrosion-Resistant Glass Polyester Enclosure Approximate Shipping Weight—6 lbs.
2.34 59
(1) .75 Conduit Top and Bottom (Std.) (1) 1.50 Conduit Top and Bottom (Max.)
Class 2510 Type M Sizes M-0, M-1 and M-1P NEMA 7 & 9 Hazardous Location Cast Iron Enclosure Approximate Shipping Weight—18 lbs.
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
www.us.schneider-electric.com
Manual Starters and Switches
Accessories and Modifications Class 2510, 2511, 2512 / Refer to Catalog 2510CT9701
FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 16.22: Accessories—Class 2510 Types F and K
Table 16.23:
Description
Class & Type
Handle Guard Kit with Padlock Provisiona Emergency Off Actuator Additional Key for Key Operated Devices Standard on Type K devices. a
2510FL1 2510PB1 2510FK1
Pilot Light Kits—Class 2510 Types F and K
$ Price 9.50 23.70 3.20
Application
Voltage 110–120 Vac 208–277 Vac 440–600 Vac
Type KF, KG, KWb
Red Pilot Light
Green Pilot Light
Class & Type
Class & Type
9999PL11 9999PL12 9999PL13
9999PL11G 9999PL12G 9999PL13G
$ Price 47.60 47.60 47.60
Type FF or FG, 115–240 Vac/dc 9999PL10 9999PL10G 28.50 FWb b Lens cannot be replaced. Pilot l ight kits for NEMA 4 Enclosed Units are for replacement purposes only.
Table 16.24: Replacement Nameplates—Class 2510 Types F and K Nameplate Type Number—Class 2510 Description
1-3/4" x 2-13/16" Nameplate Standard commercial switch with Embossed Mounting box cover or flush plate, Holes for #6 Oval Head including Square D Screws stainless steel plates 1-29/32" x 3-27/32" Flat Nameplate with Mounting Holes for #6 Pan Head Screws
Square D NEMA 1 surface mounted enclosure or gray flush plate
For Type F Starter (Includes “Reset” Indication)
For Type K Switch
Nameplate Marking
Application
(Blank) (Special marking – Specify marking desired.) (Blank) High Low Forward Reverse (Special marking— Specify marking desired.)
$ Price
Without Pilot Light
With Pilot Light
Without Pilot Light
With Pilot Light
FN1
—
FN2
—
14.30
FN5 FN10 FN11 FN12 FN13 FN14
— FN20 FN21 FN22 — FN24
FN6 FN30 FN31 FN32 — —
— FN40 FN41 FN42 — —
28.50 14.30 14.30 14.30 14.30 14.30
FN15
FN25
FN35
FN45
28.50
Contact Kits Table 16.25: Modifications (Types M & T only) Description
Red Pilot Lightc
Factory Modifications and Forms Form Number P11f
Price Addition 77.
See page 16-120 for Class 9998 Replacement Contact Kits.
Field Modifications
Table 16.27: Replacement Parts
Kit Class & Type
$ Price 47.60
Auxiliary X1 (1 N.O.) 105. 66.00 Contactsd X2 (1 N.C.) Jumper N/A — 9998SO31 9.50 Straps e Contactor Y76 No Charge N/A — only Electropolished G16 add 15% N/A — Finish—N4 c May only be field-added to NEMA 1 enclosures. For green pilot light, order 9999SPG1 additionally. d For proper operation, only one auxiliary contact kit per device may be added. Used to control a single phase motor utilizing a three phase starter. e f P11 Pilot Light Voltage Codes: 120 V—V02 200/208 V—V08 230 V—V03 460 V—V06 575 V—V07 The pilot light Form P11 requires a voltage code. Catalog number example: 2510MBG1V02P11.
Table 16.26: How to Order To Order Specify:
• •
Class Number Type Number
Catalog Number Class 9991
Class and Type
$ Price
Replacement Toggle Kits: Type FW and KW (NEMA 4) Type FR and KR (NEMA 7 & 9)
9998HW1 9998HR2
19.50 20.60
Replacement Handle Kits: NEMA 12 (Ser. B) Type MBA, MCA NEMA 4/4X (Stainless) (Ser. B) Type MBW, MCW NEMA 4/4X (Polyester) Type MBW, MCW NEMA 7 and 9 Type MBR, MCR
9998HWA1 9998HWA1 9998HR3 9998HR3
38.00 38.00 38.00 38.00
9998IL1
9.50
Description
9999MP1 (110–120 V ) 9999MP2 (208–240 V ) 9999MP3 (440–600 V ) 9999SX11 (N.O.) 9999SX12 (N.C.)
Type KE1
Internal Lever
Table 16.28: Enclosures For use with Class 2510 Type F and K M–Sizes M0 & M1 M–Size M1P FO1, FO1P, FO2, FO2P, FO3, FO3P, FO4, FO4P KO1, KO1A, KO1B, KO2, KO2B, KO2C, KO3, KO3A, KO3B, KO4, KO4B, KO4C, KO5, KO5A, KO5B, KO6, KO6B, KO6C
Enclosure
Catalog Number
NEMA 1 Standard
9991EN1 9991MG1 9991MG2
19.50 38.00 38.00
NEMA 1 Oversized
9991FE1
28.50
NEMA 1 Oversized
9991KE1
28.50
NEMA 1 Jumbo
9991KE2
57.00
NEMA 3R
9991KE3
143.00
$ Price
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
Modified 4/17/09
16-9
Reversing Drum Switches
Type A and B Class 2601 / Refer to Catalog 2510CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
NEMA 1, 3R, 4 & 13 Without Overload Protection Class 2601 reversing drum switches may be used for across-the-line starting and reversing of AC polyphase, AC single phase or DC motors, where overload protection is not required or is provided separately. They are compact and inexpensive but ruggedly constructed. Drum switches are field convertible from maintained only to momentary only operation. This conversion consists of removing the handle screw and handle, turning the shaft 180 degrees, then replacing the handle and handle screw. Optional handles – All devices offer as standard a one piece handle. An optional ball and shaft or fluted type handle is available. Drum switches with optional handles are available on a factory Quick-Ship basis only. To order, add the letter B or F to the type number, e.g., Class 2601 Type AW2B for a ball and shaft type, Class 2601 Type AW2F for a fluted type. Add $12.70 to the price for a fluted type, no adder for a ball and shaft type. (See photos below.)
Table 16.29: 600 Vac Maximum
Class 2601
Ratings
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure
Maximum Horsepower
Type AG2
360 Vdc Maximum
NEMA 4 Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure
NEMA 3R Rainproof Outdoor Enclosure
Voltage
AC Single Phase
AC PolyPhase
DC
Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
115200/230 230 460/575
1-1/2 — 2 —
— 2 — 2
1/4 — 1/4 —
AG2
105.
AW2
285.
AH2
138.
115200/230 230 460/575
1-1/2 — 3 5
— 5 — 7-1/2
2 — 2 —
BG1
285.
BW1
393.
N/A
a
NEMA 1 Maintained & Momentary a Type
—
NEMA 13 Oiltight Flush Mounting
$ Price
Type
$ Price
AG2S2
105.
AF2
87.
BG1S4
285.
BF1
237.
Maintained – “Forward”; Momentary – “Reverse”; (Not field convertible)
File E42243 CCN NLRV
File LR25490 Class 3211-05
Approximate Dimensions 5.58
3.38 86
5.20
132 3.19 81
6.89
142 3.81 97
175
5.50
2.77
3.70 94
(2) 1/2" NPT Pipe Thread
140
70
1.82 46
2.38
.20
2.87
(4) .17 Mounting Holes
60
Type AW2
5
73
.60
3.20 81
15
Class 2601 Type AF2
Class 2601 Types AW and BW
Optional Handles
4.50
6.54
114
166
4.82
5.38 4.00 6.62
122
5.18
Ball and Shaft Type
2.68
1 6
5.95 151 4.50
2.91
3.26
3.53
3.25
5.12
83
130
114
4.61 4.86
(2) K.O. For 1/ 2" Cond uits
C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U DR S P T O A S RE TT EY R S P E
5
75
4.00 102
Class 2601 Types AG, AH, BG
Fluted Type
.20
2.94
dimensions (inches) = AG/AH BG
(4) .218 Mounting Holes
Class 2601 Type BF1
Table 16.30: How to Order • •
16-10
To Order Specify :
Catalog Number
Class Number Type Number
Class 2601
Type AG2
CP1
Discount Schedule
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
NEMA AC Magnetic Contactors and Starter
www.us.schneider-electric.com
Catalog Numbering System Class 8502, 8536, 8538 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Class 8536
Type S C G - 3 V02
Form S
General Classification
Numerals
8502
Contactor
8536
Star ter
8538
Combination Starter with Disconnect Switch
8539
Combination Starter with Circuit Breaker
Used to designate specific, physical arrangements, such as number of poles, fuse clip size, etc.; but the numbering varies with Class of equipment. Consult Digest listings for specific device numbers.
8606
Reduced Voltage Autotransformer Starter
8630
Reduced Voltage Wye-Delta Starter
8640
Reduced Voltage Part-winding starter
8702
Reversing Contactor
8736
Reversing Starter
Voltage Code AC operated devices without control transformer
8738
Reversing Combination Starter with Disconnect Switch
8739
Reversing Combination Starter with Circuit Breaker
8810
Two Speed Startera
8940
Pumping Plant Panela
8941
Duplex Controllera
Code
Voltage/Frequency
V01
24/60
V02
120/60 or
110/50
V06
480/60 or
440/50
V07
600/60 or
550/50
V08
208/60
V81 - 480V Primary, 120V Secondary for units using a fused transformer control circuit Form (F4T). This is only a partial listing consult Digest pages 16-12 and 16-111 for more information.
Design Type S NEMA Contactors and Starters
Common Forms (factory modifications) NEMA Size
8903
A
Size 00
M
30 Amperes
B
Size 0
P
60 Amperes
C
Size 1
Q
100 Amperes
D
Size 2
V
200 Amperes
A
“Start-Stop” pushbuttons in the enclosure cover
Bb
Bimetallic overload relays
C
“Hand-Off-Auto” selector switch in the enclosure cover
F4T
Fused transformer control circuit (primary fuses only)
E
Size 3
X
300 Amperes
FF4T
Fused transformer control circuit (primary & secondary fuses)
F
Size 4
Y
400 Amperes
H
Solid state overload relay
G
Size 5
Z
600 Amperes
H
Size 6
J
800 Amperes
J
Size 7
Enclosure A
Red p ilo t light in the en closure cover
S
Separate control circuit
X01
One “normall y closed” auxili ary contact N.C.
X10
One “normally open” auxili ary contact N.O.
Consult Digest pages 16-110 to 1 6-117 for additional form letters. When more than one form is applied to a single device, arrange Forms in alphabetical order.
NEMA 12 Industrial Use
F
NEMA 1 Flush Mounting General Purpose
G
NEMA 1 General Purpose Surface Mounting
H
NEMA 3R Rainproof
O
Open Style Device (no enclosure)
R
NEMA 7 & 9 Hazardous Environments, Spin Top
T
NEMA 7 & 9 Hazardous Environments, Bolted
W
NEMA 4 Watertight, 4X Corrosion Resistant
a
b
Table 16.31: How to Order To Order Specify:
P1
Catalog Number
• • • •
Class Number Voltage Class Type Form(s) Code Type Number Voltage Code Form(s) 8539 SBG41 V06 AH309P1X11 see pages 16-110–16-117 Note: Description: NEMA Size 0, (1/4 to1 Hp) MAG-GARD Combo Starter in a NEMA Type 1 enclosure with a 480V coil, start/stop pushbutton, class 20 SSOLR, red pilot light, 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. auxiliary contact
Combination two speed starters will replace the “S” with a “C”, “U” or “D”. Pumping plant panels have Various leading characters. Not all use Type S contactors. Duplex controllers use “N”, “C”, “U”, and “D”. May also designate Motor Logic Plus overload relay
IMPORTANT - This information is intended f or general interpretation of catalog numbers. Do not use to create catalog numbers for this product line.
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
Note: The terms Type and Form do not appear in the catalog number.
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Modified 4/16/09
16-11
Full Voltage Contactors— NEMA Rated
General Information Class 8502 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Class 8502 Type S magnetic contactors are used to switch heating loads, capacitors, transformers, and electric motors where overload protection is provided separately. Class 8502 contactors are available in NEMA sizes 00 through 7. Type S contactors are designed for operation at 600 Vac, 50 to 60 Hz.
Table 16.32: 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz NEMA Size
Continuous Current Ratings
Motor Voltage
Open Type
Max. Hp
Type
00
9
200 230 460 575
0
18
200 230 460 575
1
27
2
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
SAO12b
219.
SAG12b
240.
Use Size 0
3 3 5 5
SBO2b
276.
SBG2b
297.
SBW12b
630.
200 230 460 575
7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10
SCO2b
323.
SCG2b
345.
SCW12b
687.
45
200 230 460 575
10 15 25 25
SDO2b
588.
SDG2b
687.
SDW12b
927.
3
90
200 230 460 575
25 30 50 50
SEO2b
950.
SEG2b
1143.
SEW12b
2111.
4
135
200 230 460 575
40 50 100 100
SFO2b
2279.
SFG2b
2681.
SFW12b
4334.
5
270
200 230 460 575
75 100 200 200
SGO2b
4967.
SGG2b
5700.
SGW12b
7790.
6
540
200 230 460 575
150 200 400 400
SHO2b
13559.
SHG2b
16781.
SHW2b
21585.
7
810
200 230 460 575
— 300 600 600
SJO2b
19352.
SJG2b
22583.
SJW2b
27330.
Type SCO2 Size 1, 3-Pole Contactor
a b
1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2
NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight Brushed Stainless Steel Enclosure (Size 0-5)a
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure
Size 6 and 7 are rated NEMA 4 only, painted sheet steel. Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes shown below.
Table 16.33: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage 60 Hz
50 Hz
24c 120d 208 240 277 480 600 Specify
— 110 — 220 — 440 550 Specify
Code
$ Price Adder
V01 V02 V08 V03 V04 V06 V07 V99
No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge 23.70
c
24 V coils are not available o n Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8502SBO2V01S). d 120 Volt Polyphase contactors are wired for separate control Form S must be specified (i.e., order as 8502SCO2V02S). Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page16-111. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge.
1 6
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-22 Factory Modifications (Forms). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-110 Separate Enclosures (Class 9991) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-103 Replacement Parts (Class 9998). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-118 Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-121
C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U DR S P T O A S RE TT EY R S P E
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
16-12
CP1
Discount Schedule
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
www.us.schneider-electric.com
Full Voltage Contactors— NEMA Rated
Class 8502 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 16.34: 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
NEMA Size
Continuous Current Ratings
Motor Voltage
Max. Hp
NEMA 4X Watertight, Dusttight, Corrosion-Resistant Glass-Polyester Enclosure
Bolted Type Type
00
9
200 230 460 575
0
18
200 230 460 575
1
27
200 230 460 575
2
45
3
1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 3 3 5 5
NEMA 7 & 9 Hazardous Locations Div. 1 & 2 Class I, Groups C & D Class II, Groups E, F, & G
$ Price
Use Size 0
Cast Iron b
Cast Aluminumd
$ Price
Use Size 0
NEMA 12/3R a Dusttight & Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure
SPIN TOP ® Type
$ Price
Use Size 0
Type
$ Price
Use Size 0
SBW22c
630.
SBT2c
SBT42c
1380.
SBR2c
1727.
SBA2c
411.
7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10
SCW22c
687.
SCT2c
SCT42c
1442.
SCR2c
1803.
SCA2c
459.
200 230 460 575
10 15 25 25
SDW22c
1371.
SDT2c
SDT42c
2321.
SDR2c
2900.
SDA2c
896.
90
200 230 460 575
25 30 50 50
SEW22c
2639.
—
SET42c
3470.
SER2c
4338.
SEA2c
1389.
4
135
200 230 460 575
40 50 100 100
SFW22c
5415.
—
SFT42c
5610.
SFR2c
7016.
SFA2c
3498.
5
270
200 230 460 575
75 100 200 200
—
—
—
SGT42c
12361.
SGR2c
15452.
SGA2c
7790.
6
540
200 230 460 575
150 200 400 400
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
SHA2c
19344.
7
810
200 230 460 575
– 300 600 600
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
SJA2c
25146.
a b c d
For NEMA 3R enclosed devices (sizes 0–4 only), change "A" in Type designation to "H", no charge. Consult factory for restrictions on available Forms in NEMA 3R enclosures. Limited to one Pilot Light and a Selector Switch or Start-Stop Push Button. Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to voltage codes shown on page16-12. NEMA 7 and 9 bolted cast aluminum are not UL listed.
Auxiliary Units Auxiliary contacts and power poles can be added by the factory or in the field on all Type S starters and contactors. The table below shows the maximum number of auxiliary units (in addition to the holding circuit contact) that can be added to a given size starter or contactor. In addition, it is possible to add a second internal contact on NEMA Size 0, 1, and 2 contactors and starters.
Table 16.35: NEMA Size
Type
No. of Poles of Basic Contactor
00
SA
2–3
0, 1 and 2
SB SC SD
1, 2 or 3
3, 4 and 5
SE SF SG
6 and 7
SH SJ
4 or 5 2–5 (Size 3 and 4)
Maximum Number of External Auxiliary Units (In addition to holding circuit contact) 4 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.) if second internal auxiliary contact is not used. 4 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.) 2 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.) plus 1 power pole adder (1 or 2 po les, N.O. or N.C.). 2 single circuit auxiliar y contacts (N.O. or N.C.) 3 single circuit auxil iary contacts (N.O. or N.C.)
2–3 (Size 5)
2 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.) plus 1 NEMA Size 0-1 or Size 2 power pole adder (1 or 2 poles, N.O. or N.C.)
2–3
3 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.) 2 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.) plus 1 NEMA Size 0–1 or Size 2 power pole adder (1 or 2 poles, N.O. or N.C.)
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page Separate Enclosures (Class 9991). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page
16-22 16-110 16-103 16-118 16-121
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
16-13
Full Voltage Contactors—NEMA
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Rated Class 8502 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
Table 16.36: 600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz NEMA Size
Continuous Current Ratings
Motor Voltage
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure
Open Type
Max. Hp Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
NEMA 4 & 4X –Watertight, Dusttight, Brushed Stainless Steel Enclosure (Size 0-5)a Type
$ Price
1-Pole Single Phase 0
18
1
27
115 230 115 230
1 2 2 3
SBO5b
219.
SBG5b
240.
SBW15b
573.
SCO5b
266.
SCG5b
288.
SCW15b
630.
2-Pole Single Phase 00
9
115 230
1/3 1
SAO11b
191.
SAG11b
212.
Use Size 0
0
18
115 230
1 2
SBO1b
248.
SBG1b
269.
SBW11b
602.
1
27
115 230
2 3
SCO1b
294.
SCG1b
317.
SCW11b
659.
2
45
115 230
3 7-1/2
SDO1b
551.
SDG1b
650.
SDW11b
1332.
3
90
— —
— —
SEO1b
873.
SEG1b
1067.
SEW11b
2036.
4
135
—
—
SFO1b
2108.
SFG1b
2510.
SFW11b
4163.
5
270
—
—
SGO1b
4568.
SGG1b
5301.
SGW11b
7391.
6
540
—
—
SHO1b
11622.
SHG1b
14844.
SHW1b
19592.
7
810
—
—
SJO1b
16968.
SJG1b
20190.
SJW1b
24938.
0
18
200 230 460 575
3 3 5 5
SBO3b
351.
SBG3b
374.
SBW13b
716.
1
27
200 230 460 575
SCO3b
399.
SCG3b
422.
SCW13b
764.
2
45
SDO3b
759.
SDG3b
858.
SDW13b
1808.
3
90
SEO3b
1215.
SEG3b
1409.
SEW13b
2643.
4
135
SFO3b
3171.
SFG3b
3573.
SFW13b
5909.
SBO4b
456.
SBG4b
479.
SBW14b
819.
SCO4b
503.
SCG4b
525.
SCW14b
867.
4-Pole Polyphase
7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10
200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575
10 15 25 25 25 30 50 50 40 50 100 100 3 3 5 5
5-Pole Polyphase
1 6 C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U DR S P T O A S RE TT EY R S P E
0
18
200 230 460 575
1
27
200 230 460 575
2
45
3
90
4
135 a b
7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10
200 10 230 15 SDO4b SDG4b SDW14b 1140. 1238. 460 25 575 25 200 25 230 30 1823. 2016. SEO4b SEG4b SEW14b 460 50 575 50 200 40 230 50 4386. 4788. SFO4b SFG4b SFW14b 460 100 575 100 Size 6 and 7 are rated NEMA 4 only, painted sheet steel. Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed on page16-12.
2187.
3251.
7125.
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-22 Factory Modifications (Forms). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-110 Separate Enclosures (Class 9991) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-103 Replacement Parts (Class 9998). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-118 Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-121
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
16-14
CP1
Discount Schedule
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Full Voltage Contactors— NEMA Rated
www.us.schneider-electric.com
Class 8502 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 16.37: 600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
NEMA Size
Continuous Current Ratings
Motor Voltage
Max. Hp
NEMA 4X Watertight, Dusttight Corrosion-Resistant Glass-Polyester Enclosure Type
$ Price
NEMA 7 & 9, Div. 1 & 2 Hazardous Locations Class I, Groups C & D Class II, Groups E, F & G Bolted Type $ Price
NEMA 12/3R a Dusttight & Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure SPIN TOP ® Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Cast Iron b
Cast Aluminumd
—
SBT5c
SBT45c
1319.
SBR5c
1650.
SBA5c
354.
—
SCT5c
SCT45c
1380.
SCR5c
1727.
SCA5c
402.
1-Pole Single Phase 0
18
1
27
115 230 115 230
1 2 2 3
— — — —
2-Pole Single Phase 00
9
115 230
1/3 1
0
18
115 230
1 2
SBW21c
602.
SBT1c
SBT41c
1347.
SBR1c
1685.
SBA1c
383.
1
27
115 230
2 3
SCW21c
659.
SCT1c
SCT41c
1400.
SCR1c
1751.
SCA1c
431.
2
45
115 230
SDW21c
1332.
SDT1c
SDT41c
2268.
SDR1c
2838.
SDA1c
858.
3
90
— —
— —
— —
SET41c
3384.
SER1c
4229.
SEA1c
1314.
4
135
—
—
Consult Square D/ Schneider Electric CIC at 1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733)
— —
SFT41c
5426.
SFR1c
6783.
SFA1c
3327.
5
270
—
—
—
—
— —
— —
—
SGR1c
14900.
SGA1c
7391.
6
540
—
—
—
—
— —
— —
—
—
—
SHA1c
17408.
7
810
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
SJA1c
22754.
3 3 5 5
SBW23c
716.
SBT3c
1466.
SBR3c
1832.
SBA3c
488.
SCW23c
764.
SCT3c
1527.
SCR3c
1911.
SCA3c
536.
2799.
SDR3c
3503.
SDA3c
1067.
—
SER3c
5069.
SEA3c
1656.
—
SFR3c
9522.
SFA3c
4674.
3 7-1/2
Use Size 0
Use Size 0
Use Size 0
Use Size 0
4-Pole Polyphase 0
18
200 230 460 575
1
27
200 230 460 575
7-1/2 7-1/2 10 19
200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575
10 15 25 25 25 30 50 50 40 50 100 100
2
45
3
90
4
135
SDW23c
1808.
SDT3c
Consult Square D/ Schneider Electric CIC at 1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733)
Consult Square D/Schneider Electric CIC at 1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733)
5-Pole Polyphase 0
18
200 230 460 575
3 3 5 5
—
—
—
—
—
SBA4c
593.
1
27
200 230 460 575
7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10
—
—
—
—
—
SCA4c
639.
—
—
—
—
—
SDA4c
1446.
—
—
—
—
—
SEA4c
2264.
2
45
3
90
4
135
200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575
10 15 25 25 25 30 50 50 40 50 100 100
Consult Square D/ Schneider Electric CIC at 1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733)
E S P R Y E T T — — — — — SFA4c 5891. E R S A O T a For NEMA 3R enclosed devices (sizes 0-4 only), change "A" in type designation to "H", no charge. Consult factory for restrictions on available Forms in P S NEMA 3R enclosures. R D b Limited to 1 pilot light and a selector switch or Start-Stop push button. U N P c Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown on page16-12. A E NEMA 7 and 9 bolted cast aluminum are not UL listed. d S T I R N O I T F Coil Voltage Codes and page number reference for additional information are shown on page 16-12. C E D For How to Order Information, see page 16-11. / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
16-15
Full Voltage Contactors— NEMA Rated
Class 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
General Information Type S magnetic starters are used for full-voltage starting and stopping of AC squirrel cage motors. Motor overload protection is provided via melting alloy type thermal overload relays. Type S starters are available in NEMA Sizes 00 through 7, and are designed for operation at 600 Vac, 50 to 60 Hz. ®
Solid State Overload Relay Protection (MOTOR LOGIC )
These ambient insensitive overload relays are available on Sizes 00 through 6 and standard on size 7. They provide phase loss, phase unbalance protection and a power LED indication. To order, add Form H10 (for Class 10), H20 (for Class 20), or H30 (for selectable trip class protection). For more information about MOTOR LOGIC, see pages 16-98, 16-112 and 16-113.
3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that prices shown do not incl ude thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 00–6). Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information. Type SCO3 Size 1, 3-Pole Starter
Table 16.38: NEMA Continuous Current Size Ratings
Motor Voltage
Max. Hp
Type
00
9
200 230 460 575
0
18
200 230 460 575
1
27
2
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure
Open Type
1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2
$ Price
Type
$ Price
NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight Brushed Stainless Steel Enclosure (Size 0-5) a Type
$ Price
NEMA 4X Watertight, Dusttight, Corrosion-Resistant Glass-Polyester Enclosure Type
$ Price
SAO12b
257.
SAG12b
279.
Use Size 0
3 3 5 5
SBO2b
323.
SBG2b
345.
SBW12b
678.
SBW22b
678.
200 230 460 575
7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10
SCO3b
371.
SCG3b
393.
SCW13b
735.
SCW23b
735.
45
200 230 460 575
10 15 25 25
SDO1b
674.
SDG1b
773.
SDW11b
1457.
SDW21b
1457.
3
90
200 230 460 575
25 30 50 50
SEO1b
1092.
SEG1b
1286.
SEW11b
2253.
SEW21b
2817.
4
135
200 230 460 575
40 50 100 100
SFO1b
2498.
SFG1b
2900.
SFW11b
4551.
SFW21b
5690.
5
270
200 230 460 575
75 100 200 200
SGO1b
6101.
SGG1b
6836.
SGW11b
10530.
—
—
6
540
200 230 460 575
150 200 400 400
SHO2b
14504.
SHG2b
19254.
SHW2b
24002.
—
—
7
810
200 230 460 575
— 300 600 600
SJO2b
20837.
SJG2b
25587.
SJW2b
30335.
—
—
a b
Use Size 0
Size 6 and 7 are rated NEMA 4 only, painted sheet steel. Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below.
Table 16.39: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage
1 6 C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U DR S P T O A S RE TT EY R S P E
60 Hz
50 Hz
24c 120d 208 240 277 480 600 Specify
— 110 — 220 — 440 550 Specify
Code
$ Price Adder
V01 V02 V08 V03 V04 V06 V07 V99
No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge 23.70
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00-3, where 24 V coils are available,Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8536SBO2V01S). d 120 Volt Polyphase contactors are wired for separate control. Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8536SCO2V02S). Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page16-111. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge. c
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-22 Factory Modifications (Forms). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-110 Separate Enclosures (Class 9991) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-103 Replacement Parts (Class 9998). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-118 Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-121
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
16-16
CP1
Discount Schedule
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
www.us.schneider-electric.com
Full Voltage Starters— NEMA Rated
Class 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 16.40: 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 00–6). Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information.
NEMA Size
Continuous Current Ratings
Motor Voltage
NEMA 7 & 9 For Hazardous Locations Div. 1 & 2 Class I–Groups C, D Class II–Groups E, F, & G
Max. Hp
Bolted Type Cast Ironb
1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2
Cast Aluminumd
$ Price
NEMA 12/3R a Dusttight & Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure SPIN TOP ® Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
00
9
200 230 460 575
0
18
200 230 460 575
3 3 5 5
SBT2c
SBT42c
1433.
SBR2c
1793.
SBA2c
459.
1
27
200 230 460 575
7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10
SCT3c
SCT43c
1494.
SCR3c
1869.
SCA3c
507.
2
45
200 230 460 575
10 15 25 25
SDT1c
SDT41c
2415.
SDR1c
3018.
SDA1c
981.
3
90
200 230 460 575
25 30 50 50
—
SET43c
3626.
SER3c
4533.
SEA1c
1532.
4
135
200 230 460 575
40 50 100 100
—
SFT41c
5852.
SFR1c
7314.
SFA1c
3716.
5
270
200 230 460 575
75 100 200 200
—
SGT41c
13980.
SGR1c
17474.
SGA1c
8924.
6
540
200 230 460 575
150 200 400 400
—
—
—
—
—
SHA2c
21818.
7
810
200 230 460 575
– 300 600 600
—
—
—
—
—
SJA2c
28151.
a b c d
Use Size 0
Use Size 0
Use Size 0
For NEMA 3R enclosed devices (Sizes 0–4 only), change “A” in Type designation to “H”, no charge. Consult Factory for restrictions on available Forms in NEMA 3R enclosures. Sizes 5 through 7 NEMA 12 enclosures do not carry the dual NEMA 12/3R rating. They are NEMA 12 only. Limited to 1 Pilot Light and Selector Switch or Start-Stop Push-Button. Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed in selectionTable 16.39shown on page 16-16. NEMA 7 and 9 bolted cast aluminum are not UL listed.
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page Separate Enclosures (Class 9991). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page
16-22 16-110 16-103 16-118 16-121
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
16-17
Full Voltage Starters Class 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
2-Pole Single Phase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 1 thermal unit. Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information.
NEMA Size
Continuous Current Ratings
Motor Voltage
Type
NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight Brushed Stainless Steel Enclosure
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure
Open Type
Max. Hp
$ Price
Type
$ Price
1/3 1
SAO11a
257.
SAG11a
279.
Type
$ Price
NEMA 4X Watertight, Dusttight, Corrosion-Resistant Glass-Polyester Enclosure Type
$ Price
00
9
115 230
0
18
115 230
1 2
SBO1a
290.
SBG1a
312.
SBW11a
644.
SBW21a
644.
1
27
115 230
2 3
SCO1a
338.
SCG1a
359.
SCW11a
701.
SCW21a
701.
1P
36
115 230
3 5
SCO2a
441.
SCG2a
464.
SCW12a
806.
SCW22a
806.
2
45
115 230
3 7-1/2
SDO6a
612.
SDG6a
711.
SDW16a
1394.
SDW26a
1394.
Use Size 0
Use Size 0
4-Pole, 2-Phase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 2 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information.
NEMA Size
Continuous Current Ratings
Motor Voltage
Type
0
18
200 230 460 575
1
27
200 230 460 575
2
45
3
4
3 3 5 5
NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight Brushed Stainless Steel Enclosure
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure
Open Type
Max. Hp
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
NEMA 4X Watertight, Dusttight, Corrosion-Resistant Glass-Polyester Enclosure Type
$ Price
SBO3a
419.
SBG3a
450.
SBW13a
819.
SBW23a
819.
7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10
SCO4a
476.
SCG4a
507.
SCW14a
867.
SCW24a
867.
200 230 460 575
10 15 25 25
SDO2a
855.
SDG2a
953.
SDW12a
1940.
SDW22a
1940.
90
200 230 460 575
25 30 50 50
SEO2a
1397.
SEG2a
1571.
SEW12a
2804.
135
200 230 460 575
40 50 100 100
SFO2a
3428.
SFG2a
3810.
SFW12a
6147.
a
Consult Square D/ Schneider Electric CIC at 1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733)
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed below.
Table 16.41: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage 60 Hz
50 Hz
24b 120c 208 240 277 480 600 Specify
— 110 — 220 — 440 550 Specify
Code
$ Price Adder
V01 V02 V08 V03 V04 V06 V07 V99
No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge 23.70
b
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8536SBO2V01S). 120 Volt Polyphase starters are wired for separate control. Form S (separate control) c must be specified (i.e., order as 8536SCO2V02S). Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see16-111. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge.
1 6
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-22 Factory Modifications (Forms). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-110 Separate Enclosures (Class 9991) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-103 Replacement Parts (Class 9998). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-118 Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-121
C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U DR S P T O A S RE TT EY R S P E
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
16-18
CP1
Discount Schedule
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Full Voltage Starters Class 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
2-Pole Single Phase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 1 thermal unit. Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information.
NEMA Size
Continuous Current Ratings
Motor Voltage
NEMA 7 & 9 Hazardous Locations, Div. 1 & 2 Class I, Groups C & D Class II, Groups E, F, & G
Max. Hp
Bolted Type Cast Iron b
Cast Aluminumd
$ Price
NEMA 12/3Ra Dusttight & Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure
SPIN TOP ® Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
00
9
115 230
1/3 1
0
18
115 230
1 2
SBT1c
SBT41
1394.
SBR1c
1746.
SBA1c
426.
1
27
115 230
2 3
SCT1c
SCT41
1457.
SCR1c
1821.
SCA1c
473.
1P
36
115 230
3 5
SCT2c
SCT42
1575.
SCR2c
1968.
SCA2c
578.
2
45
115 230
SDT6c
SDT46
2342.
SDR6c
2933.
SDA6c
920.
d
Use Size 0
3 7-1/2
Use Size 0
Use Size 0
NEMA 7 and 9 bolted cast aluminum are not UL listed.
4-Pole 2-Phase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 2 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information.
NEMA Size
Continuous Current Ratings
Motor Voltage
Max. Hp
NEMA 7 & 9 Hazardous Locations Class I, Groups C & D Class II, Groups E, F, & G
Coil Voltage
Bolted Type Cast Ironb
0
18
200 230 460 575
1
27
200 230 460 575
2
3 3 5 5
Cast Aluminum
$ Price
NEMA 12 Dusttight & Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure SPIN TOP ® Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
208 240 480 600
SBT3c
1565.
SBR3c
1959.
SBA3c
564.
7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10
208 240 480 600
SCT4c
1622.
SCR4c
2031.
SCA4c
621.
45
200 230 460 575
10 15 25 25
208 240 480 600
3198.
SDR2c
4001.
SDA2c
1161.
3
90
200 230 460 575
25 30 50 50
208 240 480 600
—
SER2c
5786.
SEA2c
1817.
4
135
200 230 460 575
40 50 100 100
208 240 480 600
—
—
SFA2c
4913.
a b c
SDT2c
Consult Square D/ Schneider Electric CIC at 1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733)
Consult Square D/ Schneider Electric CIC at 1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733)
—
For NEMA 3R enclosed devices (2-Pole only), change “A” in Type designation to “H”, no charge. Limited to 1 Pilot Light and Selector Switch or Start-Stop Push-Button. Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed on page16-18.
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page Separate Enclosures (Class 9991). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page
16-22 16-110 16-103 16-118 16-121
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11. E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
16-19
Full Voltage Starters— NEMA Rated
Class 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Types SB–SD With Auxiliary Load Terminals It is sometimes desirable to use capacitors in motor branch circuits to improve power factor. The Size 0–2 Type SB–SD starters listed below include three auxiliary terminals to allow easy connection of power factor correction capacitors. When capacitors are connected using these terminals, no adjustment to the selection of thermal units is necessary. The auxiliary terminals accept #12–16 solid or stranded wire. NEMA Size 3 & 4 starters have provisions for auxiliary connections. User must supply lugs as necessary. The Type S starters with auxiliary load terminals may also be used to control two motors simultaneously from a single starter. However, this application is tightly restricted by Section 430-53 of the National Electrical Code. Refer to the NEC for restrictions regarding overload protection, size of controller and motor branch circuit protection.
Table 16.42: 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information. NEMA Size
Motor Voltage
Max. Hp
Open Type
0
200 230 460 575
3 3 5 5
SBTO2a
323.
1
200 230 460 575
7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10
SCTO3a
371.
2
200 230 460 575
10 15 25 25
SDTO1a
674.
$ Price
Extra Capacity Single Phase Starters (Not NEMA Rated) 2-Pole Single Phase—250 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that prices shown do not include thermal unit. Devices require 1 thermal unit. Standard trip thermal unit is $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information. Motor Voltage
Max. Hp
Type 115 230
5 10
115 230
7-1/2 15
a b
NEMA 3R Rainproof, Sleet Resistant, Outdoor Use Enclosure
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure
Open Type
$ Price
Type
SDO8ab
869.
—
SEO6a
954.
SEG6a
$ Price —
Type SDH8ab
1148. SEH6a
$ Price
NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight Brushed Stainless Steel Enclosure Type
1191.
—
1394.
SEW16a
$ Price —
NEMA 4X Watertight Corrosion Resistant Glass-Polyester Enclosure Type —
2117. SEW26a
$ Price —
2646.
NEMA 12 Dusttight & Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure Type — SEA6a
$ Price —
1394.
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below. Uses a Size 3 overload relay.
Table 16.43: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage 60 Hz
50 Hz
24c 120d 208 240 277 480 600 Specify
— 110 — 220 — 440 550 Specify
Code
$ Price Adder
V01 V02 V08 V03 V04 V06 V07 V99
No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge 23.70
c
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified. 120 Volt Polyphase starters are wired for separate control and must be d ordered with Form S (i.e., 8536SCO2V02S). Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page16-111. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge. Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-22 Factory Modifications (Forms). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-110 Separate Enclosures (Class 9991) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-103 Replacement Parts (Class 9998). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-118 Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-121
1 6 C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U DR S P T O A S RE TT EY R S P E
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
16-20
CP1
Discount Schedule
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Full Voltage Contactors and Starters—NEMA Rated Class 8502, 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Application Data for Selection Table 16.44:
NEMA Size
Load Voltage
Maximum Hp Rating— Nonplugging and Nonjogging Duty
Single Phase
PolyPhase
Maximum Hp Rating— Plugging and Jogging Duty a
Continuous Current Rating, Amperes— 600 Volt Max.
Service— Limit Current Rating, Amperes b
Single Phase
PolyPhase
— 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2
— — — — — —
— — — — — —
9 9 9 9 9 9
11 11 11 11 11 11
e
Single Phase
PolyPhase
Single Phase
PolyPhase
Single Phase
PolyPhase
KVAR
5 5 5 — — —
— — — — — —
— — — — — —
— — — — — —
— — — — — —
— — — — — —
— — — — — —
— — — — — —
0
1 — 2 — — —
— 3 3 5 5 5
1/2 — 1 — — —
— 1-1/2 11/211/2 2 2
18 18 18 18 18 18
21 21 21 21 21 21
10 10 10 — — —
— — — — — —
— — — — — —
0.6 — 1.2 — 2.4 3.0
— 1.8 2.1 — 4.2 5.2
0.3 — 0.6 — 1.2 1.5
— 0.9 1.0 — 2.1 2.6
— — — — — —
1
115 200 230 380 460 575
2 — 3 — — —
— 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10
1 — 2 — — —
— 3 3 5 5 5
27 27 27 27 27 27
32 32 32 32 32 32
15 15 15 — — —
3 — 6 — 12 15
5 9.1 10 16.5 20 25
1.2 — 2.4 — 4.9 6.2
— 3.6 4.3 — 8.5 11.0
0.6 — 1.2 — 2.5 3.1
— 1.8 2.1 — 4.3 5.3
— — — — — —
1P
115 230
3 5
— —
1-1/2 3
— —
36 36
42 42
24 24
— —
— —
— —
— —
— —
— —
— —
115 200 230 380 460 575 115 200 230 380 460 575 200 230 380 460 575 200 230 380 460 575 200 230 380 460 575 230 460 575
3 — 7-1/2 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
— 10 15 25 25 25 — 25 30 50 50 50 40 50 75 100 100 75 100 150 200 200 150 200 300 400 400 300 600 600
2 — 5 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
— 7-1/2 10 15 15 15 — 15 20 30 30 30 25 30 50 60 60 60 75 125 150 150 125 150 250 300 300 — — —
45 45 45 45 45 45 90 90 90 90 90 90 135 135 135 135 135 270 270 270 270 270 540 540 540 540 540 810 810 810
52 52 52 52 52 52 104 104 104 104 104 104 156 156 156 156 156 311 311 311 311 311 621 621 621 621 621 932 932 932
30 30 30 — — — 60 60 60 — — — 120 120 — — — 240 240 — — — 480 480 — — — — — —
5 — 10 — 20 25 10 — 20 — 40 50 — 30 — 60 75 — 60 — 120 150 — 120 — 240 300 180 360 450
8.5 15.4 17 28 34 43 17 31 34 56 68 86 45 52 86.7 105 130 91 105 173 210 260 182 210 342 415 515 315 625 775
2.1 — 4.1 — 8.3 10.0 4.1 — 8.1 — 16 20 — 14 — 27 34 — 27 — 54 68 — 54 — 108 135 — — —
— 6.3 7.2 — 14 18 — 12 14 — 28 35 20 23 — 47 59 41 47 — 94 117 81 94 — 188 234 — — —
1.0 — 2.1 — 4.2 5.2 2.0 — 4.1 — 8.1 10 — 6.8 — 14 17 — 14 — 27 34 — 27 — 54 68 — — —
— 3.1 3.6 — 7.2 8.9 — 6.1 7.0 — 14 18 10 12 — 23 29 20 24 — 47 59 41 47 — 94 117 — — —
— — 8 — 16 20 — — 27 — 53 67 — 40 — 80 100 — 80 — 160 200 — 160 — 320 400 240 480 600
6f
7f
Tables and footnotes are taken from NEMA Standards.
e
3Ø Rating for Switching Capacitors
115 200 230 380 460 575
5
d
c
Transformers Having Inrush Currents (Worst Case Peak) of Over 20 Through 40 Times Peak of Continuous Current Rating
00
4
c
d
Transformers Having Inrush Currents (Worst Case Peak) of Not More Than 20 Times Peak of Continuous Current Rating
1 ⁄ 2 — 1 — — —
3
b
Resistance Heating Loads, KW— other than Infrared Lamp Loads
115 200 230 380 460 575
2
a
Tungsten and Infrared Lamp Load, Amperes— 250 Volts Max.
KVA Rating for Switching Transformer Primaries at 50 or 60 Cycles
Ratings shown are for applications requiring repeated interruptions of stalled motor current or repeated closing of high transient currents encountered in rapid motor reversal, involving more than five openings or closings p er minute and more than ten in a tenminute period, such as plug-stop, plug-reverse or jogging duty. Ratings apply to single speed and multi-speed controllers. Per NEMA Standards paragraph ICS 2-321.20, the service-limit current represents the maximum rms current, in Amperes, which the controller may be expected to carry for protracted periods in normal service. At service-limit current ratings, temperature rises may exceed those obtained by testing the controller at its continuous current rating. The ultimate trip current of over-current (overload) relays or other motor protective devices shall not exceed the service-limit current ratings of the controller. FLUORESCENT LAMP LOADS—300 VOLTS AND LESS—The characteristics of fluorescent lamps are such that it is not necessary to derate Class 8502 contactors below their normal continuous current rating. Class 8903 contactors may also be used with fluorescent lamp loads. For controlling tungsten and infrared lamp loads, and resistance heating loads, Class 8903 AC lighting contactors are recommended. These contactors are specifically designed for such loads and are applied at their full rating as listed in the Class 8903 Section. Ratings apply to contactors which are employed to switch the load at the utilization voltage of the heat producing element with a duty which requires continuous operation of not more than five openings per minute. Class 8903 Types L and S lighting contactors are rated for resistance heating loads. When discharged, a capacitor has essentially zero impedance. For repetitive switching by a contactor, sufficient impedance should be connected in series to limit inrush current to not more than 6 times the contactor rated continuous current. In many installations, the impedance of connecting conductors may be sufficient for this purpose. When switching to connect additional banks, the banks already on the line may be charged and can supply additional available short-circuit current which should be considered when selecting the impedance to limit the current.
The ratings for capacitor switching above assume the following maximum available fault currents: — NEMA Size 00–3: 5,000 A RMS Sym. — NEMA Size 4–5: 10,000 A RMS Sym. — NEMA Size 6: 18,000 A RMS Sym. — NEMA Size 7: 30,000 A RMS Sym. Note: If available fault current is greater than these values, connect sufficient impedance in series as noted in the previous p aragraph. f
For NEMA Size 6 & 7, the operation rate is as follows: Continuous operation rate is 3 operations per minute maximum; Jogging or Plugging Duty operation rate is 15 operations per minute for a maximum of three minutes.
The motor ratings in Table 16.44 are NEMA standard ratings and apply only when the code letter of the motor is the same as or occurs earlier in the alphabet than is shown in the Table 16.45. Motors having code letters occurring later in the alphabet may require a larger controller. Consult Square D/ Schneider Electric CIC at 1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733).
Table 16.45: Motor Hp Rating
Maximum Allowable Motor Code Letter
1-1/2–2 3–571/2 & above
L K H
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
16-21
Full Voltage Contactors and Starters—NEMA Rated Class 8502 , 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Approximate Dimensions Table 16.46: Dimensions for Class 8502 Open Type Dimensions—Inches (Refer to Appropriate Figure)
NEMA Size
Type
No. of Poles
Fig. No.
A IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
00
SAO
2–3
1
3-7/32
4-11/32
4-7/32
1-5/8
1-5/8
7/32
3-15/16
—
—
4
0
SBO
1–3
3-7/32
4-11/32
4-7/32
1-5/8
1-5/8
7/32
3-15/16
—
—
4
1
SCO
4–5
2
1
2–3
SDO
1
4–5 2–3
1
B
C
D
E
F IN
G
H
I
IN
IN
IN
Wt
4-1/4
4-11/32
4-7/32
1-5/8
2-5/8
7/32
3-15/16
—
—
4-1/2
4-5/16
5-1/8
4-15/16
2-5/32
2-5/32
7/32
4-19/32
17/32
1-1/16
6-3/4
5-5/8
5-1/8
4-15/16
2-5/32
3-15/32
7/32
4-19/32
17/32
1-1/16
8-1/4
5-15/32
7-3/32
6-1/2
1-7/8
3-17/32
5/16
6-1/32
3-1/4
4-3/4
14
9-3/4
7-7/8
6-1/2
3-15/16 5-13/16
5/16
7
4-17/32
9-1/16
22
6
8-3/16
6-1/2
2-1/16
3-15/16
5/16
7
3-19/32
5-5/16
18
9-3/4
8-3/16
6-1/2
3-15/16 5-13/16
5/16
7
4-17/32
9-1/16
22
SEO
4
SFO
5
SGO
2–3
1
8-2/3
12-5/16
8-3/4
3-1/4
5-13/16
5/8
11-1/8
4-3/4
7-1/4
45
6
SHO
2–3
1
10-35/64
28-1/16
9
3-17/32
7-1/32
5-1/16
18-9/16
4-3/4
7-1/4
80
7
SJO
2–3
1
10-35/64
37-1/4
10-7/8
3-17/32
7-1/32
7-7/32
22-3/8
4-3/4
7-1/4
135
2–3
1
4–5
E
C
F
lbs.
3
4–5
A D
G B
H I
Figure 1 Class 8502 A F
G
C
H B
Table 16.47: Dimensions for 8536 Open Type 00, 0, 1, 1P 0, 1
SAO– SCO SBO– SCO
2
SDO
3
SEO
4
SFO
5
SGO
6 7
2–3
2
3-1/2
6-49/64
4-7/32
1/2
1
1-39/64
13/64
6-1/4
3-31/32
5
4
2
4-17/32
6-49/64
4-7/32
1/2
1
2-2/3
13/64
6-1/4
3-31/32
5-1/2
2–3
4-5/16
7-13/16
4-15/16
1/2
1
2-5/32
13/64
7-11/32
4-1/16
7-3/4
5-5/8
7-13/16
4-15/16
1/2
1
3-15/32
13/64
7-11/32
4-1/16
9-1/4
5-15/32
11-3/32
6-1/2
7/8
1-3/4
3-19/32
5/16
10-3/16
5-3/4
17
9-3/4
12-1/8
6-1/2
1-13/16
1-3/4
5-13/16
5/16
11-3/16
5-3/4
25
6
12-7/8
6-1/2
1-13/16
1-3/4
3-15/16
5/16
11-3/16
5-3/4
22
2
4 2–3
2
4 3
2
4
9-3/4
12-7/8
6-1/2
1-13/16
1-3/4
5-29/32
5/16
11-3/16
5-3/4
25
8-9/16
17-9/16
8-3/4
4-3/4
7-1/4
5-12/32
5/8
16-3/8
6
62
2
12-11/32
28-1/16
9
4-3/4
7-1/4
5-25/32
5-1/16
18-9/16
8-11/16
85
2
12-11/32
37-1/4
10-7/8
4-3/4
7-1/4
5-25/32
7-7/32
22-3/8
9
140
3
2
SHO
3
SJO
3
Type
Fig. No.
A
B
6
10
C
E
F
G
5-9/16
3
7/8
8-1/8
1
8536
5-9/32
H
I
J
K
L
5
—
—
00 0 1
SAG SBG SCG
All All All
3 3 3
2
SDG
All
3
7-13/16 12-11/16
6-1/32
6-5/16
—
1-3/32 10-1/2 1-3/32
3
SEG
All
3
11-7/16 21-13/16
8
8-3/8
—
1-17/32 18-3/4 1-17/32 1-17/32 8-3/8 7-3/4 1-17/32 8-3/8
4
SFG
All
6
11-1/4
9
9
8-19/32
25-5/32
1-1/4
15/16 4-1/8
SGG
All
6
17-7/32 44-7/32 12-13/16 12-15/16
13
2-1/8
6
SHG
All
4
65-3/4
20-7/32
13-1/8
13-1/8
—
11
7
SJG
All
4
93
34-1/2
23-1/2
23-1/2
2-1/8
A L
F B
1 6 C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U D R S P T O A S RE T ET RY S P E
a
Type
Pilot Light
I
H
40
64-1/2 2-5/16
H
B E
(3) Closing Plates
—
—
G A
—
2-1/8
9/16
—
—
—
5-1/2
—
—
—
—
F
Floor Mounting
C
Figure 4
Dimensions—Inches
No. of Poles
Fig. No.
0
SBG
All
5
1
SCG
All
5
2
SDG
All
6
3
SEG
2–3
3
4
SFG
2–3
6
5
SGG
All
6
6
SHG
All
4
7
SJG
All
4
A
B
6-11/32 14-7/8
C
G
D
E
F
G
H
I
5-3/16
4-21/32
27/32
14-3/8
3/4
9/32
—
7-21/32
12-3/4
1-1/16
1-1/16
12
1-1/16
5/18
1-21/64
7/16
8502
8536
15-7/8
5
14-1/8
7-9/16
J
RESET
Table 16.49: Dimensions for NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure with Form F4T NEMA Size
C
E
K
1-3/32 5-5/8 5-3/4 1-3/32 5-5/8
1-1/4 22-5/16 1-7/16 7/16
5
D
Figure 2 Class 8536
Figure 3
D
8502
K
H
Dimensions—Inches
No. of Poles
I
D E
G
Table 16.48: Dimensions for NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Size
RESET
B F
Same as Standard NEMA 1 Dimensions, see above.a 18-5/32 29-5/32
9-1/4
9-1/4
15-1/2
1-21/64 1-21/64
26-1/2
E D C A (4) H Dia. Mtg. Holes
Same as Standard NEMA 1 Dimensions, see above.
Figure 5
Form F4T is supplied as standard. Refer to page16-111. (4) I Dia. Mtg. Holes
Uses 9070 GO Transformer.
A
B
H
G
RESET
E
F
D
Figure 6
16-22
C
H
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Full Voltage Contactors and Starters—NEMA Rated Class 8502, 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Approximate Dimensions Table 16.50: NEMA 4 & 4X—Stainless Steel Watertight Enclosures a NEMA Size
Class
8502
0 and 1
8536
No. of Poles
Type SBW SCW SBW SCW
Bot. Hub Only
Dimensions—Inches A
B
All
6-3/8
7-1/8
All
6-3/8
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
13-3/16 1-9/16 3-1/4
12
19/32 1-3/16
11-25/32
1-5/8
2-5/16 5/16
7-13/16 13-3/16 1-9/16 3-1/4
12
19/32
11-25/32
1-5/8
2-5/16 5/16
1-7/8
SDW
All
8-1/8
7-7/8
16-3/16 1-9/16
5
15
1-3/32 1-15/16
14-3/4
2
2-5/8 5/16
8536
SDW
All
8-1/8
8-9/16 16-3/16 1 -9/16
5
15
1-3/32
14-3/4
2
2-5/8 5/16
All
18-5/32
12
30-1/2
7/8
8502
8536
SEW SFW SEW SFW
8-3/4
32-7/32 3-5/64
2-7/8
3-11/16 26-23/32
2-9/16 3-3/16 7/16
X
3/4'' Dia. Hub
1'' Dia. Hub
3/4'' Dia. Hub
1-1/2'' Dia. Hub
3/4'' Dia. Hub
2-1/2'' Dia. Hub
3/4" Dia. Hub
2-1/2" Dia. Hub
5-3/4 9/16 3/4" Dia. Hub
3-1/2" Dia. Hub
3/4" Dia. Hub
(2) 3" Dia. Hub
All
18-5/32 9-9/16 32-7/32 3-5/64
12
30-1/2
7/8
4-1/2
26-23/32
2-9/16 3-3/16 7/16
28-5/16
3-1/8
5
8502 & 8536
SGW
All
17-7/32 12-5/8 47-7/32 4-1/8
9
46
5/8
4-19/32
6a
8502 & 8536
SHW
All
20-7/32 12-1/8 65-7/32 4-1/8
12
64
5/8
4-19/32 30-13/16 2-11/16 4-1/2 9/16
7a
8502 & 8536
SJW
All
34-1/2
a
W
D
A E
B
D G
F
8502 2
3 and 4
Top & Bot. Hub
23-1/2
101
C
G (4) "L" DIA. MTG.HOLES
I W
X J
H K
Floor Mounting
NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight Enclosure
Size 6 and 7 are sheet steel enclosures, and are rated NEMA 4 only.
Table 16.51: NEMA 4 & 4X—Stainless Steel Watertight Enclosures with Form F4T b NEMA Size
Class
Type SBW SCW SBW SCW
8502
0 and 1
8536
No. of Poles
A
B
C
Dimensions—Inches
All
12-5/8
7-1/8
14-11/16
2-9/16 7-1/2
13-1/2
19/32 3-3/16
18-13/16 1-21/32 2-5/16 5/16
All
12-5/8 7-13/16 14-11/16
2-9/16 7-1/2
13-1/2
19/32
18-13/32 1-21/32 2-5/16 5/16
D
E
F
G
H
3-7/8
I
J
K
L
8502
SDW
All
14-7/8
7-9/16
16-5/16
2-9/16 9-3/4
15
21/32 3-3/16
20-7/8
2
2-5/8
5/16
8536
SDW
All
14-7/8
8-1/4
16-5/16
2-9/16 9-3/4
15
21/32
20-7/8
2
2-5/8
5/16
SEW SFW SEW SFW SGW SHW SJW
2–3 2–3 2–3 2–3 All All All
2
3 and 4
8502
5 6b 7b
8502 & 8536 8502 & 8536 8502 & 8536
b
8536
3-7/8
Same as Standard NEMA 4 dimensions, see above. Same as Standard NEMA 4 dimensions, see above. Same as Standard NEMA 4 dimensions, see above. Form F4T is supplied as standard. Refer to page16-111.
Size 6 and 7 are sheet steel enclosures, and are rated NEMA 4 only.
Table 16.52: NEMA 4X—Watertight & Corrosion Resistant Glass Polyester Enclosures No. of Poles
Size
Type
0, 1
SBW SCW
All
2
SDW
All
A
B
C
D
E
6-1/2 6-7/16
12-1/8
3/4
5
8-1/2 7-1/16
13-7/8
3/4
7
A D
Bot. Hub Only
Top & Bot. Hub
L
W
X
5/16
3/4
1
17
5/16
3/4
1-1/2
22
Dimensions—Inches (see the figure below)
E
F 8-3/4
G
H
I
1-11/16 3-11/32
10-1/16
10-1/2 1-11/16 3-29/32
J
K
1-5/16 2-1/8
11-15/16
1-5/8
2-3/8
Wght (lbs.)
B D
SIZE 2 ONLY
G
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
F
I C
SIZE 2 ONLY
(2) "L" DIA. MTG. HOLES (SIZE 1) (4) "L" DIA. MTG. HOLES (SIZE 2)
J
RESET
G
H
K
1" CONDUIT HUB TOP & BOTTOM - SIZE 1 1 1/2" CONDUIT HUB TOP & BOTTOM - SIZE 2 3/4" CONDUIT HUB IN SIZE 1 & SIZE 2
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
16-23
Full Voltage Contactors and Starters—NEMA Rated Class 8502 , 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Approximate Dimensions A
Table 16.53: NEMA 4X—Watertight & Corrosion Resistant Glass Polyester Enclosures NEMA Size
Type
3-4b b
A
B
C
E
F
All
16-7/8
9-25/32
22-3/4
10-1/8
21-1/2
All
25-13/16
11-15/16
33-1/2
18-1/2
32-1/4
SBW SCW SDW SEW SFW
0-2a
a
No. of Poles
E
Dimensions—Inches (see the figure to the left)
C
F
With control power transformer (Form F4T) Dimensions also for Form F4T.
Note: Devices with Form F4T may use larger enclosure. Consult Square D/Schneider Electric CIC at 1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733) for dimensions.
B
Figure 1 (NEMA 4X)
NEMA 7 & 9—Bolted Cover, Cast Iron See Figure 1 for dimensions for NEMA size 0 and 1 (weight is 59 pounds). See Figure 2 for NEMA size 2 (weight is 75 pounds). 11.00 279 9.75 248 9.25 235 4.90 125
.63 16 2.40 61
(1) 1-11 1/2 Pipe Tap at Top Standard 7.00 .63 .25 179 16 6
Optional Mounting
.63 16 2.40 61
12.00 304 10.75 273 10.25 260 5.90 150
.63 16
(1) 1 1/2 - 11 1/2 Pipe Tap at Top Standard 7.50 .25 191 6
Optional Mounting 13.25 7.90 337 201 12.00 305
12.70 322
8.25 210
(1) 3/4 - 14 Pipe Tap at Bottom Standard
9.63 245 14.44 367
(4) .42 Dia. Mtg. Holes 10 (1) 1-11 1/2 Pipe Tap at Bottom Standard
13.75 15.00 349 381
9.25 235
(1) 3/4 - 14 Pipe Tap at Bottom Standard
(4) .42 Dia. Mtg. Holes 10 (1) 1 1/2 - 11 1/2 Pipe Tap at Bottom Standard
Figure 2 Size 2
Figure 1 Size 0 and 1
Table 16.54: NEMA 7 & 9—SPIN TOP ® Enclosure Conduit Sizes Loc. A, B, C & D
Dimensions—Inches (See Figure 3)
NEMA Size
Std.
Type
E
F
G
H
J
0–1
1-1/4
SBR SCR
10-5/8
26
15-1/4
8
4-3/4
5-3/8
3-3/4
1-1/16
7-1/2
11
7-5/16
2-1/16
—
—
2
1-1/2
SDR
13-7/8
30-1/2
19-1/4
8
4-3/4
5-1/4
3-3/4
1-1/16
7
18
9-3/8
2-3/4
—
—
3–4
2-1/2
SER SFR
13-3/8
39-1/2
20-1/4
8
4-3/4
7-1/2
3-3/4
—
7-3/4
23
8-5/8
3
—
—
5
4
SGR
19
53-1/2
27-3/4
—
—
11-1/4
5-3/4
1/8
16
20-5/8
11-3/8
4-5/16
12
6-1/2
Top View
K
L
M
N
P
Q
R
S
T
Wt. (lbs.) 70 100 165 195 375
Rear View Space Required to Remove Top Cover N
E Q
Rear Seal
R A Threaded Cover Enclosure
1 6 C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U D R S P T O A S RE T ET RY S P E
G
C
F
H S
K L
Overload Reset
D
B J T
Circuit Breaker Operator Handle - Combination Form Only (Add 1 IN to overall width)
M Mtg. Holes and/or Slots (3)
P
Space Required to Remove Bottom Cover
Figure 3 NEMA 7 & 9 SPIN TOP Enclosure
16-24
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Full Voltage Contactors and Starters—NEMA Rated Class 8502, 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Approximate Dimensions V U
Table 16.55: NEMA 7 & 9—Bolted Cover, Cast Aluminum NEMA Size
Type
0–1
Dimensions—Inches J
K
L
N
P
Q, R
Z Dia.
S, T, U, V
Q
Wt. (lbs.)
G
H
SBT SCT
14-1/4
17-1/4
9-1/2
12-1/4
8-7/8
4-1/2
11
2-3/8
3-1/8
1-1/2
75
2
SDT
13-5/8
27-5/8
9-1/2
12-1/4
19-1/4
9-5/8
11
2-3/8
3-1/8
1-1/2
115
3–4
SET SFT
18-1/8
31-5/8
10
16-1/4
19-1/4
9-5/8
12-5/8
2-3/8
3-3/4
2-1/2
180
5
SGT
24-1/2
45-5/8
13-3/4
22-1/2
27-1/2
13-3/4
15-3/8
3-7/16
4
4
500
L H N
R
S
T G Circuit Breaker Handle not supplied on Class 8502 or 8536
J P Mtg. for 4 Bolts
Z 1/2" NPT for breather and drain
K
NEMA 7 & 9 Bolted Cover, Cast Aluminum
Table 16.56: NEMA 12—Dusttight Enclosure Dimensions—Inches
NEMA Size
Type
No. of Poles
0
SBA
All
1
SCA
All
2
SDA
All
3 4
SEA SFA
All All
18-5/32
9-9/16
5
SGA
All
17-7/32
13-7/16
47
4-1/8
9
46
6
SHA
All
20-7/32
13
65
4-1/8
12
64
7
SJA
All
34-1/2
23-1/2
93
A
B
6-3/8
8-17/32
8-1/8
9-9/32
C
D
E
12-3/4 1-9/16 16
1-9/16
31-1/2 3-5/64
Weight (lbs.)
F
G
H
3-1/4
12
3/8
3-9/16
12-1/4
5/16
5
15
1/2
3-9/16
15-3/8
5/16
12
I
J
Class 8502
Class 8536
15
16
22
26-23/32
7/16
1/2 5-13/32
28-5/16
9/16
160
177
1/2
30-7/8
11/16
228
233
—
—
4-1/2
6-7/16
Floor Mounting
A E
D
G
23
65 69
30-1/2 1/2
D
68 73
F C
G
B
(4) J Dia. Mtg. Holes
Table 16.57: NEMA 12—Dusttight Enclosure With Form F4T NEMA Size
Type
No. of Poles
0
SBA
All
1
SCA
All
2
SDA
All
3
SEA
2–3
4
SFA
2–3
5
SGA
All
6
SHA
All
7
SJA
All
I
Dimensions—Inches A
B
C
D
11-7/8
8
13-1/2
2-13/16
14-7/8
8-1/8
16
2-9/16
E
F
G
H
I
J
6-3/4
12-3/4
3/8
3-29/32
18-3/8
5/16
9-3/4
15
3/8
3-21/32
21-1/2
5/16
H
NEMA 12
Same as Standard NEMA 12 dimensions, see above. Same as Standard NEMA 12 dimensions, see above. Form F4T is supplied as standard. Refer to page16-111.
Table 16.58: NEMA 3R—Rainproof and Sleet Resistant Enclosures Size Type
SBH 0, 1 SCH
No. of Poles
All
Dimensions—Inches A
B
C
D1
D2
8-27/32 12-9/32 7-1/8 1-3/8 1-7/16
E
F
G1
G2
H1
H2
J
K
6 7-1/2 2-19/32 2-3/16 2-1/16 2-5/8 14-9/32 1-3/8
L
1-3/8
M
N
P
K.O. X
K.O. Y
1/2 3/4 1
1/2 3/4 1
1-7/8
4-3/8 1-27/32
All
9-27/32 16-9/32 8-5/8 1-3/8 1-7/16
2-1/8
1 4-7/8 1-27/32 1-1/4 1-1/2
1/2
1/2
All
1 12-27/32 25-9/32 8-5/8 1-3/8 1-7/16 10 20-1/2 2-19/32 2-3/162-1/16 2-5/8 19-25/32 1-5/16 1-15/16 2-7/16 6-3/8 1-27/32 1-1/4 2 2-1/2 1 1-1/4 2 2-1/2
1/2
C
A E
D1 P
D2
N G1
F B
G2
2
3
4
SDH
SEH
SFH
All
7 11-1/2 2-19/32 2-3/16 2-1/16 2-5/8 16-25/32 1-5/16
1-3/4
12-27 /32 40-9/32 9- 1/8 1-3/8 1-7/16 10 35-1/2 2-19 /32 2-3 /16 2-1 /16 2-5/8 20-9/32 1-5/16 2-5/16 2-11/16 6-3/8 1-27/32
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
(4) .36 Dia. Mtg. Holes 9 (3) Closing Plates
3/4 J
M X
M
Y
3/4
X K L
H1 H2
NEMA 3R
3/4
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 16-25
Full Voltage Vacuum Contactors
600 Volt Class 8502 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
General Information Class 8502 Type W non-reversing vacuum contactors used to switch capacitors, transformers and electric motors where overload protection is separately provided. Type W vacuum contactors are designed for operation at 600 Volts, 50/60 Hz. (See page 16-55 for Class 8702 Reversing Vacuum Contactors.)
Table 16.59: Class 8502—Full Voltage 3 Pole Vacuum Contactors
a
Motor Voltage
Open Type
Max. Hp
Type
$ Price
200 40 230 50 2643. WFO3a 460 100 575 100 200 75 230 100 5 270 2160 WGO3a 5336. 460 200 575 200 200 150 230 200 14922. 6 540 4320 WHO3a 460 400 575 400 Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed in selection table below. 4
Class 8502 Type WH
Locked Rotor Current (A)
Enclosed Ampere Rating
NEMA Size
135
1080
Table 16.60: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage 60 Hz
50 Hz
120 240 480 600
110 220 440 550
Code V02 V03 V06 V07
Table 16.61: Class 9998—Replacement Coils for Class 8502 and 8702 Vacuum Contactors (Includes Rectifier)
Size
4 5 6
Type
WF WG WH
Poles
3 3 3
Suffix Number (Complete Coil Number Consists of Class and Type Followed by Suffix Number)
Class & Type 9998WF 9998WG 9998WH
120 V 110 V
240 V 220 V
480 V 440 V
600 V 550 V
120 120 120
240 240 240
480 480 480
600 600 600
6.13 156
5.22
133 Line Term.
$ Price
12.50 488. 1149. 1269.
318
7.28
8.94 227
185
Table 16.62: Class 9999—Vacuum Contactor Kits For Use With Type
Size
WF–WG WH
4–5 6
WF WG–WH
4 5–6
WG
5
WH
6
Kit Description
Class 9999 Type
Auxiliary Contacts, Non-Convertible 1-N.O. & 1-N.C. Isolated Contacts Coil Circuit Auxiliary Contacts 1-N.O. & 1-N.C. Isolated Contacts, Delayed Break 1-N.C. Isolated Contact Lug Kits (6) lugs included Lug Kits (6) lugs included
WX11 WCX11 WLX01
$ Price 77. 102. 317.
LUW5
174.
LUW6
180.
129 Load Term.
5.93 151
3.60 91
Recess for Auxiliary Interlock
64
1.45 37
64
7.90
201 Dimensions for Class 8502 Type WG Size 5
7.00 178 5.00
Front View
Shown Without Cover Plate and Overtravel Gauge
2.50 2.50
5.09
2.67 2.67 68
68
127 Coil Interlock
12.90
1 6
6.63 168
C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U DR S P T O A S RE TT EY R S P E
1.44 1.44 37
37
4.63
328 Term. Holes
l e v e a g r u t r a e G v O
13.99 355
5.96
1.28
151
33
3.72 94
118
2.63 2.63 67 67 7.90 201
Dimensions for Class 8502 Type WF Size 4
Dimensions for Class 8502 Type WH Size 6
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
16-26
CP1
Discount Schedule
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
www.us.schneider-electric.com
Full Voltage Vacuum Contactors
1500 Volt Class 8502 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
General Information The Class 8502 Type V vacuum contactor is a three-pole, 1500 V rated device which meets UL508 (1.5 kV) and CSA. Vacuum technology offers long life and low maintenance in a compact, lightweight design. The contactor is suitable for contaminated atmospheres because the main contacts are sealed in vacuum bottles. Also, since gravity is not used to assist contactor operation, the Class 8502 contactor may be mounted in any plane without special modifications. Type V vacuum contactors are designed for the control of inductive or non-inductive loads at voltages between 200 and 1500 Vac.
Table 16.63: Class 8502—Full Voltage 3 Pole Vacuum Contactors
Class 8502 Type VH
a
Locked Rotor Current (A)
Enclosed Ampere Rating
NEMA Size
Motor Voltage
Open Type
Max. Hp
Type
$ Price
200 50 230 60 460 125 2643. 4 160 1080 575 150 VFO3a 800 200 1000 250 1500 400 200 100 230 125 460 250 5336. 5 320 2160 575 300 VGO3 a 800 400 1000 — 1500 800 200 150 230 200 460 400 6 540 4320 575 400 VHO3a 14922. 800 — 1000 — 1500 1300 Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed in selection table below.
Table 16.64: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage 60 Hz
50 Hz
120 240 480 600
110 220 440 550
Code V02 V03 V06 V07
5.20
Table 16.65: Class 9998—Replacement Coils for Class 8502 and 8702 (Contains Rectifier)
Size
4 5 6
Type
VF VG VH
Poles
3 3 3
132
Suffix Number (Complete Coil Number Consists of Class and Type Followed by Suffix Number)
Class & Type
120 120 120
240 240 240
480 480 480
157 Line
1
$ Price
120 Volts 240 Volts 480 Volts 600 Volts 110 Volts 220 Volts 440 Volts 550 Volts
9998WF 9998WG 9998WH
Line Terminals: Six 3 /0 - 16 Tapped Holes
6.20
488. 1149. 1269.
600 600 600
8.00 203 Mtg.
Coil Terminal A 2 Coil Terminal C
8.94 227
Table 16.66: Class 9999—Vacuum Starter Kits For Use With Type
Kit Description
Size
VF–VG VH
4–5 6
VF VG–VH
4 5–6
VG
5
VH
6
5.05
Class 9999 Type
Auxiliary Contacts, Non-Convertible 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Isolated Contacts Coil Circuit Auxiliary Contacts 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Isolated Contacts, Delayed Break 1 N.C. Isolated Contact Lug Kits (6) lugs included Lug Kits (6) lugs included Front View Shown Without Overtr avel Gauge
128
$ Price 1
WX11
77.
WCX11 WLX01
102. 317.
LUW5
174.
LUW6
1143.
2
Load
Two Dual Circuit Auxiliary Contacts can be located on both sides of contactor. Coil Terminals B and D located on opposite side of contactor.
7.90
171
201
Dimensions for Class 8502 Type VG Size 5
7.00 178
3.60 91
Recess for Auxiliary Contact
14.00 6.75
1
6.63 168
1.44 1.44 37
37
Load Terminals: Six 3 /0 - 16 Tapped Holes
6.75 Mtg.
Coil Terminal A 2 Coil Terminal C
l e v e a g r u t r e a G v O
197
149
4.63
1
118
Dimensions for Class 8502 Type VF Size 4
Two Dual Circuit Auxiliary Contacts can be located on both sides of contactor.
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
5.75
7.75
5.87
356
171 Mtg. Line and Load Terminals: One .50 - 13 Tapped Hole Per Terminal
7.00 2
146
Std.
178 Coil Terminals B and D located on opposite side of contactor.
Dimensions for Class 8502 Type VH Size 6
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
Modified 4/17/09
16-27
Full Voltage Vacuum Starters—NEMA Rated
600 Volt Class 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
General Information Class 8536 Type W non-reversing vacuum starters are used to switch electric motors where overload protection is not separately provided. Type W vacuum starters are designed for operation at 600 Volts, 50/60 Hz. Starters are available exclusively with Motor Logic ® Feature Base Solid State Overload Relays.
Table 16.67: Class 8536—Full Voltage Vacuum Starters Locked Rotor Current (A)
Enclosed Ampere Rating
NEMA Size
Motor Voltage
Open Type
Max. Hp
Type
$ Price
200 40 230 50 2955. WFO3a 460 100 575 100 200 75 230 100 5 270 2160 WGO3a 6750. 460 200 575 200 200 150 230 200 16005. 6 540 4320 WHO3a 460 400 575 400 Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed in selection table at left. 4
a
135
1080
Table 16.68: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage 60 Hz
50 Hz
120 240 480 600
110 220 440 550
Code V02 V03 V06 V07
Table 16.69: Class 9998—Replacement Coils for Class 8536 Vacuum Starters Size
Type
4 5 6
Poles
WF WG WH
Suffix Number (Complete Coil Number Consists of Class and Type Followed by Suffix Number)
Class & Type
All All All
$ Price
120 Volts 110 Volts
240 Volts 220 Volts
480 Volts 440 Volts
600 Volts 550 Volts
120 120 120
240 240 240
480 480 480
600 600 600
488. 1149. 1269.
Class 9999 Type
$ Price
9998WF 9998WG 9998WH
Table 16.70: Class 9999—Vacuum Starter Kits For Use With Type
Size
WF–WG WH
4–5 6
WF WG–WH
4 5–6
WG
5
Kit Description Auxiliary Contacts, Non-Convertible 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Isolated Contacts Coil Circuit Auxiliary Contacts 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Isolated Contacts, Delayed Break 1 N.C. Isolated Contact Lug Kits (6) lugs included
WX11
81.
WCX11 WLX01
76. 335.
LUW5
183.
8.59
1.13 29
218
4.30 109
3.28 83
8.59
1.13
218
29
9.07
4.30
230
109
.94 24
5.21 132
6.47
2.60
164
66
19.96
1 6
507
26.25
18.56
.42
667
11
17.77
471
13.06
451
416
C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U D R S P T O A S RE T ET RY S P E
332
12.21
16.37
11.20
310
284
.24
6 (Reset Travel)
Reset
Reset
3.62
7.25
8.74 Size
6
92
6 (Reset Travel)
.88
7.84 199
1.75
22
6 (Reset Travel)
4.28 109
44
184
222
Dimensions for Class 8536 Type WH
.24
.24
Dimensions for Class 8536 Type WG Size 5
Dimensions for Class 8536 Type WF Size 4
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
16-28
CP1
Discount Schedule
Modified 4/17/09
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
www.us.schneider-electric.com
Combination Starters— NEMA Rated
Fusible Disconnect Switch Type Class 8538 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
General Information Class 8538 and 8539 Type S combination starters combine the requirements of motor overload and short circuit protection into one package. These starters are manufactured in accordance with NEMA standards and are UL Listed (although some Form numbers may not be listed—contact your local Square D representative for information). Class 8538 and 8539 combination starters are designed to operate at 600 Vac maximum, 50 to 60 Hz—and are supplied with melting alloy overload relays as standard.
3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information. For class J fuse clip, use Form Y1072 (no charge).
Table 16.71: Fusible Full Voltage Type (Class H Fuse Clips), with Melting Alloy Overload Relays Ratings Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage)
Max. Hp Polyphase 3 5 10 20 25 40 75 150 3 5
Schneider Electric offers express shipping for factory modified NEMA Combo Starters. When you need them fast, our Laser™ Delivery program is the answer to getting your product when you need it most. Ask for Laser™ Delivery, then select the product and the modifications you need when you place your order. It’s as easy as that!
7-1/2
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Type
0
7-1/2 200 (208)
NEMA Size
Fuse Clip Size (A)
SBG12a SCG12a
30 30
1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1
$ Price
NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) (Sizes 0-5)c Type
NEMA 12/3Rb Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure
NEMA 4X Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion Resistant Polyester Enclosure
$ Price
Type
$ Price
With External Reset
Without External Reset
Type
Type
$ Price
896. 944.
SBW12a SCW12a
1808. 1854.
SBW22a SCW22a
2082. 2130.
SBA22a SCA22a
SBA12a SCA12a
1124. 1172.
60
SCG13a
962.
SCW13a
1874.
SCW23a
2159.
SCA23a
SCA13a
1190.
60 100 200 200 400 600 30 30
SDG12a SEG15a SEG12a SFG15a SGG15a SHG13a SBG12a SCG12a
1485. 2501. 2709. 4799. 10748. 28203. 896. 944.
SDW12a SEW15a SEW12a SFW15a SGW15a SHW13a SBW12a SCW12a
2889. 4950. 5159. 7932. 18741. 36051. 1808. 1854.
SDW22a SEW25a — — — — SBW22a SCW22a
3185. 5444. — — — — 2082. 2130.
SDA22a SEA25a SEA22a SFA25a SGA25a SHA23a SBA22a SCA22a
SDA12a SEA15a SEA12a SFA15a SGA15a SHA13a SBA12a SCA12a
1808. 2918. 3128. 5957. 13557. 31479. 1124. 1172.
60
SCG13a
962.
SCW13a
1874.
SCW23a
2159.
SCA23a
SCA13a
1190.
1485. SDW12a 2889. SDW22a 3185. 15 2 60 SDG12a SDA22a SDA12a 230 25 100 SEG15a SEA25a SEA15a 2501. SEW15a 4950. SEW25a 5444. (240) 3 30 200 SEG12a — — SEA22a SEA12a 2709. SEW12a 5159. 4799. SFW15a 7932. 50 4 200 SFG15a — — SFA25a SFA15a 100 5 400 SGG15a — — SGA25a SGA15a 10748. SGW15a 18741. 200 6 600 SHG13a — — SHA23a SHA13a 28203. SHW13a 36051. 896. SBW13a 1808. SBW23a 2082. 5 0 30 SBG13a SBA23a SBA13a 962. SCW14a 1874. SCW24a 2159. 10 1 30 SCG14a SCA24a SCA14a 15 30 SDG16a SDA26a SDA16a 1494. SDW16a 2900. SDW26a 3194. 2 1514. SDW14a 2918. SDW24a 3213. 25 60 SDG14a SDA24a SDA14a 460 (480) 2549. SEW13a 4998. SEW23a 5496. 50 3 100 SEG13a SEA23a SEA13a 100 4 200 SFG13a — — SFA23a SFA13a 4836. SFW13a 7970. 200 5 400 SGG13a — — SGA23a SGA13a 10748. SGW13a 18741. 28203. SHW12a 36051. 400 6 600 SHG12a — — SHA22a SHA12a 896. SBW13a 1808. SBW23a 2082. 5 0 30 SBG13a SBA23a SBA13a 10 1 30 SCG14a SCA24a SCA14a 962. SCW14a 1874. SCW24a 2159. 1494. SDW16a 2900. SDW26a 3194. 15 30 SDG16a SDA26a SDA16a 2 1514. SDW14a 2918. SDW24a 3213. 25 60 SDG14a SDA24a SDA14a 575 (600) 50 3 100 SEG13a SEA23a SEA13a 2549. SEW13a 4998. SEW23a 5496. 4836. SFW13a 7970. 100 4 200 SFG13a — — SFA23a SFA13a 10748. SGW13a 18741. 200 5 400 SGG13a — — SGA23a SGA13a 28203. SHW12a 36051. 400 6 600 SHG12a — — SHA22a SHA12a Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown on page16-30. a b NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page16-105 for more information. NEMA Size 6 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures. c Note: Some control transformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. Refer to control transformer selection table on page16-39.
1808. 2918. 3128. 5957. 13557. 31479. 1124. 1190. 1808. 1836. 2966. 5994. 13557. 31479. 1124. 1190. 1808. 1836. 2966. 5994. 13557. 31479.
Table 16.72: Fusible Disconnect Switch Type (Class H Fuse Clips), Single Phase ef NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure
Fuse Clip Motor Max. Coil NEMA Size Voltage Hp Voltage Size Poles (A)
Type 120
240 d e f
1 2 3
120
0 1 2
2
30 30 60
SBG62V02 SCG62V02 SDG62V02
$ Price 896. 944. 1485.
NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) Type SBW62V02 SCW62V02 SDW62V02
$ Price 1808. 1854. 2889.
NEMA 4X Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion Resistant Polyester Enclosure Type SBW65V02 SCW65V02 SDW65V02
$ Price 2082. 2130. 3185.
NEMA 12/3Rd Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure With External Reset
Without External Reset
Type
Type
SBA65V02 SCA65V02 SDA65V02
SBA62V02 SCA62V02 SDA62V02
2 896. SBW62V03 1808. SBW65V03 2082. SBA65V03 SBA62V03 0 30 SBG62V03 3 944. SCW62V03 1854. SCW65V03 2130. SCA65V03 SCA62V03 240 1 2 30 SCG62V03 71485. SDW62V03 2889. SDW65V03 3185. SDA65V03 2 60 SDG62V03 SDA62V03 1/2 NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page16-105 for more information. Single phase units require one thermal unit and are not available with Form Hxx—Solid State Overload Relays. Not included in Laser™ Delivery program.
$ Price
1124. 1172. 1808. 1124. 1172. 1808.
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
16-29
Combination Starters— NEMA Rated
Non-Fusible Disconnect Switch Type Class 8538 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50-60 Hz Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information.
Table 16.73: Non-Fusible Full Voltage Type, Non-Reversing, with Melting Alloy Overload Relays Ratings Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage)
Max. Hp Polyphase
NEMA Size
3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 150 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100 200 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 5 10 25 50 100 200 400
200 (208)
Refer to page 16-29 for details.
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure
230 (240)
460 (480)
575 (600)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) (Sizes 0–5)b
NEMA 12/3Ra Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Enclosure
NEMA 4X Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion Resistant Polyester Enclosure
Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Type
SBG11c SCG11c SDG11c SEG11c SFG11c SGG11c SHG11c SBG11c SCG11c SDG11c SEG11c SFG11c SGG11c SHG11c SBG11c SCG11c SDG11c SEG11c SFG11c SGG11c SHG11c SBG11c SCG11c SDG11c SEG11c SFG11c SGG11c SHG11c
867. 915. 1446. 2406. 4637. 10406. 27449. 867. 915. 1446. 2406. 4637. 10406. 27449. 867. 915. 1446. 2406. 4637. 10406. 27449. 867. 915. 1446. 2406. 4637. 10406. 27449.
SBW11c SCW11c SDW11c SEW11c SFW11c SGW11c SHW11c SBW11c SCW11c SDW11c SEW11c SFW11c SGW11c SHW11c SBW11c SCW11c SDW11c SEW11c SFW11c SGW11c SHW11c SBW11c SCW11c SDW11c SEW11c SFW11c SGW11c SHW11c
1779. 1826. 2852. 4856. 7770. 18399. 35045. 1779. 1826. 2852. 4856. 7770. 18399. 35045. 1779. 1826. 2852. 4856. 7770. 18399. 35045. 1779. 1826. 2852. 4856. 7770. 18399. 35045.
SBW21c SCW21c SDW21c SEW21c — — — SBW21c SCW21c SDW21c SEW21c — — — SBW21c SCW21c SDW21c SEW21c — — — SBW21c SCW21c SDW21c SEW21c — — —
$ Price 2045. 2102. 3137. 5340. — — — 2045. 2102. 3137 5340. — — — 2045. 2102. 3137. 5340. — — — 2045. 2102. 3137. 5340. — — —
With External Reset
Without External Reset
Type
Type
SBA21c SCA21c SDA21c SEA21c SFA21c SGA21c SHA21c SBA21c SCA21c SDA21c SEA21c SFA21c SGA21c SHA21c SBA21c SCA21c SDA21c SEA21c SFA21c SGA21c SHA21c SBA21c SCA21c SDA21c SEA21c SFA21c SGA21c SHA21c
SBA11c SCA11c SDA11c SEA11c SFA11c SGA11c SHA11c SBA11c SCA11c SDA11c SEA11c SFA11c SGA11c SHA11c SBA11c SCA11c SDA11c SEA11c SFA11c SGA11c SHA11c SBA11c SCA11c SDA11c SEA11c SFA11c SGA11c SHA11c
$ Price 1095. 1143. 1769. 2823. 5795. 13215. 30473. 1095. 1143. 1769. 2823. 5795. 13215. 30473. 1095. 1143. 1769. 2823. 5795. 13215. 30473. 1095. 1143. 1769. 2823. 5795. 13215. 30473.
Table 16.74: Non-Fusible Disconnect Switch Type, Single Phase de r e . o g t a x p t o l a H o M M V
e l i g a o t l C o V
A e z M i E S N
s e l o P
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosures Type
120
240
$ Price
NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) Type
$ Price
NEMA 4X Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion Resistant Polyester Enclosure Type
NEMA 12/3Ra Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Enclosure With External Reset
Without External Reset
Type
Type
$ Price
$ Price
120
0 1 2
2
SBG61V02 SCG61V02 SDG61V02
867. 915. 1446.
SBW61V02 SCW61V02 SDW61V02
1779. 1826. 2852.
SBW64V02 SCW64V02 SDW64V02
2045. 2102. 3137.
SBA64V02 SCA64V02 SDA64V02
SBA61V02 SCA61V02 SDA61V02
1095. 1143. 1769.
2 3 240 7-1/2
0 1 2
2
SBG61V03 SCG61V03 SDG61V03
867. 915. 1446.
SBW61V03 SCW61V03 SDW61V03
1779. 1826. 2852.
SBW64V03 SCW64V03 SDW64V03
2045. 2102. 3137.
SBA64V03 SCA64V03 SDA64V03
SBA61V03 SCA61V03 SDA61V03
1095. 1143. 1769.
1 2 3
a
NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page16-105 for more information. NEMA Size 6 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosure. b c Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below. d Single phase units require one thermal unit and are not available with Form Hxx—Solid State Overload Relays. e Not included in Laser™ Delivery program. Note: Some control transformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. Refer to control transformer selection table on page16-39.
Table 16.75: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage 60 Hz
50 Hz
24gf 120g 208 240 277 480 600 Specify
— 110 — 220 — 440 550 Specify
Code
$ Price Adder
V01 V02 V08 V03 V04 V06 V07 V99
No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge 23.70
f
24 V coils are not available o n Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified(i.e., order as 8538SBG11V01S). These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge). g When specifying Form S , please supply motor voltage when ordering (i.e., order as 8538SCG11V02S). Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see16-111. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge.
1 6 C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U DR S P T O A S RE TT EY R S P E
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
16-30
CP1
Discount Schedule
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
www.us.schneider-electric.com
Combination Starters— NEMA Rated
Fusible Disconnect Switch Type with Class R Fuse Clips Class 8538 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
3-Pole Polyphase – 600 Vac Maximum – 50-60 Hz Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection i nformation.
Table 16.76: Fusible (with Class R Fuse Clips) Full Voltage Type, Non-Reversing, with Melting Alloy Overload Relays—(100,000 AIC Rated) Ratings ) e e g g a a t t l l o o V V r r e o t t r o a t M S (
Refer to page 16-29 for details.
e s . a x p h a H p y M l o P
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure
e z i S A M E N
p i l C e z ) i A e ( s S u F
Type
$ Price
Type
NEMA 12/3Ra Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Enclosure
NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion Resistant Polyester Enclosure
NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) (Sizes 0–5)c
$ Price
Type
$ Price
With External Reset
Without External Reset
Type
Type
3 0 30 SBG32b SBW32b SBA32b 911. 1821. SBW42b 2093. SBA42b 5 1 30 SCG32b SCW32b SCA32b 957. 1869. SCW42b 2150. SCA42b 7-1/2 1 60 SCG33b SCW33b SCA33b 977. 1889. SCW43b 2168. SCA43b 10 2 60 SDG32b SDW32b SDA32b 1499. 2904. SDW42b 3194. SDA42b 200 20 3 100 SEG35b SEW35b SEA35b 2529. 4979. SEW45b 5477. SEA45b (208) 2738. 5187. — SEA42b 25 3 200 SEG32b SEW32b — SEA32b 4827. 7961. — SFA45b 40 4 200 SFG35b SFW35b — SFA35b 10814. 18809. — SGA45b 75 5 400 SGG35b SGW35b — SGA35b 28521. 36117. — SHA43b 150 6 600 SHG33b SHW33b — SHA33b 3 0 30 SBG32b SBW32b SBA32b 911. 1821. SBW42b 2093. SBA42b 957. 1869. SCW42b 2150. SCA42b 5 1 30 SCG32b SCW32b SCA32b 977. 1889. SCW43b 2168. SCA43b 7-1/2 1 60 SCG33b SCW33b SCA33b 1499. 2904. SDW42b 3194. SDA42b 15 2 60 SDG32b SDW32b SDA32b 230 2529. 4979. SEW45b 5477. SEA45b 25 3 100 SEG35b SEW35b SEA35b (240) 2738. 5187. — SEA42b 30 3 200 SEG32b SEW32b — SEA32b 4827. 7961. — SFA45b 50 4 200 SFG35b SFW35b — SFA35b 10814. 18809. — SGA45b 100 5 400 SGG35b SGW35b — SGA35b 28521. 36117. — b b b 200 6 600 SHG33 SHW33 — SHA43 SHA33b 929. 1841. SBW43b 2117. SBA43b 5 0 30 SBG33b SBW33b SBA33b 977. 1889. SCW44b 2168. SCA44b 10 1 30 SCG34b SCW34b SCA34b 15 2 30 SDG36b SDW36b SDA36b 1508. 2913. SDW46b 203. SDA46b 460 25 2 60 SDG34b SDW34b SDA34b 1527. 2933. SDW44b 3227. SDA44b (480) 50 3 100 SEG33b SEW33b SEA33b 2577. 5027. SEW43b 5529. SEA43b 100 4 200 SFG33b SFW33b — SFA33b 4865. 7998. — SFA43b 200 5 400 SGG33b SGW33b — SGA33b 10814. 18809. — SGA43b 400 6 600 SHG32b SHW32b — SHA32b 28521. 36117. — SHA42b 5 0 30 SBG33b SBW33b SBA33b 929. 1841. SBW43b 2117. SBA43b 10 1 30 SCG34b SCW34b SCA34b 977. 1889. SCW44b 2168. SCA44b 15 2 30 SDG36b SDW36b SDA36b 1508. 2913. SDW46b 3203. SDA46b 575 25 2 60 SDG34b SDW34b SDA34b 1527. 2933. SDW44b 3227. SDA44b (600) 50 3 100 SEG33b SEW33b SEA33b 2577. 5027. SEW43b 5529. SEA43b 100 4 200 SFG33b SFW33b — SFA33b 4865. 7998. — SFA43b 200 5 400 SGG33b SGW33b — SGA33b 10814. 18809. — SGA43b 28521. 36117. — SHA42b 400 6 600 SHG32b SHW32b — SHA32b a NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page16-105 for more information. Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below. b c NEMA Size 6 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures. Note: Some control transformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. Refer to the control transformer selection table on page 16-39.
$ Price
1139. 1185. 1205. 1821. 2946. 3156. 5985. 13623. 31797. 1139. 1185. 1205. 1821. 2946. 3156. 5985. 13623. 31797. 1157. 1205. 1832. 1850. 2994. 6023. 13623. 31797. 1157. 1205. 1832. 1850. 2994. 6023. 13623. 31797.
Table 16.77: Fusible Disconnect Switch Type (Class R Fuses), Single Phase de e r e . l g A e o g t p i a x a M z o a t t i o l l H S o M C o E M V V N
NEMA 1 s e e p z ) General Purpose e s i l l i A Enclosure o u ( C S P F
Type 120
240 d e
1 2 3
120
0 1 2
2
30 30 60
SBG63V02 SCG63V02 SDG63V02
$ Price
NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel Type
$ Price
911. SBW63V02 957. SCW63V02 1499. SDW63V02
1821. 1869. 2904.
NEMA 4X Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion Resistant Polyester Enclosure Type SBW66V02 SCW66V02 SDW66V02
NEMA 12/3R Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure With External Reset
$ Price 2093. 2150. 3194.
Type SBA66V02 SCA66V02 SDA66V02
2 0 30 SBG63V03 SBW66V03 SBA66V03 911. SBW63V03 1821. 2093. 3 240 1 2 30 SCG63V03 SCW66V03 SCA66V03 957. SCW63V03 1869. 2150. 72 60 SDG63V03 SDW66V03 SDA66V03 1499. SDW63V03 2904. 3194. 1/2 Single phase units require one thermal unit and are not available with Form Hxx—Solid State Overload Relays. Not included in Laser™ Delivery program.
Without External Reset $ Price Type SBA63V02 SCA63V02 SDA63V02
1139. 1185. 1821.
SBA63V03 SCA63V03 SDA63V03
1139. 1185. 1821.
Table 16.78: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage 60 Hz
50 Hz
24gf 120g 208 240 277 480 600 Specify
— 110 — 220 — 440 550 Specify
Code
$ Price Adder
V01 V02 V08 V03 V04 V06 V07 V99
No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge 23.70
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
f
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00-3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8 538SBG32V01S). g These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge). When specifying Form S, please supply motor voltage when ordering (i.e., order as 8538SCG32V02S). Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page16-111. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge.
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
16-31
Combination Starters—NEMA Rated Class 8538 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Full Voltage Type With Melting Alloy Overload Relays Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units, standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information. Ratings Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage)
Max. Hp Polyphase
NEMA Size
Fuse Clip Size (A)
Type
NEMA 12/3Ra Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure
NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight and Dustight Enclosure Stainless Steel (304)
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure $ Price
Type
With External Reset
Without External Reset
Type
Type
SBA21S8c SCA21S8c SDA21S8c SBA21S8c SCA21S8c SDA21S8c SBA21S8c SCA21S8c SDA21S8c SBA21S8c SCA21S8c SDA21S8c
SBA11S8c SCA11S8c SDA11S8c SBA11S8c SCA11S8c SDA11S8c SBA11S8c SCA11S8c SDA11S8c SBA11S8c SCA11S8c SDA11S8c
1523. 1551. 2178. 1523. 1551. 2178. 1523. 1551. 2178. 1523. 1551. 2178.
$ Price
$ Price
Class 8538 Non-Fusible Disconnect Switch Type—NEMA Size 0–2 bg 3 7-1/2 10 3 7-1/2 15 5 10 25 5 10 25
200 (208) 230 (240) 460 (480) 575 (600)
0 1 2 0 1 2 0 1 2 0 1 2
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
SBG11S8 c SCG11S8c SDG11S8c SBG11S8 c SCG11S8c SDG11S8c SBG11S8 c SCG11S8c SDG11S8c SBG11S8 c SCG11S8c SDG11S8c
1104. 1152. 1685. 1104. 1152. 1685. 1104. 1152. 1685. 1104. 1152. 1685.
SBW11S8c SCW11S8c SDW11S8c SBW11S8c SCW11S8c SDW11S8c SBW11S8c SCW11S8c SDW11S8c SBW11S8c SCW11S8c SDW11S8c
2492. 2538. 3564. 2492. 2538. 3564. 2492. 2538. 3564. 2492. 2538. 3564.
Class 8538 Fusible Disconnect Switch Type—NEMA Size 0–2 bg 3
0
30
SBG12S8c
1133.
SBW12S8c
2520.
SBA22S8c
SBA12S8c
1551.
5 7-1/2
1 1
30 60
SCG12S8c SCG13S8c
1181. 1200.
SCW12S8c SCW13S8c
2567. 2586.
SCA22S8c SCA23S8c
SCA12S8c SCA13S8c
1580. 1599.
10 3
2 0
60 30
SDG12S8c SBG12S8c
1722. 1133.
SDW12S8c SBW12S8c
3602. 2520.
SDA22S8c SBA22S8c
SDA12S8c SBA12S8c
2216. 1551.
5 7-1/2
1 1
30 60
SCG12S8c SCG13S8c
1181. 1200.
SCW12S8c SCW13S8c
2567. 2586.
SCA22S8c SCA23S8c
SCA12S8c SCA13S8c
1580. 1599.
15 5 10 15 25 5 10 15 25
2 0 1 2 2 0 1 2 2
60 30 30 30 60 30 30 30 60
SDG12S8c SBG13S8c SCG14S8c SDG16S8c SDG14S8c SBG13S8c SCG14S8c SDG16S8c SDG14S8c
1722. 1152. 1200. 1731. 1751. 1152. 1200. 1731. 1751.
SDW12S8c SBW13S8c SCW14S8c SDW16S8c SDW14S8c SBW13S8c SCW14S8c SDW16S8c SDW14S8c
3602. 2538. 2586. 3612. 3630. 2538. 2586. 3612. 3630.
SDA22S8c SBA23S8c SCA24S8c SDA26S8c SDA24S8c SBA23S8c SCA24S8c SDA26S8c SDA24S8c
SDA12S8c SBA13S8c SCA14S8c SDA16S8c SDA14S8c SBA13S8c SCA14S8c SDA16S8c SDA14S8c
2216. 1571. 1599. 2225. 2244. 1571. 1599. 2225. 2244.
200 (208)
230 (240)
460 (480)
575 (600)
Class 8538 Fusible Disconnect Switch Type with Class R Fuse Clips—NEMA Size 0–2 bg 0
30
SBG32S8c
1148.
SBW32S8c
2502.
SBA42S8c
SBA32S8c
1565.
5 7-1/2
1 1
30 60
SCG32S8c SCG33S8c
1196. 1214.
SCW32S8c SCW33S8c
2582. 2600.
SCA42S8c SCA43S8c
SCA32S8c SCA33S8c
1593. 1613.
10 3
2 0
60 30
SDG32S8c SBG32S8c
1736. 1148.
SDW32S8c SBW32S8c
3617. 2502.
SDA42S8c SBA42S8c
SDA32S8c SBA32S8c
2229. 1565.
5 7-1/2
1 1
30 60
SCG32S8c SCG33S8c
1196. 1214.
SCW32S8c SCW33S8c
2582. 2600.
SCA42S8c SCA43S8c
SCA32S8c SCA33S8c
1593. 1613.
SDW32S8c SBW33S8c SCW34S8c SDW36S8c SDW34S8c SBW33S8c SCW34S8c SDW36S8c SDW34S8c
3617. 2553. 2600. 3626. 3645. 2553. 2600. 3626. 3645.
SDA42S8c SBA43S8c SCA44S8c SDA46S8c SDA44S8c SBA43S8c SCA44S8c SDA46S8c SDA44S8c
SDA32S8c SBA33S8c SCA34S8c SDA36S8c SDA34S8c SBA33S8c SCA34S8c SDA36S8c SDA34S8c
2229. 1584. 1613. 2240. 2258. 1584. 1613. 2240. 2258.
3 200 (208)
230 (240)
1736. 15 2 60 SDG32S8c 1167. 5 0 30 SBG33S8c 1214. 460 10 1 30 SCG34S8c (480) 1746. 15 2 30 SDG36S8c 1764. 25 2 60 SDG34S8c 1167. 5 0 30 SBG33S8c 1214. 575 10 1 30 SCG34S8c (600) 1746. 15 2 30 SDG36S8c 1764. 25 2 60 SDG34S8c NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-servicea Table entrance-rated applications; see page 16-105 for more information. b For NEMA Size 3–5 starters in oversized NEMA 1, 4 or 12 enclosures, price and order standard starter with Form G28. Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage c codes shown to the right. Note: Some control transformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. Refer to the control transformer selection table on page 16-39. .
1 6 Table 16.79: C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U D R S P T O A S RE T ET RY S P E
Class 8538 Fusible Disconnect Switch Type for Horizontal Mountingg NEMA 12/3Ra Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure
Ratings
Fuse Clip Size (A)
With External Reset Type
Type
2 7-1/2
1
30 60
SCA22S1 d SCA23S1 d
SCA12S1d SCA13S1d
1169. 1187.
2 7-1/2
1
30 60
SCA22S1 d SCA23S1 d
SCA12S1d SCA13S1d
1169. 1187.
Max. Hp Polyphase
200 (208) 230 (240)
d
Without External Reset
Voltage 60 Hz
50 Hz
24fe 120f 208 240 277 480 600 Specify
— 110 — 220 — 440 550 Specify
Code
$ Price Adder
V01 V02 V08 V03 V04 V06 V07 V99
No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge 23.70
e
NEMA Size
Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage)
16.80: Coil Voltage Codes
$ Price
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8538SBG1158V01S). These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge). When specifying f Form S, supply motor voltage when ordering (i.e., order as 8538SCG1158V02S). g Not included in Laser™ Delivery program. Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page16-111.
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
460 1187. 10 1 30 SCA24S1d SCA14S1d (480) 575 10 1 30 SCA24S1d SCA14S1d 1187. (600) Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed in selection Table 16.80.
16-32
CP1
Discount Schedule
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Combination Starters—NEMA Rated Class 8539 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
MAG-GARD ® Circuit Breaker 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 00–6). Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information.
Table 16.81: Full Voltage Type, Non-Reversing, with Melting Alloy Overload Relay
Ratings
) e e g g a a t t l l o o V V r r e o t t r o a t M S (
200 (208)
Circuit Breaker (See Page 7-31 for Breaker Adjustment Range)
Type
0
GJL36003M01 GJL36007M02 GJL36015M03
SBG41d SBG42d SBG43d
1/4–1/3 1/2–1 1-1/2–3 5 7-1/2
1
GJL36003M01 GJL36007M02 GJL36015M03 GJL36030M04 GJL36050M05
1-1/2–3 5 7-1/2–10
2
Hp Range Polyphase
NEMA Size
1/4–1/3 1/2–1 1-1/2–3
15–25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150
230 (240)
3 4 5 6
NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) (Sizes 0–5)a
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure
$ Price
Type
NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight Dusttight and Corrosion Resistant Polyester Enclosure
$ Price
Type
1209.
SBW41d SBW42d SBW43d
SBW51d 2121. SBW52d SBW53d
SCG41d SCG42d SCG43d SCG44d SCG45d
1257.
SCW41d SCW42d SCW43d SCW44d SCW45d
GJL36015M03 GJL36030M04 GJL36050M05
SDG41d SDG42d SDG43d
1779.
FAL3610018M KAL3625025M KAL3625026M KAL3625030M LAL3640032M LAL3640033M LAL3640036M MAL3660040M MAL3660042M
SEG42d SFG42d SFG43d SGG42d SGG44d SGG45d SHG43d SHG44d SHG45d
13149.
2586. 5672.
28550.
NEMAs 7 & 9 For Hazardous Locations Class I, Groups C & D Class II, Groups E, F & G (Cast Aluminum) Division 1 & 2
$ Price
SPIN TOP ® Type
$ Price
Bolted Type b
NEMA 12/3Rc Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure
$ Price
With External Reset
Without External Reset
Type
Type
$ Price
2435.
SBR41d SBR42d SBR43d
SBT41d 2562. SBT42d SBT43d
SBA51d 2562. SBA52d SBA53d
SBA41d SBA42d SBA43d
1437.
SCW51d SCW52d 2168. SCW53d SCW54d SCW55d
2492.
SCR41d SCR42d SCR43d SCR44d SCR45d
SCT41d SCT42d 2624. SCT43d SCT44d SCT45d
SCA51d SCA52d 2624. SCA53d SCA54d SCA55d
SCA41d SCA42d SCA43d SCA44d SCA45d
1485.
SDW41d SDW42d SDW43d
SDW51d 3185. SDW52d SDW53d
3503.
SDR41d SDR42d SDR43d
SDT41d 3503. SDT42d SDT43d
SDA51d 3503. SDA52d SDA53d
SDA41d SDA42d SDA43d
2102.
SEW42d SFW42d SFW43d SGW42d SGW44d SGW45d SHW43d SHW44d SHW45d
5036. SEW52d 8805. SFW52d SFW53d — 21144. — — — — 33297. —
SER42d SFR42d SFR43d SGR42d SGR44d SGR45d — — —
5786. SET42d 9014. SFT42d SFT43d SGT42d 19587. SGT44d SGT45d — — — —
5786. SEA52d 9014. SFA52d SFA53d SGA52d 19587. SGA54d SGA55d SHA53d — SHA54d SHA55d
SEA42d SFA42d SFA43d SGA42d SGA44d SGA45d SHA43d SHA44d SHA45d
15239.
5540. 9689. — —
3003. 6830.
31113.
1/4–1/3 1/2–1 1-1/2–3
0
GJL36003M01 GJL36007M02 GJL36015M03
SBG41d SBG42d SBG43d
1209.
SBW41d SBW42d SBW43d
SBW51d 2121. SBW52d SBW53d
2435.
SBR41d SBR42d SBR43d
SBT41d 2562. SBT42d SBT43d
SBA51d 2562. SBA52d SBA53d
SBA41d SBA42d SBA43d
1437.
1/4–1/3 1/2–1 1-1/2–3 5–7-1/2
1
GJL36003M01 GJL36007M02 GJL36015M03 GJL36030M04
SCG41d SCG42d SCG43d SCG44d
1257.
SCW41d SCW42d SCW43d SCW44d
SCW51d 2168. SCW52d SCW53d SCW54d
2492.
SCR41d SCR42d SCR43d SCR44d
SCT41d 2624. SCT42d SCT43d SCT44d
SCA51d 2624. SCA52d SCA53d SCA54d
SCA41d SCA42d SCA43d SCA44d
1485.
1-1/2–3 5–7-1/2 10 15
2
GJL36015M03 GJL36030M04 GJL36050M05 GJL36075M06
SDG41d SDG42d SDG43d SDG44d
1779.
SDW41d SDW42d SDW43d SDW44d
SDW51d d 3185. SDW52d SDW53 SDW54d
3503.
SDR41d SDR42d SDR43d SDR44d
SDT41d d 3503. SDT42d SDT43 SDT44d
SDA51d d 3503. SDA52d SDA53 SDA54d
SDA41d SDA42d SDA43d SDA44d
2102.
2586. SEW42d 5036. SEW52d 5540. 5786. SET42d 5786. 15–30 3 FAL3610018M SEG42d SER42d 40 KAL3625026M SFG43d SFW43d SFW53d SFR43d SFT43d 4 5672. 8805. 9689. 9014. 9014. 50 KAL3625029M SFG44d SFW44d SFW54d SFR44d SFT44d d d d d 60 KAL3625031M SGG43 SGW43 — SGR43 SGT43 21144. 19587. SGT44d 19587. 75 5 LAL3640032M SGG44d 13149. SGW44d — — SGR44d 100 LAL3640035M SGG46d SGW46d — SGR46d SGT46d 125–150 MAL3660040M SHG44d — — — 28550. SHW44d 33297. 6 — — — 200 MAL3660044M SHG46d SHW46d — — — d d 250 MAL3680045M SJG42 SJW42 — — — 38558. 43305. 7 — — — 300 MAL36100047M SJG43d SJW43d — — — NEMA Size 6 and 7 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures. a b NEMAs 7 and 9 bolted are not UL Listed. c NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page16-105 for more information. d Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below. Note: Some control transformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. Refer to control transformer selection table on page16-39.
SEA52d SFA53d SFA54d SGA53d SGA54d SGA56d SHA54d SHA56d SJA52d SJA53d
SEA42d SFA43d SFA44d SGA43d SGA44d SGA46d SHA44d SHA46d — —
3003. 6830. 15239. 31113. 41121.
Table 16.82: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage 60 Hz
50 Hz
24fe 120f 208 240 277 480 600 Specify
— 110 — 220 — 440 550 Specify
Code
$ Price Adder
V01 V02 V08 V03 V04 V06 V07 V99
No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge 23.70
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8539SBG41V01S). These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge). When specifying Form S, please f supply motor voltage when ordering (i.e., order as 8539SCG41V02S). Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page16-111. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge.
Refer to page 16-29 for details.
e
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page Factory Modifications (Forms). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page
16-40 16-110 16-118 16-121
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
16-33
Combination Starters—NEMA Rated Class 8539 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
MAG-GARD ® Circuit Breaker 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 00–6). Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information.
Table 16.83: Full Voltage Type, Non-Reversing, with Melting Alloy Overload Relays NEMA Type 1 General Purpose Enclosure
Ratings
Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage)
Hp Range Polyphase
NEMA Size
Circuit Breaker (See Page 7-31 for Breaker Adjustment Range)
Type
$ Price
NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) (Sizes 0–5)a
Type
$ Price
NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight Dusttight and Corrosion Resistant Polyester Enclosure
Type
$ Price
NEMAs 7 & 9 For Hazardous Locations Class I, Groups C & D Class II, Groups E, F & G (Cast Aluminum) Division 1 & 2 SPIN TOP ® $ Price Type
Bolted Type b
NEMA 12/3Rc Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure With External Reset
$ Price
1/4–1 GJL36003M01 SBG41d SBW41d SBW51d SBR41d SBT41d 1209. SBW42d 2121. SBW52d 2435. SBR42d 2562. SBT42d 2562. 1-1/2–3 0 GJL36007M02 SBG42d 5 GJL36015M03 SBG43d SBW43d SBW53d SBR43d SBT43d 1/4–1 GJL36003M01 SCG41d SCW41d SCW51d SCR41d SCT41d 1-1/2–3 GJL36007M02 SCG42d SCW42d SCW52d SCR42d SCT42d 1 1257. 2168. 2492. 2624. 2624. 5–7-1/2 GJL36015M03 SCG43d SCW43d SCW53d SCR43d SCT43d 10 GJL36030M04 SCG44d SCW44d SCW54d SCR44d SCT44d 5–7-1/2 GJL36015M03 SDG41d SDW41d SDW51d SDR41d SDT41d 1779. SDW42d 3185. SDW52d 3503. SDR42d 3503. SDT42d 3503. 10–15 2 GJL36030M04 SDG42d 20–25 GJL36050M05 SDG43d SDW43d SDW53d SDR43d SDT43d 20–25 GJL36050M05 SEG41d 2586. SEW41d 5036. SEW51d 5540. SER41d 5786. SET41d 5786. 3 460 30–50 FAL3610018M SEG42d SEW42d SEW52d SER42d SET42d (480) 60–75 KAL3625025M SFG42d 5672. SFW42d 8805. SFW52d 9689. SFR42d 9014. SFT42d 9014. 4 100 KAL3625029M SFG44d SFW44d SFW54d SFR44d SFT44d 125 KAL3625031M SGG43d SGW43d — SGR43d SGT43d 150 5 LAL3640032M SGG44d 13149. SGW44d 21144. — — SGR44d 19587. SGT44d 19587. 200 LAL3640033M SGG46d SGW46d — SGR46d SGT46d 250 LAL3640036M SHG43d SHW43d — — — d 300 MAL3660040M SHG44d — — — 6 — — — 28550. SHW44 33297. 350 MAL3660042M SHG45d SHW45d — — — 400 MAL3660044M SHG46d SHW46d — — — d 500 MAL3690045M SJG42d — — — 7 — — — 38558. SJW42d 43305. 600 MAL36100047M SJG43d SJW43 — — — 1/4–1 GJL36003M01 SBG41d SBW41d SBW51d SBR41d SBT41d 1209. SBW42d 2121. SBW52d 2435. SBR42d 2562. SBT42d 2562. 1-1/2–3 0 GJL36007M02 SBG42d 5 GJL36015M03 SBG43d SBW43d SBW53d SBR43d SBT43d 1/4–1 GJL36003M01 SCG41d SCW41d SCW51d SCR41d SCT41d 1257. SCW42d 2168. SCW52d 2492. SCR42d 2624. SCT42d 2624. 1-1/2–3 1 GJL36007M02 SCG42d 5–10 GJL36015M03 SCG43d SCW43d SCW53d SCR43d SCT43d 5–10 GJL36015M03 SDG41d SDW41d SDW51d SDR41d SDT41d 15–20 2 GJL36030M04 SDG42d 1779. SDW42d 3185. SDW52d 3503. SDR42d 3503. SDT42d 3503. 25 GJL36050M05 SDG43d SDW43d SDW53d SDR43d SDT43d 25–30 GJL36050M05 SEG41d 575 2586. SEW41d 5036. SEW51d 5540. SER41d 5786. SET41d 5786. 3 40–50 FAL3610018M SEG42d SEW42d SEW52d SER42d SET42d (600) 60–100 4 KAL3625025M SFG42d 5672. SFW42d 8805. SFW52d 9689. SFR42d 9014. SFT42d 9014. 125 KAL3625029M SGG41d SGW41d — SGR41d SGT41d 150 5 KAL3625030M SGG42d 13149. SGW42d 21144. — — SGR42d 19587. SGT42d 19587. 200 LAL3640032M SGG44d SGW44d — SGR44d SGT44d 250 LAL3640035M SHG42d SHW42d — — — 300 6 LAL3640036M SHG43d 28550. SHW43d 33297. — — — — — — 350–400 MAL3660040M SHG44d SHW44d — — — d 500 MAL3680044M SJG41d — — — 7 — — — 38558. SJW41d 43305. 600 MAL3680045M SJG42d SJW42 — — — a NEMA Size 6 and 7 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures. NEMA 7 and 9 bolted are not UL Listed. b NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page16-105 for more information. c d Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below. Note: Some control transformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. Refer to control transformer selection table on page16-39.
Without External Reset
Type
Type
SBA51d SBA52d SBA53d SCA51d SCA52d SCA53d SCA54d SDA51d SDA52d SDA53d SEA51d SEA52d SFA52d SFA54d SGA53d SGA54d SGA56d SHA53d SHA54d SHA55d SHA56d SJA52d SJA53d SBA51d SBA52d SBA53d SCA51d SCA52d SCA53d SDA51d SDA52d SDA53d SEA51d SEA52d SFA52d SGA51d SGA52d SGA54d SHA52d SHA53d SHA54d SJA51d SJA52d
SBA41d SBA42d SBA43d SCA41d SCA42d SCA43d SCA44d SDA41d SDA42d SDA43d SEA41d SEA42d SFA42d SFA44d SGA43d SGA44d SGA46d SHA43d SHA44d SHA45d SHA46d — — SBA41d SBA42d SBA43d SCA41d SCA42d SCA43d SDA41d SDA42d SDA43d SEA41d SEA42d SFA42d SGA41d SGA42d SGA44d SHA42d SHA43d SHA44d — —
$ Price
1437.
1485.
2102. 3003. 6830. 15239.
31113. 41121. 1437. 1485. 2102. 3003. 6830. 15239. 31113. 41121.
Table 16.84: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage
1 6 C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U D R S P T O A S RE T ET RY S P E
60 Hz
50 Hz
24fe 120f 208 240 277 480 600 Specify
— 110 — 220 — 440 550 Specify
Code
$ Price Adder
V01 V02 V08 V03 V04 V06 V07 V99
No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge 23.70
e
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8539SBG41V01S). f These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge). When specifying Form S, please supply motor voltage when ordering (i.e., order a s 8539SCG41V02S). Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page16-111. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge.
Refer to page 16-29 for details.
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-40 Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pag e 16-110 Replacement Parts (Class 9998). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-118 Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-121
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
16-34
CP1
Discount Schedule
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
www.us.schneider-electric.com
Mag-Gard ® Circuit Breakers in Oversized Enclosure, NEMA Size 0–2
Combination Starters— NEMA Rated
FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Class 8539 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection i nformation.
Table 16.85: MAG-GARD ® Circuit Breakers in Oversized Enclosure, NEMA Size 0–2 bf Full Voltage Type, Non-Reversing with Melting Alloy Overload Relays Ratings Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage)
Hp Range Polyphase
NEMA Size
Circuit Breaker (See Page 7-31 for Breaker Adjustment Range)
0
GJL36003M01 GJL36007M02 GJL36015M03
SBG41S8c SBG42S8c SBG43S8c
1/4–1/3 1/2–1 1-1/2–35 71/2
1
GJL36003M01 GJL36007M02 GJL36015M03 GJL36030M04 GJL36050M05
1-1/2–3 5 71/2–10
2
1/4–1/3 1/2–1 1-1/2–3 230 (240)
460 (480)
575 (600)
Type
$ Price
NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) Type
$ Price
NEMA 12/3Ra Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure With External Reset
Without External Reset
$ Price
Type
Type
2832.
SBA51S8c SBA52S8c SBA53S8c
SBA41S8c SBA42S8c SBA43S8c
1865.
SCA41S8c SCA42S8c SCA43S8c SCA44S8c SCA45S8c
1911.
1446.
SBW41S8c SBW42S8c SBW43S8c
SCG41S8 c SCG42S8 c SCG43S8 c SCG44S8 c SCG45S8 c
1494.
SCW41S8c SCW42S8c SCW43S8c SCW44S8c SCW45S8c
2880.
SCA51S8c SCA52S8c SCA53S8c SCA54S8c SCA55S8c
GJL36015M03 GJL36030M04 GJL36050M05
SDG41S8 c SDG42S8 c SDG43S8 c
2016.
SDW41S8c SDW42S8c SDW43S8c
3896.
SDA51S8c SDA52S8c SDA53S8c
SDA41S8c SDA42S8c SDA43S8c
2529.
0
GJL36003M01 GJL36007M02 GJL36015M03
SBG41S8c SBG42S8c SBG43S8c
1446.
SBW41S8c SBW42S8c SBW43S8c
2832.
SBA51S8c SBA52S8c SBA53S8c
SBA41S8c SBA42S8c SBA43S8c
1865.
1/4–1/3 1/2–1 1-1/2–3 5–7-1/2
1
GJL36003M01 GJL36007M02 GJL36015M03 GJL36030M04
SCG41S8 c SCG42S8 c SCG43S8 c SCG44S8 c
1494.
SCW41S8c SCW42S8c SCW43S8c SCW44S8c
2880.
SCA51S8c SCA52S8c SCA53S8c SCA54S8c
SCA41S8c SCA42S8c SCA43S8c SCA44S8c
1911.
1-1/2–3 5–7-1/2 10 15
2
GJL36015M03 GJL36030M04 GJL36050M05 GJL36075M06
SDG41S8 c SDG42S8 c SDG43S8 c SDG44S8 c
2016.
SDW41S8c SDW42S8c SDW43S8c SDW44S8c
3896.
SDA51S8c SDA52S8c SDA53S8c SDA54S8c
SDA41S8c SDA42S8c SDA43S8c SDA44S8c
2529.
1/4–1 1-1/2–3 5
0
GJL36003M01 GJL36007M02 GJL36015M03
SBG41S8c SBG42S8c SBG43S8c
1446.
SBW41S8c SBW42S8c SBW43S8c
2832.
SBA51S8c SBA52S8c SBA53S8c
SBA41S8c SBA42S8c SBA43S8c
1865.
1/4–1 1-1/2–3 5–7-1/2 10
1
GJL36003M01 GJL36007M02 GJL36015M03 GJL36030M04
SCG41S8 c SCG42S8 c SCG43S8 c SCG44S8 c
1494.
SCW41S8c SCW42S8c SCW43S8c SCW44S8c
2880.
SCA51S8c SCA52S8c SCA53S8c SCA54S8c
SCA41S8c SCA42S8c SCA43S8c SCA44S8c
1911.
5–7-1/2 10–15 20–25
2
GJL36015M03 GJL36030M04 GJL36050M05
SDG41S8 c SDG42S8 c SDG43S8 c
2016.
SDW41S8c SDW42S8c SDW43S8c
3896.
SDA51S8c SDA52S8c SDA53S8c
SDA41S8c SDA42S8c SDA43S8c
2529.
1/4–1 1-1/2–3 5
0
GJL36003M01 GJL36007M02 GJL36015M03
SBG41S8c SBG42S8c SBG43S8c
1446.
SBW41S8c SBW42S8c SBW43S8c
2832.
SBA51S8c SBA52S8c SBA53S8c
SBA41S8c SBA42S8c SBA43S8c
1865.
1/4–1 1-1/2–3 5–10
1
GJL36003M01 GJL36007M02 GJL36015M03
SCG41S8 c SCG42S8 c SCG43S8 c
1494.
SCW41S8c SCW42S8c SCW43S8c
2880.
SCA51S8c SCA52S8c SCA53S8c
SCA41S8c SCA42S8c SCA43S8c
1911.
1/4–1/3 1/2–1 1-1/2–3 200 (208)
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure
5–10 GJL36015M03 SDG41S8 c SDW41S8c SDA51S8c SDA41S8c 2016. SDW42S8c 3896. SDA52S8c 15–20 2 GJL36030M04 SDG42S8 c SDA42S8c 25 GJL36050M05 SDG43S8 c SDW43S8c SDA53S8c SDA43S8c a NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page16-105 for more information. b For NEMA Size 3–5 starters in oversized NEMA 1, 4 or 12 enclosures, price and order standard starter withForm G28. c Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below. Note: Some control tranformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. Refer to control transformer selection table on page16-39.
2529.
Table 16.86: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage 60 Hz
50 Hz
24ed 120e 208 240 277 480 600 Specify
— 110 — 220 — 440 550 Specify
Code
$ Price Adder
V01 V02 V08 V03 V04 V06 V07 V99
No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge 23.70
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
d
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8539SBG41S8V01S). These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge). When specifying e Form S, please supply motor voltage when ordering (i.e., order as 8539SCG41S8V02S). Not included in Laser™ Delivery program. f Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page16-111. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge. Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page
16-40 16-110 16-118 16-121
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
16-35
Combination Starters— NEMA Rated
Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Class 8539 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that prices shown do not inc lude thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 0-6). Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection i nformation.
Table 16.87: Full Voltage Type, Non-Reversing, with Melting Alloy Overload Relays
Ratings
Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage)
Max. Hp Polyphase 2 3 5 7-1/2
200 (208)
10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 2 3 5 7-1/2
230 (240)
10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 250 300
NEMA Size
Circuit Breaker Type Type
SBG1d SBG3d
0
FALe
1
FALe
35 50
SCG5d SCG2d
2
FALe FAL FAL KAL
SDG1d SEG3d SEG1d SEG5d SFG3d SFG4d SGG6d SGG1d SGG4d SHG4d SHG3d SHG5d SBG1d SBG3d SCG1d SCG6d
4
KAL
5
LAL
6
MAL
0
FALe
60 90 100 110 125 200 200 250 300 450 600 600 15 20
1
FALe
30 45
2
FALe
3
FAL FAL KAL
4
KAL
5
LAL
6
MAL
7
MAL a b c d e
Note:
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Type
Bolted Type b
2121.
SBR1d SBR3d
2562.
SBT1d SBT3d
2178.
SCR5d SCR2d
2624.
SCT5d SCT2d
933.
SBW1d SBW3d
1845.
SBW11d SBW13d
981.
SCW5d SCW2d
1893.
SCW15d SCW12d
1503. 2586. 5672. 13149. 28550. 933. 981.
SDW1d SEW3d SEW1d SEW5d SFW3d SFW4d SGW6d SGW1d SGW4d SHW4d SHW3d SHW5d SBW1d SBW3d SCW1d SCW6d
2909. 5036. 8805. 21144. 33297. 1845. 1893.
NEMAs 7 & 9 For Hazardous Locations Class I, Groups C & D Class II, Groups E, F & G (Cast Aluminum) Division 1 & 2
® $ Price SPIN TOP $ Price Type
Ampere Rating 15 20
3
NEMA NEMA 4 & 4X 4 & 4X Watertight Watertight Dusttight and Dusttight and Corrosion Enclosure Resistant Stainless Steel (304) Polyester Enclosure (Sizes 0–5)a
NEMA Type 1 General Purpose
SDW11d SEW13d SEW11d SEW15d SFW13d SFW14d — — — — — — SBW11d SBW13d SCW11d SCW16d
3203. 5540. 9689. — —
2121. 2178.
SDR1d SER3d SER1d SER5d SFR3d SFR4d SGR6d SGR1d SGR4d — — — SBR1d SBR3d SCR1d SCR6d
3503. 5786. 9014. 19587. —
2562. 2624.
SDT1d SET3d SET1d SET5d SFT3d SFT4d SGT6d SGT1d SGT4d — — — SBT1d SBT3d SCT1d SCT6d
NEMA 12/3Rc Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure
$ Price
With External Reset
Without External Reset $ Price
Type
Type
2562.
SBA11d SBA13d
SBA1d SBA3d
1161.
2624.
SCA15d SCA12d
SCA5d SCA2d
1209.
SDA11d SEA13d SEA11d SEA15d SFA13d SFA14d SGA16d SGA11d SGA14d SHA14d SHA13d SHA15d SBA11d SBA13d
SDA1d SEA3d SEA1d SEA5d SFA3d SFA4d SGA6d SGA1d SGA4d SHA4d SHA3d SHA5d SBA1d SBA3d
SCA11d SCA16d
SCA1d SCA6d
3503. 5786. 9014. 19587. —
2562. 2624.
1826. 3003. 6830. 15239. 31113. 1161. 1209.
d d d d d 60 SDG1d SDA1d 1503. SDW1d 2909. SDW11d 3203. SDR1d 3503. SDT1d 3503. SDA11d 1826. 80 SDG7d SDW7 SDW17 SDR7 SDT7 SDA17 SDA7d 90 SEG3d SEW3d SEW13d SER3d SET3d SEA13d SEA3d 2586. SEW1d 5036. SEW11d 5540. SER1d 5786. SET1d 5786. SEA11d 3003. 100 SEG1d SEA1d 110 SEG5d SEW5d SEW15d SER5d SET5d SEA15d SEA5d 150 SFG1d SFA1d 5672. SFW1d 8805. SFW11d 9689. SFR1d 9014. SFT1d 9014. SFA11d 6830. 200 SFG4d SFW4d SFW14d SFR4d SFT4d SFA14d SFA4d 225 SGG3d SGW3d — SGR3d SGT3d SGA13d SGA3d 250 SGG1d 13149. SGW1d — — SGR1d SGA1d 15239. 21144. 19587. SGT1d 19587. SGA11d 350 SGG2d SGW2d — SGR2d SGT2d SGA12d SGA2d 450 SHG4d SHW4d — — — SHA14d SHA4d 33297. 600 SHG3d 28550. SHW3d — — — — — — SHA13d SHA3d 31113. 800 SHG7d SHW7d — — — SHA17d SHA7d 900 SJG2d SJW2d — — — SJA12d — 38558. 43305. 41121. — — — 1000 SJG3d SJW3d — — — SJA13d — NEMA Size 6 & 7 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures. NEMA 7 & 9 bolted are not UL Listed. NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page16-105 for more information. Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed below. Rated 250 Volts Max. Some control transformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. Refer to control transformer selection table on page16-39.
Table 16.88: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage 60 Hz
50 Hz
24gf 120g 208 240 277 480 600 Specify
— 110 — 220 — 440 550 Specify
Code
$ Price Adder
V01 V02 V08 V03 V04 V06 V07 V99
No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge 23.70
24 V coils are not available o n Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available,Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8539SBG1V01S). g These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge). When specifying Form S, please supply motor voltage when ordering (i.e., order as 8539SCG5V02S). Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page16-111. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge. f
1 6 C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U DR S P T O A S RE TT EY R S P E
Refer to page 16-29 for details.
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-40 Factory Modifications (Forms). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-110 Replacement Parts (Class 9998). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-118 Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-121
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
16-36
CP1
Discount Schedule
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Combination Starters— NEMA Rated
www.us.schneider-electric.com
Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Class 8539 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that prices shown do not inc lude thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 00-6). Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information.
Table 16.89: Line Voltage Type, Non-Reversing, with Melting Alloy Overload Relays
Ratings
Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage)
Max. Hp Polyphase
NEMA Size
5 7-1 ⁄ 2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 5
460 (480)
7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600
575 (600)
Circuit Breaker Type
FAL
1
FAL
2
FAL
3
FAL
4
KAL
5
LAL
6
MAL
7
MAL
0
FAL FAL
2
FAL
3
FAL
4 5
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Type
Type Ampere Rating
0
1
NEMA NEMA 4 & 4X 4 & 4X Watertight Watertight Dusttight and Dusttight and Corrosion Enclosure Resistant Stainless Steel (304) Polyester Enclosure (Sizes 0–5)a
NEMA Type 1 General Purpose Enclosure
FAL KAL KAL KAL LAL LAL
6
MAL
7
MAL
15 20 25 40 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 200 225 250 350 450 600 600 800 900 1000 15
SBG2d SCG3d SCG7d SDG3d SDG4d SDG5d SEG6d SEG3d SEG1d SFG5d SFG3d SFG4d SGG3d SGG1d SGG2d SHG4d SHG3d SHG5d SHG7d SJG2d SJG3d SBG2d
15 20
SCG8d SCG3d
35 45 60 60 80 90 100 110 150 200 200 250 350 450 500 600 800 900
SDG8d SDG9d SDG4d SEG4d SEG6d SEG3d SFG6d SFG5d SFG1d SGG7d SGG6d SGG1d SHG6d SHG4d SHG2d SHG3d SJG1d SJG2d
1209. 1257. 1779. 2586. 5672. 13149.
28550. 38558. 1209.
SBW2d SCW3d SCW7d SDW3d SDW4d SDW5d SEW6d SEW3d SEW1d SFW5d SFW3d SFW4d SGW3d SGW1d SGW2d SHW4d SHW3d SHW5d SHW7d SJW2d SJW3d SBW2d
1257.
SCW8d SCW3d
1779.
SDW8d SDW9d SDW4d
2586. 5672. 13149.
28550. 38558.
SEW4d SEW6d SEW3d SFW6d SFW5d SFW1d SGW7d SGW6d SGW1d SHW6d SHW4d SHW2d SHW3d SJW1d SJW2d
2121. 2168. 3185. 5036. 8805. 21144.
33297. 43305. 2121.
SBW12d SCW13d SCW17d SDW13d SDW14d SDW15d SEW16d SEW13d SEW11d SFW15d SFW13d SFW14d — — — — — — — — — SBW12d
2168.
SCW18d SCW13d
3185.
SDW18d SDW19d SDW14d
5036. 8805. 21144.
33297. 43305.
SEW14d SEW16d SEW13d SFW16d SFW15d SFW11d — — — — — — — — —
NEMAs 7 & 9 For Hazardous Locations Class I, Groups C & D Class II, Groups E, F & G (Cast Aluminum) Division 1 & 2
® $ Price SPIN TOP $ Price Type
2435. 2492. 3503. 5540. 9689. —
— —
2435.
SBR2d SCR3d SCR7d SDR3d SDR4d SDR5d SER6d SER3d SER1d SFR5d SFR3d SFR4d SGR3d SGR1d SGR2d — — — — — — SBR2d
2492.
SCR8d SCR3d
3503.
SDR8d SDR9d SDR4d
5540. 9689. —
— —
SER4d SER6d SER3d SFR6d SFR5d SFR1d SGR7d SGR6d SGR1d — — — — — —
2562. 2624. 3503. 5786. 9014. 19587.
— —
2562.
Bolted Type b SBT2d SCT3d SCT7d SDT3d SDT4d SDT5d SET6d SET3d SET1d SFT5d SFT3d SFT4d SGT3d SGT1d SGT2d — — — — — — SBT2d
2624.
SCT8d SCT3d
3503.
SDT8d SDT9d SDT4d
5786. 9014. 19587.
— —
SET4d SET6d SET3d SFT6d SFT5d SFT1d SGT7d SGT6d SGT1d — — — — — —
NEMA 12/3Rc Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure
$ Price
With External Reset
Without External Reset
$ Price
Type
Type
SBA12d SCA13d SCA17d SDA13d SDA14d SDA15d SEA16d SEA13d SEA11d SFA15d SFA13d SFA14d SGA13d SGA11d SGA12d SHA14d SHA13d SHA15d SHA17d SJA12d SJA13d SBA12d
SBA2d SCA3d SCA7d SDA3d SDA4d SDA5d SEA6d SEA3d SEA1d SFA5d SFA3d SFA4d SGA3d SGA1d SGA2d SHA4d SHA3d SHA5d SHA7d — — SBA2d
2624.
SCA18d SCA13d
SCA8d SCA3d
1485.
3503.
SDA18d SDA19d SDA14d
SDA8d SDA9d SDA4d
2102.
SEA14d SEA16d SEA13d SFA16d SFA15d SFA11d SGA17d SGA16d SGA11d SHA16d SHA14d SHA12d SHA13d SJA11d SJA12d
SEA4d SEA6d SEA3d SFA6d SFA5d SFA1d SGA7d SGA6d SGA1d SHA6d SHA4d SHA2d SHA3d — —
2562. 2624. 3503. 5786. 9014. 19587.
— —
2562.
5786. 9014. 19587.
— —
1437. 1485. 2102. 3003. 6830. 15239.
31113. 41121. 1437.
3003. 6830. 15239.
31113. 41121.
Table 16.90: Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Type, SIngle Phase ef
Motor Max. Coil Voltage Hp Voltage
NEMA Size
Poles
Circuit Breaker (Type)
Ampere Rating
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure
NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) (Sizes 0–2)
NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion Resistant Polyester Enclosure
NEMA 12/3Rc Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure With Without External Reset External Reset
$ Price
Type
120
240
1 2 3 1 2 3 2 3 7.5
120
240
0 1 2 0 1 2 0 1 2
$ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type Type 933. SBW61V02 1845. SBW64V02 2121. FAL12030 30 SBG61V02 SBA64V02 SBA61V02 981. SCW61V02 1893. SCW64V02 2178. 1 FAL12050 50 SCG61V02 SCA64V02 SCA61V02 1503. SDW61V02 2909. SDW64V02 3203. FAL12070 70 SDG61V02 SDA64V02 SDA61V02 933. SBW71V02 1845. SBW74V02 2121. FAL22025 25 SBG71V02 SBA74V02 SBA71V02 981. SCW71V02 1893. SCW74V02 2178. 2 FAL22035 35 SCG71V02 SCA74V02 SCA71V02 1503. SDW71V02 2909. SDW74V02 3203. FAL22080 80 SDG71V02 SDA74V02 SDA71V02 933. SBW71V03 1845. SBW74V03 2121. FAL22025 25 SBG71V03 SBA74V03 SBA71V03 981. SCW71V03 1893. SCW74V03 2178. 2 FAL22035 35 SCG71V03 SCA74V03 SCA71V03 1503. SDW71V03 2909. SDW74V03 3203. FAL22080 80 SDG71V03 SDA74V03 SDA71V03 a NEMA Size 6 and 7 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures. NEMA 7 and 9 bolted are not UL Listed. b NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page16-105 for more c information. d Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed on page16-36. Single phase units require one thermal unit and are not available with Form Hxx—Solid State Overload Relays. e f Not included in Laser™ Delivery program. Note: Some control transformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. Refer to control transformer selection table on page16-39.
1161. 1209. 1826. 1161. 1209. 1826. 1161. 1209. 1826.
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
Refer to page 16-29 for details.
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
16-37
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1
Combination Starters—NEMA Rated Class 8538, 8539 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Application Data
Table 16.93: Class 8539—UL Listed Short Circuit Ratings
Table 16.91: Class 8539—UL Listed Short Circuit Ratings
Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Type
MAG-GARD ® Motor Circuit Protector Type NEMA Size
Voltage
Enclosure
Available Amperes RMS Symmetrical
0 & 1, 2 Size 3 Type SE●41 & SE●51 Only (GJL)
0–480
Standarda and Oversize
100,000
0 & 1 (FAL)
0–480
0 & 1 (FAL)
481–600
0 & 1, 2 Size 3 Type SE●41 & SE●51 Only (GJL) 0–2 with Current Limiting Module 0–3 with Current Limiting Module 0–3 2 2–6 4&5 7 7 a
Standarda and Oversize Standarda and Oversize
22,000
b
10,000
481–600
Standarda and Oversize
10,000
600
Oversize
100,000
600
Standarda
100,000
600 600 600 600 0–480 481–600
NEMA 7 & 9 Oversize Standarda NEMA 7 & 9 Standarda Standarda
5,000 22,000 22,000 10,000 30,000 22,000
Suffix Number
Range (A)
Suffix Number
Range (A)
M01 M02 M03 M04 M05 M06
9–33 21–77 45–165 90–330 150–550 225–825
11M 12M 13M 15M 16M 18M
8–28 18–70 50–180 100–350 150–580 300–1100
25M 26M 29M 30M 31M 32M
625–1250 750–1500 875–1750 1000–2000 1125–2250 1250–2500
Enclosure
Available Amperes RMS Symmetrical
0-3 4&5 6 7 7
600 600 600 0-480 481-600
Standardb Standardb Standardb Standardb Standardb
5,000 10,000 18,000 30,000 22,000
Standard enclosure includes non-oversize NEMAs 1, 4 & 4X Stainless, and 12.
NEMA Size
NEMA Fuse Class
Enclosure
Available Amperes RMS Symmetrical
0–3 0–3 0–2 0–2 4–5 4–5 6 6
Class H or K Class R Class H or K Class R Class H or K Class R Class H or K Class R
Standardc Standardc Oversize Standard Standardc Standardc Standardc Standardc
5,000 100,000 5,000 100,000 10,000 100,000 18,000 100,000
c
Standard enclosure includes non-oversize NEMAs 1, 4 & 4X Stainless, and 12.
Table 16.95: Table 2: Motor Code Letter Table
Table 16.92: Table 1: MAG-GARD Trip Range Range (A)
Voltage
Table 16.94: Class 8538—UL Listed Short Circuit Ratings
Standard enclosure includes non-oversize NEMAs 1, 4 & 4X Stainless, and 12.
Suffix Number
NEMA Size
Horsepower Suffix Number 33M 35M 36M 40M 42M 44M
Range (A) 1500–3000 1750–3500 2000–4000 2500–5000 3000–6000 3500–7000
Note: The MAG-GARD adjustable trip range is determined by the suffix of the circuit breaker catalog number. Table 16.92indicates the trip range which corresponds to a given suffix number. The MAG-GARD Motor Circuit Protector should be adjusted to a level just above Locked-Rotor Current of the motor. This setting will provide optimum overcurrent protection for the motor. For more information on MAG-GARD instantaneous trip circuit breakers, refer to the MAG-GARD circuit breaker section of this Catalog.
Motor Code Letters
1/2 or less
A-L
3/4–1-1/2
A-K
2–3
A-J
5–25
A-H
30–125
A-G
150 or more
A-F
Note: The combination starter selection tables on pages16-34–16-35 are suitable for motors with Locked-Rotor Current letters per NEC Table 430-7(b) as listed inTable 16.95. For other motors a special thermal magnetic circuit breaker with adjustable magnetic trip settings for the specific motor is required. When ordering for these special applications, specify the motor horsepower, voltage, frequency, full load current and code letter (or locked rotor current) to assure proper protection.
Table 16.96: Terminals Line Terminals on Disconnect NEMA Size
Type of Lug
Switch
SB & SC
Box Lug
#14–1/0 Cu/Al
2
SD
Box Lug
#14–1/0 Cu/Al
3
SE
Box Lug
#14–1/0 Cu/Al
4
SF
Box Lug
#6–300 MCM Cu/Al
5
SG
Box Lug
One #4–500 MCM Cu
6
SH
Box Lug
—
SJ
Box Lug
—
d
Power Terminals On Magnetic Starter
Wire Range
0 &1
7
1 6
Type
Type of Lug
Wire Range
Wires Per Terminal
Type of Lug
Wire Range
Pressure Wire
#14–#8 Cu
1 or 2
Pressure Wire
#16–#12 Cu
2
Box Lug
#14–#4 Cu
1
Pressure Wire
#16–#12 Cu
2
Box Lug
#14–#0 Cu
1
Pressure Wire
#16–#12 Cu
2
Box Lug
#8–250 MCM Cu
1
Pressure Wire
#16–#12 Cu
2
Box Lug
#4–500 MCM Cu
1
Pressure Wire
#16–#12 Cu
2
Parallel Groove
250–500 MCM Cud
1 or 2
Pressure Wire
#16–#12 Cue
2
Parallel Groove
250–500 MCM Cu
1–4
Pressure Wire
#16–#12 Cu
Circuit Breaker #14–#4 Cuf #12–#4 Al or #14–#1/0 Cu #12–#1/0 Al #14–#1 Cu/#8–#1/0 Al (GJL Breaker) #14–#1/0 Cu or #12–#1/0 Al #14–#1 Cu/#8–#1/0 Al (GJL Breaker) #14–#2 Cu #10–#2 Al (FA Breaker) #4–300 MCM Cu/Al (KA Brkr) #14–#1 Cu/#8–#1/0 Al (GJL Breaker) #14–#1/0 Cu #12–#1/0 Al (FA Breaker) #4–300 MCM Cu/Al (KA Brkr) #4–300 MCM Cu/AL (KA Breaker) (1)#1–600 MCM or (2)#1–250 MCM Cu/Al (LA Brkr) (1)#1–600 MCM or (2)#1–250 MCM Cu/Al (LA Breaker) (3)#3/0–500 MCM Cu/Al (MA Brkr) (3)#3/0–500 MCM Cu/Al
Control Terminals On Magnetic Starter
Order Class 9999 Type SCU6 parts kit to convert power terminals to accept sizes 2/0–300 MCM wire.
e f
Wires Per Terminal
2
Terminal block range limited to #16–#14. Use on FAL circuit breakers rated 25 A or l ess.
C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U D R S P T O A S RE T ET RY S P E
16-38
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Combination Starters—NEMA Rated Class 8538, 8539 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
proper interlock selection. For electrical ratings of disconnect and circuit breaker interlocks, see Table 16.98 below.
Accessories Interlocks and Control Transformers
An electrical interlock may also be factory installed in either a disconnect switch or circuit breaker combination starter. Specify Form Y74 for single pole, or Form Y75 for two pole interlocks. For pricing see factory modifications (Forms).
A one or two pole electrical interlock can be added to the disconnect switch or circuit breaker. Thus, if a separate control circuit is used, the magnetic starter can be deenergized when the disco nnect is switched to the OFF position. See Table 16.97 for
Table 16.97: Disconnect Switch and Breaker Interlocks Class
SPDT (Y74)
Type
SBb, SCb, SDb (Series B) SD (Series C) SB, SC (Series C) 8538 SE, SF (Series A) & SE (Series B & C) 8738 SF (Series B & C) SG 8539, 8739 SB, SC, SD, SE, SF, SGa 8538 SBA, SCA, SBG, SCG (Series D) 8538 SBAS8, SCAS8, SBGS8, SCGS8 (Series D) 8738 SBAS8, SCAS8, SBGS8, SCGS8 (Series E) 8738 SBA, SCA, SBG, SCG (Series E) 8538 SDA, SDAb, SDG, SDGb (Series D) 8738 SDA, SDG (Series E) 8538, 8738 SEA, SEG (Series D) No interlocks available for the GJL circuit breaker. The internally mounted auxiliary switch (catalog number AAC) must be used. Class 8538 type numbers ending in suffix “S8”. 8538
a b
DPDT (Y75)
Class 9999 Type
$ Price
Class 9999 Type
77. 77. 71. 87. 87. 90. 290. 87. 80. 80. 80. 80. 80. 80. 80.
R6 R43 R45 R8 R41 R39 R35 R26 TC11 TC10 TC10 TC11 TC10 TC10 TC10
$ Price 147. 147. 138. 162. 162. 162. 347. 162. 159 159 159 159 159 159 159
R7 R44 R46 R9 R42 R40 R36 R27 TC21 TC20 TC20 TC21 TC20 TC20 TC20
Table 16.98: Disconnect Switch and Breaker Interlock Electrical Ratings Class 9999 Type R6, 8, 26, 35, 39, 41, 43, 45, TC10, & TC11
Class 9999 Type R7, 9, 27, 36, 40, 42, 44, 46 & TC 20, 21
AC—50 or 60 Hz
AC—50 or 60 Hz
Maximum Current Volts
Make
Break
Amps
Amps
40 20 10 8
15 10 8 6
120 240 480 600
Maximum Current Continuous Carrying Current Amps
Make
Volts Amps
15 15 15 15
120 240 480 600
30 15 7.5 6
These 100 VA kits are designed specifically to allow for field New! modification of NEMA Size 0, 1 and 2 combination starters that require a control power transformer. The kit includes a 9070TF100 fused transformer on a special mounting plate for ease of placement and installation on the combo starter back pan. A wire harness (with wiring diagrams) is included to complete the kit.
Table 16.99: Control Transformer Field Modification Kits Catalog Number
Primary Voltage
Secondary Voltage
9999CPT1D1 9999CPT1D3
240 x 480 208
120 120
$ Price 298. 298.
Table 16.100: Control Transformer Selection
NEMA Size
e
50 VAe Additional Capacity (Form F4T10)
100 VAe Additional Capacity (Form F4T11)
200 VAe Additional Capacity (Form F4T12)
Class 9070 Type
Class 9070 Type
Class 9070 Type
Class 9070 Type
T100 T150 T200 T300c T100 T150 T300d T300d T150 T150 T300 T500 T300 T300 T500 T500 T50 and T100 and T150 and T300 and 5 SG 8501XO20 8501XO20 8501XO20 8501XO20 EO3S2 is EO3S2 and EO3S2 and EO3S2 and 6 SH standard T50 T100 T200 EO19S2 is EO19S2 and EO19S2 and EO3S2 and 7 SJ standard T50 T100 T200 Requires oversized enclosure. (Size 2 reversing enclosure.) Available in standard enclosure with MAG-GARD ® circuit breaker and non-fusible disconnect switch. Requires oversized enclosure with thermal-magnetic circuit breakers and fusible disconnect switches. (Size 2 reversing enclosure.) Complete the contactor or starter Class and Type with Voltage Code, see page 16-111.
0&1 2 3 4
c d
Starter Type
Standarde Capacity (Form F4T)
SB & SC SD SE SF
Break VA 3450 3450 3450 3450
Amps
VA
3 1.5 .75 .6
345 345 345 345
Continuous Carrying Current Amps 10 10 10 10
Internal Auxiliary Switch— Circuit breakers can be supplied with a factory installed auxiliary switch for remote indication of an open and/or tripped or a closed breaker. One (specify Form Y741) or two (specify Form Y751) auxiliary switches can be supplied. The switches are supplied with normally open and normally closed circuits with a common connection. Contacts must be used on the same polarity and are rated 15 Amps at 240 Vac. The auxiliary switches are located internally and are furnished with 19-20 inch long leads. Alarm Switch—The alarm switch only operates when the breaker is tripped. It is used to actuate bell alarms and warning lights. The alarm switch is factory installed only (specify Form Y742) and consists of a single pole single throw switch which is normally open except when the breaker is tripped. The contacts are rated 4 Amps at 240 Vac. This switch is located in the breaker and is supplied with 19-20 inch long leads. Transformer Selection—Space and drilling are provided in all disconnect switch and circuit breaker combination starters in NEMA 1, 4 & 4X stainless and polyester, 12 and 7 & 9 bolted enclosures for the field addition (or factory installation) of a Class 9070 control circuit transformer and Class 9999 Type SFR4 fuse holder. This kit can be either panel mounted or side mounted on the Type S starter. For standard control transformer selection in combination starters, see Table 16.100. Consult field office for transformer additions to NEMA 7 & 9 SPIN TOP ® enclosures. For secondary fuse holder order 9080PF1. Fuse Block Mounting Brackets—The standard capacity transformer, Class 9070 Type T100, for the Size 0 and 1 starters mounts to the right of the magnetic starter. Standards—Most combination starters and forms are UL Listed i n file E152395, Category NKJH, and CSA Fil e CR 584.
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
16-39
Combination Starters—NEMA Rated Class 8538, 8539 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Approximate Dimensions Table 16.101: NEMA 1 Enclosure—Figure 1 NEMA Size
Class
Type
0–1
8538 & 8539
SBG SCG
2
8538 & 8539
SDG
Dimensions in Inches a A
B
C
D
9-1/2 22-1/2 8 11/32 10-1/2
26
E
F
G
H
Top & Bottom
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
W
Sides
X
Y
Wt. (lbs.)
6 3/8 20-1/2 14 21/32 1 13/16 1 11/16 3 2 5/16 1-1/16
3-1/4 2-3/16
1-1/4 7/8
—
1/2–3/4
1/2–3/4
1/2
38
7 3/8
3-1/4 2-3/16
1-1/4 7/8
—
1–1-1/4
1/2–3/4
1/2
54
9 19/32
24
16 29/32
2 1/8
2
4 2-5/16 1-1/16
Table 16.102: NEMA 1 Enclosure—Figure 2 NEMA Size
Class
Type
3b
8538 & 8539 8538
4
A
B
C
D
E
F
SEG
15-1/4
42
10-19/32
9-1/4
3
22-23/32
SFG
16
52-1/2
10-17/32
10
3
Top & Bottom
J
K
Sides
W
X
Y
Wt. (lbs.)
5-3/8 1-9/32 29/32
1–1-1/4 2–2-1/2
1/2–3/4
1/2
102
2-11/16
5-3/8 1-9/32 29/32
2-1/2
1/2–3/4
2-11/16
5-3/8 1-9/32 29/32
2-1/2
1/2–3/4
G
H
I
L
M
N
41
1/2
—
2-53/64 3-17/32
5
2-11/16
23-21/32 51-1/2 1/2
—
2-53/64 3-17/32
5
2-53/64 3-17/32
5
8539
SFG
16
52-1/2
10-17/32
10
3
23-21/32 51-1/2 1/2
—
8538
SGG
20
78
15-1/2
12
4
29-13/32
77
1/2
—
3-33/64
4-39/64 9-1/4
3-3/16
8539
SGG
20
66
13-23 ⁄ 32
12
4
29-13/32
65
1/2
—
3-33/64
4-39/64
5
3-3/16
8538 & 8539
SHG
36
90
21-1/32
—
—
41-3/8
—
—
—
—
—
5
5 6e
Dimensions in Inches a
—
—
O
—
P
—
1/2–3/4c
—
—
—
1/2–3/4
—
—
—
—
1/2
163
1/2
3
—
163 450
3
—
420
—
—
—
Table 16.103: NEMA 12 Enclosure—Figure 3 Dimensions in Inches d
NEMA Size
Class
Type
0–1
8538 & 8539
SBA SCA
9-1/2
8-11/32
24
3-1/4
2-1/2
2
8538 & 8539
SDA
10-1/2
9-19/32
27-3/4
3-1/4
2-1/2
3b
8538 & 8539
SEA
15-1/4
10-19/32
42
5
3
9-1/4
8538
SFA
16
10-17/32
52-1/2
5
3
10
8539
SFA
16
10-17/32
52-1/2
5
3
10
51-1/2
8538
SGA
20
13-23/32
78
9-1/4
4
12
77
1/2
7-25/32
29-13/32
—
8539
SGA
20
13-23/32
66
5
4
12
65
1/2
7-25/32
27-13/32
440
8538 & 8539
SHA
36
17
90
5
—
—
—
—
47-3/8
—
4
5 6e
A
B
C
D
E
F
I
Wt. (lbs.)
G
H
J
4-1/2
23-1/2
19/32
4-7/16
14-5/16
40
5-1/2
27
3/8
4-1/8
16-9/16
55
41
1/2
5-1/16
22-5/16
111
51-1/2
1/2
4-3/16
22-31/32
170
1/2
5-3/16
22-31/32
170
—
Table 16.104: NEMA 4 and 4X Stainless Steel Enclosures—Figure 4 Dimensions in Inches a
NEMA Size
Class
Type
0–1
8538 & 8539
SBW SCW
A
B
C
D
9-1/2
8-11/32
24-1/16
3-1/4
E
F
2-1/2
4-1/2
Bottom Top & Bot.
G
H
I
23-1/2
19/32
J
3-1/32
K
1-5/16
L
W
X
2-5/16
14-9/32
3/4 Hub
16-17/32 3/4 Hub
Wt. (lbs.)
1 Hub
40
2
8538 & 8539
SDW
10-1/2
9-19/32
27-3/4
3-1/4
2-1/2
5-1/2
27
19/32
3
2
2-5/8
3b
8538 & 8539
SEW
15-1/4
10-19/32
42
5
3-3/16
10-1/4
40-1/2
19/32
3
2-9/16
3-3/16
8538
SFW
16
10-17/32
52-1/2
5
3-9/16
11
51
19/32
3
2-9/16
8539
SFW
16
10-17/32
52-1/2
3-1/4
2-1/2
11
51
19/32
3
2-9/16
8538
SGW
20
13-23/32
78
9-1/4
4
12
77
9/16
4-1/2
3
3-1/2
29-13/32
3/4 Hub
3-1/2 Hub
—
8539
SGW
20
13-23/32
66
5
4
12
65
9/16
4-1/2
3
3-1/2
29-13/32 3/4 Hub
3-1/2 Hub
440
8538 & 8539
SHW
36
17
90
—
—
—
—
—
4
5 6e
—
—
1-1/2 Hub
55
3/4 Hub
2-1/2 Hub
111
3-3/16
22-15/32 3/4 Hub
2-1/2 Hub
158
3-3/16
22-15/32 3/4 Hub
2-1/2 Hub
120
—
223/16
47-7/8
—
—
—
Dimensions also for Form F4T (standard control transformer). Form F4T11 (100 VA extra capacity) and Form F4T12 (200 VA extra capacity) could require the use of an oversized enclosure. Refer to control transformer selection table on page 16-39. b Class 8538 Size 3 devices with 200 A fuse clips use dimensions for Class 8538 Size 4. Left side only. c d Dimensions include space for control circuit transformers. Size 6 enclosures are floor mounting. e Note: Illustrations may not represent the actual enclosure; they are intended for dimensional information only. a
f
(4) .31 in (8 mm) dia. mtg. holes for sizes 0, 1, and 2, (4) .44 in (11 mm) dia. mtg. holes for sizes 3 and 4 , (4) .56 in (14 mm) dia. mtg. holes located on external flanges for size 5. A D
1 6
Handle Swing L C M N K
A D Y
E
Handle Swing L H
O
A F
C O
Handle Swing B D E
A F
H
Handle Swing D B H
E
Y P
C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U D R S P T O A S RE T ET RY S P E
E B
G C
G C
G B Y f
Y Cover Open 90°
f
F
Cover Open 90°
W X W G J
Cover Open 90° J
Cover Open 90° L W
F
J K
Figure 1 NEMA 1 Enclosure
X J
W X W H I
16-40
f
f
I
I
K
M N
Figure 2 NEMA 1 Enclosure
Figure 3 NEMA 12 Enclosure
Figure 4 NEMAs 4 and 4X Stainless Steel Enclosure © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Combination Starters— NEMA Rated
www.us.schneider-electric.com
Approximate Dimensions Class 8538, 8539 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 16.105: NEMA 4X Polyester Enclosure—Figure 1 NEMA Size
Class
0, 1
8538
A E
Dimensions in Inches a Type
A
B
C
E
F
SBW SCW 13.72 11.4 26.94 6.25 0, 1 8539 SDW 0, 1, & 2 8738, 8739 SBW SCW 25.25 11.4 27.00 17.88 2 8538, 8539 SDW 8538, 8738 SEW 3–4 26.31 11.4 33.50 18.50 8539, 8739 SFWb Dimensions also for Form F4T (standard control transformer) and Form F4T10 (50 VA additional capacity). a Other control transformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. refer to the control transformer selection table on page 16-39. b 8539 Size 4 only.
25.75 C
F
25.75 32.25
B
Figure 1 NEMA 4X Polyester Enclosure
Table 16.106: NEMA 1, 4, 4X Stainless, 12 Oversize Enclosure—Figure 2 NEMA Size
Wide A
1 4 12
0–2
High B
Deep C
15
2-3/4
15
30-1/32
15
31
Mounting
Handle L
D
E
9-19/32
3-1/4
11-5/8
26-1/ 4
9-19/32
3-1/4
10
29-3/4
3-1/4
9
30-1/4
10-31/32
C
D
Dimensions in Inches
NEMA Type Encl.
Handle Swing L
A
E
B
(4) .31 Dia. Mtg. Hole s 8
Figure 2 Class 8538 and 8539 in Oversize Enclosures — NEMA 1, 4 & 4X Stainless and 12
Table 16.107: Class 8539—NEMA 7 & 9 Bolted Enclosure—Figure 3 NEMA Size 0–2 3–4 5
Dimensions in Inches
Type SBT SCT SDT SET SFT SGT
A
B
C
D
E
14-1/4
27-5/8
18-1/8 24-1/2
F
9-1/2
1-1/4
19-1/4
31-5/8
10
16-1/4
45-5/8
13-3/4
22-1/2
K, L, M, N
P
Z
Wt. (lbs.)
G
H, J
9-5/8
11
2-3/8
3-1/8
1-1/2
1-1/2
115
19-1/4
9-5/8
12-5/8
2-3/8
3-3/4
2-1/2
2-1/2
180
27-1/2
13-3/4
15-3/8
3-7/16
4
4
4
500
N M
E B F
Note: Bolted enclosure comes equipped with 3 closing plates in the door.
Table 16.108: Class 8539—NEMA 7 & 9 SPIN TOP ® Enclosure—Figure 4 NEMA Size
Type
0–1
SBR SCR
2
Conduit Sizes LOC. A, B, C and D
Dimensions in Inches E
F
G
H
1-1/4
10-5/8
26
15-1/4
8
4-3/4
5-3/8
SDR
1-1/2
13-7/8 30-1/2 19-1/4
8
4-3/4
3–4
SER SFR
2-1/2
13-3/8 39-1/2 20-1/4
8
5
SGR
4
19
53-1/2 27-3/4 —
J
K
L
M
Q
R
S
T
N
P
1-1/2 1-1/16
7-1/2
11
7-5/16 2-1/16 —
—
70
5-1/4
1-1/2 1-1/16
7
18
9-3/8
2-3/4
—
—
115
4-3/4
7-1/2
2-1/2
—
10-1/2
23
8-5/8
3
—
—
140
—
11-1/4
4
1/8
16
20-5/8 11-3/8 4-5/16 12 6-1/2
K
Wt. (lbs.)
C G
L A
Mtg. for 4 Bolt s
J
H
.19 5
290
D (2) "Z" Pipe Tap Top and Bottom 1/2" NPT for Bre ather and Drain
Figure 3 Class 8539 NEMA 7 and 9 Bolted Enclosure
Information on Hubs Hubs are supplied with each NEMA Type 4X combination starter as shown in the table below. Note that hubs are only installed in stainless steel enclosures; they are not installed in polyester enclosures.
Table 16.109: Hub Sizes NEMA Size 0&1 2 3&4
TOP VIEW
Quantity
Hub Size
1 2 1 2 1 2
0.75" 1.00" 0.75" 1.50" 0.75" 2.50"
Note: Illustrations may not represent the actual enclosure; they are intended for dimensional information only.
Table 16.110: Conduit Sizes LOC A, B, C and D
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
NEMA Size
Std.
0—1
1-1/4
2
1-1/2
3—4
2-1/2
5
4
REAR VIEW Space Required To Remove Top Cover N
R
Threaded Cover Enclosure Overload Reset
E Q
G
A
C
B
D
F
K
J
H M
(3) Mtg. Holes and/or Slots
P
Circuit Breaker Operating Handle – Space Required to Remove Combination Form Only (Add 1.00 In. to Over all Width) Bottom Cover
Figure 4 Class 8539 NEMA 7 and 9 SPIN TOP Enclosure
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 16-41
Reduced Voltage Starters
Description of All Types Class 8600 / Refer to Catalog 8600CT9601
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Reduced Voltage Starting of Squirrel Cage Motors A squirrel cage motor draws high starting current (inrush) and produces high starting torque when started at full voltage. While these values differ for different motor designs, for a typical NEMA design B motor, the inrush will be approximately 600% of the motor full load amperage (FLA) rating and the starting torque will be approximately 150% of full load torque at full voltage. High current inrush and starting torque can cause problems in the electrical and mechanical systems, or may even damage the materials being processed. When a motor is started at reduced voltage, the current at the motor terminals is reduced in direct proportion to the voltage reduction while the torque is reduced by the square of the voltage reduction. If the “typical” NEMA B motor is started at 70% of line voltage, the starting current would be 70% of the full voltage value (that is, 0.70 x 600% = 420% FLA). The torque would then be (0.70) 2 or 49% of the normal starting torque (that is, 0.49 x 150% = 74% Full Load Torque). Therefore, reduced voltage starting provides an effective means of reducing both inrush current and starting torque. If the motor has a high inertia or if the motor rating is marginal for the applied load, reducing the starting torque may prevent the motor from reaching full speed before the thermal overloads trip. Applications that require high starting torque should be reviewed to determine if reduced voltage starting is suitable. Square D offers several types of electromechanical as well as solid state reduced voltage starters that provide different starting characteristics. The following describes the 8600 series of reduced voltage starters.
Electromechanical Reduced Voltage Starters CLASS 8606—Autotransformer Starter Autotransformer starters provide reduced voltage to the motor terminals during starting through the use of a tapped, three phase autotransformer. Taps on the autotransformer allow for selection of the motor with 50%, 65% or 80% of line voltage values supplying 50%, 65% or 80% of the current inrush seen during a full voltage start. The resulting starting torque will be 25%, 42% or 64% of full voltage values, as will be the current draw on the line. Thus, the autotransformer provides the maximum torque with minimum line current.
CLASS 8630—Wye-Delta Starter Wye-delta starters can only be used on wye-delta motors which have six leads that allow for motor winding to be connected in either a wye or delta configuration. During start up, the windings are connected in the wye resulting in 58% of line voltage applied across two windings. This reduces both inrush and starting torque to 33% of the delta connected values. After a set time delay, the motor leads are switched to the delta connection. The wye-delta starter is available in both open and closed transition configurations. Closed transition starters are supplied with an additional contactor and resistor bank used to keep the motor windings energized for a few cycles until the transition from wye to delta i s complete.
CLASS 8640—Part Winding Starter Part winding starters can only be used with part winding motors. During a part winding start, only one winding is energized, which reduces the inrush current to 60–70% (depending on the motor design) and starting torque to 50% of normal starting values with both windings energized. Most (but not all) dual voltage 230/460 volt motors are suitable for part winding starts at 230 volts.
1 6 C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U DR S P T O A S RE TT EY R S P E
16-42
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
www.us.schneider-electric.com
Reduced Voltage Starters
How to Order Class 8600 / Refer to Catalog 8600CT9601
FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 16.111: Starter Characteristics Characteristic
Full Voltage
Autotransformer Class 8606
Wye-Delta Class 8630
Part Winding Class 8640
Solid State ATS46
Voltage at Motor
100%
50% / 65% / 80% (tap setting)
100%
100%
Ramped Up
Line Current (% Full Load Current) Starting Torque (% Rated Torque)
600%
150% / 250% / 380%
200%
390%
150% to 700% (adjustable)
150%
40% / 60% / 100%
50%
70%
0% to 100% (adjustable)
—
6–7 seconds
10 seconds / 15 seconds (open / closed transition)
1–1.5 seconds
Start Time (Factory Setting)
Advantages
Disadvantages
• • • • •
Motor
Simple Economical High Starting Torque Abrupt starts Large current inrush Standard
• • •
High torque/Amp High inertial loads Flexibility
• • •
High inertial loads • Long acceleration loads • Good torque/Amp
•
Large size
• •
Low torque No flexibility
Standard
• •
Special
Simple Small size Not suitable for: High inertial loads Frequent starting Special
• • • •
10 seconds (adjustable 1 to 60 seconds) Greatest flexibility Smooth ramp Solid state O/L Diagnostics
• •
SCR heat dissipation Ambient limitations Standard
How to Order 1. 2.
Specify the Class Number and the Type Number. If all coils are at the line voltage, and not Sizes 6 or 7 (Sizes 6 and 7 are supplied with a fused transformer with 120 Vac as standard), select the voltage code from the table below a:
Table 16.112:
a b
3.
Line
Control
Code
208 240 380 480 600
208 240 380 480 600
V08 V03 V05b V06 V07
This table is for 60 Hz; see below for codes for 50 Hz. See below for sizing and pricing of 380 V starters.
If the coils are at a different voltage than line supply, or Size 6 or 7, select a voltage code from the table below c and also select a Form code from the table to the right (note that a Form code may be used with any voltage code, except as noted):
Table 16.113: Coil Voltage Code
c d
Line
Control
Code
208 240 240 480 480 480 600 380 other
120 24d 120 24d 120 240 120 110/50 specify
V84 V82 V80 V83 V81 V87 V86 V95 V99
This table is for 60 Hz; see below for codes for 50 Hz. 24 V coils not available on Sizes 4–7.
Table 16.114: Form Description
Form Code
Fused CPT for timing relay only Fused CPT for all coils Separate control of timing relay only Separate control for all coils
F4T F4T40d S Y195d
380 Vac, 50 Hz Starters The Class 8600 starters are available for 380 Vac, 50 Hz applications. See table below for maximum horsepower ratings. To determine Type Number, select second digit based on NEMA Size as listed below. Select fifth digit based on horsepower requirement. Specify V05 voltage code. List prices for the same NEMA Size starter apply.
Table 16.115: 380 Vac, 50 Hz Starters maxiumum Hp rating Autotransformer 8606 Max. Hp
Wye-Delta 8630
Part Winding 8640
NEMA Size
Max. Hp
NEMA Size
Max. Hp
NEMA Size
2 3 4 5 6
15 40 75 150 250 500
1YD 2YD 3YD 4YD 5YD 6YD
15 40 75 125 250 500
1PW 2PW 3PW 4PW 5PW 6PW
25 50 75 150 300
50 Hz Control Voltage The starters in this section can also be operated at 50 Hz at the coil voltages listed below. For additional coil voltage availability, consult Square D/Schneider Electric CIC at 1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733).
Table 16.116: Coil Voltages
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Hz
Voltage
Code
Voltage
Code
Voltage
Code
Voltage
Code
60 50
120 110
V02 V02
240 220
V03 V03
480 440
V06 V06
600 550
V07 V07
16-43
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1
Electromechanical Reduced Voltage Starters Class 8606 / Refer to Catalog 8600CT9601
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Autotransformer Starters 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 00–6). Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information.
Table 16.117: Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage)
Max. Hp
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure
NEMA Size
Type
NEMA 4a Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure
$ Price
Type
NEMA 12/3Rd Dusttight & Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure
$ Price
Type
Open Type
$ Price
Type
O.E.M. Kit c $ Price
Type
$ Price
5384. SDW1C b 8327. 7094. 5156. 4524. 10 2 SDG1C b SDA1C b SDO1C b SDK1C b 15 SEG1D b SEW1D b SEA1D b SEO1D b SEK1D b 20 3 SEG1Eb SEW1E b SEA1E b SEO1Eb SEK1E b 6333. 9276. 8138. 5612. 4995. 25 SEG1F b SEW1F b SEA1F b SEO1Fb SEK1F b 30 SFG1G b SFW1Gb SFA1G b SFO1G b SFK1G b 12278. 17690. 14556. 11232. 8787. 200 4 40 SFG1H b SFW1Hb SFA1H b SFO1H b SFK1H b (208) 50 SGG1J b SGW1J b SGA1J b SGO1J b SGK1Jb 20220. 25632. 22784. 18111. 15482. 5 75 SGG1L b SGW1L b SGA1L b SGO1L b SGK1L b 100 SHG1M b SHW1Mb SHA1M b SHO1M b SHK1M b 37671. SHW1N b 44793. 41232. 34292. 27654. 125 6 SHG1N b SHA1N b SHO1N b SHK1N b 150 SHG1P b SHW1P b SHA1P b SHO1P b SHK1P b b 10 SDG1C b SDA1C b SDO1C b SDK1Cb 5384. SDW1C b 8327. 7094. 5156. 4524. 2 15 SDG1D b SDW1D SDA1D b SDO1D b SDK1D b 20 SEG1E b SEW1E b SEA1E b SEO1E b SEK1E b 6333. 9276. 8138. 5612. 4995. 25 3 SEG1F b SEW1F b SEA1F b SEO1F b SEK1F b 30 SEG1G b SEW1G b SEA1G b SEO1G b SEK1G b 40 SFG1H b SFW1H b SFA1H b SFO1H b SFK1H b 12278. 17690. 14556. 11232. 8787. 4 50 SFG1J b SFW1Jb SFA1J b SFO1J b SFK1J b 230 (240) b b b b b 75 SGG1L SGW1L SGA1L SGO1L SGK1L 20220. 25632. 22784. 18111. 15482. 5 100 SGG1M b SGW1M b SGA1M b SGO1Mb SGK1Mb 125 SHG1Nb SHW1N b SHA1N b SHO1N b SHK1N b 150 6 SHG1P b SHA1P b SHO1P b SHK1P b 37671. SHW1P b 44793. 41232. 34292. 27654. 200 SHG1Q b SHW1Q b SHA1Q b SHO1Q b SHK1Q b 250 SJG1R b SJW1R b SJA1R b 64524. 71645. 68084. 7 — — — — 300 SJG1S b SJW1S b SJA1S b 10 SDG1C b SDW1C b SDA1C b SDO1Cb SDK1C b 15 SDG1D b SDA1D b SDO1D b SDK1Db 5384. SDW1D b 8327. 7094. 5156. 4524. 2 20 SDG1E b SDW1E b SDA1E b SDO1Eb SDK1E b 25 SDG1F b SDW1F b SDA1F b SDO1Fb SDK1F b 30 SEG1G b SEW1G b SEA1G b SEO1G b SEK1Gb 6333. SEW1H b 9276. 8138. 5612. 4995. 40 3 SEG1H b SEA1H b SEO1Hb SEK1Hb 50 SEG1J b SEW1J b SEA1J b SEO1Jb SEK1J b 460 60 SFG1Kb SFW1Kb SFA1Kb SFO1Kb SFK1Kb (480) 12278. 17690. 14556. 11232. 8787. 75 4 SFG1L b SFW1L b SFA1L b SFO1L b SFK1Lb / 100 SFG1M b SFW1M b SFA1M b SFO1M b SFK1M b 575 125 SGG1N b SGW1N b SGA1N b SGO1N b SGK1N b (600) 20220. SGW1P b 25632. 22784. 18111. 15482. 150 5 SGG1P b SGA1P b SGO1P b SGK1Pb 200 SGG1Q b SGW1Qb SGA1Q b SGO1Q b SGK1Qb 250 SHG1R b SHW1R b SHA1R b SHO1R b SHK1Rb 300 6 SHG1S b SHW1Sb SHA1S b SHO1S b SHK1Sb 37671. 44793. 41232. 34292. 27654. 400 SHG1T b SHW1T b SHA1T b SHO1Tb SHK1Tb 500 SJG1U b SJW1U b SJA1U b 64524. 71645. 68084. 58900. 7 SJO1Wb — — 600 SJG1W b SJW1W b SJA1W b NEMA 4 Enclosures are painted sheet steel. Where required, stainless steel enclosures are available at extra cost.Specify asForm G17. See “Modifications & Forms” for price adder. a b Both line and control voltage must be specified to order this product. See page16-43 for the necessary codes and instructions for ordering. c No Factory Modifications (Forms) available with O.E.M. Kit. d NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and n on-service entrance rated applications. See page16-105 for more information. Note: Class 8606 starters are supplied with a NEMA rated medium duty autotransformer. Medium duty service includes applications to motors which drive loads such as fans, pumps, compressors, line shafts, etc. NEMA Sizes 2–5: Autotransformer is rated for fifteen 15-second starts per hour NEMA Sizes 6–7: Autotransformer is rated for three 30-second starts per hour Contact Square D/Schneider Electric CIC at 1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733) for applications which require frequent starting or jogging, or have extremely high inertia.
Table 16.118: How to Order To Order Specify:
• • • •
Class Number Type Number Voltage Code Form(s)
Catalog Number Class
Type
Voltage Code
R
Form(s)
2S
L1 8606
SFG1M
V81
L2
Refer to pages 16-114–16-117 for other factory modifications (Forms).
T2
OL
T3
Motor
2S
L3
0 0 5 00 0 8 6 5 1
R
1S
TR
C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U D R S P T O A S RE T ET RY S P E
OL 2S
Description: 100 hp, 480 V line, 120 V separate control, 60 Hz
1 Note: Forms only need to be specified if any of the coils are at a different voltage than line supply (V8•). See page 16-43 for a fuller explanation on how to order; this page also provides the n ecessary 6 coil voltage and Form codes as well as codes for 380 V starters and 50 Hz applications.
T1
1S
R
S
OL 0 0 5 0 0 1 8 6 5 0
TR
1S
R
R 1S
1S
2S
2S To 2 Wire Control Separate Device (If used) Control Stop 2 Start 3 1 TR TR
OL
Typical Autotransformer Starter Sizes 2–5 Separate Control (Form S)
16-44
CP1
Discount Schedule
Modified 4/16/09
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Electromechanical Reduced Voltage Starters Class 8630 / Refer to Catalog 8600CT9601
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Wye-Delta Starters (Open Transition) 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 00–6). Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information.
Table 16.119: Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage)
Max. Hp
NEMA Size
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Type
$ Price
NEMA 4a Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure (Stainless Steel 1YD-4YD) Type
NEMA 12/3Rd Dusttight & Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Open Type Type
O.E.M. Kit c $ Price
Type
$ Price
3261. 4401. 4211. 3204. 10 1YD SCG1Cb SCW1Cb SCA1Cb SCO1Cb — — 15 SDG1Db SDW1Db SDA1Db SDO1Db 3860. 5142. 5046. 3708. 2YD — — 20 SDG1Eb SDW1Eb SDA1Eb SDO1Eb 25 SEG1Fb SEW1Fb SEA1Fb SEO1Fb SEK1Fb 5616. 7469. 7041. 5028. 4397. 30 3YD SEG1Gb SEW1Gb SEA1Gb SEO1Gb SEK1Gb 40 SEG1Hb SEW1Hb SEA1Hb SEO1Hb SEK1Hb 50 SFG1Jb SFW1Jb SFA1Jb SFO1Jb SFK1Jb 200 11712. 14627. 13611. 10658. 6200. 4YD 60 SFG1Kb SFW1Kb SFA1Kb SFO1Kb SFK1Kb (208) 75 SGG1Lb SGW1Lb SGA1Lb SGO1Lb SGK1Lb 100 SGG1Mb SGA1Mb SGO1Mb SGK1Mb 21056. SGW1Mb 26468. 23619. 18948. 12353. 5YD 125 SGG1Nb SGW1Nb SGA1Nb SGO1Nb SGK1Nb 150 SGG1Pb SGW1Pb SGA1Pb SGO1Pb SGK1Pb 200 SHG1Qb SHW1Qb SHA1Qb SHO1Qb SHK1Qb 250 6YD SHG1Rb SHW1Rb SHA1Rb SHO1Rb SHK1Rb 45059. 52181. 48620. 41679. 26231. 300 SHG1Sb SHW1Sb SHA1Sb SHO1Sb SHK1Sb 3261. 4401. 4211. 3204. 10 1YD SCG1Cb SCW1Cb SCA1Cb SCO1Cb — — 15 SDG1Db SDW1Db SDA1Db SDO1Db 3860. 5142. 5046. 3708. 20 2YD SDG1Eb SDW1Eb SDA1Eb SDO1Eb — — 25 SDG1Fb SDW1Fb SDA1Fb SDO1Fb 30 SEG1Gb SEW1Gb SEA1Gb SEO1Gb SEK1Gb 5616. 7469. 7041. 5028. 4397. 40 3YD SEG1Hb SEW1Hb SEA1Hb SEO1Hb SEK1Hb 50 SEG1Jb SEW1Jb SEA1Jb SEO1Jb SEK1Jb 60 SFG1Kb SFW1Kb SFA1Kb SFO1Kb SFK1Kb 230 4YD 11712. 14627. 13611. 10658. 6200. 75 SFG1Lb SFW1Lb SFA1Lb SFO1Lb SFK1Lb (240) 100 SGG1Mb SGW1Mb SGA1Mb SGO1Mb SGK1Mb 21056. 26468. 23619. 18948. 12353. 125 5YD SGG1Nb SGW1Nb SGA1Nb SGO1Nb SGK1Nb 150 SGG1Pb SGW1Pb SGA1Pb SGO1Pb SGK1Pb 200 SHG1Qb SHW1Qb SHA1Qb SHO1Qb SHK1Qb 250 6YD SHG1Rb SHW1Rb SHA1Rb SHO1Rb SHK1Rb 45059. 52181. 48620. 41679. 26231. 300 SHG1Sb SHW1Sb SHA1Sb SHO1Sb SHK1Sb 400 SJG1Tb SJW1Tb SJA1Tb SJO1Tb 60773. 67895. 64334. 57393. 7YD — — 500 SJG1Ub SJW1Ub SJA1Ub SJO1Ub 10 SCG1Cb SCW1Cb SCA1Cb SCO1Cb 3261. 4401. 4211. 3204. 1YD — — 15 SCG1Db SCW1Db SCA1Db SCO1Db 20 SDG1Eb SDW1Eb SDA1Eb SDO1Eb 25 SDG1Fb SDW1Fb SDA1Fb SDO1Fb 2YD — — 3860. 5142. 5046. 3708. 30 SDG1Gb SDW1Gb SDA1Gb SDO1Gb 40 SDG1Hb SDW1Hb SDA1Hb SDO1Hb 50 SEG1Jb SEW1Jb SEA1Jb SEO1Jb SEK1Jb 5616. 7469. 7041. 5028. 4397. 60 3YD SEG1Kb SEW1Kb SEA1Kb SEO1Kb SEK1Kb 46075 SEG1Lb SEW1Lb SEA1Lb SEO1Lb SEK1Lb (480) 100 SFG1Mb SFW1Mb SFA1Mb SFO1Mb SFK1Mb / 11712. 14627. 13611. 10658. 6200. 125 4YD SFG1Nb SFW1Nb SFA1Nb SFO1Nb SFK1Nb 575 150 SFG1Pb SFW1Pb SFA1Pb SFO1Pb SFK1Pb (600) 200 SGG1Qb SGW1Qb SGA1Qb SGO1Qb SGK1Qb 250 5YD SGG1Rb SGW1Rb SGA1Rb SGO1Rb SGK1Rb 21056. 26468. 23619. 18948. 12353. 300 SGG1Sb SGW1Sb SGA1Sb SGO1Sb SGK1Sb 400 SHG1Tb SHW1Tb SHA1Tb SHO1Tb SHK1Tb 45059. 52181. 48620. 41679. 26231. 500 6YD SHG1Ub SHW1Ub SHA1Ub SHO1Ub SHK1Ub 600 SHG1Wb SHW1Wb SHA1Wb SHO1Wb SHK1Wb 800 SJG1Yb SJW1Yb SJA1Yb SJO1Yb 60773. 67895. 64334. 57393. 7YD — — 1000 SJG1Zb SJW1Zb SJA1Zb SJO1Zb a NEMA 4 Enclosures are painted sheet steel. Where required, stainless steel enclosures are available at extra cost. Specify as Form G17. See “Modifications and Forms” for price adder. b Both line and control voltage must be specified to order this product. See page16-43 for the necessary codes and instructions for ordering. No Factory Modifications (Forms) available with O.E.M. Kit. c NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications. See page16-105 for more information. d
Table 16.120: How to Order To Order Specify:
• • • •
Class Number Type Number Voltage Code Form(s)
L1
Catalog Number Class
Type
Voltage Code
8630
SFG1M
V06
Form(s)
L2 L3
1M
OL
T1
1M
OL
T2
1M
OL
T3
T4
T2
Motor T1 T5
Description: 100 hp, 480 V line, 4 80 V common control, 60 Hz
2M
Note: Forms only need to be specified if any of the coils are at a different voltage than line supply (V8•). See page 16-43 for a fuller explanation on how to order; this page also provides the necessary coil voltage and Form codes as well as codes for 380 V starters and 50 Hz applications. Refer to pages 16-114–16-117 for other factory modifications (Forms).
T5
2M
S
T4
2M
S
T6
TR
TR
2M
S 1M
T6
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
T3
S
1M
S
2 Wire Control Device (If used) Start 1 Stop 2 3
2M
TR
OL
TR
Typical Wye-Delta Starter Sizes 1–4 (Open Transition) Common Control (Standard) © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
Modified 4/16/09
16-45
6 1
Electromechanical Reduced Voltage Starters Class 8630 / Refer to Catalog 8600CT9601
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Wye-Delta Starters (Closed Transition) 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 00–6). Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information.
Table 16.121: Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage)
Max. Hp
NEMA 4d Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure (Stainless Steel 1YD-4YD)
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure
NEMA Size
Type
$ Price
Type
NEMA 12/3Rc Dusttight & Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Open Type Type
O.E.M. Kit b $ Price
Type
$ Price
4980. 6120. 5930. 4923. 10 1YD SCG2Ca SCW2Ca SCA2Ca SCO2Ca — — 15 SDG2Da SDW2Da SDA2Da SDO2Da 5636. 6917. 6822. 5484. 2YD — — 20 SDG2Ea SDW2Ea SDA2Ea SDO2Ea 25 SEG2Fa SEW2Fa SEA2Fa SEO2Fa SEK2Fa 7781. 9633. 9206. 7193. 6761. 30 3YD SEG2Ga SEW2Ga SEA2Ga SEO2Ga SEK2Ga 40 SEG2Ha SEW2Ha SEA2Ha SEO2Ha SEK2Ha 50 SFG2Ja SFW2Ja SFA2Ja SFO2Ja SFK2Ja 200 15330. 18245. 17229. 14276. 9287. 4YD 60 SFG2Ka SFW2Ka SFA2Ka SFO2Ka SFK2Ka (208) 75 SGG2La SGW2La SGA2La SGO2La SGK2La 100 SGG2Ma SGA2Ma SGO2Ma SGK2Ma 25575. SGW2Ma 30987. 28139. 23468. 16787. 5YD 125 SGG2Na SGW2Na SGA2Na SGO2Na SGK2Na 150 SGG2Pa SGW2Pa SGA2Pa SGO2Pa SGK2Pa 200 SHG2Qa SHW2Qa SHA2Qa SHO2Qa SHK2Qa 250 6YD SHG2Ra SHW2Ra SHA2Ra SHO2Ra SHK2Ra 56681. 63801. 60242. 53300. 33546. 300 SHG2Sa SHW2Sa SHA2Sa SHO2Sa SHK2Sa 4980. 6120. 5930. 4923. 10 1YD SCG2Ca SCW2Ca SCA2Ca SCO2Ca — — 15 SDG2Da SDW2Da SDA2Da SDO2Da — 5636. 6917. 6822. 5484. 20 2YD SDG2Ea SDW2Ea SDA2Ea SDO2Ea — — 25 SDG2Fa SDW2Fa SDA2Fa SDO2Fa — 30 SEG2Ga SEW2Ga SEA2Ga SEO2Ga SEK2Ga 7781. 9633. 9206. 7193. 6761. 40 3YD SEG2Ha SEW2Ha SEA2Ha SEO2Ha SEK2Ha 50 SEG2Ja SEW2Ja SEA2Ja SEO2Ja SEK2Ja 60 SFG2Ka SFW2Ka SFA2Ka SFO2Ka SFK2Ka 15330. 18245. 17229. 14276. 9287. 230 4YD 75 SFG2La SFW2La SFA2La SFO2La SFK2La (240) 100 SGG2Ma SGW2Ma SGA2Ma SGO2Ma SGK2Ma 25575. SGW2Na 30987. 28139. 23468. 16787. 125 5YD SGG2Na SGA2Na SGO2Na SGK2Na 150 SGG2Pa SGW2Pa SGA2Pa SGO2Pa SGK2Pa 200 SHG2Qa SHW2Qa SHA2Qa SHO2Qa SHK2Qa 250 6YD SHG2Ra SHW2Ra SHA2Ra SHO2Ra SHK2Ra 56681. 63801. 60242. 53300. 33546. 300 SHG2Sa SHW2Sa SHA2Sa SHO2Sa SHK2Sa 400 SJG2Ta SJW2Ta SJA2Ta SJO2Ta — 78804. 85925. 82365. 75423. 7YD — 500 SJG2Ua SJW2Ua SJA2Ua SJO2Ua — 10 SCG2Ca SCW2Ca SCA2Ca SCO2Ca — 4980. 6120. 5930. 4923. 1YD — 15 SCG2Da SCW2Da SCA2Da SCO2Da — 20 SDG2Ea SDW2Ea SDA2Ea SDO2Ea — 25 SDG2Fa SDW2Fa SDA2Fa SDO2Fa — 2YD — 5636. 6917. 6822. 5484. 30 SDG2Ga SDW2Ga SDA2Ga SDO2Ga — 40 SDG2Ha SDW2Ha SDA2Ha SDO2Ha — 50 SEG2Ja SEW2Ja SEA2Ja SEO2Ja SEK2Ja 7781. 9633. 9206. 7193. 6761. 60 3YD SEG2Ka SEW2Ka SEA2Ka SEO2Ka SEK2Ka 46075 SEG2La SEW2La SEA2La SEO2La SEK2La (480) 100 SFG2Ma SFW2Ma SFA2Ma SFO2Ma SFK2Ma / 15330. 18245. 17229. 14276. 9287. 125 4YD SFG2Na SFW2Na SFA2Na SFO2Na SFK2Na 575 150 SFG2Pa SFW2Pa SFA2Pa SFO2Pa SFK2Pa (600) 200 SGG2Qa SGW2Qa SGA2Qa SGO2Qa SGK2Qa 250 5YD SGG2Ra SGA2Ra SGO2Ra SGK2Ra 25575. SGW2Ra 30987. 28139. 23468. 16787. 300 SGG2Sa SGW2Sa SGA2Sa SGO2Sa SGK2Sa 400 SHG2Ta SHW2Ta SHA2Ta SHO2Ta SHK2Ta 56681. 63801. 60242. 53300. 33546. 500 6YD SHG2Ua SHW2Ua SHA2Ua SHO2Ua SHK2Ua 700 SHG2Wa SHW2Wa SHA2Wa SHO2Wa SHK2Wa 800 SJG2Ya SJW2Ya SJA2Ya SJO2Ya — 78804. 85925. 82365. 75423. 7YD — 1000 SJG2Za SJW2Za SJA2Za SJO2Za — a Both line and control voltage must be specified to order this product. See page16-43 for the necessary codes and instructions for ordering. b No Factory Modifications (Forms) available with O.E.M. Kit. NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and n on-service entrance rated applications. See page16-105 for more information. c NEMA 4 Enclosures are painted sheet steel. Where required, stainless steel enclosures are available at extra cost. Specify as Form G17. See “Modifications and Forms” for price adder. d
Table 16.122: How to Order
L1
To Order Specify:
• 1 • 6 • •
Class Number Type Number Voltage Code Form(s)
Catalog Number Class
Type
L2
Voltage Code
Form(s)
SFG1M
V81
CP1
Discount Schedule
T1
1M
OL
T2
OL
T3
2S
Modified 4/16/09
2M
2 Wire Control Device (If used)
T4 T2
Motor
2S
2S
F4T40
Description: 100 hp, 480 V line, 120 V separate control, 60 Hz C N Note: Forms only need to be specified if any of the coils are at a different voltage than line supply (V8 •). OE M See page 16-43 for a fuller explanation on how to order; this page also provides the n ecessary NA T / coil voltage and Form codes as well as codes for 380 V starters and 50 Hz applications. D A Refer to pages 16-114–16-117 for other factory modifications (Forms). C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U D R S P T O A S RE T ET RY S P E
16-46
OL
1M
L3
8630
1M
R E S
R E S
T1 T5
R E S
T6
2M
1S
T4
2M
1S
T5
T6
T3
(HI) PRI PT (X1) SEC (X2) GND (If used) Start OL 3 1 Stop 2 TR
2S
TR TR
2M
1S 1M
TR
1S 2S 1M
1S
2M
Typical Wye-Delta Starter Sizes 1–4 (Closed Transition) Fused Control Transformer (Form F4T40) © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Electromechanical Reduced Voltage Starters Class 8640 / Refer to Catalog 8600CT9601
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Part Winding Starters 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 6 thermal units (Sizes 00-6). Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information.
Table 16.123: Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage)
a b c d
Max. Hp
NEMA 4a Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure (Stainless Steel 1PW–4PW)
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure
NEMA Size
Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
NEMA 12/3Rd Dusttight & Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure Type
Open Type
$ Price
Type
O.E.M. Kit c $ Price
Type
$ Price
2079. SCW1C b 3219. 3029. 2022. 10 1PW SCG1Cb SCA1Cb SCO1C b — — 15 SDG1D b SDW1Db SDA1D b SDO1D b SDK1Db 2963. 4245. 4149. 2811. 1790. 2PW 20 SDG1Eb SDW1E b SDA1E b SDO1Eb SDK1E b 25 SEG1Fb SEW1Fb SEA1F b SEO1Fb SEK1F b 4178. SEW1G b 6030. 5603. 3912. 2906. 30 3PW SEG1G b SEA1Gb SEO1G b SEK1G b 200 40 SEG1H b SEW1Hb SEA1H b SEO1H b SEK1H b (208) 50 SFG1Jb SFW1Jb SFA1Jb SFO1Jb SFK1Jb 60 4PW SFG1Kb SFW1Kb SFA1Kb SFO1Kb SFK1Kb 8936. 11850. 10835. 8441. 5478. 75 SFG1Lb SFW1Lb SFA1Lb SFO1Lb SFK1L b 100 SGG1M b SGW1Mb SGA1M b SGO1Mb SGK1M b 18714. SGW1Nb 24128. 21279. SGO1Nb 17670. 12414. 125 5PW SGG1Nb SGA1N b SGK1N b 150 SGG1P b SGW1P b SGA1Pb SGO1P b SGK1Pb 10 1PW SCG1Cb SCA1Cb SCO1C b — — 2079. SCW1C b 3219. 3029. 2022. 15 SDG1D b SDW1Db SDA1D b SDO1D b SDK1Db 2963. 4245. 4149. 2811. 1790. 20 2PW SDG1Eb SDW1E b SDA1E b SDO1Eb SDK1E b 25 SDG1Fb SDW1F b SDA1Fb SDO1Fb SDK1Fb 30 SEG1G b SEW1G b SEA1Gb SEO1G b SEK1G b 4178. 6030. 5603. 3912. 2906. 40 3PW SEG1H b SEW1Hb SEA1H b SEO1H b SEK1H b 50 SEG1J b SEW1Jb SEA1J b SEO1J b SEK1J b 230 60 SFG1Kb SFW1Kb SFA1Kb SFO1Kb SFK1Kb 4PW 8936. 11850. 10835. 8441. 5478. (240) 75 SFG1Lb SFW1Lb SFA1Lb SFO1Lb SFK1L b 100 SGG1M b SGW1Mb SGA1M b SGO1Mb SGK1M b 18714. SGW1Nb 24128. 21279. SGO1Nb 17670. 12414. 125 5PW SGG1Nb SGA1N b SGK1N b 150 SGG1P b SGW1P b SGA1Pb SGO1P b SGK1Pb 200 SHG1Qb SHW1Qb SHA1Qb SHO1Qb 39129. SHW1R b 44892. 43877. 35748. 250 6PW SHG1R b SHA1Rb SHO1R b — — 300 SHG1Sb SHW1Sb SHA1Sb SHO1Sb 400 7PW SJG1Tb SJW1Tb SJA1T b SJO1Tb — — 59781. 65910 65478. 53799. b b b b 10 SCG1C SCW1C SCA1C SCO1C — 2079. 3219. 3029. 2022. 1PW — 15 SCG1D b SCW1D b SCA1Db SCO1D b — 20 SDG1Eb SDW1E b SDA1E b SDO1Eb SDK1E b 25 SDG1Fb SDW1F b SDA1Fb SDO1Fb SDK1Fb 2963. 4245. 4149. 2811. 1790. 2PW 30 SDG1Gb SDW1G b SDA1Gb SDO1Gb SDK1Gb 40 SDG1H b SDW1Hb SDA1H b SDO1H b SDK1Hb 460 (480) 50 SEG1J b SEW1Jb SEA1J b SEO1J b SEK1J b 4178. 6030. 5603. 3912. 2906. / 60 3PW SEG1K b SEW1K b SEA1K b SEO1K b SEK1K b 575 75 SEG1L b SEW1L b SEA1Lb SEO1L b SEK1Lb (600) 100 SFG1M b SFW1Mb SFA1Mb SFO1Mb SFK1Mb 8936. 11850. 10835. 8441. 5478. 125 4PW SFG1Nb SFW1Nb SFA1Nb SFO1Nb SFK1N b 150 SFG1Pb SFW1Pb SFA1Pb SFO1Pb SFK1Pb 200 SGG1Q b SGW1Q b SGA1Qb SGO1Q b SGK1Q b 18714. SGW1Rb 24128. 21279. SGO1Rb 17670. 12414. 250 5PW SGG1Rb SGA1R b SGK1R b 350 SGG1S b SGW1S b SGA1Sb SGO1S b SGK1Sb 400 SHG1Tb SHW1Tb SHA1Tb SHO1Tb 460 500 6PW SHG1U b SHA1Ub SHO1U b — — 39129. SHW1U b 44892. 43877. 35748. (480) 600 SHG1W b SHW1Wb SHA1Wb SHO1Wb / 575 700 SJG1Xb SJW1Xb SJA1X b SJO1Xb — 59781. 65910. 65478. 53799. 7PW — (600) 800 SJG1Yb SJW1Yb SJA1Y b SJO1Yb — NEMA 4 enclosures are painted sheet steel. Where required, stainless steel enclosures are available at extra cost. Specifiy asForm G17. See “Modifications and Forms” for price adder. Both line and control voltage must be specified to order this product. See page16-43 for the necessary codes and instructions for ordering. No Factory Modifications (Forms) available with O.E.M. Kit. NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications. See page16-105 for more information.
Table 16.124: How to Order To Order Specify:
• • • •
Class Number Type Number Voltage Code Form(s)
Catalog Number Class 8640
Type SFG1M
Voltage Code
L1
Form(s)
L2
V06
L3
Description: 100 hp, 480 V line, 480 V common control, 60 Hz Note: Forms only need to be specified if any of the coils are at a different voltage than line supply (V8•). See page 16-43 for a fuller explanation on how to order; this page also provides the necessary coil voltage and Form codes as well as codes for 380 V starters and 50 Hz applications. Refer to pages 16-114–16-117 for other factory modifications (Forms).
S
OL2
S
OL2
S
OL2
S
OL1
R
OL1
R
OL1
TR
Stop
2
Start
B C
To Motor
D E F
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
S
2 Wire Control Device (If used) 1
A
TR 3
S
R TR
OL1 OL2
TR
Typical Part Winding Sizes 1–4 Common Control (Standard)
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
Modified 4/16/09
16-47
Appoximate Dimensions
Electromechanical Reduced Voltage Starters
Class 8606, 8630, 8640 / Refer to Catalog 8600CT9601
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Approximate Dimensions—Not for Construction Table 16.125: Class 8606—Autotransformer NEMA 1 / 12 Enclosure NEMA Size
2
3 or 4
5
Class 8606 Autotransformer
6
Open
Dim.
H W D H W D H W D H W D
Non-combo or Combo With Circuit Breaker
NEMA 4 Enclosure
Combo With Disconnect Switch
Non-combo or Combo With Circuit Breaker
Combo With Disconnect Switch
IN
mm
IN
mm
IN
mm
IN
mm
IN
mm
43 22 8 63 28 9 63 28 9 56 30 14
1092 559 203 1600 711 229 1600 711 229 1422 762 354
52 25 10 70b 32 16 70b 32 16 90b 34 20
1320 635 254 1778 813 406 1778 813 406 2286 864 508
52 25 10 70b 32 16 90b 36 16 90b 64 24
1320 635 254 1778 813 406 2286 914 406 2286 1626 610
52 25 10 75b 32 16 75b 32 16 98b 34 20
1320 635 254 1778 813 406 1778 813 406 2489 864 508
52 25 10 75b 32 16 95b 36 16 98b 64 24
1320 635 254 1778 813 406 2413 914 406 2489 1626 610
Table 16.126: Class 8630—Wye Delta—Open Transition NEMA Size 1YD or 2YD 3YD or 4YD 5YD or 6YD
H W D H W D H W D
NEMA 1 / 12 Enclosure
Open
Dim.
Non-combo
NEMA 4 Enclosure Combo
Non-combo
IN
mm
IN
mm
IN
mm
IN
mm
21 21 7 42 25 7 62 29 10
553 553 178 1067 635 178 1576 737 254
25 23 8 48 28 8 90b 36 16
635 584 203 1219 712 203 2286 914 406
25 23 8 49 30 11 90b 36 16
635 584 203 1245 762 279 2286 914 406
25 23 8 48 28 8 98b 36 16
635 584 203 1219 712 203 2489 914 406
Combo IN
mm — — —
49 30 11 98b 36 16
1245 762 279 2489 914 406
Table 16.127: Class 8630—Wye Delta—Closed Transition NEMA Size
Class 8630 Wye-Delta
1YD or 2YD 3YD or 4YD 5YD or 6YD
H W D H W D H W D
NEMA 1 / 12 Enclosure
Open
Dim.
Non-combo
NEMA 4 Enclosure
Combo
Non-combo
IN
mm
IN
mm
IN
mm
IN
mm
21 21 14 42 25 14 80 30 12
553 553 354 1067 635 354 2032 762 305
25 23 16 48 28 16 90b 36 16
635 584 406 1219 712 406 2286 914 406
25 23 16 49 30 18 90b 36 16
635 584 406 1245 762 457 2286 914 406
25 23 16 48 28 16 98b 36 16
635 584 406 1219 712 406 2489 914 406
Combo IN
mm — — —
49 30 18 98b 36 16
1245 762 457 2489 914 406
Table 16.128: Class 8640—Part Winding Enclosed—NEMA 1 / 4 / 12 NEMA Size
1PW or 2PW 3PW
4PW
1 6
Class 8640 Part Winding
C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U D R S P T O A S RE T ET RY S P E
5PW
6PW a b
Open
Dim.
H W D H W D H W D H W D H W D
Non-combo
Combo with Circuit Breaker
Combo with Disconnect Switch
IN
mm
IN
mm
IN
mm
IN
mm
21 21 6 42 26 7 42 26 7 35 22 10 49 24 11
553 553 152 1067 660 178 1067 660 178 889 559 254 1245 610 279
25 23 8 48 28 8 48 28 8 44 24 12 64 28 16
635 584 203 1219 712 203 1219 712 203 1118 610 305 1626 712 406
34 19 11 44 30 12 44 30 12 78ba 36 16
853 483 279 1118 762 305 1118 762 305 1981 914 406
25 23 8 52 25 11 78b 32 16 78ba 36 16 90b 64 24
635 584 203 1321 635 279 1981 813 406 1981 914 406 2286 1626 406
Subtract 8" from height for Type 1 or 12 Enclosure. Free standing enclosure
— — —
For enclosure dimensions not listed, contact your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office.
H = Height W = Width D = Depth
Combination Starter Form Reference Circuit Breaker: Y791, Y7911 Non-fusible Disc. Switch: Y792, Y7910 Fusible Disconnect Switch: Y793-Y799 Refer to “Factory Modifications (Forms)” section. page 16-110. for complete listing of forms for combination devices.
16-48
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
www.us.schneider-electric.com
Full Voltage Reversing Contactors—NEMA Rated
3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Class 8702 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Class 8702 Type S reversing magnetic contactors are used for starting, stopping, and reversing AC motors where overload protection is separately provided. Class 8702 reversing contactors consist of two Class 8502 contactors mechanically and electrically interlocked. Open type devices, Sizes 0–5, are available in either horizontal or vertical arrangements. Sizes 00, 6, and 7 are available as horizontal only. Enclosed devices, Size 00–7, use horizontally arranged components. Type S reversing contactors are designed for operation at 600 Vac, 50–60 Hz.
Table 16.129: NEMA 00, 0, 1 Reversing Contactor
s g e s n i z u t i o S u a R n A t i t M n n e E o r N C r u C
NEMA Type 1 General Purpose Enclosure
Open Type Motor Voltage
Max. Hp Vertical Horizontal $ Price Type Type
00
9
200 230 460 575
1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2
0
18
200 230 460 575
3 3 5 5
1
27
200 230 460 575
Type
$ Price
NEMA Type 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight Brushed Stainless Steel Enclosure (Sizes 0–5)a Type
$ Price
NEMA 7 & 9 c Hazardous Locations, Div. 1 & 2 Class I, Groups C & D Class II, Groups E, F & G Bolted Type $ Price Aluminum
NEMA 12 Dusttight & Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure
SPIN TOP ® $ Price Type
Type
$ Price
— — — —
SAO4b
570. SAG4b
611.
SBO12b
SBO4b
684. SBG4b
725. SBW14b
1161. SBT49b
2477. SBR9b
3099. SBA4b
7-1/2 7-1/2 SCO7 b 10 10
SCO8b
779. SCG8b
839. SCW14b
1494. SCT49b
2600. SCR9b
3251. SCA4b 1010.
Use Size 0
Use Size 0
Use Size 0
Use Size 0
896.
200 10 230 15 SDO1b SDO2b 1481. SDG2b 1637. SDW11b 2624. SDT43b 4338. SDR3b 5426. SDA1b 1922. 460 25 575 25 200 25 230 30 4191. SET43b 6959. SER3b 8700. SEA1b 3356. 3 90 SEO1b SEO2b 2459. SEG2b 2729. SEW11b 460 50 575 50 200 40 — — 230 50 — — 9213. 4 135 SFO1b SFO3b 6134. SFG3b 6630. SFW11b — — SFA1b 7599. 460 100 — — 575 100 — — 200 75 — — 230 100 — — 5 270 SGO1b SGO3b 11061. SGG3b 13923. SGW11b 16011. — — SGA1b 16011. 460 200 — — 575 200 — — 200 150 — — — 230 200 — — — 6 540 SHO1b 27659. SHG1b 32409. SHW1b 37157. — — SHA1b 34974. 460 400 — — — 575 400 — — — 200 — — — — 230 300 — — — 7 810 SJO1b 39581. SJG1b 44544. SJW1b 49079. — — SJA1b 46895. 460 600 — — — 575 600 — — — a NEMA 4 and 4X stainless steel enclosures (sizes 0–5) have a brushed finish. Sizes 6 and 7 are painted sheet steel and are rated NEMA 4 only. Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed in selection table be low. b NEMA 7 and 9 bolted are not UL listed. c 2
45
Table 16.130: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage 60 Hz
50 Hz
24de 120e 208 240 277 480 600 Specify
— 110 — 220 — 440 550 Specify
Code
$ Price Adder
V01 V02 V08 V03 V04 V06 V07 V99
No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge 23.70
d
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4-7. On Sizes 00-3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8 702SAO4V01S). e These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge) (i.e., order as 8702SAO4V02S) Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page16-111. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge. Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page Separate Enclosures (Class 9991). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page
16-53 16-110 16-103 16-118 16-121
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
16-49
Full Voltage Reversing Contactors—NEMA Rated
Class 8702 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 16.131: 600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz NEMA Continuous Motor Current Size Voltage Ratings
Max. Hp
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure
Open Type
Type of Motor Vertical Type
Horizontal $ Price Type
Type
NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight Brushed Stainless Steel Enclosure
$ Price
Type
$ Price
NEMA 7 & 9 b Hazardous Locations, Div. 1 & 2 Class I, Groups C & D Class II, Groups E, F & G Bolted Type
$ Price
SPIN TOP ® $ Price Type
NEMA 12 Dusttight & Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure Type
$ Price
2-Pole Single Phase — —
SAO1a
551.
SAG1a
591.
SBO9a
SBO1a
665.
SBG1a
707.
SBW11a
1143.
SBT46a
2457.
SBR6a
3075.
SBA1a
876.
SCO1a
SCO2a
759.
SCG2a
819.
SCW11a
1428.
SCT46a
2582.
SCR6a
3227.
SCA1a
990.
4-Wire Rep.-Ind.
— —
SAO2a
570.
SAG2a
611.
Use Size 0
Use Size 0
Use Size 0
Use Size 0
1/3 1
4-Wire Split Ph.
— —
SAO3a
570.
SAG3a
611.
Use Size 0
Use Size 0
Use Size 0
Use Size 0
115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230
1 2 1 2 2 3 2 3
4-Wire Rep.-Ind. 4-Wire Split Ph. 4-Wire Rep.Ind. 4-Wire Split Ph.
SBO10a
SBO2a
684.
SBG2a
725.
SBW12a
1161.
SBT47a
2477.
SBR7a
3099.
SBA2a
896.
SBO11a
SBO3a
684.
SBG3a
725.
SBW13a
1161.
SBT48a
2477.
SBR8a
3099.
SBA3a
896.
SCO3a
SCO4a
779.
SCG4a
839.
SCW12a
1446.
SCT47a
2600.
SCR7a
3251.
SCA2a
1010.
SCO5a
SCO6a
779.
SCG6a
839.
SCW13a
1446.
SCT48a
2600.
SCR8a
3251.
SCA3a
1010.
18
200 230 460 575
SBO13a
SBO5a
873.
SBG5a
912.
SBW15a
1352.
SBR10a
3360.
SBA5a
1086.
1
27
200 230 460 575
SCW15a
Consult Square D/ 1646. Schneider Electric CIC at 1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733)
SCR10a
3531.
SCA5a
1209.
2
45
3
90
4
135
3 3 5 5 71/2 71/2 10 10 10 15 25 25 25 30 50 50 40 50 100 100
00
9
0
18
1
27
115 230
1/3 1
115 230 115 230
1 2 2 3
115 230
1/3 1
115 230
Single Phase 3-Wire
Use Size 0
Use Size 0
Use Size 0
Use Size 0
3-Pole Single Phase 00
0
1
9
18
27
4-Pole Polyphase 0
200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575
a b
SCO9a
SCO10a
998.
SCG10a
1038.
2 Phase 4-Wire
— — SDO4a SDG4a SDR4a 1880. 2036. SDW12a 3080. 6047. SDA2a — — — — — — — — 3114. 3402. SEW12a 4845. SEO4a SEG4a — — SEA2a — — — — — — — — — — — — SFO4a SFG4a — — SFA2a 7919. 8435. SFW12a 11037. — — — — — — Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed in selection table on page16-49. NEMA 7 and 9 bolted are not UL listed.
2352.
4011.
9419.
Table 16.132: Auxiliary Units—Class 8702, 8736 and 8810 The table below shows the maximum number of auxiliary units (in addition to the holding circuit and interlocking contacts) that can be added to either the forward or reverse contactor or starter. NEMA Size (Type)
Maximum number of auxiliary units on each contactor, forward or reverse. (In addition to internal holding circuit and interlocking contacts.)
00 (SA)
2 or 3
2 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.)
0, 1 and 2 (SB, SC and SD)
2 or 3
4 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.)c
3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 (SE, SF, SG, SH, and SJ) c
No. of Poles of Basic Contactor
4
2 single cir cuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.)
Any
2 sin gle circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.)
When adding 4 external auxiliary contacts to one Size 0 or 1 contactor, remove one of the return springs.
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-53 Factory Modifications (Forms). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-110 Separate Enclosures (Class 9991) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-103 Replacement Parts (Class 9998). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-118 Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-121
1 6
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U DR S P T O A S RE TT EY R S P E
16-50
CP1
Discount Schedule
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
www.us.schneider-electric.com
3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
Full Voltage Reversing Contactors—NEMA Rated
Class 8736 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Class 8736 Type S reversing magnetic starters are used for full-voltage starting, stopping, and reversing AC squirrel cage motors. Class 8736 starters consist of one Class 8502 contactor and one Class 8536 starter mechanically and electrically interlocked. Open type devices, Sizes 0–5, are available in either horizontal or vertical arrangements. Sizes 00, 6, and 7 are available as horizontal only. Enclosed devices use horizontally arranged components. Type S starters are designed for operation at 600 Vac, 50–60 Hz.
Overload Relays
NEMA Sizes 00, 0, 1 Reversing Starter (Horizontal Type)
Class 8736 Type S Size 00–6 reversing starters are provided with melting alloy thermal overload relay as standard. Interchangeable thermal units are available in standard trip Sizes 00–6, as are bimetallic overload relays. Ambient compensated and non-compensated versions are supplied with manual or automatic reset, trip current adjustment, and an alarm contact on Sizes 0–2. Quick trip is available on Sizes 00–4, and slow trip on Sizes 00–3. Single phase starters use one thermal unit; three phase starters use three thermal units. See page 16-129 for selection information. Solid State Overload Relay Protection (MOTOR LOGIC ® ) These ambient insensitive overload relays are available on three phase sizes 00 through 6 and standard on size 7. They provide phase loss, phase unbalance protection and a power LED indication. To order, add Form H10 (for Class 10), H20 (for Class 20), or H30 (for selectable trip class protection). For more information about MOTOR LOGIC overload relays, see page 16-98.
Table 16.133: s s g n i u t a A e o u R Motor z n M i i t Voltage E t S n n N o e r C r u C
Open Type Max. Hp Vertical Horizontal $ Price Type Type
Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
NEMA 7 & 9 c Hazardous Locations Class I, Groups C & D Class II, Groups E, F & G
NEMA Type 12 Dusttight & Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure
Bolted $ Price Type
SPINTOP ® $ P ric e Type $ P ric e Type
Use Size 0
Use Size 0
9
200 230 460 575
1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2
— — — —
SAO16b
617. SAG16b
659.
Use Size 0
0
18
200 230 460 575
3 3 5 5
SBO10b
SBO4b
731. SBG4b
773.
SBW14b
1209. SBT49b
2529. SBR9b
3161. SBA4b
944.
1
27
200 230 460 575
7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10
SCO7b
SCO8b
827. SCG8b
887. SCW14b
1494. SCT49b
2652. SCR9b
3317. SCA4b
1058.
00
NEMA Sizes 00, 0, 1 Reversing Starter (Vertical Type)
NEMA Type 4 & 4X NEMA 1 Watertight, Dusttight General Purpose Brushed Enclosure Stainless Steel Enclosure (Sizes 0–5)a
2
3
4
5
6
7 a b c
Use Size 0
200 10 230 15 SDO1b SDO2b 1566. SDG2b 1722. SDW11b 2709. SDT43b 4428. SDR3b 5376. SDA1b 2007. 460 25 575 25 200 25 230 30 90 SEO1b SEO2b 2601. SEG2b 2871. SEW11b 4334. SET43b 7115. SER3b 8895. SEA1b 3498. 460 50 575 50 200 40 — — 230 50 — — 6353. SFG3b 6849. SFW11b 9432. 135 SFO1b SFO3b — — SFA1b 7818. 460 100 — — 575 100 — — 200 75 — — 230 100 — — 17156. 270 SGO1b SGO3b 12206. SGG3b 15068. SGW11b — — SGA1b 17156. 460 200 — — 575 200 — — 200 150 — — — 230 200 — — — 28803. SHG1b 33554. SHW1b 38301. b 540 SHO1 — — SHA1b 36117. 460 400 — — — 575 400 — — — 200 – — — — 230 300 — — — 810 SJO1b 40833. SJG1b 45584. SJW1b — — SJA1b 48147. 50331. 460 600 — — — 575 600 — — — NEMA 4 and 4X stainless steel enclosures (sizes 0–5) have a brushed finish. Sizes 6 and 7 are painted sheet steel and are rated NEMA 4 only. Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown on page16-52. NEMA 7 and 9 bolted are not UL listed. 45
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11. E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
16-51
Full Voltage Reversing Contactors—NEMA Rated
Class 8736 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 16.134: 600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information. ContinNEMA uous Motor Size Current Voltage Ratings
Max. Hp
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure
Open Type
Type of Motor Vertical Type
Horizontal $ Price Type
Type
NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight Brushed Stainless Steel Enclosure
$ Price
Type
$ Price
NEMA 12 Dusttight & Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure
NEMA 7 & 9 b Hazardous Locations Class I, Groups C & D Class II, Groups E, F & G Bolted Type
® $ Price SPIN TOP $ Price Type
Type
$ Price
2-Pole Single Phase—1 Thermal Unit Required 00
9
0
18
1
27
115 230 115 230 115 230
1/3 1 1 2 2 3
— —
SAO13a
575.
SAG13a
615.
SBO7a
SBO1a
689.
SBG1a
729.
SBW11a
1167.
SBT46a
2481.
SBR6a
3104.
SBA1a
900.
SCO1a
SCO2a
783.
SCG2a
843.
SCW11a
1451.
SCT46a
2606.
SCR6a
3255.
SCA1a
1014.
— — — —
SAO14a
594.
SAG14a
635.
Use Size 0
Use Size 0
Use Size 0
Use Size 0
SAO15a
594.
SAG15a
635.
Use Size 0
Use Size 0
Use Size 0
Use Size 0
SBO8a
SBO2a
708.
SBG2a
749.
SBW12a
1185.
SBT47a
2501.
SBR7a
3128.
SBA2a
920.
SBO9a
SBO3a
708.
SBG3a
749.
SBW13a
1185.
SBT48a
2501.
SBR8a
3128.
SBA3a
920.
SCO3a
SCO4a
803.
SCG4a
863.
SCW12a
1470.
SCT47a
2628.
SCR7a
3288.
SCA2a
1034.
SCO5a
SCO6a
803.
SCG6a
863.
SCW13a
1470.
SCT48a
2628.
SCR8a
3288.
SCA3a
1034.
SBO11a
SBO5a
921.
SBG5a
962.
SBW15a
Contact your nearest 1400. Square D/Schneider Electric sales office.
SBR10a
3422.
SBA5a
1133.
SCO9a
SCO10a
1044.
SCG10a
1086.
SCW15a
Contact your nearest 1694. Square D/Schneider Electric sales office.
SCR10a
3597.
SCA5a
1257.
—
SDO4a
1965.
SDG4a
2121.
SDW12a
Contact your nearest 3165. Square D/Schneider Electric sales office.
SDR4a
6165.
SDA2a
2406.
—
SEO4a
3257.
SEG4a
3545.
SEW12a
4988.
—
—
—
—
SEA2a
4152.
—
SFO4a
8138.
SFG4a
8654.
SFW12a
11255.
—
—
—
—
SFA2a
9641.
Single Phase 3-Wire
Use Size 0
Use Size 0
Use Size 0
Use Size 0
3-Pole Single Phase—1 Thermal Unit Required 00
0
1
9
18
27
115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230
1/3 1 1/3 1 1 2 1 2 2 3 2 3
4-Wire Rep.-Ind. 4-Wire Split Ph. 4-Wire Rep.-Ind. 4-Wire Split Ph. 4-Wire Rep.Ind. 4-Wire Split Ph.
4-Pole Polyphase—2 Thermal Units Required 0
18
1
27
2
45
3
90
4
135
200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575
3 3 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 15 25 25 25 30 50 50 40 50 100 100 a b
2 Phase 4-Wire
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below. NEMA 7 and 9 bolted are not UL listed.
Table 16.135: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage 60 Hz
50 Hz
24dc 120d 208 240 277 480 600 Specify
— 110 — 220 — 440 550 Specify
Code
$ Price Adder
V01 V02 V08 V03 V04 V06 V07 V99
No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge 23.70
24 V coils are not available o n Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available,Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8736SCO1U01S). These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge) (i.e., order a s 8736SBO7V02S). d Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page16-111. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge. c
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-53 Factory Modifications (Forms). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-110 Separate Enclosures (Class 9991) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-103 Replacement Parts (Class 9998). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-118 Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-121
1 6 C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U DR S P T O A S RE TT EY R S P E
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
16-52
CP1
Discount Schedule
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Full Voltage Reversing Contactors and Starters—NEMA Rated Class 8702, 8736 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Approximate Dimensions Table 16.136: Open Type—2 or 3-Pole Only Class
Dimensions—Inches
NEMA Size
Type
Mounting
Figure Number
00
SAO
Horizontal
1
7-1/8
0, 1
SBO, SCO
Horizontal Vertical
1 1a
2
SDO
Horizontal Vertical
3
SEO
4
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
5
5-5/16
—
—
3-13/32
15/32
7-1/8 5-15/32
5 9-7/32
5-5/16 5-5/16
— 5-1/2
— 7/32
3-13/32 —
1 1a
9 6-3/4
6-7/8 11-3/8
6-1/32 6-1/32
— 6-1/4
— 1/4
Horizontal Vertical
1 1a
12-23/32 7-13/64
7-31/32 19
7 7
11-3/4 6-1/4
SFO
Horizontal Vertical
1 1a
14-1/4 11-11/16 7-31/32 23-29/32
7 7
5
SGO
Horizontal Vertical
1 1a
19-5/16 16-3/16 10-3/4 34-13/32
6
SHO
Horizontal
1
22-3/8
7
SJO
Horizontal
1
00
SAO
Horizontal
2
0, 1
SBO, SCO
Horizontal Vertical
2 2a
2
SDO
Horizontal Vertical
2 2a
3
SEO
Horizontal Vertical
2 2a
4
SFO
Horizontal Vertical
5
SGO
6 7
H
K
L
Weight (lbs.)
I
J
4-11/32
3/16
5-1/2
15/32 39/64
4-11/32 8
3/16 39/64
5-1/2 5-1/32
29/32 7/32
— —
— —
12 12
4-1/2 —
3/8 1/2
5-5/8 10-3/8
1/4 1/2
6 1/4
1-1/2 1/4
— —
— —
16 16
31/64 31/64
— —
31/64 1-1/64
7 17
31/64 63/64
11-3/4 6-1/4
31/64 31/64
— —
— —
35 35
13-1/4 7
1/2 31/64
— —
1/2 1-13/16
8 20-1/4
1-27/32 1-3/16
13-1/4 7
1/2 31/64
— —
— —
45 45
9-3/8 9-3/8
18 9-1/2
21/32 5/8
— —
1-1/32 1-1/4
14 32
1-5/32 1-5/32
18 9-1/2
21/32 5/8
— —
— —
98 98
28-3/64
9-33/64
18
40/64
—
3-53/64
21-3/16
3-1/32
18
49/64
—
—
195
24-1/4
37-1/4
13-13/16
19-3/4
1-33/64
—
—
30
—
—
—
—
—
310
7-1/8
6-29/32
5-5/16
—
—
3-13/32
15/32
4-11/32
6-7/32
5-1/16
21/32
—
13
7-1/8 6-29 ⁄ 32 5-15/32 11-33 ⁄ 64
5-5/16 5-5/16
— 5-1/32
— 7/32
3-13/32 —
15/32 39/64
4-11/32 6-7/32 8 10-45/64
6-1/32 6-1/32
— 6-1/4
— 1/4
4-1/2 —
3/8 25/32
5-5/8 10-3/8
12-23/32 11-23/32 7-5/16 22-1/4
7 7
11-3/4 6-1/4
31/64 31/64
— —
31/64 1-1/64
2 2a
14-1/4 14-19/32 7-31/32 26-13/16
7 7
13-1/4 7
1/2 31/64
— —
Horizontal Vertical
2 2a
19-5/16 20-29/32 10-3/4 39-5/32
9-3/8 9-3/8
18 9-1/2
21/32 21/32
SHO
Horizontal
2
22-3/8
28-3/64
9-33/64
18
SJO
Horizontal
1
24-1/4
37-1/4
13-13/16
19-3/4
29/32
M
—
—
12
8702
9 6-3/4
8-1/2 13-31/64
4-17/32 4-17/32 2-33/64
5-1/16 5-1/16
21/32 7/32
— 5-1/32
13 13
7-1/2 12-31/32
5 3-1/8
5-5/32 5-5/32
1-1/2 1/4
— 6
18 18
10-3/4 20-3/4
10-3/4 —
11-3/4 6-1/4
6-1/4 6-1/4
31/64 31/64
11-3/4 6-1/4
38 38
1-27/32 1-27/32
12-1/4 24-1/2
12-1/4 —
13-1/4 4-3/64
6-1/4 6-1/4
1/2 31/64
13-1/4 7
48 48
— —
1-9/32 1-9/32
19 371/4
19 37-1/4
18 9-1/2
6-5/8 6-5/8
5/8 5/8
18 9-1/2
115 115
44/64
—
3-53/64
21-3/16
1-33/64
—
—
30
8736
a
3-1/32 —
18
49/64
—
—
200
—
—
—
—
315
Vertical type design differs from that shown on the corresponding NEMA size horizontal type figure, but dimensions listed apply to that figure. A D
A E
D F
E
C
G
G
F
B
H H
C
I
B
RESET
L
J
I
K
J
K
M
Figure 2 (Class 8736 Open Type)
Figure 1 (Class 8702 Open Type)
Table 16.137: NEMA 1 (Class 8702 and 8736) Weight (lbs.)
Dimensions—Inches NEMA Size
A
B
00, 0c 1b
11-7/8
2b
14-7/8
3c 4c
b c
C
D
E
F
G
8702
8736
11-7/8
7-13/32
7-17/32
9-3/4
1-1/16
1-1/16
9-3/4
14-1/8
7-9/16
7-21/32 12-3/4
1-1/16
1-1/16
12
18-5/32 29-5/32
9-1/4
15-1/2
1-21/64
1-21/64 26-1/2
31
2-7/64
9-1/4
5
35-7/32 46-7/32 12-13/16 12-15/16
6
36-7/32 62-7/32
7
34-1/2
93
19-15/32 23-1/2
H
I
8702
8736
1-1/16 5/16
16
17
1-1/16 5/16
24
25
(4) I Dia. Mtg. Holes
A
H
2-7/64
42
Floor Mounting.
Standard enclosure has space for a fused control transformer, Form F4T , on Sizes 0-2, except for Size 0 & 1 4-Pole devices. 3-Pole only.
1-21/64 7/16
95
98
2-7/64 9/16
298
315
400
405
—
—
B
G
RESET
H E
D
F
6 1
C
Figure 3—NEMA 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
16-53
Full Voltage Reversing Contactors and Starters—NEMA Rated Class 8702, 8736 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Approximate Dimensions Table 16.138: NEMA 4 & 4X—Stainless Steel c NEMA Size
Hub Dia.
Dimensions—Inches
Class Number A
B
C
0a 1a
8702 & 8 736
1 2-5/8
2a
8702 & 8736
14-7/8
8-1/4
3b 4b
8702
18-5/32
8-3/4
D
7- 13/16 14-11/16
E
F
2-9/16
7-1 /2 1 3-1/2
15-3/4
2-9/16
9-3/4
15
32-7/32
3-5/64
12
30-1/2
J
8736
18-5/32
9-9/16
32-7/32
3-5/64
12
8702
35-7/32
12-1/8
49-7/32
4-7/64
27
8736
35-7/32 12-15/16 49-7/32
4-7/64
27
6
8702 & 8736 36-7/32 19-15/32
7
8702 & 8736
H
I
19/3 2
3-7/8
18-13/32
1-21/32
2-5/16 5/16
3/4
1
25
26
3/8
3-7/8
20-7/8
1-23/32
2-5/8 5/16
3/4
1-1/2
33
35
2-9/16
3-3/16 7/16
3/4
2-1/2
96
B
F C
G
—
34-1/2
30-1/2
7/8
4-1/2
26-23/32
2-9/16
3-3/16 7/16
48
5/8 4-19/32 45-13/16
2-31/32
3-1/2
48
5/8 5-13/32 45-13/16
2-31/32
70-1/8
23-1/2
3/4
2-1/2
—
9/16
3/4
3-1/2
300
—
3-1/2 9/16
3/4
3-1/2
—
317
Floor Mounting
101
99
500
505
—
—
I
W X J H K
Standard enclosure has space for a fused control transformer, Form F4T, on Sizes 0-2, except for Size 0 & 1 4-Pole devices. 3-Pole only. Size 6 & 7 are sheet steel enclosures and are rated NEMA 4 only.
b c
G
(4) L Dia. Mtg. Holes
5
a
D
X Top & 8702 8736 Bot.
W Bot. Only
L
A E
D
G
7/8 3-11/16 26-23/32
K
Weight (lbs.)
NEMA 4 & 4X Stainless Steel
Table 16.139: NEMA 4X—Watertight and Corrosion Resistant Glass Polyester Enclosure See page 16-24 for drawing of enclosure. NEMA Size
Class
Type
0–2
8702/36
0–2d
8702/36
3–4
8702/36
3–4d
8702/36
Dimensions—Inches
No. of Poles
A
B
C
E
F
All
16-7/8
9-25/32
22-3/4
10-1/8
21-1/2
All
24-5/8
11-15/16
27
17-7/8
25-3/4
2,3
26-5/16
11-15/16
33-1/2
18-1/2
32-1/4
4
32-1/2
12-1/8
39-5/16
23-7/8
38-1/8
SBW SCW SDW SBW SCW SDW SEW SFW SEW SFW
With control power transformer (Form F4T).
d
Table 16.140: NEMA 7 and 9 Bolted Enclosure See page 16-25 for drawing of enclosure. NEMA Size
SBT SCT SDT SET SFT
0–2 3–4 e
Dimensions—Inchese
Type
Q, R
S, T, U, V
Wt. (lbs.)
G
H
J
K
L
N
P
14-1/4
27-5/8
9-1/2
12-1/4
19-1/4
9-5/8
11-1/2
2-3/8
3-1/8
115
24-1/2
45-5/8
13-3/4
22-1/2
27-1/2
13-3/4
15-3/8
3-7/16
4
180
Dimensions shown for 2 or 3-Pole devices only.
Table 16.141: NEMA 7 & 9 SPIN TOP ® Enclosure See page 16-24 for drawing of enclosure. NEMA Size
Type
0-1
SBR SCR
2
A 12
Bf
Bg
Cf
Cg
D
Ef
41-1/16 46- 1/8 6 8-1 /16 79- 1/8 16-3/4
SDR 16-1/8 48-1/2 50-1/2 81-1/2
3 f g
Dimensions—Inches
85
F
7-1/4 12-1 /4
20-1/4 12-1/8
SER
Eg
⁄ 8 9-1
Gf
Gg
Hf
Hg
Jf
Jg
K
L
M
N
P
R
Wt. (lbs.)
711/16
26-1/8 26-1/8
3
9
24
24
8-1/2
2-1/16
9-3/8
5-1/4
1-1/2
3/8
70
8-5/8
27-3/4 32-3/4
8
4-1/2
25
30
12
2-5/8
11
5-1/2
2-1/2
3/8
100
Consult Square D/Schneider Electric CIC at 1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733)
Without control transformer. With control transformer (Form F4T ).
Table 16.142: NEMA 12 1 6 C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U D R S P T O A S RE T ET RY S P E
Weight (lbs.)
Dimensions—Inches
NEMA Size
Class Number
0h 1h
8702 & 8736
11-7/8
7-3/4
13-3/4
2-9/16
6-3/4
12-3/4
1/2
3-21/32 18-1/8
2h
8702 & 8736
14-7/8
7-7/8
16
2-9/16
9-3/4
15
1/2
3i 4i
8702
18-5/32
9-1/4
31-1/2
3-5/64
12
30-1/2
1/2
8736
18-5/32
9-9/16
31-1/2
3-5/64
12
30-1/2
1/2
8702
35-7/32
13-1/8
49
4-1/8
27
48
1/2
5-5/16
45-7/8
8736
35-7/32 13-15/16
49
4-1/8
27
48
1/2
6-1/8
45-7/8
9/16
5
h i
A
B
C
6
8702 & 8736
36-7/32 19-15/32 62-7/32
7
8702 & 8736
34-1/2
23-1/2
93
D
E
F
G
H
8702
8736
5/16
23
24
3-21/32 21-1/4
5/16
31
32
3-11/16 26-23/32
7/16
96
—
7/16
—
99
9/16
302
—
—
319
Floor Mounting
I
4-1/2 26-23/32
J
D
490
495
—
—
A E
D
G
F
C
G
B
(4) J Dia. Mtg. Holes I
Standard enclosure has space for a fused control transformer, Form F4T, on Sizes 0-2, except for Size 0 & 1 4-Pole devices. 3-Pole only.
H
NEMA 12
16-54
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Full Voltage Reversing Vacuum Contactors—NEMA Rated Class 8702 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Class 8702 Type WF Reversing Vacuum Contactor
Class 8702 Type W Reversing Vacuum Contactors are used to switch capacitors, transformers and electric motors where overload protection is separately provided. Type W reversing vacuum contactors are designed for operation at 600 Volts, 50/60 Hz. Auxiliary Contacts— An auxiliary contact block, Class 9999 Type WX11, with one normally open contact and one normally closed contact, is used with Si ze 4, 5 and 6 vacuum contactors. Additional auxiliary contact units may be added to the Size 4 and 5 reversing contactors in the field. A maximum of 2 units may be added to the Size 4; a maximum of 1 unit may be added to the Size 5. Termination Means— The Size 4 reversing vacuum contactor is supplied with line and load side lugs. The Size 5 and 6 reversing vacuum contactors are supplied without line and load side lugs.
Table 16.143: Class 8702 Full Voltage Reversing Vacuum Contactors (Horizontal Only) 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Enclosed Ampere Rating
NEMA Size
Motor Voltage
Open Type
Maximum Horsepower
Type
$ Price
200 40 230 50 4 135 380 75 WFO3a 460 100 575 100 200 75 230 100 5 270 380 150 WGO3a 460 200 575 200 200 150 230 200 6 540 380 300 WHO3Va 460 400 575 400 Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed on page16-56. Replacement coils are listed on page 16-26.
a
7106.
12449.
30444.
Approximate Dimensions 22.00 5.81
Over travel Gauge
4.88 4.00
2.50
3.50
3.65
.281 dia 3 mtg. holes
.44
6.90
.60
.86
2.75
Mechanical Interlock
4.20
2.00
0.38
1.76
Recess For Auxiliary Interlock
8.80
6.00
6.88
max
l e v e a g r t u r a e g v o
1 2
3
4 5 6 7
14.00
8
9 0 1 2
18.00
1.5 Name Plate
Rear View Drilling Pla n 2.48
3.75
1.44 1.44
7.00
2.50
1.89
1.40
6.54
Side View
Front View
Size 4 Reversing Contactor Outline with Lugs Class 8702 WF
3.98
4.26
1.13 9.75
9.56
24.00
Size 5 Reversing Contactor Outline without Lugs Class 8702 WG
4.40 2 .7 0 2 .7 0
6.50 3.90
3.40
16.40
5.00
14.00 18.00 1.50 7.75
Name Plate
3.75
2.00
22.00 24.00
2.70 2.70 4.40
1.40
7.75
Size 6 Reversing Contactor Outline without Lugs Class 8702 WH
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
16-55
Reversing Combination Starters—NEMA Rated Class 8738 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Class 8738 and 8739 Type S reversing combination starters combine the requirements of motor overload and short circuit protection into one convenient package. Type S reversing combination starters are manufactured in accordance with NEMA standards, and are UL Listed (although some Form numbers may not be listed—contact your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office for further information). Class 8738 and 8739 reversing combination starters are designed to operate at 600 Vac, 50–60 Hz—and are supplied with melting alloy overload relays as standard.
Class 8738 Fusible Disconnect Switch Type Note: that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information.
Table 16.144: Class 8738 Full-Voltage Type, Fusible (With Class H Fuse Clips) Reversing with Melting Alloy Overload Relays—3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Ratings Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage)
Max. Hp Polyphase 3 5 7-1/2
200 (208)
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Without External Reset
$ Price
Type
Type
30
SBG12b
1446.
SBW12b
2606.
SBW22b
2994.
SBA22b
SBA12b
1769.
30
SCG12b
1542.
SCW12b
2700.
SCW22b
3104.
SCA22b
SCA12b
1865.
60
SCG13b
1560.
SCW13b
2718.
SCW23b
3128.
SCA23b
SCA13b
1883.
4766.
SDA22b
SDA12b
2985.
2567.
SDW12b
4334.
SDW22b
20
3
100
SEG15b
4238.
SEW15b
7334.
—
—
SEA25b
SEA15b
4788.
40
4
200
SFG15b
8939.
SFW15b
12851.
—
—
SFA25b
SFA15b
10448.
75
5
400
SGG15b
17070.
SGW15b
27059.
—
—
SGA25b
SGA15b
20660.
30
SBG12b
1446.
SBW12b
2606.
SBW22b
2994.
SBA22b
SBA12b
1769.
30
SCG12b
1542.
SCW12b
2700.
SCW22b
3104.
SCA22b
SCA12b
1865.
60
SCG13b
1560.
SCW13b
2718.
SCW23b
3128.
SCA23b
SCA13b
1883.
4766.
SDA22b
SDA12b
2985.
0 1
15
2
60
SDG12b
2567.
SDW12b
4334.
SDW22b
25
3
100
SEG15b
4238.
SEW15b
7334.
—
—
SEA25b
SEA15b
4788.
50
4
200
SFG15b
8939.
SFW15b
12851.
—
—
SFA25b
SFA15b
10448.
100
5
400
SGG15b
17070.
SGW15b
27059.
—
—
SGA25b
SGA15b
20660.
5
0
30
SBG13b
1466.
SBW13b
2624.
SBW23b
3018.
SBA23b
SBA13b
1788.
10
1
30
SCG14b
1560.
SCW14b
2718.
SCW24b
3128.
SCA24b
SCA14b
1883.
30
SDG16b
2582.
SDW16b
4343.
SDW26b
4775.
SDA26b
SDA16b
2994.
60
SDG14b
2595.
SDW14b
4362.
SDW24b
4799.
SDA24b
SDA14b
3014.
SEG13b
4295.
SEW13b
7391.
—
—
SEA23b
SEA13b
4845.
25
2
50
3
100
100
4
200
SFG13b
8976.
SFW13b
12888.
—
—
SFA23b
SFA13b
10485.
200
5
400
SGG13b
17469.
SGW13b
27458.
—
—
SGA23b
SGA13b
21059.
5
0
30
SBG13b
1466.
SBW13b
2624.
SBW23b
3018.
SBA23b
SBA13b
1788.
10
1
30
SCG14b
1560.
SCW14b
2718.
SCW24b
3128.
SCA24b
SCA14b
1883.
30
SDG16b
2582.
SDW16b
4343.
SDW26b
4775.
SDA26b
SDA16b
2994.
60
SDG14b
2595.
SDW14b
4362.
SDW24b
4799.
SDA24b
SDA14b
3014.
15
b
Type
With External Reset
SDG12b
15
a
$ Price
NEMA 12/3Ra Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure
60
5
575 (600)
1
Type
NEMA 4X Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion Resistant Polyester Enclosure
2
7-1/2
460 (480)
0
Fuse Clip Size Amps
NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel (304)
10
3
230 (240)
NEMA Size
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure
25
2
50
3
100
SEG13b
4295.
SEW13b
7391.
—
—
SEA23b
SEA13b
4845.
100
4
200
SFG13b
8976.
SFW13b
12888.
—
—
SFA23b
SFA13b
10485.
200
5
400
SGG13b
17469.
SGW13b
27458.
—
—
SGA23b
SGA13b
21059.
NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page16-105 for more information. For class J fuse clip, use Form Y1072 (no charge). Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below.
Table 16.145: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage
1 6 C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U D R S P T O A S RE T ET RY S P E
60 Hz
50 Hz
24dc 120d 208 240 277 480 600 Specify
— 110 — 220 — 440 550 Specify
Code
$ Price Adder
V01 V02 V08 V03 V04 V06 V07 V99
No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge 23.70
c
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8738SBG12V01S). These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge) (i.e., order as 8738SC13V02S). d Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page16-111. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge. Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-62 Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pag e 16-110 Replacement Parts (Class 9998). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-118 Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-121
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
16-56
CP1
Discount Schedule
Modified 4/16/09
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
www.us.schneider-electric.com
Reversing Combination Starters—NEMA Rated
Non-Fusible and Fusible Disconnect Switch Type Class 8738 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note: that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information.
Table 16.146: Non-Fusible Disconnect Switch Type—Full-Voltage Type Reversing with Melting Alloy Overload Relays Ratings Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage)
Max. Hp PolyPhase 3
0
7-1/2
1
200 (208)
10 25 40 75 3
230 (240)
15 30 50 100 5 10 25 50 100 200 5 10 25 50 100 200
2 3 4 5 0
7-1/2
460 (480)
575 (600)
NEMA Size
1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 a b
Fuse Clip Size Amps
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Type
$ Price
NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) Type
$ Price
NEMA 4X Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion Resistant Polyester Enclosure Type
$ Price
NEMA 12/3Ra Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure With External Reset
Without External Reset
Type
Type
SBW11b SBW21b SBA21b SBA11b 1418. 2577. 2961. SCW11b SCW21b SCA21b SCA11b 1514. 2672. 3071. None SDG11b SDW11b SDW21b SDA21b SDA11b 2529. 4295. 4722. 4191. 7286. None SEG11b SEW11b — — SEA21b SEA11b None SFG11b SFW11b — — SFA21b SFA11b 8777. 12689. 17127. 27116. None SGG11b SGW11b — — SGA21b SGA11b None SBG11b SBW11b SBW21b SBA21b SBA11b 1418. 2577. 2961. None SCG11b SCW11b SCW21b SCA21b SCA11b 1514. 2672. 3071. 2529. 4295. 4722. None SDG11b SDW11b SDW21b SDA21b SDA11b 4191. 7286. None SEG11b SEW11b — — SEA21b SEA11b None SFG11b SFW11b — — SFA21b SFA11b 8777. 12689. 17127. 27116. None SGG11b SGW11b — — SGA21b SGA11b None SBG11b SBW11b SBW21b SBA21b SBA11b 1418. 2577. 2961. 1514. 2672. 3071. None SCG11b SCW11b SCW21b SCA21b SCA11b None SDG11b SDW11b SDW21b SDA21b SDA11b 2529. 4295. 4722. 4191. 7286. None SEG11b SEW11b — — SEA21b SEA11b 8777. 12689. None SFG11b SFW11b — — SFA21b SFA11b 17127. 27116. None SGG11b SGW11b — — SGA21b SGA11b 1418. 2577. 2961. None SBG11b SBW11b SBW21b SBA21b SBA11b 1514. 2672. 3071. None SCG11b SCW11b SCW21b SCA21b SCA11b 2529. 4295. 4722. None SDG11b SDW11b SDW21b SDA21b SDA11b 4191. 7286. None SEG11b SEW11b — — SEA21b SEA11b None SFG11b SFW11b — — SFA21b SFA11b 8777. 12689. 17127. 27116. None SGG11b SGW11b — — SGA21b SGA11b NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page16-105 for more information. Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown on page16-58. None
SBG11b
None
SCG11b
$ Price 1742. 1836. 2946. 4742. 10287. 20717. 1742. 1836. 2946. 4742. 10287. 20717. 1742. 1836. 2946. 4742. 10287. 20717. 1742. 1836. 2946. 4742. 10287. 20717.
Table 16.147: Fusible Disconnect Switch Type With Class R Fuse Clips—100,000 AIC Rating Ratings Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage)
Max. Hp PolyPhase 3 5
200 (208)
230 (240)
460 (480)
575 (600)
7-1/2 10 20 40 75 3 5 7-1/2 15 25 50 100 5 10 15 25 50 100 200 5 10 15 25 50 100 200
NEMA Size 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 c d e
Fuse Clip Size Amps
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure
NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel (304)
NEMA 4X Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion Resistant Polyester Enclosuree
NEMA 12/3Rc Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure With External Reset
Without External Reset
$ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type Type 1461. 2619. 3014. 30 SBG32d SBW32d SBW42d SBA42d SBA32d 1556. 2714. 3123. 30 SCG32d SCW32d SCW42d SCA42d SCA32d 1575. 2733. 3137. 60 SCG33d SCW33d SCW43d SCA43d SCA33d 2582. 4347. 4784. 60 SDG32d SDW32d SDW42d SDA42d SDA32d 4266. 7362. 100 SEG35d SEW35d — — SEA45d SEA35d 8967. 12879. 200 SFG35d SFW35d — — SFA45d SFA35d 17138. 27126. 400 SGG35d SGW35d — — SGA45d SGA35d 1461. 2619. 3014. 30 SBG32d SBW32d SBW42d SBA42d SBA32d 1556. 2714. 3123. 30 SCG32d SCW32d SCW42d SCA42d SCA32d 1575. 2733. 3137. 60 SCG33d SCW33d SCW43d SCA43d SCA33d 2582. 4347. 4784. 60 SDG32d SDW32d SDW42d SDA42d SDA32d 4266. 7362. 100 SEG35d SEW35d — — SEA45d SEA35d 8967. 12879. 200 SFG35d SFW35d — — SFA45d SFA35d 17138. 27126. 400 SGG35d SGW35d — — SGA45d SGA35d 1479. 2639. 3032. 30 SBG33d SBW33d SBW43d SBA43d SBA33d 1575. 2733. 3141. 30 SCG34d SCW34d SCW44d SCA44d SCA34d 30 SDG36d SDW36d SDW46d SDA46d SDA36d 2595. 4356. 4794. 2610. 4376. 4955. 60 SDG34d SDW34d SDW44d SDA44d SDA34d 100 SEG33d SEW33d — — SEA43d SEA33d 4323. 7419. 9005. 12917. 200 SFG33d SFW33d — — SFA43d SFA33d 400 SGG33d SGW33d — — SGA43d SGA33d 17535. 27525. 1479. 2639. 3032. 30 SBG33d SBW33d SBW43d SBA43d SBA33d 1575. 2733. 3141. 30 SCG34d SCW34d SCW44d SCA44d SCA34d 2595. 4356. 4794. 30 SDG36d SDW36d SDW46d SDA46d SDA36d 2610. 4376. 4955. 60 SDG34d SDW34d SDW44d SDA44d SDA34d 4323. 7419. 100 SEG33d SEW33d — — SEA43d SEA33d 9005. 12917. 200 SFG33d SFW33d — — SFA43d SFA33d 17535. 27525. 400 SGG33d SGW33d — — SGA43d SGA33d NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page16-105 for more information. Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown on page16-58. 5,000 AIC Rating
$ Price
Type
1784. 1878. 1898. 2999. 4817. 10476. 20726. 1784. 1878. 1898. 2999. 4817. 10476. 20726. 1803. 1898. 3009. 3027. 4874. 10514. 21125. 1803. 1898. 3009. 3027. 4874. 10514. 21125.
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
Modified 4/16/09
16-57
MAG-GARD ® Circuit Breaker
Reversing Combination Starters—NEMA Rated
Class 8739 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that the prices sho wn do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information.
Table 16.148: Full-Voltage Type, Reversing with Melting Alloy Overload Relays NEMA Type 1 General Purpose Enclosure
Ratings
Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage)
200 (208)
Circuit Breaker (See Page 7-31 for Breaker Adjustment Range)
Type
0
GJL36003M01 GJL36007M02 GJL36015M03
SBG41d SBG42d SBG43d
1/4–1/3 1/2–1 11/2–3 5 7-1/2
1
GJL36003M01 GJL36007M02 GJL36015M03 GJL36030M04 GJL36050M05
1-1/2–3 5 71/2–10
2
Hp Range Polyphase
NEMA Size
1/4–1/3 1/2–1 11/2–3
15–25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150
230 (240)
3 4 5 6
$ Price
NEMA NEMA 4X 4 & 4X Watertight Watertight Dusttight and Dusttight and Corrosion Enclosure Resistant Stainless Steel (304) Polyester Enclosure (Sizes 0-5)a
Type
1703.
SBW41d SBW42d SBW43d
SCG41d SCG42d SCG43d SCG44d SCG45d
GJL36015M03 GJL36030M04 GJL36050M05
SDG41d SDG42d SDG43d
FAL3610018M KAL3625025M KAL3625026M KAL3625030M LAL3640032M LAL3640033M LAL3640036M MAL3660040M MAL3660042M
SEG42d SFG42d SFG43d SGG42d SGG44d SGG45d SHG43d SHG44d SHG45d
19872.
$ Price
SPIN TOP ® $ Price $ Price Type
Type
2861.
SBW51d SBW52d SBW53d
1817.
SCW41d SCW42d SCW43d SCW44d SCW45d
2900.
SDW41d SDW42d SDW43d
4334. 9812.
42849.
SEW42d SFW42d SFW43d SGW42d SGW44d SGW45d SHW43d SHW44d SHW45d
NEMA 7 & 9 b For Hazardous Locations Class I, Groups C & D Class II, Groups E, F & G
3288.
SBR41d SBR42d SBR43d
2975.
SCW51d SCW52d SCW53d SCW54d SCW55d
4665.
SDW51d SDW52d SDW53d
7428. 13724. 29861. 47597.
SEW52d SFW52d SFW53d — — — — — —
Bolted Type
NEMA 12/3Rc Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure With External Reset
Without External Reset
Type
Type
3531.
SBA51d SBA52d SBA53d
SBA41d SBA42d SBA43d
2025.
SCA41d SCA42d SCA43d SCA44d SCA45d
2139.
3317.
$ Price
3531.
SBT41d SBT42d SBT43d
3422.
SCR41d SCR42d SCR43d SCR44d SCR45d
3659.
SCT41d SCT42d SCT43d SCT44d SCT45d
3659.
SCA51d SCA52d SCA53d SCA54d SCA55d
5130.
SDR41d SDR42d SDR43d
5435.
SDT41d SDT42d SDT43d
5435.
SDA51d SDA52d SDA53d
SDA41d SDA42d SDA43d
8169.
—
—
15096.
—
—
SEA52d SFA52d SFA53d SGA52d SGA54d SGA55d SHA53d SHA54d SHA55d
SEA42d SFA42d SFA43d SGA42d SGA44d SGA45d SHA43d SHA44d SHA45d
— —
— — — — — —
— —
SET42d SFT42d SFT43d — — — — — —
9066. 17421. — —
$ Price
4884. 11321. 23460. 45413.
1/4–1/3 1/2–1 11/2–3
0
GJL36003M01 GJL36007M02 GJL36015M03
SBG41d SBG42d SBG43d
1703.
SBW41d SBW42d SBW43d
2861.
SBW51d SBW52d SBW53d
3288.
SBR41d SBR42d SBR43d
3531.
SBT41d SBT42d SBT43d
3531.
SBA51d SBA52d SBA53d
SBA41d SBA42d SBA43d
2025.
1/4–1/3 1/2–1 11/2–3 5–7-1/2
1
GJL36003M01 GJL36007M02 GJL36015M03 GJL36030M04
SCG41d SCG42d SCG43d SCG44d
1817.
SCW41d SCW42d SCW43d SCW44d
2975.
SCW51d SCW52d SCW53d SCW54d
3422.
SCR41d SCR42d SCR43d SCR44d
3659.
SCT41d SCT42d SCT43d SCT44d
3659.
SCA51d SCA52d SCA53d SCA54d
SCA41d SCA42d SCA43d SCA44d
2139.
1-1/2–3 5–7-1/2 10 15
2
GJL36015M03 GJL36030M04 GJL36050M05 GJL36075M06
SDG41d SDG42d SDG43d SDG44d
2900.
SDW41d SDW42d SDW43d SDW44d
4665.
SDW51d SDW52d SDW53d SDW54d
5130.
SDR41d SDR42d SDR43d SDR44d
5435.
SDT41d SDT42d SDT43d SDT44d
5435.
SDA51d SDA52d SDA53d SDA54d
SDA41d SDA42d SDA43d SDA44d
3317.
15–30 40 50 60 75 100 125–150 200
3 4 5 6
FAL3610018M SEG42d — — SET42d SEA42d 4334. SEW42d 7428. SEW52d 8169. 9066. SEA52d 4884. KAL3625026M SFG43d SFW43d SFW53d — SFT43d SFA53d SFA43d — 9812. 13724. 15096. 17421. 11321. KAL3625029M SFG44d SFW44d SFW54d — SFT44d SFA54d SFA44d KAL3625031M SGG43d SGW43d — — — SGA53d SGA43d LAL3640032M SGG44d 19872. SGW44d 29861. — — — — — — SGA54d SGA44d 23460. LAL3640035M SGG46d SGW46d — — — SGA56d SGA46d MAL3660040M SHG44d SHW44d — — — SHA54d SHA44d — — — 42849. 47597. 45413. MAL3660044M SHG46d SHW46d — — — SHA56d SHA46d a NEMA Size 6 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures. NEMA 7 & 9 bolted are not UL Listed. b c NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page16-105 for more information. d Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed below.
Table 16.149: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage
1 6
60 Hz
50 Hz
24fe 120f 208 240 277 480 600 Specify
— 110 — 220 — 440 550 Specify
Code
$ Price Adder
V01 V02 V08 V03 V04 V06 V07 V99
No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge 23.70
e
24 V coils are not available o n Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8739SBG41V01S). These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge) (i.e., order a s 8739SCG41V02S). f Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page16-111. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge.
C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U DR S P T O A S RE TT EY R S P E
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-62 Factory Modifications (Forms). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-110 Replacement Parts (Class 9998). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-118 Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-121
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
16-58
CP1
Discount Schedule
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
MAG-GARD ® Circuit Breaker
Reversing Combination Starters—NEMA Rated
www.us.schneider-electric.com
Class 8739 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that the prices sho wn do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection i nformation.
Table 16.150: Full-Voltage Type, Reversing with Melting Alloy Overload Relays NEMA Type 1 General Purpose Enclosure
Ratings
Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage)
460 (480)
575 (600)
NEMA 4 & 4X NEMA 4X Watertight Watertight and Dusttight Dusttight Enclosure and Corrosion Stainless Steel (304) Resistant (Sizes 0–5)a Polyester Enclosure
NEMA 7 & 9b For Hazardous Locations Class I, Groups C & D Class II, Groups E, F & G
Circuit Breaker (See Page 7-31 for Breaker Adjustment Range)
Type
0
GJL36003M01 GJL36007M02 GJL36015M03
SBG41d SBG42d SBG43d
1703.
SBW41d SBW42d SBW43d
2861.
SBW51d SBW52d SBW53d
3288.
SBR41d SBR42d SBR43d
3531.
SBT41d SBT42v SBT43d
1/4–1 1-1/2–3 5–7-1/2 10
1
GJL36003M01 GJL36007M02 GJL36015M03 GJL36030M04
SCG41d SCG42d SCG43d SCG44d
1817.
SCW41d SCW42d SCW43d SCW44d
2975.
SCW51d SCW52d SCW53d SCW54d
3422.
SCR41d SCR42d SCR43d SCR44d
3659.
5–7-1/2 10–15 20–25
2
GJL36015M03 GJL36030M04 GJL36050M05
SDG41d SDG42d SDG43d
2900.
SDW41d SDW42d SDW43d
4665.
SDW51d SDW52d SDW53d
5130.
SDR41d SDR42d SDR43d
5435.
GJL36050M05 FAL3610018M KAL3625025M KAL3625029M KAL3625031M LAL3640032M LAL3640035M LAL3640036M MAL3660040M MAL3660042M MAL3660044M
SEG41d SEG42d SFG42d SFG44d SGG43d SGG44d SGG46d SHG43d SHG44d SHG45d SHG46d
8169.
—
15096.
19872.
— — — — — — — — —
Hp Range Polyphase
NEMA Size
1/4–1 1-1/2–3 5
20–25 30–50 60–75 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400
3 4 5
6
$ Price
4334. 9812.
42849.
Type
SEW41d SEW42d SFW42d SFW44d SGW43d SGW44d SGW46d SHW43d SHW44d SHW45d SHW46d
$ Price
7428. 13724. 29861.
47597.
Type
SPIN TOP ® $ Price $ Price Type
SEW51d SEW52d SFW52d SFW54d — — — — — — —
—
—
— — —
—
NEMA 12/3Rc Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure With External Reset
Without External Reset
Type
Type
3531.
SBA51d SBA52d SBA53d
SBA41d SBA42d SBA43d
2025.
SCT41d SCT42d SCT43d SCT44d
3659.
SCA51d SCA52d SCA53d SCA54d
SCA41d SCA42d SCA43d SCA44d
2139.
SDT41d SDT42d SDT43d
5435.
SDA51d SDA52d SDA53d
SDA41d SDA42d SDA43d
3317.
SEA51d SEA52d SFA52d SFA54d SGA53d SGA54d SGA56d SHA53d SHA54d SHA55d SHA56d
SEA41d SEA42d SFA42d SFA44d SGA43d SGA44d SGA46d SHA43d SHA44d SHA45d SHA46d
Bolted Type
SET41d SET42d SFT42d SFT44d — — — — — — —
$ Price
9066. 17421. —
—
$ Price
4884. 11321. 23460.
45413.
1/4–1 1-1/2–3 5
0
GJL36003M01 GJL36007M02 GJL36015M03
SBG41d SBG42d SBG43d
1703.
SBW41d SBW42d SBW43d
2861.
SBW51d SBW52d SBW53d
3288.
SBR41d SBR42d SBR43d
3531.
SBT41d SBT42d SBT43d
3531.
SBA51d SBA52d SBA53d
SBA41d SBA42d SBA43d
2025.
1/4–1 1-1/2–3 5–10
1
GJL36003M01 GJL36007M02 GJL36015M03
SCG41d SCG42d SCG43d
1817.
SCW41d SCW42d SCW43d
2975.
SCW51d SCW52d SCW53d
3422.
SCR41d SCR42d SCR43d
3659.
SCT41d SCT42d SCT43d
3659.
SCA51d SCA52d SCA53d
SCA41d SCA42d SCA43d
2139.
5–10 15–20 25
2
GJL36015M03 GJL36030M04 GJL36050M05
SDG41d SDG42d SDG43d
2900.
SDW41d SDW42d SDW43d
4665.
SDW51d SDW52d SDW53d
5130.
SDR41d SDR42d SDR43d
5435.
SDT41d SDT42d SDT43d
5435.
SDA51d SDA52d SDA53d
SDA41d SDA42d SDA43d
3317.
25–30 40–50 60–100 125 150 200 250 300 350–400
3 4 5 6
GJL36050M05 SEG41d — SET41d SEA41d 4334. SEW41d 7428. SEW51d 8169. 9066. SEA51d 4884. — FAL3610018M SEG42d SEW42d SEW52d — SET42d SEA52d SEA42d 9812. SFW42d 13724. SFW52d 15096. 11321. KAL3625025M SFG42d — — SFT42d 17421. SFA52d SFA42d KAL3625029M SGG41d SGW41d — — — SGA51d SGA41d KAL3625030M SGG42d 19872. SGW42d 29861. — — — — — — SGA52d SGA42d 23460. LAL3640032M SGG44d SGW44d — — — SGA54d SGA44d LAL3640035M SHG42d SHW42d — — — SHA52d SHA42d LAL3640036M SHG43d 42849. SHW43d 47597. — — — — — — SHA53d SHA43d 45413. MAL3660040M SHG44d SHW44d — — — SHA54d SHA44d NEMA Size 6 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures. a NEMA 7 & 9 bolted are not UL Listed. b c NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page16-105 for more information. d Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed below.
Table 16.151: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage 60 Hz
50 Hz
24fe 120f 208 240 277 480 600 Specify
— 110 — 220 — 440 550 Specify
Code
$ Price Adder
V01 V02 V08 V03 V04 V06 V07 V99
No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge 23.70
e
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8 739SBG41V01S). These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge) (i.e., order as 8739SCG41V02S). f Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page16-111. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge. Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
16-62 16-110 16-118 16-121
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
16-59
Reversing Combination Starters—NEMA Rated
Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Class 8739 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that the prices sho wn do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information.
Table 16.152: Full-Voltage Type, Reversing with Melting Alloy Overload Relays NEMA Type 1 General Purpose Enclosure
Ratings
Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage)
Max. Hp Polyphase 2 3 5 7-1/2
200 (208)
10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 2 3 5 7-1/2
230 (240)
10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200
NEMA Size
NEMA 4 & 4X NEMA 4X Watertight Watertight and Dusttight Dusttight Enclosure and Corrosion Stainless Steel (304) Resistant (Sizes 0-5)a Polyester Enclosure
Circuit Breaker Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Type
NEMA 7 & 9 b For Hazardous Locations Class I, Groups C & D Class II, Groups E, F & G
® $ Price SPIN TOP $ Price Type
Bolted Type
Type
Ampere Rating
0
FALe
15 20
SBG1d SBG3d
1485.
SBW1d SBW3d
2643.
SBW11d SBW13d
3042.
SBR1d SBR3d
3293.
SBT1d SBT3d
1
FALe
35 50
SCG5d SCG2d
1599.
SCW5d SCW2d
2757.
SCW15d SCW12d
3174.
SCR5d SCR2d
3417.
SCT5d SCT2d
2
FALe FAL FAL KAL
SDG1d SEG3d SEG1d SEG5d SFG3d SFG4d SGG6d SGG1d SGG4d SHG4d SHG3d SHG5d SBG1d SBG3d SCG1d SCG6d
4
KAL
5
LAL
6
MAL
0
FALe
60 90 100 110 125 200 200 250 300 450 600 600 15 20
1
FALe
30 45
2
FALe
3
FAL FAL KAL
4
KAL
5
LAL LAL LAL
6
MAL
3
a b c d e
2681. 4334. 9812. 19872. 42849. 1485. 1599.
SDW1d SEW3d SEW1d SEW5d SFW3d SFW4d SGW6d SGW1d SGW4d SHW4d SHW3d SHW5d SBW1d SBW3d SCW1d SCW6d
4448. 7428. 13724. 29861. 47597. 2643. 2757.
SDW11d SEW13d SEW11d SEW15d SFW13d SFW14d — — — — — — SBW11d SBW13d SCW11d SCW16d
4893. 8169. 15096. — —
3042. 3174.
SDR1d — — — — — — — — — — — SBR1d SBR3d SCR1d SCR6d
5192. — — — —
3293. 3417.
SDT1d SET3d SET1d SET5d SFT3d SFT4d — — — — — — SBT1d SBT3d SCT1d SCT6d
NEMA 12/3Rc Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure
$ Price
With External Reset
Without External Reset $ Price`
Type
Type
3293.
SBA11d SBA13d
SBA1d SBA3d
1808.
3417.
SCA15d SCA12d
SCA5d SCA2d
1922.
SDA11d SEA13d SEA12d SEA15d SFA13d SFA14d SGA16d SGA11d SGA14d SHA14d SHA13d SHA15d SBA11d SBA13d
SDA1d SEA3d SEA1d SEA5d SFA3d SFA4d SGA6d SGA1d SGA4d SHA4d SHA3d SHA5d SBA1d SBA3d
SCA11d SCA16d
SCA1d SCA6d
5192. 9066. 17421. — —
3293. 3417.
3099. 4884. 11321. 23460. 45413. 1808. 1922.
d d d d 60 SDG1d SDR1d SDA1d 2681. SDW1d 4448. SDW11d 4893. 5192. SDT1d 5192. SDA11d 3099. 80 SDG7d SDW7 SDW17 SDR7d SDT7 SDA17 SDA7d 90 SEG3d SEW3d SEW13d — SET3d SEA13d SEA3d 4334. SEW1d 7428. SEW11d 8169. 9066. SEA11d 4884. 100 SEG1d — — SET1d SEA1d d d d d d 110 SEG5 SEW5 SEW15 — SET5 SEA15 SEA5d d d d 150 SFG1d — SFT1d SFA1d — 9812. SFW1d 13724. SFW11d 15096. 17421. SFA11d 11321. 200 SFG4d SFW4 SFW14 — SFT4d SFA14 SFA4d 225 SGG3d SGW3d — — — SGA13d SGA3d 250 SGG1d — — — — — — SGA11d SGA1d 23460. 19872. SGW1d 29861. 350 SGG2d SGW2d — — — SGA12d SGA2d 450 SHG4d SHW4d — — — SHA14d SHA4d 42849. SHW3d 47597. 600 SHG3d — — — — — — SHA13d SHA3d 45413. 800 SHG7d SHW7d — — — SHA17d SHA7d NEMA Size 6 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures. NEMA 7 and 9 bolted are not UL Listed. NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page16-105 for more information. Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below. Rated 250 volts max.
Coil Voltage Codes Voltage 60 Hz
50 Hz
24gf 120g 208 240 277 480 600 Specify
— 110 — 220 — 440 550 Specify
Code
$ Price Adder
V01 V02 V08 V03 V04 V06 V07 V99
No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge 23.70
f
24 V coils are not available o n Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8739SBG1V01S). These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge) (i.e., order a s 8739SCG5V02S). g Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page16-111. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge.
1 6
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-62 Factory Modifications (Forms). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-110 Replacement Parts (Class 9998). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-118 Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-121
C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U DR S P T O A S RE TT EY R S P E
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
16-60
CP1
Discount Schedule
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker
Reversing Combination Starters—NEMA Rated
www.us.schneider-electric.com
Class 8739 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information.
Table 16.153: Full-Voltage Type, Reversing with Melting Alloy Overload Relays Ratings
Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage)
Max. Hp Polyphase 5
15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 5
460 (480)
Circuit Breaker
NEMA Size
Type Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Ampere Rating
FAL
15
SBG2d
1
FAL
20 25
SCG3d SCG7d
2
FAL
3
FAL
4
KAL
5
LAL
6
MAL
0
FAL
40 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 200 225 250 350 450 600 600 800 15
SDG3d SDG4d SDG5d SEG6d SEG3d SEG1d SFG5d SFG3d SFG4d SGG3d SGG1d SGG2d SHG4d SHG3d SHG5d SHG7d SBG2d
15 20
SCG8d SCG3d
0
7-1/2 10
NEMA 4 & 4X NEMA 4X Watertight Watertight and Dusttight Dusttight Enclosure and Corrosion Stainless Steel (304) Resistant (Sizes 0 - 5) a Polyester Enclosure
NEMA Type 1 General Purpose Enclosure
1703.
SBW2d
1817.
SCW3d SCW7d
2900. 4334. 9812. 19872.
42849. 1703.
SDW3d SDW4d SDW5d SEW6d SEW3d SEW1d SFW5d SFW3d SFW4d SGW3d SGW1d SGW2d SHW4d SHW3d SHW5d SHW7d SBW2d
2861.
SBW12d
2975.
SCW13d SCW17d
4665. 7428. 13724. 29861.
47597. 2861. 2975.
SCW18d SCW13d
15 35 SDG8d SDW8d 2900. SDW9d 4665. 20 2 FAL 45 SDG9d 25 60 SDG4d SDW4d 30 60 SEG4d SEW4d 4334. SEW6d 7428. 40 3 FAL 80 SEG6d 50 90 SEG3d SEW3d 575 (600) 60 FAL 100 SFG6d SFW6d 9812. SFW5d 13724. 75 4 KAL 110 SFG5d 100 KAL 150 SFG1d SFW1d 125 KAL 200 SGG7d SGW7d 150 5 LAL 200 SGG6d 19872. SGW6d 29861. 200 LAL 250 SGG1d SGW1d 250 350 SHG6d SHW6d 300 400 SHG4d 42849. SHW4d 47597. 6 MAL 350 500 SHG2d SHW2d 400 600 SHG3d SHW3d NEMA Size 6 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures. a NEMA 7 and 9 bolted are not UL Listed. b c NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-serviceentrance-rated applications; see page 16-105 for more information. d Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below.
SDW18d SDW19d SDW14d SEW14d SEW16d SEW13d SFW16d SFW15d SFW11d — — — — — — —
7-1/2 10
1
FAL
1817.
SCW8d SCW3d
SDW13d SDW14d SDW15d SEW16d SEW13d SEW11d SFW15d SFW13d SFW14d — — — — — — — SBW12d
Table 16.154: Class 8738 UL Listed Short Circuit Ratings
e
NEMA Size
Fuse Clip Type
Enclosure
Amps Interrupting Capability Rating (AIC)
0-3 0-3 4-5 4-5
Standard Class R Standard Class R
Standarde Standarde Standarde Standarde
5,000 100,000 10,000 100,000
50 Hz
24gf 120g 208 240 480 600 Specify
— 110 — 220 440 550 Specify
Type
3288.
SBR2d
3422.
SCR3d SCR7d
5130. 8169. 15096. —
—
3288. 3422. 5130. 8169. 15096. —
—
SDR3d SDR4d SDR5d — — — — — — — — — — — — — SBR2d SCR8d SCR3d SDR8d SDR9d SDR4d — — — — — — — — — — — — —
$ Price
Bolted Type
3531.
SBT2d
3659.
SCT3d SCT7d
5435. — — —
—
3531. 3659. 5435. — — —
—
SDT3d SDT4d SDT5d SET6d SET3d SET1d SFT5d SFT3d SFT4d — — — — — — — SBT2d SCT8d SCT3d SDT8d SDT9d SDT4d SET4d SET6d SET3d SFT6d SFT5d SFT1d — — — — — — —
$ Price
With External Reset
Without External Reset
Type
Type
$ Price
3531.
SBA12d
SBA2d
2025.
3659.
SCA13d SCA17d
SCA3d SCA7d
2139.
SDA13d SDA14d SDA15d SEA16d SEA13d SEA11d SFA15d SFA13d SFA14d SGA13d SGA11d SGA12d SHA14d SHA13d SHA15d SHA17d SBA12d
SDA3d SDA4d SDA5d SEA6d SEA3d SEA1d SFA5d SFA3d SFA4d SGA3d SGA1d SGA2d SHA4d SHA3d SHA5d SHA7d SBA2d
SCA18d SCA13d
SCA8d SCA3d
SDA18d SDA19d SDA14d SEA14d SEA16d SEA13d SFA16d SFA15d SFA11d SGA17d SGA16d SGA11d SHA16d SHA14d SHA12d SHA13d
SDA8t SDA9d SDA4d SEA4d SEA6d SEA3d SFA6d SFA5d SFA1d SGA7d SGA6d SGA1d SHA6d SHA4d SHA2d SHA3d
5435. 9066. 17421. —
—
3531. 3659. 5435. 9066. 17421. —
—
3317. 4884. 11321. 23460.
45413. 2025. 2139. 3317. 4884. 11321. 23460.
45413.
MAG-GARD ® Motor Circuit Protector Type NEMA Size
Voltage
Enclosure
Amps Interrupting Capability Rating (AIC)
0 & 1, 2 (GJL) 0 & 1 (FAL) 0, 1, 2, & 3 (GJL) 0&1 2–6
0 – 480 0 – 480 481 – 600 481 – 600 600
Standardh Standardh Standardh Standardh Standardh
100,000 22,000 10,000 10,000 22,000
0-3 4&5 6
600 600 600
Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Type
Table 16.155: Coil Voltage Codes 60 Hz
SPIN TOP ®
NEMA 12/3Rc Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure
Table 16.156: Class 8739 UL Listed Short Circuit Ratings
Standard enclosure includes: NEMAs 1, 4 & 4X stainless, and 12/3R.
Voltage
NEMA 7 & 9 b For Hazardous Locations Class I, Groups C & D Class II, Groups E, F & G
h
Code
$ Price Adder
V01 V02 V08 V03 V06 V07 V99
No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge 23.70
Standardh Standardh Standardh
5,000 10,000 18,000
Standard enclosure includes: NEMAs 1, 4 & 4X stainless, and 12.
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
f
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8739SBG2V01S). g These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge) (i.e., order as 8739SDG3V02S). Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page16-111. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge.
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
16-61
Reversing Combination Starters—NEMA Rated Class 8738, 8739 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Approximate Dimensions Table 16.157: NEMA 1 Enclosure (Size 0–2) Figure 1 NEMA Size
Class
Type
0–1
8738 & 8739
2
8738 & 8739
Dimensions (in inches) c—see Figure 1 A
B
C
SBG SCG
13-3/4
23
SDG
15
28-3/4
D
E
F
G
H
8-11/32
10-5/8
21
18-29/32
9-19/32
11-5/8 26-1/4 21-15/32 2-3/16
1-7/8
I
1-7/8
Top & Bottom
J
K
L
M
N
O
3-3/4 2-5/16 1-1/16 3-1/4 2-3/16 1-1/4
2
4
2-9/16 1-1/4
3-1/4 2-3/16 1-1/4
P
7/8
W
—
29/3 2
—
O
P
Sides
X
1/2–3/4–1 1/2–3/4–1 1–1-1/4
Wt. (lbs.)
Y
1–1-1/4
1/2
49
1/2
80
Sides
Table 16.158: NEMA 1 Enclosure (Size 3–6) Figure 2 NEMA Size
Class
3
Dimensions (in inches) c—see Figure 2
Type
8738 & 8739 SEG
A
B
C
18-1/2
44
D
E
10-19/32 12-1/2
51-1/2 10-17/32
15
F
G
H
I
Top & Bottom
J
K
L
M
N
X
Y
Wt. (lbs.)
1/2–3/4
1/2
245
W
3
25-31/32
43-1/2
1/4
—
2-13/16 3-1/2
5
1–1-1/4 2-11/16 5-3/8 1-7/32 29/32 2–2-1/4
3
30-23/32
51
1/4
—
2-13/16 3-1/2
5
2-11/16 5-3/8 1-7/32 29/32
3
25-31/32
43-1/2
1/4
—
2-13/16 3-1/2
5
1–1-1/4 2-11/16 5-3/8 1-7/32 29/32 2–2-1/4
8738
SFG
21
8739
SFG
18-1/2
44
8738
SGG
30
77
15-1/2
22
4
39-13/32
76
1/2
—
3-1/2
6-9/32 9-1/4
3-3/16
—
—
—
1/2–3/4
3
—
—
8739
SGG
30
65
13-23/32
22
4
39-13/32
64
1/2
—
3-1/2
6-9/32
5
3-3/16
—
—
—
1/2–3/4
3
—
—
8738 & 8739 SHG
36
90
17-1/32
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
I
J
4 10-19/32 12-1/2
2-1/2
1/2–3/4 1/2–3/4
1/2
—
1/2
—
5
6
—
—
Table 16.159: NEMA 12 Enclosure Figure 3 NEMA Size
Class
Type
0–1
8738 & 8739
SBA SCA
2
8738 & 8739
3
8738 & 8739 8738 8739
4
5 6a a
Dimensions (in inches) c—see Figure 3 A
B
C
D
E
F
13-3/4
10-3/32
24-3/4
3-1/4
SDA
15
10-31/32
31
3-1/4
SEA
18-1/2
10-19/32
45
5
SFA
21
10-19/32
52-1/2
5
SFA
18-1/2
10-19/32
45
3-1/4
8738
SGA
30
15-1/2
78
9-1/4
4
22
77
8739
SGA
30
15-1/2
66
—
4
22
65
8739
SHA
36
17-1/32
90
—
—
—
—
—
2-1/2
3-3/4
Wt. (lbs.)
24
3/8
20-5/16
3
9
30-1/4
3/8
3-3/4
23-7/16
95
3
12-1/2
44
1/2
3-3/4
25-19/32
255
3
15
⁄ 2 51-1
1/2
3-3/4
30-11/32
—
3
12-1/2
44
1/2
3-3/4
25-19/32
—
1/2
7-1/2
39-13/32
—
1/2
7-1/2
37-7/8
—
—
—
—
52
Size 6 enclosures are floor mounting.
NEMA Size
Class
0-2
8738 & 8739
3-4
8739
A
Dimensions (in inches) c—see Figure 4 Type SBW SCW SDW SEW SFW
E
A
B
C
E
F
25.25
11.4
27.00
17.88
25.75
26.31
11.4
33.50
18.50
32.25
F
C B
See page 16-63 for important information on hubs for NEMA 4X enclosures. The dimensions shown in all tables above are also for Form F4T (standard control transformer), Form F4T11 (100 VA extra-capacity), and Form F4T12 (200 VA extra-capacity).
Figure 4: NEMA 4X Polyester Enclosure
NOTE: Illustrations may not represent the actual enclosure; they are intended for dimensional i nformation only.
A D
Handle Swing L
M K
A D
C
Handle Swing L
E
H
C
A
O
N
F
E
H
Handle Swing D
B
Y
1 6 C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U D R S P T O A S RE T ET RY S P E
H
8-3/4
Table 16.160: NEMA 4X Polyester Enclosure b Figure 4
b c
G
Y
P O G B
E B
G C
Y Y (4) .31 Dia. Mtg. Holes 8 (For Sizes 0, 1, and 2)
Cover Open 90º F
F W X W
H
Figure 1: NEMA 1 Enclosure (Sizes 0–2)
(4) .31 Dia. Mtg. Holes 8 (For Sizes 0, 1, and 2) (4) .44 Dia. Mtg. Holes 11 (For Sizes 3 and 4) (4) .56 Dia. Mtg. Holes Located on 14 External Flanges (For Size 5)
J K
I
Cover Open 90º J
W X W G
J
16-62
(4) .44 Dia. Mtg. Holes 11 (For Sizes 3 and 4) (4) .56 Dia. Mtg. Holes Located on 14 External Flanges (For Size 5)
Cover Open 90º
M N
Figure 2: NEMA 1 Enclosure (Sizes 3–6)
I
Figure 3: NEMA 12 Enclosure © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Reversing Combination Starters Class 8738, 8739 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Approximate Dimensions Table 16.161: NEMA 4 & 4X Stainless Stainless Enclosure Enclosure Figure 1 Dimensions (in inches) a—see Figure 1
NEMA Size
Class
0–1
8738 & 8739
SBW SCW
13-3/4
8-11/32
25-3/16
3-1/4
2-1/2
2
8738 & 8739
SDW
15
9-19/32
30-1/32
3-1/4
3
8738 & 8739
SEW
18-1/2
10-9/16
45-3/16
8738
SFW
21
10-17/32
52-11/16
8739
SFW
18-1/2
10-9/16
45-3/16
8738
SGW
30
15-1/2
78-3/32
8739
SGW
30
13-57/64
66-3/32
5
4
8739
SHW
36
17-1/32
98
—
—
Type A
4
5 6
B
C
D
E
F
I
J
K
Bottom
Top & Bot.
W
X
H
8-3/4
24
19/32
3
1-5/8
2-5/16
18-17/32
3/4 Hub
1 Hub
52
2-1/2
10
29-3/4
5/8
3
2
2-5/8
21-1/32
3/4 Hub
1-1/2 Hub
95
5
3
12-1/2
44
19/32
3-1/2
2-5/8
3-3/16
25-1/2
3/4 Hub
2-1/2 Hub
255
5
3
15
51-1/2
19/32
3-1/2
2-5/8
3-3/16
30-1/4
3/4 Hub
2-1/2 Hub
—
5
3
12-1/2
44
19/32
3-1/2
2-5/8
3-3/16
25-1/2
3/4 Hub
2-1/2 Hub
—
9-1/4
4
22
77
9/16
6-3/32
3
3-1/2
39-13/32
3/4 Hub
3-1/2 Hub
—
22
65
9/16
6-3/32
3
3-1/2
37-7/8
3/4 Hub
3-1/2 Hub
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
L
Wt. (lbs.)
G
—
—
—
Above dimensions also for Form F4T (standard control transformer), Form F4T11 (100 VA extra capacity) and Form F4T12 (200 VA extra capacity).
a
Table 16.162: Class 8739—NEMA 8739—NEMA 7 & 9 Bolted Enclosure Enclosure Figure 2 Note: Enclosure Enclosure has 3 door mounted mounted Closing Closing Plates Plates..
NEMA Size
Type
0–1
Dimensions (in inches)—see Figure 2 G
H
J
SBT SCT
14-1/4
27-5/8
2
SDT
18-1/8
3–4
SET SFT
24-1/2
N
P
Q, R
S, T, U, V
Wt. (lbs.)
K
L
Z
9-1/2
12-1/4
19-1/4
9-5/8
11
2-3/8
3-1/8
1-1/2
115
31-5/8
10
16-1/4
19-1/4
9-5/8
12-5/8
2-3/8
3-3/4
2-1/2
180
45-5/8
13-3/4
22-1/2
27-1/2
13-3/4
15-3/8
3-7/16
4
4
500
Table 16.163: Class 8739—NEMA 8739—NEMA 7 & 9 SPIN TOP ® Enclosure Figure 3 NEMA Size
Type
Conduit Sizes Loc. A, B, C and D
E
F
G
H
Dimensions (in inches)—see Figure 3 J
K
L
M
0–1
SBR SCR
1-1/2
13-7/8
45-1/4
19-1/4
8
4-3/4
5-1/4
1-1/2
1-1/16
2
SDR
2
13-3/8
52-1/2
20-1/4
8
4-3/4
7-1/2
2-1/2
—
N
Wt. (lbs.)
P
Q
R
7
18
9-3/8
2-3/4
120
7-3/4
23
8-5/8
3
130
NOTE: Illustrations may not represent the actual enclosure; they are intended for dimensional information only.
Information on Hubs Hubs are supplied with each NEMA 4X combination starter as shown in the table below. Note that hubs are only installed in stainless steel enclosures; they are not installed in polyester enclosures.
Table 16.164: 16.164: NEMA Size 0&1 2 3&4
Quantity
Hub Size
1 2 1 2 1 2
0.75" 1.00" 0.75" 1.50" 0.75" 2.50"
V
U
L A F
H
E
Handle Swing D B
Top View
Rear View Space Required to Remove Top Cover
H N
N E Q
G C
Rear Seal
R J
T
S
P
G (4) .31 Dia. Mtg. Holes (for Size 0, 1, & 2) 8 Cover Open 90º (4) .44 Dia. Mtg. Holes (for Size 3 & 4) 11 (4) .56 Dia. Mtg. Holes Located on 14 External Flanges (for Size 5) W X
L
J I K
Figure 1: NEMA 4 & 4X Stainless Enclosure
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
(4) Mtg. for Bolts
A Threaded Cover Enclosure
G
F
.19 5
R (2) "Z" Pipe Tap Top and Bottom K 1/2" NPT for Breather and Drain
Figure 2: NEMA 7 & 9 Bolted Enclosure
H S
K L
Overload Reset Q
C
D
B J T
Circuit Breaker Operator Handle - Combination Form Only (Add 1 IN to overall width)
M Mtg. Holes and/or Slots (3)
P
Space Required to Remove Bottom Cover
Figure 3: NEMA 7 & 9 SPIN TOP Enclosure
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 16-63
Multispeed Magnetic Starters Class 8810 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Application Data
Both consequent pole and separate winding motors are available in three types: 1) Constant horsepower, 2) Constant torque, and 3) Variable torque. Typical Typical applications for these different different types of motors are shown below. Note: For detailed information involving the technical aspects of flexibility of the starters used in the multispeed controllers, see Classes 8702, 8736 and 8810 application data.
Multispeed motors are available in two basic versions: 1) Consequent Consequent pole, and 2) separate winding. A separate winding motor has a winding for each speed while a consequent pole motor has a winding for every two speeds (three speed motors have two windings). The motor connections (and thus the types of controllers) for two speed starters are exemplified by the schematic diagrams shown below. Note that consequent pole two speed controllers involve a 5-pole and a 3-pole starter while separate winding controllers have two 3-pole starters. The type of motor must be verified prior to ordering. Field modification of starters to match the motor may not be possible. Separate winding motors are usually chosen when flexibility is important, since the speeds of a consequent pole motor are usually limited to a 2/1 ratio; a broad range of speeds can be obtained on a separate winding motor.
Table 16.165: Typical Applications Constant Hp
Constant Torque
A. Spindles B. Cutting Tools 1. Lathes 2. Saws
Variable Torque
A. Conveyors B. Mills C. Dough Mixers D. Reciprocating Pumps
A. Fans B. Centrifugal Pumps
Table 16.166: Typical Schematic Diagrams HIGH 4
1 STOP
LOW
L
5 H
OL OL
HIGH 4
1 STOP
HIGH 3 L
H
L1 L2
L3
L3
OL OL OL
H
H
H
OL OL L
T2 T3
H
L
HIGH 3 L
H
5
OLOL
L H 2
L1 L
OL
L
L
L
OL
OL
H
H
H
OL
H
OL
L2 L3
H
OL
L
OL
L
T6
T4
T1
T5
T2
T3
T6
T4
T5
T2 T3
H
H
H
OL OL OL
T11 T1 T 12 T13
2-Speed Separate Winding Constant Hp, Constant Torque and Variable Torque NEMA Size 0-4 Sizes 5, 6 & 7 Use Special Circuitry
2-Speed Consequent Pole Constant or Variable Torque NEMA Size 0-4 Sizes 5, 6 & 7 Use Special Circuitry
2-Speed Consequent Pole Constant Horsepower NEMA Size 0-4 Sizes 5, 6 & 7 Use Special Circuitry
L
OL OL OL
T1 T1
LOW
H
L2 L
HIGH 4
H
L1
L
OL OL 1 STOP
HIGH 3 L
2
H
L
L
5 H
L
L 2
LOW
interval. The stop button must be pressed before it is possible to change from a higher to a lower speed. (Not available with Form R1.) Form R3 Decelerating Relay/Timer. This is similar in action to Form Form R2 accelerating relays, except that they function to prevent immediate transfer from a higher to a lower speed. A definite time interval, preset on the timer, must elapse between each speed change. change. Form R10 Antiplugging Relays/Timers. Relays/Timers. This form imposes a time delay when transferring from the forward to the reverse direction or reverse to forward, for reversing multispeed starters. This provides up to a 60 second delay in the transfer of the direction of the motor, and can help prevent damage which could result from plugging. Overload Relay Modification. Form Y81 (Low Speed)— For NEMA size 3 and 4, when the low speed full load current does not appear on the appropriate thermal unit selection tables, include Form Y81 (Low Speed) (No Charge for this form). This form modifies the overload relay block to accept Type B thermal units. Consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office office for assistance on thermal unit selection.
Additional Features—Special Relays for Non-Reversing and Reversing Multispeed Starters General. Some applications require special relays to control the speed change and/or starting of the motor. The descriptions below cover the four common relay schemes for these applications. Form R1 Compelling Relay. This relay requires the motor to be started at low speed before any higher speed can be selected. This arrangement arrangement ensures that the motor will always start the load at low speed. The stop button must be pressed before it is possible to change from a higher to a lower speed. (Not available with Form R2.) Form R2 Accelerating Relay/Timer. Relay/Timer. With Form R2 accelerating relays, the ultimate speed is determined by the button which is pressed, but the starter will start the motor at low speed and automatically accelerate it through successive steps until the selected speed is reached. Definite time intervals must elapse between each speed change. Individual adjustable timing relays are provided for each Table 16.167: Special Pilot Lighting HIGH 4 LOW 5 H
1 STOP
L
OL OL
1 STOP
HIGH 4
L
1 6
2 L
HIGH 3 L H
H
2
L
L
One pilot light “ON”
HIGH 3 L
H
L
OL OL 1 STOP
HIGH 4
H 2
H
ON
To Power Circuit
16-64
5 H
L
H
C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U D R S P T O A S RE T ET RY S P E
LOW
OFF
To Power Circuit
One pilot light “OFF”
LOW
5 H
L
L
H
HIGH 3 L
H
H
OL OL
1 STOP
HIGH 4
LOW
5 H
L
L 2 L
HIGH 3 L H
H
L
OL OL 1 STOP
HIGH 4
H ON OFF
To Power Circuit
To Power Circuit
Two pilot lights “L” and “H'”
Two pilot lights “ON” and “OFF”
2
LOW
5 H
L
L
H
HIGH 3 L
H
OL OL
H OFF To Power Circuit
Three pilot lights “L”, “H”, and “OFF”
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Multispeed Magnetic Starters Class 8810 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Multispeed motors are available in two basic versions: 1) Consequent pole, and 2) separate winding. A separate winding motor has a winding for each speed while a consequent pole motor has a winding for every two speeds (three speed motors have two windings).
3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that the prices prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 6 thermal units (Sizes 0–6). Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information.
Table 16.168: Class 8810—Non-Combination 8810—Non-Combination Type Maximum Polyphase Horsepower Ratings
Type of Motor
Constant Horsepower Motors
NEMA Size
200 V
230 V
Constant Torque or Variable Torque Motors
460– 575 V
200 V
230 V
460– 575 V
— — — — — — —
— — — — — — —
— — — — — — —
NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure (Stainless Steel) (304) (Sizes 0—5) Sheet Steel (Size 6)
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure
Type
$ Price
Type
SBG1c SCG1c SDG1c SEG1c SFG1c SGG1c SHG1c SBG2c SCG2c SDG2c SEG2c SFG2c SGG2c SHG2c
1466. 1580. 2871. 4334. 11568. 22857. 51524. 1466. 1580. 2871. 4334. 11568. 22857. 51524.
SBW1c SCW1c SDW1c SEW1c SFW1c SGW1c SHW1c SBW2c SCW2c SDW2c SEW2c SFW2c SGW2c SHW2c
SBG3c SCG3c SDG3c SEG3c SFG3c SGG3c SHG3c SJG3c SBG4c SCG4c SDG4c SEG4c SFG4c SGG4c SHG4c SJG4c
1047. 1181. 2111. 3308. 8112. 19145. 39170. 50688. 1047. 1181. 2111. 3308. 8112. 19145. 39170. 50688.
SBW3c SCW3c SDW3c SEW3c SFW3c SGW3c SHW3c — SBW4c SCW4c SDW4c SEW4c SFW4c SGW4c SHW4c —
$ Price
NEMA 4X d Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion Resistant Enclosure
Type
$ Price
NEMA 7 and 9 For Hazardous Locations Class I Groups C & D Class II Groups E, F & G Type
$ Price
NEMA 12/3Rf Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure
Type
Open Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
2378. SBW51c 2733. — SBA1c — 2472. SCW51c 2852. SCR1c 3930. SCA1c 3972. SDW51c 4371. SDR1c 7298. SDA1c — 5891. — SER1c 11702. SEA1c — — 14910. — — SFA1c — — 30672. — — SGA1c — — 62205. — — SHA1c 2378. SBW52c 2733. — SBA2c — 2472. SCW52c 2852. SCR2c 3930. SCA2c 3972. SDW52c 4371. SDR2c 7298. SDA2c 5891. — SER2c 11702. SEA2c — 14910. — — SFA2c — — 30672. — — SGA2c — — 62205. — — SHA2c — — Two Winding (Separate Winding) 3-Pole–3-Poleb
1760. 1874. 3288. 5283. 13448. 30672. 55835. 1760. 1874. 3288. 5283. 13448. 30672. 55835.
SBO1c SCO1c SDO1c SEO1c SFO1c SGO1c SHO1c SBO2c SCO2c SDO2c SEO2c SFO2c SGO2c SHO2c
1428. 1523. 2700. 4067. 10524. 20798. 47199. 1428. 1523. 2700. 4067. 10524. 20798. 47199.
1959. 2073. 3231. 4941. 11454. 26960. 44060. — 1959. 2073. 3231. 4941. 11454. 26960. 44060. —
1343. 1475. 2529. 4257. 9992. 26960. 43463. 55217. 1343. 1475. 2529. 4257. 9992. 26960. 43463. 55217.
SBO3c SCO3c SDO3c SEO3c SFO3c SGO3c SHO3 SHO3c SJ03c SBO4c SCO4c SDO4c SEO4c SFO4c SGO4c SHO4c SJO4c
1010. 1124. 1956. 3060. 7619. 17996. 34565. 46130. 1010. 1124. 1956. 3060. 7619. 17996. 34565. 46130.
Single Winding (Consequent Pole) 5-Pole–3-Pole Constant Hp
Constant Torque or Variable Torque
Constant Hp b
Constant Torque or Variable Torque rque b
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2 5 7-1/2 20 30 60 100 — — — — — — — 2 5 7-1/2 20 30 60 100 — — — — — — — — —
2 5 10 25 40 75 150 — — — — — — — 2 5 10 25 40 75 150 225 — — — — — — — —
3 7-1/2 20 40 75 150 300 — — — — — — — 3 7-1/2 20 40 75 150 300 450 — — — — — — — —
3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 150 — — — — — — — — 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 150 —
3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100 200 — — — — — — — — 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100 200 300
5 10 25 50 100 200 400 — — — — — — — — 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 600
SBW53c SCW53c SDW53c — — — — — SBW54c SCW54c SDW54c — — — — —
2256. 2378. 3564. — — — — — 2256. 2378. 3564. — — — — —
— SCR3c SDR3c SER3c — — — — — SCR4c SDR4c SER4c — — — —
— 3312. 5264. 8012. — — — — — 3312. 5264. 8012. — — — —
SBA3c SCA3c SDA3c SEA3c SFA3c SGA3c SHA3c SJA3c SBA4c SCA4c SDA4c SEA4c SFA4c SGA4c SHA4c SJA4c
Table 16.169: Class 8810—Combination 8810—Combination Circuit Circuit Breaker Type (Thermal (Thermal Magnetic Breakers) Breakers) ae Single Winding (Consequent Pole) 5-Pole–3-Pole 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
2 5 7-1/2 20 30 60 100
2 5 10 25 40 75 150
3 7-1/2 20 40 75 150 300
— — — — — — —
— — — — — — —
— — — — — — —
— — — 4641. — CBA1c 3117. — — 4760. CCR1c 5838. CCA1c 3231. — — 6726. CDR1c 9803. CDA1c 4998. — — — CER1c 14958. CEA1c 7191. — — — — — CFA1c 17835. — — — — — CGA1c 37898. — — — — — CHA1c 65841. 0 — — — 3 3 5 — — — 4641. — CBA2c 3117. Constant 1 — — — 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 — — 4760. CCR2c 5838. CCA2c 3231. Torque 2 — — — 10 15 25 — — 6726. CDR2c 9803. CDA2c 4998. or 3 — — — 25 30 50 — CER2c 14958. CEA2c — — 7191. Variable 4 — — — 40 50 100 — — — — — CFA2c 17835. Torque 5 — — — 75 100 200 — — — — — CGA2c 37898. — CHA2c 65841. 6 — — — 150 200 400 — — — — Two Winding (Separate Winding) 3-Pole–3-Poleb 0 2 2 3 — — — 2387. CBW3c 3867. CBW53c 4167. — CBA3c 2700. CBG3c — — — 1 5 5 7-1/2 — — — 2520. CCW3c 3981. CCW53c 4286. CCR3c 5220. CCA3c 2832. CCG3c — — Constant 2 7-1/2 10 20 — — — 3744. CDW3c 5586. CDW53c 5919. CDR3c 7619. CDA3c 4238. CDG3c — — Hp 3 20 25 40 — — — 5084. CEW3c 8198. — CER3c 11270. CEA3c 6165. CEG3c — — — 4 30 40 75 — — — b — — CFA3c 14379. CFG3c 11360. CFW3c 16182. — — — — 5 60 75 150 — — — — — CGA3c 34185. CGG3c 25460. CGW3c 34832. — — — — 6 100 150 300 — — — — — CHA3c 53466. CHG3c 48419. CHW3c 56204. — — — — 7 — 225 450 — — — — — — CJA3c 68811. CJG3c 63572. — — — 0 — — — 3 3 5 CBG4c — 2387. CBW4c 3867. CBW54c 4167. — CBA4c 2700. — — Constant 1 — — — 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 CCG4c 2520. CCW4c 3981. CCW54c 4286. CCR4c 5220. CCA4c 2832. — — Torque 2 — — — 10 15 25 CDG4c 3744. CDW4c 5586. CDW54c 5919. CDR4c 7619. CDA4c 4238. — — or 3 — — — 25 30 50 CEG4c — 5084. CEW4c 8198. — CER4c 11270. CEA4c 6165. E — — Variable 4 — — — 40 50 100 CFG4c 11360. CFW4c 16182. — — — — CFA4c 14379. S P — — R — — CGA4c 34185. Torque rque 5 — — — 75 100 200 CGG4c 25460. CGW4c 34832. — — Y — — E — — CHA4c 53466. 6 — — — 150 200 400 CHG4c 48419. CHW4c 56204. — — b T — — T — — CJA4c 68811. 7 — — — — 300 600 CJG4c 63572. — — — — E R S a The NEC 1300% maximum setting for instantaneous trip circuit breakers may be inadequate for multispeed motors. A O T Prices and type numbers shown for three phase, separate-winding motor starters apply only when motor windings are Wye connected. When motor windings are connected open delta, use P b S the prices shown for three phase consequent pole motor starters. R D c Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes shown on page16-66 page16-66.. U N P NEMA 4X hubs are included with each starter at no additional cost. d A E e Not available in MAG-GARD versions. S T NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications. See page16-105 for more information. f I R Constant Hp
CBG1c CCG1c CDG1c CEG1c CFG1c CGG1c CHG1c CBG2c CCG2c CDG2c CEG2c CFG2c CGG2c CHG2c
2804. 2918. 4505. 6108. 14816. 29172. 60819. 2804. 2918. 4505. 6108. 14816. 29172. 60819.
CBW1c CCW1c CDW1c CEW1c CFW1c CGW1c CHW1c CBW2c CCW2c CDW2c CEW2c CFW2c CGW2c CHW2c
4286. 4377. 6726. 9224. 19640. 38544. 68843. 4286. 4377. 6726. 9224. 19640. 38544. 68843.
CBW51c CCW51c CDW51c — — — — CBW52c CCW52c CDW52c — — — —
N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11. 16-11.
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
16-65
Two Speed Combination Starters Class 8810 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
Devices require 6 thermal u nits (Sizes (Sizes 0–6). Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information.
Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Table 16.170: Class 8810—Combination 8810—Combination Disconnect Disconnect Switch Type (Class (Class H Fuse Clips) Clips) Maximum Polyphase Horsepower Ratings Type of Motor
Constant Horsepower Motors
NEMA Size 200 V
230 V
Constant Torque or Variable Torque Motors 460— 575 V
200 V
230 V
NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) (Sizes 0—5) Sheet Steel (Size 6 not 4X)
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure
Fuse Clip Size Amps
460— 575 V
Type
$ Price
Type
NEMA 12/3Rd Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Single Winding (Consequent Pole) 5-Pole–3-Pole None None 30c None None 30c None 60 None 100 None 200 None 400 None 600 None None 30c None None 30c None 60 None 100 None 200 None 400 None 600
UBG1b DBG1b UCG1b DCG1b UDG1b DDG1b UEG1b DEG1b UFG1b DFG1b UGG1b DGG1b UHG1b DHG1b UBG2b DBG2b UCG2b DCG2b UDG2b DDG2b UEG2b DEG2b UFG2b DFG2b UGG2b DGG2b UHG2b DHG2b
None None 0 2 2 3 — — — 30c None No ne 1 5 5 7-1/2 — — — 30c None 2 7-1/2 10 20 — — — Constant 60 Horsep Horsepower ower None 3 2 0 2 5 4 0 — — — a 100 None 4 30 40 75 — — — 200 None 5 60 75 150 — — — 400 None 6 100 150 300 — — — 600 None None 0 — — — 3 3 5 30c None None 1 — — — 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 30c None Constant 2 — — — 10 15 25 60 Torque or None 3 — — — 25 30 50 Variable 100 Torque rque None 4 — — — 40 50 100 a 200 None 5 — — — 75 100 200 400 None 6 — — — 150 200 400 600 a Prices and type numbers shown for three phase, separate-winding motor starters apply only when motor windings are Wye connected. When motor windings are connected open delta use the prices shown for three phase consequent pole motor starters. Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes b shown below. c When separate control is specified, use V8x (see page 16-111) 16-111) voltage codes to specify motor and control voltages. d NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified modified for for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications. See page 16-105 for more information.
UBG3b DBG3b UCG3b DCG3b UDG3b DDG3b UEG3b DEG3b UFG3b DFG3b UGG3b DGG3b UHG3b DHG3b UBG4b DBG4b UCG4b DCG4b UDG4b DDG4b UEG4b DEG4b UFG4b DFG4b UGG4b DGG4b UHG4b DHG4b
Constant Horsepower
Constant Torque or Variable Torque
1 6 C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U D R S P T O A S RE T ET RY S P E
0
2
2
1
5
5
3
—
—
—
7-1/2
—
—
—
2
7-1/2
10
20
—
—
—
3
20
25
40
—
—
—
4
30
40
75
—
—
—
5
60
75
150
—
—
—
6
100
150
300
—
—
—
0
—
—
—
3
3
5
1
—
—
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
2
—
—
—
10
15
25
3
—
—
—
25
30
50
4
—
—
—
40
50
100
5
—
—
—
75
100
200
6
—
—
—
150
200
400
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-68 Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pag e 16-110 Replacement Parts (Class 9998). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-118 Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-121
3839. 3992. 3935. 4086. 5834. 5909. 8891. 9005. 18462. 17309. 35799. 36141. 66549. 68747. 3839. 3992. 3935. 4086. 5834. 5909. 8891. 9005. 18462. 17309. 35799. 36141. 66549. 68747.
UBA1b DBA1b UCA1b DCA1b UDA1b DDA1b UEA1b DEA1b UFA1b DFA1b UGA1b DGA1b UHA1b DHA1b UBA2b DBA2b UCA2b DCA2b UDA2b DDA2b UEA2b DEA2b UFA2b DFA2b UGA2b DGA2b UHA2b DHA2b
2672. 2823. 2786. 2937. 4505. 4580. 6858. 6972. 16658. 17000. 34622. 34964. 63549. 65747. 2672. 2823. 2786. 2937. 4505. 4580. 6858. 6972. 16658. 17000. 34622. 34964. 63549. 65747.
Two Winding (Separate Winding) 3-Pole–3-Pole 1940. 3422. UBW3b UBA3b 2093. 3573. DBW3b DBA3b 2073. 3536. UCW3b UCA3b 2225. 3687. DCW3b DCA3b UDW3b UDA3b 3251. 5093. DDW3b DDA3b 3327. 5169. 4751. 7865. UEW3b UEA3b DEW3b DEA3b 5244. 7979. UFW3b UFA3b 10106. 15006. DFW3b DFA3b 11549. 15347. 22715. 32087. UGW3b UGA3b 23057. 32429. DGW3b DGA3b 46125. 53912. UHW3b UHA3b 48323. 56109. DHW3b DHA3b 1940. 3422. UBW4b UBA4b 2093. 3573. DBW4b DBA4b 2073. 3536. UCW4b UCA4b 2225. 3687. DCW4b DCA4b 3251. 5093. UDW4b UDA4b 3327. 5169. DDW4b DDA4b 4751. 7865. UEW4b UEA4b DEW4b DEA4b 5244. 7979. UFW4b UFA4b 10106. 15006. DFW4b DFA4b 11549. 15347. UGW4b UGA4b 22715. 32087. DGW4b DGA4b 23057. 32429. UHW4b UHA4b 46125. 53912. 48323. 56109. DHW4b DHA4b
2253. 2406. 2387. 2538. 3744. 3821. 5834. 6327. 13202. 14568. 33626. 33968. 51177. 53375. 2253. 2406. 2387. 2538. 3744. 3821. 5834. 6327. 13202. 14568. 33626. 33968. 51177. 53375.
UBW1b DBW1b UCW1b DCW1b UDW1b DDW1b UEW1b DEW1b UFW1b DFW1b UGW1b DGW1b UHW1b DHW1b UBW2b DBW2b UCW2b DCW2b UDW2b DDW2b UEW2b DEW2b UFW2b DFW2b UGW2b DGW2b UHW2b DHW2b
Table 16.171: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage 60 Hz
50 Hz
24fe 120f 208 240 — 480 600 Specify
— 110 — 220 380 440 550 Specify
Code
$ Price Adder
V01 V02 V08 V03 V05 V06 V07 V99
No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge 23.70
e
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8810UBG1V01S). f These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge) (i.e., order as 8810UCG1V02S). Note: For voltage voltage codes used with with control transform transformers, ers, see page16-111 page16-111.. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge.
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11. 16-11.
16-66
2358. 2510. 2472. 2624. 4010. 4086. 5777. 5891. 13011. 13980. 26429. 26769. 58526. 60723. 2358. 2510. 2472. 2624. 4010. 4086. 5777. 5891. 13011. 13980. 26429. 26769. 58526. 60723.
CP1
Discount Schedule
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Reversing Two-Speed Magnetic Starters Class 8810 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50-60 Hz Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 6 thermal units (Si zes 0–6). Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information.
Table 16.172: Class 8810—Reversing Maximum Polyphase Ratings
Type of Motor
Single Winding Constant Horsepower Single Winding Constant Torque or Variable Torque Two Winding Constanta Horsepower Two Winding Constanta Torque or Variable Torque
Constant Horsepower Motors
NEMA Size
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5
Reversing In One Speed Only (Specify High or Low) b NEMA Type 1 General Purpose Enclosure
Constant Torque or Variable Torque Motors
NEMA 12 Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure
Open Type
Reversing In Both Speeds NEMA Type 1 General Purpose Enclosure
NEMA 12/3Rf Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure
Open Type
200 V
230 V
460– 575 V
200 V
230 V
460– 575 V
Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
2 5 7-1/2 20 30 60 — — — — — — 2 5 7-1/2 20 30 60 — — — — — —
2 5 10 25 40 75 — — — — — — 2 5 10 25 40 75 — — — — — —
3 7-1/2 20 40 75 150 — — — — — — 3 7-1/2 20 40 75 150 — — — — — —
— — — — — — 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 — — — — — — 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75
— — — — — — 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100 — — — — — — 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100
— — — — — — 5 10 25 50 100 200 — — — — — — 5 10 25 50 100 200
SBG21c SCG21c SDG21c SEG21c SFG21c SGG21c SBG22c SCG22c SDG22c SEG22c SFG22c SGG22c SBG23c SCG23c SDG23c SEG23c SFG23c SGG23c SBG24c SCG24c SDG24c SEG24c SFG24c SGG24c
2624. 2832. 4656. 6840. 13638. 30966. 2624. 2832. 4656. 6840. 13638. 30966. 2168. 2301. 3878. 6003. 10619. 24890. 2168. 2301. 3878. 6003. 10619. 24890.
SBA21c SCA21c SDA21c SEA21c SFA21c SGA21c SBA22c SCA22c SDA22c SEA22c SFA22c SGA22c SBA23c SCA23c SDA23c SEA23c SFA23c SGA23c SBA24c SCA24c SDA24c SEA24c SFA24c SGA24c
3507. 3716. 5681. 9261. 18860. 38781. 3507. 3716. 5681. 9261. 18860. 38781. 3051. 3185. 4902. 8426. 14892. 32705. 3051. 3185. 4902. 8426. 14892. 32705.
SBO21c SCO21c SDO21c SEO21c SFO21c SGO21c SBO22c SCO22c SDO22c SEO22c SFO22c SGO22c SBO23c SCO23c SDO23c SEO23c SFO23c SGO23c SBO24c SCO24c SDO24c SEO24c SFO24c SGO24c
2567. 2747. 4334. 6441. 13145. 28109. 2567. 2747. 4334. 6441. 13145. 28109. 2111. 2216. 3621. 5511. 10125. 22032. 2111. 2216. 3621. 5511. 10125. 22032.
SBG31c SCG31c SDG31c SEG31c SFG31c SGG31c SBG32c SCG32c SDG32c SEG32c SFG32c SGG32c SBG33c SCG33c SDG33c SEG33c SFG33c SGG33c SBG34c SCG34c SDG34c SEG34c SFG34c SGG34c
3042. 3284. 5681. 9005. 17873. 37964. 3042. 3284. 5681. 9005. 17873. 37964. 2795. 3080. 5378. 8018. 14189. 32970. 2795. 3080. 5378. 8018. 14189. 32970.
SBA31c SCA31c SDA31c SEA31c SFA31c SGA31c SBA32c SCA32c SDA32c SEA32c SFA32c SGA32c SBA33c SCA33c SDA33c SEA33c SFA33c SGA33c SBA34c SCA34c SDA34c SEA34c SFA34c SGA34c
4220. 4485. 7011. 11426. 22260. 45786. 4220. 4485. 7011. 11426. 22260. 45786. 3972. 4257. 6707. 10590. 18462. 39597. 3972. 4257. 6707. 10590. 18462. 39597.
SBO31c SCO31c SDO31c SEO31c SFO31c SGO31c SBO32c SCO32c SDO32c SEO32c SFO32c SGO32c SBO33c SCO33c SDO33c SEO33c SFO33c SGO33c SBO34c SCO34c SDO34c SEO34c SFO34c SGO34c
2966. 3194. 5340. 7998. 16620. 35106. 2966. 3194. 5340. 7998. 16620. 35106. 2718. 2966. 5036. 7485. 13658. 28925. 2718. 2966. 5036. 7485. 13658. 28925.
3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 6 thermal units (Sizes 0–6). Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information.
Table 16.173: Class 8810—Non-Reversing, Vertically Arranged, Open Type, Two-Speed Starters Type of Motor
NEMA Size
Maximum Hp Ratings 200 V
230 V
380 V
For Consequent Pole Motors 460-575 V
Type
For Separate Winding Motors
$ Price
Type
$ Price
0 2 2 3 3 SBO11c SBO13c 1428. 1010. 1 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 SCO11c SCO13c 1521. 1124. Constant 2 7-1/2 10 20 20 SDO11c SDO13c 2700. 1959. Horsepower 3 20 25 40 40 SEO11c SEO13c 4067. 3042. 4 30 40 60 75 SFO11c SFO13c 10524. 7619. 1428. 1010. Constant 0 3 3 5 5 SBO12c SBO14c 1521. 1124. Torque 1 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 SCO12c SCO14c 2700. 1959. or 2 10 15 25 25 SDO12c SDO14c 4067. 3042. Variable 3 25 30 50 50 SEO12c SEO14c 10524. 7619. Torque 4 40 50 75 100 SFO12c SFO14c a Prices and type numbers shown for three phase, separate winding motor starters apply only when motor windings are Wye connected. When motor windings are connected open delta use the prices shown for consequent pole motor starters. Specify the speed which requires reversing by adding an L (low) or an H (high) after the type number, e.g., a Class 8 810 Type SBG21 with reversing in low only would be ordered as a Class b 8810 Type SBG21L. c Voltage codes must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed below.
Table 16.174: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage 60 Hz
50 Hz
24ed 120e 208 240 — 480 600 Specify
— 110 — 220 380 440 550 Specify
Code
$ Price Adder
V01 V02 V08 V03 V05 V06 V07 V99
No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge 23.70
d
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8810SCG21V01S). e These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge) (i.e., order as 8810SDG21V02S). NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications. See page16-105 for more information. f Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page16-111. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge. Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page Factory Modifications (Forms). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
16-68 16-110 16-118 16-121
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
16-67
Two-Speed Magnetic Starters Class 8810 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
A D
Table 16.175: NEMA 1 Enclosure (see Figure 1) Type
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
SBG and SCG
11-7/8
11-7/8
7-17/32
9-3/4
1-1/16
SDG
14-7/8
14-1/8
7-21/32
12-3/4
1-1/16
1-1/16
9-3/4
5/16
1-1/16
12
5/16
SEG3 & 4 and SFG3 & 4
18-5/32
29-5/32
9-15/64
15-1/2
1-11/32
1-11/32
26-1/2
7/16
SEG1 & 2 and SFG1 & 2
22-5/32
39-5/32
10-15/64
19-1/2
1-11/32
1-11/32
36-1/2
7/16
SGG1, 2, 3, 4
20-7/32
65-3/4
16-29/64
31
2-1/8
2-1/8
42
9/16
SHG1, 2, 3, 4
36-7/32
62-7/32
19-15/32
A
B
C
SBW and SCW
12-5/8 14-11/16
SDW
14-7/8
D
E
F
G
7-13/16
4-1/4
4-3/16 19/32
8-1/4
4-1/4
5-5/16
SEW3 & 4 and SFW3 & 4 18-5/32 32-7/32
8-19/64
12
SEW1 & 2 and SFW1 & 2 22-5/32 42-7/32
9-49/64
16
SGW1, 2, 3, 4
12-1/8
27
15-3/4
35-7/32 49-7/32
I
F (4) H Dia. Mtg. Holes
Figure 1: NEMA 1, 4, and 12 Enclosures
Table 16.176: NEMA 4 Enclosure (see Figure 1) Type
R ES ET
J
Floor Mount
Consult Square D
C
GB R ES ET
SJG3 & 4
E
H
I
J
13-1/2
5/16
1-21/32
2-5/16
15
5/16
2-1/32
2-5/8
3-5/64 55/64
30-1/2
7/16
2-37/64
3-3/16
3-5/64 55/64
40-1/2
7/16
2-21/64
2-57/64
4-3/32 39/64
48
9/16
2-63/64
3-1/2
3/8
A D
Table 16.177: NEMA 12 Enclosure (see Figure 1) Type
A
B
SBA and SCA
11-7/8
13-1/2
7-3/4
4-1/4
SDA
14-7/8
15-3/4
7-7/8
4-1/4
SEA3 & 4 and SFA3 & 4
18-5/32
31-1/2
9-19/32
SEA1 & 2 and SFA1 & 2
22-5/3
41-1/2
SGA1, 2, 3, 4
35-7/32
SHA1, 2, 3, 4
36-7/32
SJA3 & 4
C
D
E
F
G
3-13/16
3/8
12-3/4
5/16
5-5/16
3/8
15
5/16
16
3-3/32
1/2
30-1/2
7/16
10-19/32
16
3-3/32
1/2
40-1/2
7/16
49
13-7/64
27
4-7/64
1/2
48
9/16
62-7/32
19-15/32
NEMA Size
H
RESET
0 and 1 2 2
3 3 4
4
5
4
6b
—
7c
RESET
B
N P
L
K
Travel M
J
Figure 2: Class 8810 NEMA Sizes 0, 1, and 2
Mtg. Holes
A
SBO1, 2 SCO1, 2 SBO3, 4 SCO3, 4
4
9-5/8
7-11/32
3
7-1/8
6-29/32
SDO1, 2
6
12-1/32
SDO3, 4
3
9
SEO1, 2
4
18
SEO3, 4
4
12-3/4
SFO1, 2
4
18-5/8
SFO3, 4
4
14-1/4
Type
C
I
Table 16.178: Non-Reversing, Open Type Fig. No.
G
H
Floor Mount
Consult Square D
E
F
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
5-5/16
8
5/8
—
7/32
6-29/32
—
7/32
4-3/4
2-1/4
5-1/16
19/32
5-5/16
—
—
3-13/32
15/32
6-7/32
—
7/32
3-9/16
1-5/8
5-1/16
19/32
8-17/32
6-1/32
10-3/8
1/2
—
1/4
8-1/8
6-1/4
5/32
5-3/4
2-13/16
5-5/32
25/32
8-1/16
6-1/32
—
—
4-1/2
3/8
7-1/2
—
3/16
4-11/32
2-5/32
5-5/32
25/32
14-7/16
17
12-1/4
1-1/2
11/16
1/2
6-7/16
7-3/8
1-21/32
2-5/32
—
—
—
12-9/32
11-3/4
10-3/4
1-1/32
1/2
1/2
2-1/2
6-3/4
1-5/32
1-5/32
—
—
—
15-19/32
17
12-1/4
1-27/32
1-1/2
1-1/8
6-7/16
7-21/32
1-21/32
1-21/32
—
—
—
14-19/32
13-1/4
12-1/4
1-27/32
1/2
1/2
2-15/16
7-3/8
1-21/32
1-21/32
—
—
—
SGO1, 2a
4
29-9/32
20-9/32
9-3/8
5-13/32
1-9/32
28
5/8
12-9/16
19
5/8
22-17/32
1/2
2-13/32
6-5/8
SGO3, 4
4
19-9/32
20-9/32
9-3/8
5-13/32
1-9/32
18
5/8
2-5/8
19
5/8
12-17/32
1/2
2-13/32
6-5/8
SHO1, 2a
4
29-17/32
22-7/16
9-17/32
6-31/32
3-13/16
28
3/4
11-5/8
21-3/16
5/8
9-7/8
9/16
3-1/32
9-5/16
SHO3, 4
4
19-17/32
22-7/16
9-17/32
6-31/32
3-13/16
18
3/4
21-3/16
1-11/16
5/8
9-7/8
9/16
3-1/32
9-5/16
SJO3, 4
Consult Square D/Schneider Electric CIC at 1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733).
a b
1 6
Consequent pole type starters consist of two 3-pole starters as pictured in Figure 4 and an additional 2-pole shorting contactor (not shown), all on a common base-plate, horizontally mounted. Current transformers used with Size 1 overload relay blocks. c Solid state overloads and special current transformers. NOTE: Illustrations may not represent the actual enclosure; they are intended for dimensional information only. Dimensions are shown in
inches.
C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U D R S P T O A S RE T ET RY S P E
A F
E
A C
7.00 178
.50 13 E
G
C
.50 13 D
B B
I
K RESET
RESET
J G
H
I
Prov. for (4) .31 Dia. Mtg. Screws 8
.50 F 13
.56 14
Figure 3: Class 8810 NEMA Sizes 3 and 4
16-68
Reset Travel 6.25 159
D
H
M
M K
J M
M
N
(4) L Dia. Mtg. Holes
Figure 4: Class 8810 NEMA Size 5 and 6 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Two-Speed Combination Starters Class 8810 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Approximate Dimensions Disconnect Switch or Circuit Breaker Type Table 16.179: NEMA 1 Enclosure Figure 1 NEMA Size 0–1
Class
Type
Dimensions (in inches )—see Figure 1 A
B
C
8810
CBG UBG DBG CCG UCG DCG
13-7/8
23-1/8
D
8-1/4 10-5/8
E
F
21
19-9/32
2
8810
CDG UDG DDG
15-5/32 2 8-29/32 9-9/16 11-5/8 26-1/4 2 1-13/16
3a
8810
CEG UEG DEG
22-1/8
42-5/8
4a
8810
CFG UFG DFG
22-1/8
50-1/8 10-3/16 18-5/8 47-1/2 29-3/16
10-1/8 18-5/8
40
29-1/8
G
H
I
1-7/8
1-7/8
Top & Bottom
J
K
3-3/4 2-5/16
L
1-1/16
M
N
3-19/64 2-3/16
O
1-1/4
W
7/8
1-21/64 3-19/64 2-7/32 1-17/64 2 9/32
Sides
X
Y
1/2–3/4–1
1/2–3/4–1
1–1-1/4
1/2
2-3/16
2
4
2-5/8
1/2–3/4
1/2
2-11/32
2-1/8
4-1/4
2-5/8
1-1/4
3-19/64
2-1/4
7/8
3/4 1–1-1/4–1-1/2 1/2–3/4
1/2
2-29/32 2-11/16 5-3/8
2-5/8
1-5/16
3-19/64
2-1/4
7/8
3/4
1/2
2-1/2
1/2–3/4
Table 16.180: NEMA 4 Enclosure Figure 2 NEMA Size 0–1
Dimensions (in inches)—see Figure 2
Class
Type
8810
CBW UBW DBW CCW UCW DCW
A
B
C
D
13-7/8
8-21/64
25-3/16
E
3-19/64
2-9/16
F
G
H
8-3/4
24
19/32
I 3-61/64
J
K
1-5/8
2-5/16
18-17/32
Bottom
Top & Bottom
W
X
L
3/4 Hub
1 Hub
2
8810
CDW UDW DDW
15-1/8
9-37/64
30-15/16
3-19/64
2-9/16
10
29-3/4
19/32
3-61/64
2
2-5/8
21-11/32
3/4 Hub
1-1/2 Hub
3a
8810
CEW UEW DEW
22-1/8
10-1/8
46-1/4
3-19/64
3
16
44
5/8
3-15/16
1-3/4
2-5/8
29-1/8
3/4 Hub
2 Hub
4a
8810
CFW UFW DFW
22-1/8
10-3/16
53-3/4
3-19/64
3
16
51-1/2
5/8
3-15/16
2-9/32
3-3/16
29-3/16
3/4 Hub
2-1/2 Hub
Table 16.181: NEMA 12 Enclosure Figure 3 NEMA Size
Class
Type
0–1
a
Dimensions (in inches)—see Figure 3 A
B
C
D
8810
CBA UBA DBA CCA UCA DCA
13-7/8
10-3/32
24-3/4
E
3-19/64
2-9/16
F
G
H
I
8-3/4
24
3/8
J
3-61/64
20-9/32
2
8810
CDA UDA DDA
15-5/32
10-31/32
31-1/4
3-19/64
3-5/64
9
30-1/4
1/2
4-53/64
23-7/16
3a
8810
CEA UEA DEA
22-1/8
10-1/8
45
3-19/64
3
16
44
5/8
3-15/16
29-1/8
4a
8810
CFA UFA DFA
22-1/8
10-3/16
52-1/2
3-19/64
3
16
51-1/2
5/8
3-15/16
29-3/16
Size 3 (5-Pole–3-Pole) with FA, KA breaker or 100 A disconnect switch. Size 4 (5-Pole–3-Pole) with KA breaker or 200 A disconnect switch. Size 3 & 4 (3-Pole–3-Pole) enclosures may be smaller. Consult Square D/Schneider Electric CIC at 1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733) for additional dimensional information.
NOTE: Illustrations
may not represent the actual enclosure; they are intended for dimensional information only.
HANDLE SWING L
A M
D
HANDLE
HANDLE
SWING
SWING
C
A F
N
K
D
E
A F
B
H
D
E
B
H
O Y
E
B
G
G C
C
Y
COVER OPEN 90
°
(4) .31 DIA. MTG.HOLES 8 (for Size 0, 1, & 2)
(4) .31 DIA. MTG.HOLES 8 (for Size 0, 1, & 2)
(4) .31 DIA. MTG.HOLES 8 (for Size 0, 1, & 2) COVER OPEN 90 °
F
J
L X W
W
W G
J
X J I
I
H I
K
Figure 1: NEMA 1 Enclosure
Figure 2: NEMA 4 Enclosure
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
Figure 3: NEMA 12 Enclosure
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
16-69
Lighting Contactors Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Multipole Lighting Contactors, Type L & LX Features
• • • •
30 A fluorescent lighting rating, 20 A tungsten lighting rating Electrically and mechanically held 2 through 12-pole versions Field-convertible contacts with N.O. and N.C. indicators (8 N.C. contacts maximum d) Silver-Cadmium-Oxide double break contacts
•
File E78427 CCN NRNT
Type L
File LR60905 Class 3211 07
Type LX
Table 16.182: Multipole Lighting Contactors (50–60 Hz) Contact Ampere Ratings
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure
No. of Poles
Type
NEMA 1 Flush Mounting General Purpose Enclosure with Plaster Adjustment
$ Pricea
Type
NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight and CorrosionResistant GlassPolyester Enclosure
NEMA 3R Rainproof Enclosuree
$ Price a
Type
$ Price a
Type
NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight Brushed Stainless Steel Enclosure
$ Price a
Type
$ Price a
NEMA 12/3Rf Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure Type
Open Type b
$ Price a
Type
$ Price a
Electrically Heldd LG20c LG30c LG40c LG60c LG80c LG1000c LG1200c
2 3 4 6 8 10 12
30c
297. 326. 411. 593. 773. 887. 1019.
LF20c LF30c LF40c LF60c LF80c LF1000c LF1200c
LH20c 459. LH30c 488. LH40c 573. 687. LH60c 867. LH80c 981. LH1000c 1115. LH1200c
573. 602. 687. 801. 981. 1095. 1229.
LWW20c LWW30c LWW40c LWW60c LWW80c LWW1000c LWW1200c
764. 798. 905. 1047. 1272. 1415. 1581.
LW20c LW30c LW40c LW60c LW80c LW1000c LW1200c
611. 639. 725. 839. 1019. 1133. 1266.
LA20c LA30c LA40c LA60c LA80c LA1000c LA1200c
573. 602. 687. 801. 981. 1095. 1229.
269. 297. 383. 497. 678. 792. 924.
LO20c LO30c LO40c LO60c LO80c LO1000c LO1200c
Mechanically Held e 468. 650. — LXWW20c 1152. 1152. 678. 393. 2 LXG20c LXF20c — LXW20c LXA20c LXO20c 492. 672. — LXWW30c 1176. 1176. 701. 416. 3 LXG30c LXF30c — LXW30c LXA30c LXO30c 507. 687. — LXWW40c 1190. 1190. 716. 431. 4 LXG40c LXF40c — LXW40c LXA40c LXO40c 773. 953. — LXWW60c 1457. 1457. 981. 696. 30c 6 LXG60c LXF60c — LXW60c LXA60c LXO60c 858. 1038. — LXWW80c 1542. 1542. 1067. 782. 8 LXG80c LXF80c — LXW80c LXA80c LXO80c 953. LXF1000c 1133. — LXWW1000c 1637. LXW1000c 1637. LXA1000c 1161. LXO1000c 876. 10 LXG1000c — 12 LXG1200c — 1053. LXF1200c 1233. — LXWW1200c 1736. LXW1200c 1736. LXA1200c 1262. LXO1200c 977. a Price does not include holding circuit contact. b Separate enclosures are available for these devices. It may be possible to improve delivery by ordering an open type contactor and separate Class 9991 enclosure. Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed below. All lighting contactors are provided with separate control as standard. c d Factory conversion of N.O. contacts to N.C., order by catalog number and add $28.50 to price (i.e. For 6 N.O. and 2 N.C. poles on an 8 pole contactor, order as 8903LG62V02). Versions are available from the factory with up to 12 N.C. poles electrically held or 2, 4, 6 and 12 N.C. poles mechanically held. For field conversion, there is a maximum of eight N.C. poles for Type L and a maximum of six N.C. poles for Type LX contactors. e Cannot support control transformer forms. f NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and n on-service entrance rated applications. See page16-105 for more information.
Table 16.183: Power Poles for Type L or LX The kits below are used to add 30 Ampere power poles to existing Type L contactors when additional circuits are required. Type L l ighting contactors are supplied with mounting brackets, so that adder poles may be mounted from the front by a single captive screw. Adder poles are supplied standard with N.O. contacts which are convertible to N.C. Power Pole Adder Kit g Class 8903 Type
$ Price
Can Only Be Added to Contactor Type h
Single Pole
LO60 LXO60 LO80 LXO80 LO1000 LXO1000
57. 57.
L1L L1R
Double Pole
114. L3L 114. L3R 8903LO (electrically held) devices can accommodate 10 or 12 N.C. contacts using the 120 V 60H2 coilsonly. 8903LX (mechanically held) devices can accommodate 10 or 12 N.C. contacts with Various coil voltages. LO60 & LXO60—add 1-pole kits only, 1 on each side, for converting to 8-pole. To maintain proper operation, it cannot be converted to greater than 8-pole contactor. LO80 & LXO80—use single-pole kits, 1 on each side, for converting to 10-pole and use two-pole kits, 1 on each side, for converting to 12-pole. LO1000 & LXO1000—remove existing single pole kit and install two-pole kits, 1 on each side, for converting to 1 2-pole.
g h
1 6 C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U D R S P T O A S RE T ET RY S P E
Type L3L
Type LO80
Type L3R
Table 16.184: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage 60 Hz
50 Hz
24 120 208 240 277 480 Specify
— 110 — 220 — 440 Specify
Code
$ Price Adder
V01 V02 V08 V03 V04 V06 V99
No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge 23.70
Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-75 Replacement Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 16-118, 16-119 Replacement Contacts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-120
Type L1L
Type LO60
Type L1R
Table 16.185: How to Order To Order Specify:
• • • •
Class Number Type Number Voltage Code Form(s)
16-70
Catalog Number Class
Type
Voltage Code
Form(s)
8903
LXG60
VO4
CF4R6
CP1
Discount Schedule
Modified 4/16/09
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Lighting Contactors Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Features • Electrically and mechanically held • 30–800 A lighting ratings • 2- through 5-pole versions (5-poles through 200 A)
• • •
UL Listed short-circuit rating up to 100,000 Amperes Factory wired controls and clearly marked termination points Quick ship on most items in 5–7 days
Table 16.186: Multipole Lighting Contactors—Type S (50–60 Hz) s g s n e i t t l c a o a P R t n e f o r o . C e p o m N A
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Type
NEMA 1 Flush Mounting General Purpose Enclosure with Plaster Adjustment
$ Price b
Type
317. 345. 422. 554. 650. 687. 858. 1238. 1067. 1143. 1409. 2016. 2510. 2681. 3523. 4751. 5301. 5700. 13875. 15689. 17033. 19136. 20190. 22583.
SMF1d SMF2d SMF3d SMF4d SPF1d SPF2d SPF3d SPF4d SQF1d SQF2d — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
$ Priceb
NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight and CorrosionResistant GlassPolyester Enclosure
NEMA Type 3R Rainproof Enclosuref Type
$ Price b
Type
$ Priceb
NEMA Type 4 & 4X a Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure
NEMA Type 12 / 3Rh Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure
Type
$ Price b
Type
$ Priceb
Type
$ Priceb
SMW1d SMW2d SMW3d SMW4d SPW1d SPW2d SPW3d SPW4d SQW1d SQW2d SQW3d SQW4d SVW1d SVW2d SVW3d SVW4d SXW1d SXW2d SYW1d SYW2d SZW1d SZW2d SJW1d SJW2d
659. 687. 764. 896. 1332. 1371. 1808. 2187. 2036. 2111. 2643. 3251. 4163. 4334. 5909. 7097. 7391. 7790. 18623. 20436. 21780. 23883. 25023. 27330.
SMA1d SMA2d SMA3d SMA4d SPA1d SPA2d SPA3d SPA4d SQA1d SQA2d SQA3d SQA4d SVA1d SVA2d SVA3d SVA4d SXA1d SXA2d SYA1 d SYA2 d SZA1d SZA2d SJA1d SJA2d
431. 540. 536. 668. 858. 896. 1067. 1428. 1314. 1389. 1656. 2264. 3327. 3498. 4674. 5862. 7391. 7790. 16439. 18252. 19596. 21699. 22563. 25146.
SMO1de SMO2de SMO3de SMO4de SPO1de SPO2de SPO3de SPO4de SQO1de SQO2de SQO3de SQO4de SVO1d SVO2d SVO3d SVO4d SXO1d SXO2d SYO1d SYO2d SZO1d SZO2d SJO1d SJO2d
297. 325. 402. 356. 554. 593. 764. 1143. 876. 953. 1218. 1826. 2111. 2282. 3174. 4362. 4571. 4970. 10866. 12680. 13919. 16017. 16971. 19355.
Open Type
Electrically Held c 30
60
100
200
Electrically Held
300 400g 600g 800g
2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3
SMG1d SMG2d SMG3d SMG4d SPG1d SPG2d SPG3d SPG4d SQG1d SQG2d SQG3d SQG4d SVG1d SVG2d SVG3d SVG4d SXG1d SXG2d SYG1d SYG2d SZG1d SZG2d SJG1d SJG2d
440. 459. 545. 678. 810. 848. 1019. 1400. 1343. 1418. — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
SMH1d SMH2d SMH3d SMH4d SPH1d SPH2d SPH3d SPH4d SQH1d SQH2d SQH3d SQH4d SVH1d SVH2d — — — — — — — — — —
431. 459. 536. 668. 858. 896. 1067. 1428. 1314. 1389. 1656. 2264. 3327. 3498. — — — — — — — — — —
659. 687. 764. 896. 1332. 1371. 1808. 2187. 2543. 2639. — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
SMW21d SMW22d SMW23d SMW24d SPW21d SPW22d SPW23d SPW24d SQW21d SQW22d — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Mechanically Held c 30
Mechanically Held
60
100
200 300 400
File E78427 CCN NRNT
600
File LR60905 (Open Devices Only) Class 3231 01
a b c d e f g h
2 SMG10d — 492. SMF10d 615. — SMW31d 834. SMW10d 834. SMA10d 608. SMO10de 473. 3 SMG11d — 521. SMF11d 644. — SMW32d 863. SMW11d 863. SMA11d 635. SMO11de 501. 4 SMG12d — 549. SMF12d 672. — SMW33d 891. SMW12d 891. SMA12d 663. SMO12de 530. 5 SMG13d — 683. SMF13d 806. — SMW34d 1025. SMW13d 1025. SMA13d 797. SMO13de 663. 990. SPF10d 1172. — SPW31d 1674. SPW10d 1674. SPA10d 1200. SPO10de 915. 2 SPG10d — 3 SPG11d — 1029. SPF11d 1209. — SPW32d 1713. SPW11d 1713. SPA11d 1238. SPO11de 953. 4 SPG12d — 1218. SPF12d 1400. — SPW33d 2168. SPW12d 2168. SPA12d 1428. SPO12de 1143. 5 SPG13d — 1599. SPF13d 1779. — SPW34d 2549. SPW13d 2549. SPA13d 1808. SPO13de 1523. 1389. SQF10d 1494. — SQW31d 2946. SQW10d 2358. SQA10d 1637. SQO10de 1218. 2 SQG10d — 1466. SQF11d 1571. — SQW32d 3042. SQW11d 2435. SQA11d 1713. SQO11de 1295. 3 SQG11d — 1751. — — — SQW12d 2985. SQA12d 1997. SQO12de 1580. 4 SQG12d — — — 2358. — — — SQW13d 3593. SQA13d 2606. SQO13de 2187. 5 SQG13d — — — 3555. — — — SVW10d 5207. SVA10d 4371. 3003. 2 SVG10d — — — SVO10d 4010. — — — SVW11d 5663. SVA11d 4827. 3251. 3 SVG11d — — — SVO11d 4902. — — — SVW12d 7239. SVA12d 6005. 4143. 4 SVG12d — — — SVO12d 6213. — — — SXW13d 8303. SXA13d 8303. 5036. 2 SXG13d — — — SXO13d 6821. — — — SXW14d 8910. SXA14d 8910. 5207. 3 SXG14d — — — SXO14d — — — SYW16d 19809. SYA16d 17627. 12053. 2 SYG16d 15062. — — — SYO16d — — — SYW17d 21624. SYA17d 19440. 13866. 3 SYG17d 16877. — — — SYO17d 2 SZG18d 18219. — — — SZO18d — — — SZW18d 22967. SZA18d 20783. 15105. 3 SZG19d 20322. — — — SZO19d — — — SZW19d 25070. SZA19d 22886. 17204. NEMA 4 & 4X enclosures are brush finished stainless steel for contactors sized 30 A through 300 A. Sizes 400–800 A are painted sheet steel. Price does not include holding circuit contact. All lighting contactors are provided with separate control as standard, except electrically held 400, 600 and 800 A devices. Electrically held 400, 600 and 800 A devices are provided with common control. Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes above left. Separate enclosures are available for these devices. It may be possible to improve delivery by ordering an open type contactor and separate Class 9991 enclosure from pages 16-104 and 16-105. Cannot support control transformer forms. Form F4T is provided as standard; include line voltage when ordering. Control voltage is 120–60. For 400, 600 and 800 ampere devices—must specify line voltage, not coil voltage. NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications. See page16-105 for more information.
Poles for Type S Only Table 16.187: Coil Voltage Codes c Voltage 60 Hz
50 Hz
Price Code Adder
24i — V01 N/C 120 110 V02 N/C 208 — V08 N/C 240 220 V03 N/C 277 — V04 N/C 480 440 V06 N/C 23.70 Specify Specify V99 i 24 volt coils are not available for 200–800 A devices. Contact your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office for additional information.
A single-pole or double-pole kit can be added to any 2- or 3-pole 30 or 60 A Type S lighting contactor to make a 4- or 5-pole device. Factory assembled 4- and 5-pole contactors utilize the basic 3-pole device with a single or double-pole kit installed. Only one power pole can be added per contactor. Sufficient room is provided in all enclosure styles for the addition of a power pole kit.
Table 16.188: Ampere Rating
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
j
Description
Class 9999 Type
$ Price
105. One N.O. SB6 105. One N.C. SB7 243. 30 One N.O. and One N.C. SB8 243. Two N.O. SB9 243. Two N.C. SB10 204. One N.O. SB21j 204. One N.C. SB22j 437. 60 One N.O. and One N.C. SB23j 437. Two N.O. SB24j 437. Two N.C. SB25j When power pole is added to 60 Ampere contactor, a 4-pole coil is also required. Order from Coil Table page 16-119. 60 A power poles are suitable for use with copper or aluminum wire.
Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-75 Replacement Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 16-118, 16-119 Replacement Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-120
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
Modified 4/16/09
16-71
Lighting Contactors
Combination Lighting Contactors, Type S Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Features The features include: disconnect switch and circuit breaker versions; rugged flange-mounted handle; easy installation; occupation of less space; increased operator protection; room to spare for modifications; Class R fuse clips standard; electrically and mechanically held; 30–600 Amperes. It is desirable to install the branch-circuit protective device and lighting contactor, combining switching and over-current protection, in one enclosure. Combination lighting contactors are well suited for industrial, highway and area lighting applications, or where a lighting circuit may have to be disconnected for periodic maintenance. They may also be used for resistance heating loads.
Table 16.189: Fusible or Non-Fusible Disconnect Switch (3-Pole, 50–60 Hz) Contactor Ampere Rating
Fuse Clip Size (A)
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure
Fuse Clip Spacing (V)
Type
NEMA 4 & 4X b Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel $ Price a
Type
NEMA 12/3Re Dusttight, Oiltight Driptight, Industrial Use Enclosure
$ Pricea
Type
$ Price a
Electrically Heldc 30 60 100 200
File E16151 CCN NRNT
300
None 30 30 None 60 60 None 100 100 None 200 200 None 400 400
— 600 250 — 600 250 — 600 250 — 600 250 — 600 250
SMG60d SMG61d SMG62d SPG60d SPG61d SPG62d SQG60d SQG61d SQG62d SVG60d SVG61d SVG62d SXG60d SXG61d SXG62d
867. 915. 896. 1361. 1428. 1400. 2264. 2406. 2358. 4419. 4617. 4580. 9270. 9612. 9612.
SMW60d SMW61d SMW62d SPW60d SPW61d SPW62d SQW60d SQW61d SQW62d SVW60d SVW61d SVW62d SXW60d SXW61d SXW62d
1779. 1826. 1808. 2766. 2832. 2804. 4713. 4856. 4808. 7551. 7751. 7713. 17265. 17607. 17607.
SMA60d SMA61d SMA62d SPA60d SPA61d SPA62d SQA60d SQA61d SQA62d SVA60d SVA61d SVA62d SXA60d SXA61d SXA62d
1095. 1143. 1124. 1685. 1751. 1722. 2681. 2823. 2775. 5577. 5723. 5738. 12081. 12423. 12423.
— 600 250 — 600 250 — 600 250 — 600 250 — 600 250
SMG70d SMG71d SMG72d SPG70d SPG71d SPG72d SQG70d SQG71d SQG72d SVG70d SVG71d SVG72d SXG70d SXG71d SXG72d
972. 1019. 1001. 1722. 1788. 1760. 2606. 2747. 2700. 5387. 5586. 5549. 9507. 9849. 9849.
SMW70d SMW71d SMW72d SPW70d SPW71d SPW72d SQW70d SQW71d SQW72d SVW70d SVW71d SVW72d SXW70d SXW71d SXW72d
1883. 1931. 1911. 3128. 3194. 3165. 5055. 5198. 5150. 8520. 8720. 8682. 17502. 17844. 17844.
SMA70d SMA71d SMA72d SPA70d SPA71d SPA72d SQA70d SQA71d SQA72d SVA70d SVA71d SVA72d SXA70d SXA71d SXA72d
1200. 1247. 1229. 2045. 2111. 2082. 3023. 3165. 3117. 6545. 6744. 6707. 12318. 12660. 12660.
Mechanically Heldc 30 60 100 200 300
Table 16.190: Coil Voltage Codesc Voltage 60 Hz
50 Hz
Code
$ Price Adder
N/C 24k — V01 N/C 120 110 V02 N/C 208 — V08 N/C 240 220 V03 N/C 277 — V04 N/C 480 440 V06 23.70 Specify Specify V99 24 volt coils are not k available for 200 A or larger devices. Contact local Square D Field Sales Office for additional information.
None 30 30 None 60 60 None 100 100 None 200 200 None 400 400
Table 16.191: Circuit Breaker (3-Pole, 50–60 Hz) Circuit Breaker
Contactor Ampere Rating
Ampere Rating
NEMA 4 & 4X b Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel (30-300 A)
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure
Maximum Volts
Type
600 240 600 240 600 600 600 600 600
SMG81d SMG82d SPG81d SPG82d SQG81d SVG81d SXG81d SYG81d SZG81d
$ Pricea
Type
NEMA 12/3Re Dusttight, Oiltight, Driptight, Industrial Use Enclosure
$ Pricea
Type
$ Price a
Electrically Heldc 30 60 100 200 300 400 600
30 30 60 60 100 200 300 400 600
1209. 933. 1694. 1418. 2444. 5454. 12015. 26723. 30060.
SMW81d SMW82d SPW81d SPW82d SQW81d SVW81d SXW81d SYW81d SZW81d
2121. 1845. 3099. 2823. 4893. 8586. 20009. 31470. 34808.
SMA81d SMA82d SPA81d SPA82d SQA81d SVA81d SXA81d SYA81d SZA81d
1437. 1161. 2016. 1742. 2861. 6612. 14103. 29286. 32624.
Mechanically Heldc 30 600 SMG91d SMW91d SMA91d 1314. 2225. 1542. 30 240 SMG92d SMW92d SMA92d 1038. 1950. 1266. 2054. 3459. 2378. 60 600 SPG91d SPW91d SPA91d 60 1779. 3185. 2102. 60 240 SPG92d SPW92d SPA92d 100 100 600 SQG91d SQW91d SQA91d 2786. 5235. 3203. 6422. 9555. 7980. 200 200 600 SVG91d SVW91d SVA91d 12252. 20247. 14340. 300 300 600 SXG91d SXW91d SXA91d 27909. 32657. 30473. 400 400 600 SYG91d SYW91d SYA91d 31152. 35994. 33810. 600 600 600 SZG91d SZW91d SZA91d Price does not include holding circuit contact. For NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion-Resistant Glass-Polyester enclosure pricing, multiply stainless steel enclosed p rice by 1.25 and add Form G18 (limited to 100 A max.). 400 & 600 A enclosures are painted sheet steel (NEMA Type 4 & 4X). Control/coil voltage must be specified. Coil voltage codes must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes shown to the left. NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications. See page16-105 for more information. 30
1 6 C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U DR S P T O A S RE TT EY R S P E
a b c d e
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
16-72
CP1
Discount Schedule
Modified 4/16/09
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
NIGHT-MASTER ® Combination Lighting Contactors
Lighting Contactors
Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
NIGHT-MASTER Outdoor Combination Lighting Contactors offer disconnecting means, overcurrent protection and a lighting contactor in one NEMA 3R Rainproof enclosure. These combination units satisfy requirements of the National Electrical Code and UL 508 for service entrance equipment.
Features:
• • • • • • •
Solid neutral standard Grounding lug standard Padlocking provisions Short and long versions available Electrically held Type S lighting contactor Eliminates the need for separate mounted safety switches Additional panel space eliminates the need for external mounting of time clocks
Table 16.192: Disconnect Switch Type b (3-Pole) Short Version
Long Version
Contactor Ampere Rating 30 60 100 200
Fuse Clip Size (A)
Fuse Clip Spacing (V)
Class 8903 Type 3R
30 30 60 60 100 100 200 200
600 250 600 250 600 250 600 250
SMC61c SMC62c SPC61c SPC62c SQC61c SQC62c SVC61c SVC62c
$ Pricea 1343. 1304. 1776. 1670. 3047. 2969. 5447. 5324.
Class 8903 Type 3R Stainless Steel SMH61c SMH62c SPH61c SPH62c SQH61c SQH62c SVH61c SVH62c
Long Version $ Price a 2175. 2100. 2850. 2700. 4950. 4800. 8350. 8550.
Class 8903 Type 3R SMC63c SMC64c SPC63c SPC64c SQC63c SQC64c SVC63c SVC64c
$ Pricea 1466. 1451. 1955. 1883. 3198. 3084. 5966. 5912.
Class 8903 Type 3R Stainless Steel SMH63c SMH64c SPH63c SPH64c SQH63c SQH64c SVH63c SVH64c
$ Price a 2400. 2325. 3150. 3000. 5250. 5100. 9150. 8850.
Table 16.193: Circuit Breaker Type b (3-Pole) Circuit Breaker
Short Version
Long Version
Ampere Rating
Maximum Volts
Class 8903 Type 3R
30
30
600
SMC81c
1650.
SMH81c
2700.
SMC83c
1871.
SMH83c
3000.
60
60
600
SPC81c
2106.
SPH81c
3450.
SPC83c
2213.
SPH83c
3750.
100
100
600
SQC81c
3029.
SQH81c
4950.
SQC83c
3227.
SQH83c
5250.
200
200
600
SVC81c
5807.
SVH81c
9450.
SVC83c
6606.
SVH83c
9750.
UL Approved for Service Entrance File E16151 CCN NRNT
Short Version
Contactor Ampere Rating
a b c
$ Pricea
Class 8903 Type 3R Stainless Steel
8903 $ Pricea Class Type 3R
$ Pricea
Class 8903 Type 3R Stainless Steel
$ Price a
Price does not include holding circuit contact. All lighting contactors are provided with separate control as standard. Coil voltage codes must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed below.
NIGHT-MASTER Combination Lighting Contactors The Class 8903 NIGHT-MASTER Outdoor Combination Lighting Contactor is the only product on the market that is UL Listed for Service Entrance. This allows the contactor to be pole mounted when used to control lighting in remote locations such as parks, monuments, group sports facilities, and streets and highways. Factory modifications such as photocells, time switches, key operated selector switches, and the combination of photocells and time switches (photocell on, time switch off) allow the NIGHT-MASTER to be located in applications where manual operation of lights is not practical. NIGHT-MASTER comes in long and short versions in sizes 30 through 200 Amperes. Most common modifications can be provided from the factory, or added in the field to the pre-drilled and pre-tapped panels.
Table 16.194: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage
d
60 Hz
50 Hz
24d 120 208 240 277 480 Specify
— 110 — 220 — 440 Specify
Code
$ Price Adder
V01 V02 V08 V03 V04 V06 V99
No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge 23.70
24 volt coils are not available for 200 A devices. Contact your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office for additional information.
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
16-73
Lighting Contactors
Panelboard Lighting Contactors, Type PB Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
General Information Panelboard Lighting Contactors, sometimes called remote control switches, are designed for use with lighting panelboards and motor control centers where either panel or bus mounting is desirable. Type PB lighting contactors can be used in a retrofit or new project without increasing the panelboard depth. They can be used to directly replace many inoperative existing switches.
The features include: include: mechanically held; compatible compatible with Square D panelboards; short-circuit ratings to 100 kA; compact arc suppression; bus or panel mounted; fits in standard-depth standard-depth lighting panelboards; easy manual operation; standard coil clearing contacts; and operates in any position.
Table 16.195: Class 8903 8903 Type PB Lighting Contactors Description Size (A)
Bus Mount Poles
Panel Mount (Includes Lugs)
Type
2 PBM 10Ba 3 PBM 11Ba 2 PBP 10Ba 60 3 PBP 11Ba 2 PBN 10Ba 75 3 PBN 11Ba 2 PBQ 10Ba 100 3 PBQ 11Ba 2 PBR 10Ba 150 3 PBR 11Ba 2 PBV 10Ba 200 3 PBV 11Ba 2 PBW 10Ba 225 3 PBW 11Ba Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed below.
$ Price 1419. 1602. 1491. 1715. 1491. 1715. 1694. 1985. 2108. 2703. 2367. 2997. 2606. 3305.
30
Panel Mount
File E78427 CCN NRNT a
Table 16.196: AC Coil Voltage Codes 60 Hz
Voltage Code
120/ 208 240/277 480
V02 V08 V39 V28
Table 16.197: Class 8903—Auxiliary 8903—Auxiliary Contacts Contacts Description
PBX1 PBX2
$ Price 162. 323.
(1) Auxiliary Contact SPDT (2) Auxiliary Contacts SPDT
Table 16.198: Factory Modifications Form
Description
X11 X22
(1) Auxiliary Contact SPDT (2) Auxiliary Contacts SPDT
IN
W
D
A
mm IN mm IN mm IN
B m m
120 V
208 V
240 V
277 V
480 V
#14 #12 #10
550 900 1425
1650 2700 4275
2200 3600 5700
2925 4700 7550
8800 14400 22800
RMS Sym. Current (A)
Max. Volts
100,000 22,000 65,000
600 600 240
Short Circuit Protection Device Recommended Class J Fuses Circuit Breaker—Square D—Type LHL Circuit Breaker—Square D—Type LHL
Table 16.202: Maximum Wire Size (AWG) Current Range
Power Wire (Cu/Al)
Control Wire (Cu Only)
30–100 A 150–225 A
#1/0 Max. 350 MCM Max.
#18–#10 #18–#10
Dimensions C
Amps
E
IN mm IN mm
IN
mm
30– 11.75 298 7.50 191 3.88 98 2.25 57 7.38 187 2.25 57 9.25 235 100 150– 14.50 368 7.50 191 3.88 98 2.88 73 8.50 216 3.00 76 10.50 267 225
A
Maximum Distance (feet)
Wire Gauge AWG
Table 16.203: Dimensions (Bus Mount)
Dimensions H
Table 16.200: Control Distance
$ Price 105. 209.
Table 16.199: Dimensions (Panel Mount) s p m A
$ Price 1760. 1982. 1841. 2123. 1841. 2123. 2079. 2364. 2598. 3191. 2939. 3573. 3309. 3993.
Table 16.201: Short-Circuit Ratings
Note: For Replace Replacement ment coils, coils, see page page16-119. 16-119.
Type
Type PBM 10a PBM 11a PBP 10a PBP 11a PBN 10a PBN 11a PBQ 10a PBQ 11a PBR 10a PBR 11a PBV 10a PBV 11a PBW 10a PBW 11a
30– 100 150– 225 b
H
W
D
B
mm
IN
mm
IN
mm
IN
mm
IN
mm
8.31
211
7.50
191
3.38
86
2.25
57
7.38
187
9.50
241
7.50
191
3.38
86
2.88b
73
8.50
216
Slotted mounting holes suitable for 2.88" to 3.19" mounting centers.
A
A
1 6
A
IN
A
B H H
C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U D R S P T O A S RE T ET RY S P E
B E
W
C W
16-74
D
D
CP1
Discount Schedule
Modified 4/16/09
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Lighting Contactors
Modifications (Forms) Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 16.204: 16.204: Description
“ON-OFF” (momentary contact) push button “ON-OFF” push button (with holding circuit interlock) “HAND–OFF–AUTO” selector switch. To substitute a key operated selector switch, use Form C33 and specify positions, legend marking, and key removal. This form must be used with another selector switch form (example: CC33). Add $266. (C33) + $224. (C) = $490. “ON-OFF” selector switch. To substitute a key operated selector switch, use Form C33 and specify positions, legend marking, and key removal. This form must be used with another selector switch form (example: C33C6). Add $266. (C33) + $224. (C6) = $490. Control circuit fuse (1 fuse) Control circuit fuses (2 fuses) Control circuit transformer standard capacity 50/60 Hz Fuses Transformer capacity Primary Secondary 2
Used On
Form Letter
NEMA Enclosure Type
A3 A3 A12 C
1 3R, 4, 12 Any 1
Y Y
Yj
Y Y
Yj
C
3R, 4, 12
Y
Yj
Y
Yj
C6
1
Y
Y
Y
Y
C6
3R, 4, 12
Y
Y
Y
Y
F F4
Any Any
Y Y
Y Y
Y Y
Std.
Combo
NIGHTMASTER Elec. Mech. Elec. Mech. MASTER a Held Held Held Held Y Y
Type L 30 Amp
224. 224. 224. 224.
224. 224. 224. 224.
224. 224. 224. 224.
224.
224.
224.
224.
224.
224.
224.
138.
224.
224.
224.
224.
224.
224.
Y
224.
224.
224.
224.
224.
224.
224.
Y Y
Y Y
209. 209.
209. 209.
209. 209.
209. 209.
209. 209.
209. 209.
209. 209.
257. 465. 650. 827.
362. 570. 798. 978.
531. 741. 950. 1130.
i
731. 941. 1140. 1226.
i
i
645. 855. 1044. 1226.
1311.
i
1406.
i
1406.
Y
Y
1, 4, 12 1, 4, 12 1, 4, 12 1, 4, 12
Y Y Y Y
Y Y Y Y
Y Y Y Y
Y Y Y Y
Y Y Y Y
257. 465. 650. 827.
2
1
300 VA Add
FF4T13
1, 4, 12
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
987.
Y
Y Y Y Y Y Y
Y Y
Y Y Y Y Y Y
Y Y Y Y
Y Y Y Y Y Y
Y Y Y Y Y Y
Y Y Y
Y Y Y Y
Y Y Y Y
Y Y Y Y
Y Y Y Y
Y Y Y Std. Y Y Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y Y Y
Y Y Y Y
Y Y Y
400 600 800 Amp
300 Amp
224. 224. 224. 224.
F4T FF4T FF4T11 FF4T12
Y Y
200 Amp
224. 224. 224. 224.
Std. Std. 100 VA Add. 200 VA Add
Y Y
100 Amp
224. 224. 224. 224.
0 1 1 1
Noise reduced enclosure and shock mounted panel G4 Any Addition of photoelectric receptacle G10 1d, 3R, 12 Addit dditio ion n of of pho phottoele oelect ctri ric c rec recep epta tacl cle wit with h pho photo to-c -cel ell G101 101 1d, 3R, 12 Addition of photoelectric receptacle and relay (R6)e G10R6 1d, 12 With photo-cell installed e G101R6 1d, 12 Addition of terminal blocks (other than standard). “xx” Represents the number of terminals needed. Available in multiples of 5 only. (PER TERMINAL PRICE) WIRED G56xx Any (PER TERMINAL PRICE) UNWIRED G50xx Any Bracketing for internally mounted pilot device G53 Any Addition of 24 hour time clock (120-277 V only) K14 1, 4, 12 Addition of 24 hour time clock w/day omission (120-277 V) K141 1, 4, 12 Addition of 7 day time clock (120-277 V) K142 1, 4, 12 Addition of 24 hour time clock (120-277 V only) K14 3R Addition of 24 hr time clock w/skip day (120-277 V) K141 3R Addition of 7 day time clock (120-277 V) K142 3R Addition of solid neutral terminal block N 1, 4, 12 Red Pilot Light P1 Any Two or more lights f (each) P Any Red Push-To-Test Pilot Light P21 Any Interlock necessary for pilot light Any g one needed for each additional pilot light Two Wire Interface for Mechanically Helde R6 Any Addition of under and overvoltage relay R44 Any Three wire control for long distance applicationse R62 Any Auxiliary contacts (specify number of N.O. + N.C.) X Any Addition of DC coil to Type L (7 poles max) Y48 Any Auxiliary electrical interlock installed on disconnect switch Y74 Any or circuit breaker operating mechanism
60 Amp
138. 224. 224. 138.
Y Y
2 2 2
b
30 Amp
Y Y Y Y Y
Y
987.
i
1158.
i
c
i i
1406.
c
i
926. 123. 266. 366. 509.
926. 123. 266. 608. 750.
1064. 123. 266. 608. 750.
1116. 123. 266. 608. 750.
1538. 123. 266. 884. 1026.
1947. 123. 266. 978. 1121.
2616. 123. 266. 978. 1121.
77. 38. 60. 798. 798. 912. N/A N/A N/A 77. 224. 224. 290.
77. 38. 60. 798. 798. 912. 522. 522. 636. 77. 224. 224. 290.
77. 38. 60. 798. 798. 912. 522. 522. 636. 77. 224. 224. 290.
77. 38. 60. 798. 798. 912. 522. 522. 636. 114. 224. 224. 290.
77. 38. 60. 798. 798. 912. 522. 522. 636. 228. 224. 224. 290.
77. 38. 60. 798. 798. 912. N/A N/A N/A 476. 224. 224. 290.
77. 38. 60. 798. 798. 912. N/A N/A N/A 570. 224. 224. 290.
105.
105.
105.
105.
105.
105.
162.
485. 975. 969. 105. N/A
485. 975. 969. 105. N/A
485. 975. 969. 105. N/A
759. 975. 1520. 105. N/A
855. 975. 1709. 105. N/A
855. 975. 1709. 105. N/A
N/A
105.
105.
105.
105.
276.
276.
h
242. 975. 485. h
Y Y
i
i
731. 941. 1140. 1226.
i
c c c
105. 105. 105. 105. 105. 105. N/A Coil Transient suppressor (120 Vac Only) Y145 Any Y Y Y Coil Transient suppressor (120 Vac Only) Y145 Any Y Y 209. 209. 209. 209. 209. 209. N/A Addition of lightning arrestor Y1532 Any Y Y Y Y Y 380. 380. 380. 380. 380. 380. 380. Substitute copper only lugs for standard Y157 Any Y Y Y Y Y N/A N/A N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C NIGHT-MASTER NIGHT-MASTER maximum 200 A, minimum 30 A. a b Transformer Voltage Codes. c Mechanically held only. Electrically held device has a control circuit requiring a 120 V secondary, therefore, a transformer is supplied. The transformer comes wired to L1 and L2 unless Form S is called for. It is supplied with two primary and one secondary fuse. Photocell mounted on a NEMA 1 enclosure is designed for indoor areas which rely on natural light. Addition of the photocell does not make the enclosure suitable for outdoor (NEMA Type d 3R) installations. e Available for 24 V, 120 V, 240 V, 277 V and 480 V applications only. For electrically held enclosed devices, the first pilot is wired in parallel with the coil. Operating interlocks are required for all additional pilot lights. Mechanically held devices require operating f interlocks for all pilot lights. g DO NOT use Form X for any interlock which is wired in series with pilot light, but DO specify how pilot light and interlock are to be wired into the circuit. Electrically held 20 A multipole contactors cannot add interlocks. Additional poles can be used for the same function, however. Mechanically held (Type LX) provide one double throw auxiliary h (or status) contact as standard. Single primary voltage must be specified using the codes shown below: i j Form R6 must be used with Form C on mechanically held devices. Voltage 60 Hz
Code
120–24 208–120 240–24 240–120 277–120 480–24 480–120 480–240 600–120
V89 V84 V82 V80 V85 V83 V81 V87 V86
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S Order Example R D U N P You have previously selected a Class 8903SMG2V02. 8903SMG2V02. A E V02 means that you need a coil voltage of 120-60/110-50 wired for separate control. You You would like T S I to add form FF4T with the transformer voltages being 480 volt primary, 120 volt secondary. R N The new and complete Class, Type, Voltage Voltage Code and Form number : O I T F C Class Type Voltage Code Formk E D / A 8903 SMG2 V81 FF4T T A N Form numbers should always be shown in alphabetical order. k M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
16-75
Lighting Contactors
Field Modifications Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table Table 16.205: 16.205: Types L & LX Description
Type S
30 Amp Kit
30 Amp
$ Price
Kit
60 Amp
$ Price
Kit
100 Amp
200 Amp
$ Price
Kit
400, 600, 800 Amp
300 Amp $ Price
Kit
$ Price
Kit
$ Price
Form No.
$ Price
Kit
57.00 9999SX6 57.00 9999SX7 77.00 9999SX8 77.00 9999SX9 77.00 9999SX10
57.00 57.00 77.00 77.00 77.00
9999SX6 9999SX7 9999SX8 9999SX9 9999SX10
57.00 57.00 77.00 77.00 77.00
9999SX6 9999SX7 9999SX8 9999SX9 9999SX10
57.00 57.00 77.00 77.00 77.00
9999SX6 9999SX7 9999SX8 9999SX9 9999SX10
57.00 57.00 77.00 77.00 77.00
9999SX6 9999SX7 9999SX8 9999SX9 9999SX10
57.00 57.00 77.00 77.00 77.00
X
9999SFR3
42.80 9999SFR3
42.80
9999SFR3
42.80
9999SFR3
42.80
9999SFR3
42.80
9999SFR3
42.80
F
9999SFR4
57.00 9999SFR4
57.00
9999SFR4
57.00
9999SFR4
57.00
9999SFR4
57.00
9999SFR4
57.00
F4
—
9070T150
—
9070T300
—
9070T500
—
9070T750
—
T
— — —
— — —
— — —
— — —
— — —
— — —
— — —
— — —
— — — — — — — — — — — — —
— — — — — — — — — — — — —
— — — — — — — — — — — — —
Auxiliary Contacts 1 N.O. LH or RH Mounting 1 N.C. LH or RH Mounting 1 N.C. & 1 N.O. Isolated LH or RH 1 N.O. Overlapping LH or RH 1 N.C. OverlappingLH or RH
— — — — —
— 9999SX6 — 9999SX7 — 9999SX8 — 9999SX9 — 9999SX10
Control Circuit Fuse Holder Single Fuse Unit Two Fuse Unit
9999LLX and 9999SFR3 9999LLX and 9999SFR4
Transformers (For Prices 9070T50 See Class 9070 Section) Oversized Enclosures (Non-Combo) NEMA 1 NEMA 4 NEMA 12
23.70 42.80 23.70 57.00 —
9070T100
—
9070T100
9991SDG3 266.00 9991SDG3 266.00 9991SDG3 266.00 9991SDW3 779.00 9991SDW3 779.00 9991SDW3 779.00 9991SDA3 456.00 9991SDA3 456.00 9991SDA3 456.00
— — —
Standard Enclosures NEMA 1–Surface Mount 9991LXG1 95.00 NEMA 3R 9991SDH1 323.00 NEMA 4–Standard 9991SDW1 779.00 NEMA 4–With 2 Cvr Mtd. Clsng 9991SDW11798.00 Plts 9991SDW20779.00 NEMA 4X–Glass Polyester Polyester 9991SDA11 323.00 NEMA 12 — — NEMA 1–Flushmount–Complete — — NEMA 1–Flush Mount Parts — — FLUSH PARTS PARTS 9991SDF13 114.00 Standard–Elec. held 9991SDF13 114.00 Standard–Mech. Standard –Mech. held 9991SDF2 66.00 Mounting Strap 9991SDF1 77.00 Pull Box Internal Operator 3010215901 26.10 Mounting Bracket Solid Neutral 9999SN1 89.00
9991SCG7a 38.00 9991SCH2 248.00 9991SCW1 456.00 9991SCW11 476.00 9991SCW20 456.00 9991SCA11 248.00 — — — — — — 9991SCF11 38.00 9991SCF13 134.00 9991SCF2 47.60 9991SCF1 57.00
399.00 9991SDG7a 95.00 9991SFG8 456.00 9991SDH1 323.00 9991SEH1 9991SDW1 779.00 — — 9991SDW11 798.00 9991SEW11 1178.00 9991SDW20 779.00 — — 9991SDA11 323.00 9991SEA11 456.00 — — 9991SEF11 588.00 — — — — — — — — — 9991SDF11 114.00 — — 9991SDF13 114.00 — — 9991SDF2 66.00 — — 9991SDF1 77.00 —
3010215901 26.10 3010215901 26.10 3010215901
9991SFG4 9991SFH1 — — — — — — — — — — —
839.00 1235.00 — — — — — — — — — — —
9991SGG8 827.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
26.10
3010215901
26.10
3010215901
89.00
9999SN1
89.00
9999SN2
261.00
9999SN2
261.00
9999SN3b
416.00
9999R26 87.00 9999R27 162.00
9999R26 9999R27
87.00 162.00
9999R26 9999R27
87.00 162.00
9999R26 9999R27
87.00 162.00
9999R26 9999R27
87.00 162.00
9999TC10 9999TC20
80.00 159.00
9999R8 9999R9
87.00 162.00
9999R35 9999R36
290.00 347.00
9999R26 9999R27
87.00 162.00
61.00
SDSA1175
61.00
SDSA1175
61.00
SDSA1175
61.00
SDSA1175
61.00
SDSA3650 165.00 SDSA3650 165.00 SDSA3650 165.00
SDSA3650
165.00
SDSA3650
165.00
SDSA3650 165.00
SDSA3650
165.00
9999SN1
89.00
9999SN1
26.10 3010215901
26.10 G53 N
Combination Lighting Contactor Disconnect Interlock Kit Breaker Type 1-Pole 2-Pole Disconnect Type 1-Pole 2-Pole
— —
— —
9999R26 87.00 9999R27 162.00
— —
— 9999TC11 80.00 9999TC10 77.00 — 9999TC21 159.00 9999TC20 147.00
Y74
Lightning Arrestor 175 Vac to Ground Max 2 or 3 wire Grounded 650 Vac to Ground Max 3 or 4 wire Grounded
SDSA1175 61.00 SDSA1175
61.00 SDSA1175
Y1532
VERSA CRIMP ® Lugs (Price Ea.) c Range #8–1/0 Al/Cu #1–2/0 Al/Cu 2/0–4/0 Al/Cu 4–300 kcmil Al/Cu 2/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu 400–600 kcmil Al 400–500 kcmil Cu 500–750 kcmil Al 500 kcmil Cu 400–600 kcmil Al 400–500 kcmil Cu 500–750 kcmil Al 500 kcmil Cu Hardware 2-Pole c Hardware 3-Pole Hardware 4-Pole
— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — a b c d
1 6
— — — — — — — — VCEL02114S1 5.10 — — — — — — — — — — — VCEL022516H1 8.10 — — — — — VCEL024516H1 10.70 — — — — — — — — — — VCEL030516H1 32.70 — — — — — — — — — — — VCEL05012H1 42.40 — — — — — — — — — — VCEL06012H1 29.70 — — — — — — — — — — VCEL06012H1 29.70 — — — — — — — — — — 38.50 — — — — VCEL07512H1 — — — — — — VCEL07512H1 38.50 — — — — — — — — — — — VCEL06012H2d — — — — — — — — — — — VCEL06012H2d — — — — — — — — — — — VCEL07512H2d — — — — — — — — — — — VCEL07512H2d — — — — — — — — — 95.00 — — 9999AL13 — — — Not Needed — 119.00 9999AL11 35.60 — — 9999AL14 9999AL12 — — — 143.00 9999AL11 35.60 — — — 9999AL15 9999AL12 For electrically held only. Limited to 400 and 600 A versions. 800 A is a factory modification only. VERSA CRIMP Lug prices subject to change. 9999AL hardware kit is also required. Two 1-pole kits required. One or two lugs may be mounted on each terminal. Limited to 400 and 600 A versions. 800 A is factory modification only.
— — — — — — — — — 31.80 31.80 32.10 32.10 77.00 77.00
C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U DR S P T O A S RE TT EY R S P E
16-76
CP1
Discount Schedule
Modified 4/17/09
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Lighting Contactors
Field Modifications Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 16.206: Mechanically Held TYPE LX Description
Form No.
30 Amp Kit
PUSH BUTTON (ON-OFF) NEMA 1 Enclosure NEMA 3R, 4 or 12 Enclosure SELECTOR SWITCH (2 POSITION) NEMA 1 Enclosure NEMA 3R, 4 or 12 Enclosure SELECTOR SWITCH (3 POSITION) NEMA 1 Enclosure (MUST INCLUDE TWO WIRE CONTROL RELAY, Form R6 NEMA 3R, 4 or 12 Enclosure TWO WIRE CONTROL RELAY (Form R6)f
A3
C6
C
R6
TYPE S 30 Amp
60 Amp
$ Price
Kit
$ Price
9999BLX 9999LXPB
23.70 77.00
a
9001KA2 9999SA3b
14.30 143.00
9001KA2 9999SA3b
100 Amp
200 Amp
300 Amp
400, 600, 800 Amp
Kit
$ Price
Kit
$ Price
Kit
$ Price
Kit
$ Price
Kit
$ Price
—
9001KA2 9999SA3b
14.30 143.00
9001KA2 9999SA3b
14.30 143.00
9001KA2 9999SA3b
14.30 143.00
9001KA2 9999SA3b
14.30 143.00
9001KA2 9999SA3b
14.30 143.00
14.30 143.00
9001KA2 9999SA3b
14.30 143.00
9001KA2 9999SA3b
14.30 143.00
9001KA2 9999SA3b
14.30 143.00
9001KA2 9999SA3b
14.30 143.00
9001KA2 9999SA3b
14.30 143.00
9999BLX 9999LXS
23.70 9001KN244 2.90 9001KN244 2.90 9001KN244 2.90 9001KN244 2.90 9001KN244 2.90 9001KN244 2.90 77.00 9001KS11BH1 64.00 9001KS11BH1 64.00 9001KS11BH1 64.00 9001KS11BH1 64.00 9001KS11BH1 64.00 9001KS11BH1 64.00
9001KN244 9001KS11BH1
2.90 9001KN244 2.90 9001KN244 2.90 9001KN244 2.90 9001KN244 2.90 9001KN244 2.90 9001KN244 2.90 64.00 9001KS11BH1 64.00 9001KS11BH1 64.00 9001KS11BH1 64.00 9001KS11BH1 64.00 9001KS11BH1 64.00 9001KS11BH1 64.00
9999BLX 9999SC2
23.70 77.00
9001KN260 9001KS46BH2
2.90 92.00
9999RLX CA2SK11 g
23.70 63.00
9001KN260 2.90 9001KN260 2.90 9001KN260 2.90 9001KN260 2.90 9001KN260 2.90 9001KN260 2.90 9001KS46BH2 92.00 9001KS46BH2 92.00 9001KS46BH2 92.00 9001KS46BH2 92.00 9001KS46BH2 92.00 9001KS46BH2 92.00
8501X011
134.00
8501X011
134.00
8501X011
134.00
8501X011
134.00
8501X011
134.00
8501X011
134.00
Table 16.207: Electrically Held TYPE L Description
Form No.
30 Amp
TYPE S 30 Amp
60 Amp
100 Amp
200 Amp
300 Amp
400, 600, 800 Amp
Kit $ Price Kit $ Price Kit $ Price Kit $ Price Kit $ Price Kit $ Price Kit $ Price PILOT LIGHTS (RED and GREEN) c d d 143.00 9999SP2R 143.00 9999SP3R 143.00 NEMA 1 Enclosure P1 9999SP28R 143.00 9999SP14R 143.00 9999SP28R 143.00 9999SP28R 143.00 9999SP28R 143.00 9999SP28R 143.00 9999SP28R 143.00 NEMA 3R, 4 or 12 9999SP28R 143.00 9999SP28R 143.00 9999SP28R 143.00 9999SP28R Enclosure 9999BLX PUSH BUTTONSe 23.70 77.00 9999SA10 77.00 143.00 143.00 143.00 143.00 9999SA3 9999SA3 9999SA3 9999SA3 NEMA 1 Enclosure 9999SA10 77.00 9999SA10 A12 NEMA 3R, 4 or 12 143.00 143.00 143.00 143.00 143.00 143.00 9999SA3 9999SA3 143.00 9999SA3 9999SA3 9999SA3 9999SA3 9999SA3 Enclosure SELECTOR SWITCH 23.70 2.90 2.90 9001KN244 2.90 9999BLX (2 POSITION) 77.00 9999SC22 77.00 9999SC22 77.00 9001KN244 64.00 9001KN244 77.00 9999SC22 9999SC22 9001KS11BH1 9001KS11BH1 64.00 9001KS11BH1 64.00 NEMA 1 Enclosure C6 2.90 9001KN244 2.90 9001KN244 2.90 9001KN244 2.90 9001KN244 2.90 9001KN244 2.90 9001KN244 2.90 NEMA 3R, 4 or 12 9001KN244 Enclosure 9001KS11BH1 64.00 9001KS11BH1 64.00 9001KS11BM1 64.00 9001KS11BH1 64.00 9001KS11BH1 64.00 9001KS11BH1 64.00 9001KS11BH1 64.00 SELECTOR SWITCH 23.70 9999BLX (3 POSITION) 77.00 77.00 77.00 143.00 143.00 143.00 9999SC2 9999SC2 9999SC2 9999SC8 9999SC8 9999SC8 77.00 9999SC2 NEMA 1 Enclosure C NEMA 3R, 4 or 12 9999SC8 9999SC8 143.00 9999SC8 9999SC8 9999SC8 9999SC8 9999SC8 143.00 143.00 143.00 143.00 143.00 143.00 Enclosure a No field installed kit available. Mechanically held contactors need two distinct signals to operate. An N.O. contact block must be added to the Class 9999 Type SA3 push button kit. b Selection for 2- or 3-Pole only; for 4- or 5-Pole use Class 9999SP15R $143. c d The coil voltage must be the same as the pilot light rating. Kit contains one (1) Class 9001, Type KP1R6 120 V/60 Hz red pilot light control unit. For other voltages, refer to the Class 9001, Type KP Control Section. Requires holding circuit interlock for Type S or additional power pole on Type L devices. e f Form R6 available for 24 V, 120 V, 240 V and 277 V only. Insert CA2SK11( ) voltage code from page 23-23. g
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
16-77
Lighting Contactors Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Approximate Dimensions Table 16.208: Open Type Electrically Held Ampere Rating
Type
Number of Poles 2–4
30
LO
6 8–12 2–3
30
SMO 4–5 2–3
60
SPO 4–5 2–3
100
SQO 4–5 2–3
200
SVO 4 & 5a
A 2.88 73 4.25 108 5.63 143 4.34 110 4.34 110 5.33 135 6.22 158 7.09 180 7.82 199 9.14 232 9.14 232 12.31 313
300
SXO
2–3
400 600
SYO SZO
2–3
—
SJO
2–3
—
800 a
Mechanically Held Dimensions
B 5 127 5 127 5 127 3.22 82 4.25 108 4.31 110 5.61 142 5.45 138 9.75 248 6.00 152 9.75 248 8.66 220 12.33 313 12.33 313
C 4.62 117 4.62 117 4.62 117 4.22 107 4.22 107 4.94 125 4.94 125 6.50 165 6.50 165 6.50 165 6.50 165 8.74 222 9.00 229 11.94 303
E 3.12 79 3.12 79 3.12 79 3.50 89 3.50 89 5.50 140 5.50 140 7.26 184 7.26 184 9.14 232 9.14 232 12.25 311 27.78 706 42.70 1085
A
Dimensions
Type
A 2.88 73 4.25 108 5.63 143 7.15 182 7.15 182 8.25 210 8.70 221 10.13 257 10.56 268 11.35 288 11.55 293 12.31 313
LXO
— — — — — —
SVO
SXO SYO SZO
—
—
—
B
C
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.79 96 4.54 115 4.61 117 5.90 150 5.94 151 9.75 248 6.00 152 9.75 248 8.66 220 8.66 220
4.68 119 4.68 119 5.23 133 5.23 133 6.72 171 6.72 171 6.72 171 6.72 171 10.50 267 10.50 267
—
—
D 8.81 224 8.81 224 8.81 224 — — — — — — — — — — —
E 3.25 83 3.25 83 3.25 83 6.04 153 6.04 153 7.81 198 7.81 198 7.26 184 7.26 184 9.14 232 9.14 232 12.31 313 21.00 533
F 7.70 196 7.70 196 7.70 196
—
—
B D
E
C Mtg. Mtg. 2.25 57
F Mtg.
— — —
Open Type L & LX
— — — — — — —
A E
5-Pole, electrically held only.
Table 16.209: NEMA 1 Enclosure (Non-Combination) Electrically and Mechanically Held Ampere Rating
Type Number of Poles
LG, LXG
Any
SMG
2–5
30
30
2–5 60
SPG
2–5 2–5
2&3
100
SQG
1 6
4&5
200
SVG
All
300
SXG
All
400 and 600
SYG & SZG
All
800
SJG
2–3
b
Dimensions
7.81 198 11.88 P, T 302 16.00 K14, K141, K142 406 Electrically Held Std., A12, C, C6, P, X 6.00 152 Mechanically Held Std., X 6.34 T 161 Electrically Held N 14.88 378 T, N, R6 Mechanically Held 8.12 A3, C, C6, P 206 7.81 Electrically Held Std., A12, C, C6, P, X 198 Electrically Held & 14.88 T, N, R6 Mechanically Held 378 8.12 Mechanically Held Std., A3, C, C6, P, X 206 Std., A12, C, C6, F, Electrically Held 11.25 P, X, T 286 Mechanicall y Held Std., F, X, T Electrically Held N, R6, T, T10-T13,b 18.15 461 Mechanically Held A3, C, C6, N, R6, T, T10-T13,b Std., A12, C, C6, F, Electrically Held 11.25 P, X 286 Mechanically Held Std., F, X b Electrically Held 18.15 461 Mechanicall y Held A3, C, C6, b Electrically Held N, R6, T, T10-T13 22.15 563 Mechanically Held N, R6, T, T10-T13 22.15 Electrically and Standard and Mechanically Held All Forms 563 17.21 Electrically and Standard and Mechanically Held All Forms 437
12.69 322 11.88 302 22.00 559 10.00 254 15.88 403 14.12 359 14.12 359 12.69 322 14.12 359 14.12 359
6.03 153 7.44 189 7.13 181 5.28 134 5.19 132 7.56 192 9.73 247 6.03 153 7.56 192 9.73 247
25.15 639
8.99 228
29.15 740
9.24 235
25.15 639
8.99 228
29.15 740
9.24 235
39.15 994 39.15 994 44.21 1123
10.24 260 10.24 260 12.83 326
20.21 513
65.75 1670
13.10 333
34.50 876
93.00 2362
23.50 597
Electrically and Mechanically Held
Standard and All Forms
With or without any Forms
C
B
Width Height Depth
Standard, A3, A12, C, C6, F, R6, Y48
30
C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U D R S P T O A S RE T ET RY S P E
Form(s)
Open Type S
Table 16.210: NEMA 1 Flush Mounted Ampere Type Rating
30
30
60
100
LF LXF
SMF
SPF
SQF
Dimensions
Form(s) Standard, F, Y48, R6 A3, A12, C, C6, T, P Electrically Std., A12, Held C, C6, P, X Mechanically Std., X Held Electrically T, N Held Mechanically A3, C, C6, Held T, N, P, R6 Electrically Std., A12, Held C, C6, P, X Mechanically Std., X Held Electrically T, N Held Mechanically A3, C, C6, Held T, N, P, R6 With or witho ut any Fo rms
H
A B C D 15.19 8.94 7.63 12.88 386 227 194 327 24.00 17.50 15.00 19.25 610 445 381 489
E F G 5.44 10.94 5.13 138 278 130 7.12 — — 181
13.44 341
11.13 283
4.75 121
24.00 17.50 15.00 19.25 610 445 381 489
5.75 146
15.19 386
5.44 10.94 5.13 138 278 130
7.19 183
5.88 149
8.94 227
7.63 194
—
—
24.00 17.50 15.00 19.25 610 445 381 489
5.75 146
—
—
31.00 16.75 14.25 26.25 787 425 362 667
8.00 203
—
—
E
G
H
All Type K Forms.
F
D
A
B
12.88 327
9.19 4.50 233 114
Enclosure
C
Saddle
NEMA 1 Flush Mounted
16-78
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Lighting Contactors Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Approximate Dimensions Table 16.211: NEMA 3R Ampere Rating
Type
Number of Poles
A
B
C
D1
D2
E
F
G1
G2
H1
H2
J
K
L
M
N
P
K.O. X
K.O. Y
30
SMH
All
8.83 224
12.30 312
7.12 181
1.39 35
1.44 37
6.00 152
7.50 191
2.64 67
2.16 55
2.08 53
2.62 66
14.28 363
1.37 35
1.37 35
1.88 48
4.38 111
1.83 46
1/2 3/4 1
1/2 3/4 1
30 60
LH SPH
All
9.83 250
16.30 414
8.62 219
1.39 35
1.44 37
7.00 178
11.50 292
2.64 67
2.16 55
2.08 53
2.62 66
16.78 426
1.31 33
1.75 44
2.13 54
4.88 124
1.83 46
1/2 3/4
100
SQH
All
12.83 326
25.30 643
8.62 219
1.39 35
1.44 37
10.00 254
20.50 521
2.64 67
2.16 55
2.08 53
2.62 66
19.78 502
1.31 33
1.94 49
2.44 62
6.38 162
1.83 46
200
SVH
All
12.83 326
40.30 1024
9.12 232
1.39 35
1.44 37
10.00 254
35.50 902
2.64 67
2.16 55
2.08 53
2.62 66
20.28 515
1.31 33
2.31 59
2.69 68
6.38 162
1.83 46
1 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 1 1/4 2 2 1/2 1 1 1/4 2 2 1/2
1/2 3/4 1/2 3/4
Table 16.212: NEMA 4 and 4X Stainless Steel Only c Ampere Rating
30
Type
Number of Poles
60
200
SVW
All
300
SXW
All
400 & 600
SYW & SZW
All
800
SJW
2–3
a b c
1"
G
H
I
J
K
L
.60 15 .63 16
1.94 49 3.38 86
14.75 375 18.44 468
2.00 51 1.69 43
2.63 67 2.31 59
.31 8 .31 8
Std., A12, C, C6, P, X Std., F, X
6.38 162
7.13 181
13.19 335
1.56 40
3.25 83
12.00 305
.63 16
1.19 30
11.81 300
1.63 41
2.31 59
.31 8
3/4"
1"
Electrically Held
T
12.63 321
7.11 181
14.69 373
2.56 65
7.50 191
13.50 343
.63 16
3.19 81
18.50 470
1.64 42
2.31 59
.31 8
3/4"
1"
Electrically Held Mechanically Held Electrically Held Mechanically Held Electrically Held Mechanically Held
14.88 378
7.25 184
16.31 414
2.56 65
9.75 248
15.00 381
.63 16
3.19 81
20.88 530
2.06 52
2.63 67
.31 8
3/4"
1 1/2"
8.13 206
7.88 200
16.19 411
1.56 40
5.00 127
15.00 381
.60 15
1.94 49
14.75 375
2.00 51
2.63 67
.31 8
3/4"
1 1/2"
14.88 378
7.25 184
16.31 414
2.56 65
9.75 248
15.00 381
.63 16
3.88 98
20.88 530
2.06 52
2.63 67
.31 8
3/4"
1 1/2"
18.15 461
8.77 223
32.21 818
3.08 78
12.00 305
30.50 775
.61 15
3.67 93
26.71 678
2.58 66
3.19 81
.44 11
3/4"
2 1/2"
Electric ally Held Mechanically Held Electrically Held Mechanically Held Electrically and Mechanically Held Electrically and Mechanically Held
N, R6 A3, C, C6, T, N, P, R6 Std., A12, C, C6, P, X Std., A3, C, C6, P, X T, N, R6 A3, C, C6, T, N, P, R6 Std., A12, C, C6, F, N, R6, P, T, T10-13, X Std., A3, C, C6, F, N, P, R6, T, T10-13, X Std., A12, C, C6, F, P, b Std., A3, C, C6, P, b N, R6, T, T10-13 N, R6, T, T10-13 Standard and All Forms Standard and All Forms
18.15 461
8.77 223
32.21 818
3.08 78
12.00 305
30.50 775
.61 15
3.67 93
26.71 678
2.58 66
3.19 81
.44 11
3/4"
2 1/2"
22.15 563
9.77 248
42.21 1072
3.08 78
16.00 406
40.50 1029
.61 15
3.67 93
31.71 805
2.33 59
2.88 73
.44 11
3/4"
2 1/2"
22.15 563 17.21 437
9.77 248 12.63 321
42.21 1072 47.21 1199
3.08 78 4.11 104
16.00 406 9.00 229
40.50 1029 46.00 1168
.61 15 .61 15
3.67 93 4.59 117
31.71 805 28.32 719
2.33 59 3.11 79
2.88 73 5.75 146
.44 11 .56 14
3/4"
2 1/2"
3/4"
3 1/2"
Electrically and Mechanically Held
Standard and All Forms
20.21 513
12.13 308
65.21 1656
4.11 104
12.00 305
64.00 1626
.61 15
4.59 117
30.82 783
2.67 68
4.50 114
.56 14
3/4"
Two 3"a
34.50 876
23.50 597
101.00 2565
Mechanically Held
4&5
3/4"
F 15.00 381 13.50 343
Electrically Held
SQW
1 1/2"
E 5.00 127 7.50 191
2&3 100
3/4"
D 1.56 40 2.56 65
2–5
2–5
X
C 16.19 411 14.69 373
A3, A12, C, C6, P, T
SPW
W
B 7.88 200 7.81 198
Any
SMW
Top & Bottom Hub
A Standard, F, R6, Y48
LW LXW
Bottom Hub Only
8.13 206 12.62 321
Electrically Held Mechanically Held 30
Dimensions for Stainless Steel Enclosures For Glass Polyester (through 100 A), see Size 2 NEMA 4/4X dimensions on page 16-23.
Form(s)
With or without any Forms
a
Floor Mounting
X hub is 1/4" left of center. W hub shown is another X hub. K dimension is distance between two X hubs. Actual W hub is located 3-3/16" to the right of X hub shown. All “K” forms. For glass polyester (through 100A), see Size 2 NEMA 4/4X dimensions on page16-23 . A E
D1
D2
D
C
A E
D
G
B
P
N G1
F C F
B
G G2
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
(4) L. Dia. Mtg. Holes
(4) .36 Dia. Mtg. Holes (3) Closing Plates D30060-118-D
C30054-260-A I
W X
J M X
M
J X
Y
H K
L
K
NEMA 4 and 4X H1 H2
NEMA 3R
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
6 1 16-79
Lighting Contactors Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Approximate Dimensions Table 16.213: NEMA 12 Ampere Rating
Type
Number of Poles
30
LA LXA
Any
Standard, F, R6, Y48 A3, A12, C, C6, P, T Electrically Held Mechanically Held
30
60
SMA
2-5
SPA
Electr ically Held Electrically Held Mechanically Held Electrically Held Mechanically Held Ele ctrically Held Mechanically Held
2-5
Electrically Held 2 &3 Mechanically Held 100
SQA
200
SVA
All
300
SXA
All
Electrically Held Mechanically Held Electrically Held Mechanically Held Electrically and Mechanically Held Electrically and Mechanically Held
400 & 600
SYA & SZA
All
Electrically and Mechanically Held
800
SJA
2-3
4 &5
a b
Dimensionsa
Form(s)
Std., A12, C, C6, P, X Std., F, P, X T N, R6 A3, C, C6, T, N, P, R6 Std., A12, C, C6, P, X Std., A3, C, C6, P, X T, N, R6 A3, C, C6, T, N, P, R6 Std., A12, C, C6, F, N, R6, P, T, T10-13, X Std., A3, C, C6, F, N, P, R6, T, T10-13, X Std., A12, C, C6, F, N, P, b Std., A3, C, C6, P, b N, R6, T, T10-13, b N, R6, T, T10-13, b Standard and All Forms Standard and All Forms Standard and All Forms
With or without any Forms
A 8.13 206 11.88 302 6.38 162 11.88 302 14.88 378
B 8.50 216 7.75 197 8.53 217 7.75 197 7.88 200
C 15.75 400 13.50 343 12.75 324 13.50 343 16.00 406
D 1.56 40 3.81 97 1.56 40 2.56 65 2.56 65
E 5.00 127 4.25 108 3.25 83 6.75 171 9.75 248
F 15.00 381 12.75 324 12.00 305 12.75 324 15.00 381
G .31 8 .38 10 .38 10 .38 10 .50 13
H 2.13 54 4.94 125 3.56 90 3.66 93 3.66 93
I 14.75 375 18.12 460 12.50 318 18.12 460 21.25 540
J .31 8 .31 8 .31 8 .31 8 .31 8
8.13 206
9.28 236
16.00 406
1.56 40
5.00 127
15.00 381
.50 13
3.66 93
15.38 391
.31 8
14.88 378
7.88 200
15.75 400
2.56 65
9.75 248
15.00 381
.38 10
3.66 93
21.25 540
.31 8
18.15 461
9.24 235
31.50 800
3.08 78
12.00 305
30.50 775
.50 13
3.67 93
26.71 678
.44 11
22.15 563 22.15 563 17.21 437
10.24 260 10.24 260 13.33 339
41.50 1054 41.50 1054 47.00 1194
3.08 78 3.08 78 4.11 104
16.00 406 16.00 406 9.00 229
40.50 1029 40.50 1029 46.00 1168
.50 13 .50 13 .50 13
3.67 93 3.67 93 4.59 117
31.71 805 31.71 805 28.32 719
.44 11 .44 11 .56 14
20.21 513
13.00 330
65.00 1651
4.11 104
12.00 305
64.00 1626
.50 13
5.31 135
30.87 784
.69 18
93.00 2362
34.50 876
23.50 597
Floor Mounting
See Figure 1 for all dimensions except 800 A; for 800 A dimensions, see Figure 2. All Type “K” Forms using Class 9001 Type K Control Units.
Table 16.214: NIGHT-MASTER ® Outdoor Lighting Contactors (Short Version)—NEMA 3R Ampere Rating
Description
30
Disconnect Switch & Circuit Breaker Types Disconnect Switch & Circuit Breaker Types Disconnect Switch & Circuit Breaker Types Disconnect Switch Type Circuit Breaker Type
60 100 200
Type Number SMC61, 62 & 81 SPC61, 62 & 81 SQC61, 62 & 81 SVC61 & 62 SVC81
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
Jc
K
L
M
23.50 597
15.00 381
8.42 214
10.50 267
19.00 483
22.38 568
7.00 178
2.18 55
1.50 38
2.13 54
2.13 54
34.53 877 48.37 1229
20.00 508 19.00 483
8.42 214 9.12 232
10.50 267 10.53 267
30.04 763 44.00 1118
33.41 849 47.25 1200
7.00 178 7.00 178
2.18 55 2.18 55
2.0 51 2.50 64
2.68 68 2.68 68
Knockouts N
P
Q
2.13 54
.50– .75
1.–1.25 1.50
.50– .75
2.68 68 2.68 68
3.44 87 3.44 87
.50– .75 .50– .75
1.–1.25 2.-2.50 1.–1.25 2.–2.50
1.–1.25 1.5-2.0 1.–1.25 1.5–2.0
Table 16.215: NIGHT-MASTER ® Outdoor Lighting Contactors (Long Version)—NEMA 3R Ampere Rating
Description
30
Disconnect Switch & Circuit Breaker Types Disconnect Switch & Circuit Breaker Types Disconnect Switch & Circuit Breaker Types Disconnect Switch Type Circuit Breaker Type
60 100 200 c
Type Number SMC63, 64 & 83 SPC63, 64 & 83 SQC63, 64 & 83 SVC63 & 64 SVC83
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
Jc
K
L
M
38.88 987
15.00 381
8.42 214
10.42 265
34.38 873
37.76 959
7.00 178
2.18 55
1.50 38
2.13 54
2.13 54
42.53 1080 56.37 1432
20.00 508 19.00 483
8.42 214 9.12 232
10.42 265 10.53 267
38.04 966 52.00 1321
41.41 1052 55.25 1403
7.00 178 7.00 178
2.18 55 2.18 55
2.0 51 2.50 64
2.68 68 2.68 68
2.68 68 2.69 68
Knockouts N
P
Q
2.13 54
.50– .75
1.–1.25 1.50
.50– .75
3.44 87 3.44 87
.50– .75 .50– .75
1.–1.25 2.–2.50 1.–1.25 2.–2.50
1.–1.25 1.5–2.0 1.–1.25 1.5–2.0
Conduit size.
1 6
D
C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U D R S P T O A S RE T ET RY S P E
A E
(4) .44 Dia. Mtg. Holes 11 G
D
D
G
F
H J
C B
C
E
F A
B G (4) J Dia. Mtg. Holes A
I
B L M
C N
H
Figure 1: NEMA 12 (30–600 A)
16-80
Figure 2: NEMA 12 (800 A)
P
K
Q
Figure 3: NIGHT-MASTER
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Lighting Contactors Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Approximate Dimensions
A
Ampere Rating
Dimensionsa (see Figure 1)
Type SMG6– & 8–
30 SMG7– & 9– SPG6– & 8– 60 SPG7– & 9–
A 9.50 241
B 22.50 572
C 8.37 213
D 6.38 162
M
D
Table 16.216: Combination Lighting Contactors—NEMA 1 Enclosure Top & Bot.
E F G 20.50 14.68 1.81 521 373 46
H 1.69 43
I 3.37 86
J 3.38 86
K 1.06 27
L 3.25 83
M 2.18 55
N 1.25 32
O .87 22
13.75 23.00 349 584
8.36 10.63 21.00 20.07 1.87 212 270 533 510 47
1.88 48
3.76 96
2.06 52
1.06 27
3.25 83
2.18 55
1.25 32
.87 22
10.50 26.00 267 660 15.00 28.75 381 730
9.62 7.37 24.00 17.00 2.12 2.00 244 187 610 432 54 51 9.62 11.62 26.25 21.50 2.18 2.00 244 295 667 546 55 51
4.00 102 4.00 102
2.06 52 2.56 65
1.06 27 1.31 33
3.25 83 3.25 83
2.18 55 2.18 55
1.25 32 1.25 32
.87 22 .87 22
W
X
.50.75 .50.751.0 1.01.25 1.01.25
.50.75 .50.751.0 .50.75 .50.75
Handle Swing L
C N
K
Y
Sides Y
O
E B
.50 Y
.50
(4) .31 Dia. Mtg. Holes 8 (For Sizes 30 & 60 A)
Cover Open 90
.50 F
.50
W X W G J H
Figure 1 NEMA 1 Enclosure Combination Devices
Table 16.217: NEMA 1 Enclosure Ampere Rating
SQG6– & 7– SQG81 & 91 SVG6– & 7– SVG81 & 91
100 200
SXG6– & 7– 200 SXG81 & 91 400 600
Dimensionsa (see Figure 2)
Type
SYG81 & 91 SZG81 & 91
A
B
15.25 387 16.00 406 20.00 508 20.00 508 36.00 914
C
39.50 1003 50.00 1270 75.00 1905 63.00 1600 90.00 2286
I
D
E
F
G
H
I
Top & Bot. J
K
10.60 9.25 3.00 22.68 41.00 2.69 5.38 2.83 3.74 269 235 76 576 1041 68 137 72 95 10.68 10.00 3.00 23.68 51.50 2.69 5.38 2.83 3.74 271 254 76 601 1308 68 137 72 95 14.37 12.00 4.00 29.43 77.00 3.19 3.52 7.00 — 365 305 102 748 1956 81 89 178 14.37 12.00 4.00 27.43 65.00 3.19 3.52 7.00 — 365 305 102 697 1651 81 89 178 17.00 Floor Mounting Enclosure 432
L
M
5.00 127 5.00 127 9.25 235 5.00 127
N 1.21 31 1.21 31
— —
O .90 23 .90 23
—
—
—
—
—
—
W
Sides
X
1.-1.25 2.-2.50 2.50 .50.75 .50.75 —
Y
.50.75 .50.75
A D
.50
Handle Swing L
E
Y
.50
3.00
—
3.00
—
—
—
C N
G
O
B
Y
Cover Open 90
(4) .44 Dia. Mtg. Holes 11 (For Sizes 100 & 200 A) (4) .56 Dia. Mtg. Holes Located on 14 External Flanges (For Size 300 A)
F W X W J K
Table 16.218: NEMA 4 & 4X Enclosure Ampere Rating
Type SMW6–& 8–
30 SMW7– & 9– SPW6– & 8– 60 SPW7– & 9– 100 200
SQW6– & 7– SQW81 & 91 SVW6– & 7– SVW81 & 91 SXW6– & 7–
300 SXW81 & 91 400 600
SYW81 & 91 SZW81 & 91
B 8.36 212 8.36 212 9.61 244 9.61 244 10.60 269 10.56 268 14.21 361 14.21 361 17.71 450
C 24.76 629 25.26 642 28.26 718 31.01 788 41.76 1061 52.26 1327 78.12 1984 66.12 1679 98.00 2489
D 3.25 83 3.25 83 3.25 83 3.25 83 5.00 127 5.00 127 9.25 235 5.00 127
E 2.50 64 4.75 121 2.50 64 5.38 137 2.50 64 2.50 64 4.00 102 4.00 102
F 4.50 114 4.25 108 5.50 140 4.25 108 10.25 260 11.00 279 12.00 305 12.00 305
G 23.50 597 24.00 610 27.00 686 29.75 756 40.50 1029 51.00 1295 77.00 1956 65.00 1651
H .63 16 .63 16 .63 16 .63 16 .63 16 .63 16 .56 14 .56 14
I 3.00 76 5.25 133 3.00 76 5.88 149 3.24 82 3.24 82 4.77 121 4.77 121
I
Figure 2 NEMA 1 Enclosure
Dimensionsa (see Figure 3) A 9.50 241 13.75 349 10.50 267 15.00 381 15.25 387 16.00 406 20.00 508 20.00 508 36.00 914
H
J 1.62 41 1.62 41 2.00 51 2.00 51 2.61 66 2.61 66 2.96 75 2.96 75
K 2.31 59 2.31 59 2.63 67 2.63 67 3.19 81 3.19 81 3.50 89 3.50 89
L 14.31 363 20.14 512 16.56 421 21.06 535 22.18 563 23.00 584 29.43 748 27.43 697
Floor Mounting Enclosure
W
X
.75 Hub
1.0 Hub
.75 Hub
1.0 Hub
.75 Hub
1.50 Hub
.75 Hub
1.50 Hub
.75 Hub
2.50 Hub
.75 Hub
2.50 Hub
.75 Hub
3.50 Hub
.75 Hub
3.50 Hub
—
—
Handle Swing D
A F
E
B
H
G C
Cover Open 90º
(4) .31 Dia. Mtg. Holes 8 (For Sizes 30 & 60 A) (4) .44 Dia. Mtg. Holes 11 (For Sizes 100 & 200 A) (4) .56 Dia. Mtg. Holes Located on 14 External Flanges (For Size 300 A)
L W
X J
I K
Figure 3 NEMA 4 & 4X Enclosure
Table 16.219: NEMA 12 Enclosure Ampere Rating
Type SMA6– & 8–
30 SMA7– & 9– SPA6– & 8– 60 SPA7– & 9– 100 200
SQA6– & 7– SQA81 & 91 SVA6– & 7– SVA81 & 91 SXA6– & 7–
300 SXA81 & 91 400 600 a
SYA81 & 91 SZA81 & 91
A F
Dimensionsa (see Figure 4) A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
9.50 241 13.75 349 10.50 267 15.00 381 15.25 387 16.00 406 20.00 508 20.00 508 36.00 914
8.36 212 10.10 257 9.61 244 10.98 279 10.59 269 10.52 267 14.21 361 14.21 361 17.71 450
24.26 616 24.76 629 27.76 705 30.51 775 42.00 1067 52.50 1334 78.00 1981 66.00 1676 90.00 2286
3.25 83 3.25 83 3.25 83 3.25 83 5.00 127 5.00 127 9.25 235 5.00 127
2.50 64 4.75 121 2.50 64 5.38 137 3.00 76 3.00 76 4.00 102 4.00 102
4.50 114 4.25 108 5.50 140 4.25 108 9.25 235 10.00 254 12.00 305 12.00 305
23.50 597 24.00 610 27.00 686 29.75 756 41.00 1041 51.50 1308 77.00 1956 65.00 1651
.38 10 .38 10 .38 10 .38 10 .50 13 .50 13 .50 13 .50 13
3.25 83 5.50 140 3.25 83 6.13 156 3.75 95 3.75 95 7.75 197 7.75 197
14.31 363 22.00 559 16.56 421 23.43 595 22.31 567 23.00 584 29.43 748 27.43 697
Handle Swing D E
B
H
G C
Cover Open 90º
(4) .31 Dia. Mtg. Holes 8 (For Sizes 30 & 60 A) (4) .44 Dia. Mtg. Holes 11 (For Sizes 100 & 200 A) (4) .56 Dia. Mtg. Holes Located on 14 External Flanges (For Size 300 A)
L
Floor Mounting Enclosure
Dimensions are the same for Form F4T (standard control transformer), Form F4T11 (100 VA extra capacity) and Form F4T12 (200 VA extra capacity).
I
Figure 4 NEMA 12 Enclosure
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
16-81
Definite Purpose Contactors
Types DP, DPA, and SYD Class 8910 / Refer to Catalog 8910CT9301
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
• • • • • •
Compact Design are available along with standard size 2, 3, and 4-Pole devices. Industry Standard Mounting Double Break Contacts They feature quick connect terminals and binder head Low Coil VA screws for easy wiring. Box l ugs are standard on 40 ampere contactors and larger. An exclusive DIN track Straight-Through Wiring mounting option may reduce installation costs. Coils can Low Cost be changed on the Type DPA contactors quickly without a Definite purpose contactors are ideal for heating, air tool. Auxiliary contact modules snap on either side of the conditioning, refrigeration, data processing, and food Type DPA contactors. service equipment. New compact 1 and 2-Pole contactors Table 16.220: Compact 1-Pole Contactors—600 Vac Maximum Type DP31V02 1-Pole
Locked Rotor Amperes
Full Load Amperes
277 V
460 V
575 V
Resistive Load Amperes
20 25 30 40
100 125 150 240
100 125 150 200
80 100 120 160
25 30 40 50a
Horsepower Ratings 115 V 1Ø
230 V 1Ø
1 2 2 2
2 3 3 5
N.O. Poles
Type
1 1 1 1
DP11d DP21d DP31d DP41d
N.O. Poles
Type
2 2 2 2
DP12d DP22d DP32d DP42d
38.20 50.00 55.00 65.00
N.O. Poles
Type
$ Price
2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 3
DPA12d DPA13d DPA14d DPA22d DPA23d DPA24d DPA32d DPA33d DPA34d DPA42d DPA43d DPA44d DPA52d DPA53d DPA62d DPA63d DPA72d DPA73d DPA92d DPA93d DPA122d DPA123d SYD138d SYD230d SYD368d
$ Price 32.80 38.20 45.90 54.00
Table 16.221: Compact 2-Pole Contactors—600 Vac Maximum b
Type DP32V02 2-Pole
Locked Rotor Amperes
Full Load Amperes
277 V
460 V
575 V
Resistive Load Amperes
20 25 30 40
100 125 150 240
100 125 150 200
80 100 120 160
30 35 40 50
Horsepower Ratings 115 V 1Ø
230 V 1Ø
1 2 2 2
2 3 5 5
$ Price
Table 16.222: 2, 3, and 4-Pole Contactors—600 Vac Maximum bc Locked Rotor Amperes
Full Load Amperes
230 V
460 V
575 V
20
120
100
80
25
150
125
30
180
40
Type DPA33V02 3-Pole
a b c d
Horsepower Ratings
Resistive Load Amperes
115 V 1Ø
230 V 1Ø
230 V 3Ø
460/575 V 3Ø
25
1
2
5
7-1/2
100
35
2
3
7-1/2
10
150
120
40
2
5
10
15
240
200
160
50
3
7-1/2
10
20
50
300
250
200
65
3
10
15
30
60
360
300
240
75
5
10
25
30
75
450
375
300
94
5
15
25
40
90
540
450
360
120
7-1/2
20
30
50
120
720
600
480
120
10
25
40
75
— — —
— — —
— — —
132 800 800 520 132 — 220 1500 1500 1200 220 — 352 2200 2200 1800 352 — 50 A Resistive, maximum 277 V. All others rated 40 A Resistive (above 277 V). Above 240 V, all lines must be switched. See page 16-120 for replacement contacts. Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed below.
Table 16.223: How to Order To Order Specify:
1 6
• • • •
C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U D R S P T O A S RE T ET RY S P E
Class Number Type Number Voltage Code Form(s)
Catalog Number Class
Type
Voltage Code
Form(s)
8910
DPA34
V02
Y392
Table 16.224: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage 60 Hz
50 Hz
Code Type DP, DPA
Code Type DPA122, DPA123, SYD
24 24 120 208 208-240 230-240 277 480 600
24 — 110 — 220 220 — 440 550
V14 — V02 — V09 — V04 V06g V07h
V12e V01f V02 V08 — V03 V04 V06 V07
e f g h
16-82
CP1B
Discount Schedule
53. 61. 76. 58. 67. 86. 71. 75. 99. 79. 88. 114. 164. 174. 185. 193. 221. 247. 286. 311. 352. 382. 703. 1327. 2744.
24 V 50 Hz only. Available on Types DPA122, DPA123, and SYD138 only. Not available for Type DP11 through DP31 single-pole devices. Not available for Type DP one- and two-pole devices.
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Definite Purpose Contactors Class 8910 / Refer to Catalog 8910CT9301
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Types DP, DPA, and SYD Application Data Table 16.225: 2 Normally Open & 2 Normally Closed 4-Pole Contactors—600 Vac Maximum Full Load Amperes
Resistive Load Amperes
N.O. Poles
Class 8910
N.C. Polesb
Type
Form
Table 16.230: Terminals
$ Price
20 25 2 2 DPA14a Y392 148. 159. 25 35 2 2 DPA24a Y392 171. 30 40 2 2 DPA34a Y392 186. 40 50 2 2 DPA44a Y392 a Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes on page 16-95. Above 240 volts, all lines must be switched. b Note: N.C. poles on outside. N.C. poles open before N.O. poles close.
g
Type of Lug
Wire Range g
20–30 A 40 A 50–60 A 75–90 A 120 A 132 A 220 A 352 A
Binder Head Box Lug Box Lug Box Lug Box Lug Box Lug Box Lug Box Lug
#14–#8 #14–#6 #14–#2 #14–#I/O #14–#I/O #8–350 MCM #8–350 MCM #4–500 MCM
Solid or stranded copper wire only.
Table 16.231: Miscellaneous Parts
Table 16.226: Auxiliary Contacts, 5 A, 600 Vac Rated For Use With Class 8910 Type DPA DPA122 DPA123 SYD
Contact Arrangement
Class 9999 Type
1 N.O. 1 N.C. 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. 2 N.O. 1 N.O. 1 N.C. 1 N.O. & 1 N.C.
D10 D01 D11 D20 SX6 SX7 SX8
Full Load Amperes
$ Price 16.40 16.40 29.50 29.50 57.00 57.00 77.00
DP DPA
c
20–40 20–40 50 DPA 20–40 DPA 60–75 DPA 90–120 SYD 132 SYD 220 CP1 discount schedule.
Class 9991 Type
Poles 1&2 2&3 2&3 4 2&3 2&3 2&3 2&3
Class 9999 Type
Description
Table 16.227: NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosures for Type DP, DPA and SYD Contactors Class 8910 Type
Power Terminals
Full Load Amperes
DIN mounting bracket attachment (Type DPA, 20 A to 60 A only) Type DP Series B Cover
DPG1 DPG1
52. 52.
DPG2
66.
DPG3 DPG4 DPG5 DPG6
95. 191. 309. 399.
7.70 2.10
Table 16.232: Factory Modifications Auxiliary contacts can be factory installed along with a DIN mounting bracket option. Special terminations are also available. Modification Factory installed auxiliary contacts Pressure wire connectors (20–30 A) Box lugs (20–30 A)
$ Price c
$ Price
DMB1 DPC1
Cu/Al box lugs (20–40 A) Cu/Al box lugs (20, 25 & 30 A) DIN mounting bracket attached (35 mm style)i Contact cover for Type DP Series B UL Listed label on device h i
Type
Form
— DPA DP DPA DPA DP DP DPA — DP
h
$ Price h
Y122
1.70 per pole
Y124
3.30 per pole
Y239 Y239
3.30 per pole 3.30 per pole 3.30 8.70 2.10 No Charge
Y135 Y248 U1
Contact your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office. Available for 20 through 60 A only.
Contactor
Table 16.228: Application Data Mechanical Life: Electrical Life: Type DP Type DPA, SYD Duty Cycle: Approvals: UL Component Recognized UL Listed (Form U1) CSA Certified DPA is CE marked
500,000 operations Bottom Tabs
100,000 operations 200,000 operations Continuous Top Hooks
File E78351, CCN NLDX2 File E78351, CCN NLDX File LR25490, Class 321104
Operating Tab
Note: See page 16-137 for replacement contacts.
Coil Replacement Auxiliary Contact Installation
No tools required
Table 16.233: Type DPA Coil Voltage Codes
Table 16.229: Class 8910 Type DPA Replacement Coils Full Load Amperes
Poles
Class 9998 Type
Volt-Amperes e Inrush
Sealed
$ Pricef
20–40 A 2&3 DA1d 56 6 68. 20–40 A 4 DA2d 109 10 92. 50–60 A 2&3 DA2d 109 10 92. 114. 75–90 A 2&3 DA3d 214 19 Replace diamond with suffix from DPA Coil Table 16.233. Example: Coil for Class 8910 d DPA33V02 120 V 60 Hz would be a Class 9998 Type DA1V02. For Types DP11 through DP32: Inrush 30 VA; Sealed 5 VA. e f CP10 Discount Schedule, not CP1. Note: See page 16-118 for DPA12_ and SYD Replacement Coils.
j
Voltage, 60 Hz
Voltage, 50 Hz
Voltage Code
24 120 208–240 277 480 600
24 110 220 — 440 550
V14 V02 V09 V04 V06j V07j
Available for Type DPA contactors only.
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1B
CP1
CP10
Discount Schedule
Modified 4/16/09
16-83
Definite Purpose Contactors
Types DP, DPA and SYD Approximate Dimensions Class 8910 / Refer to Catalog 8910CT9301
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
2.16
2.16
1.63
1.63
55
55
2.22
.27
.83 21
21
1.63
59
3.29 84
42
1.63
2.31
2.87
Type DP—2-Pole 20 through 40 Full Load Amperes
2.50
3.17 81
64
2.00 51
.25
38
13
.46
2.25
.25 .81
1.55
12
3.12 79
1.50
.50
4.00
3.25
3.75 95
102
83
3.11 79
57
21
6
6
39
4.00
3.25
Provisions for (4) #10 or M5 Mounting Screws
Type DPA—4-Pole 20 through 40 Full Load Amperes
Type DPA—2 and 3-Pole 20 through 40 Full Load Amperes
6
.51 13
1 6
2.11 1.54 39
3.27
C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U DR S P T O A S RE TT EY R S P E
.23 6
.07 2
.09
4.06
3.72
2.56 65
2.87
.44
2.50
11
73
64
4.44 113
3.67 93
6
.26
.06
7
2
4.63
5.20
118
94
.24 Provisions for (4) #10 or M5 Mounting Screws
Type DPA—2 and 3-Pole 50 and 60 Full Load Amperes
16-84
2
103
83
.26 7
54
3.75 95
102
83
Provi sions for (4) #10 or M5 Mounting Screws
.23
73
Provisions for (4) #10 or M5 Mounting Screws
Type DP—1-Pole 20 through 40 Full Load Amperes
6
2.87
3.29 84
42
59
73
Provisions for (4) #10 or M5 Mounting Screws
.25
57
7
.83
2.31
2.22
.27
42
57
7
42
3.39 86
5.12
132
Provisions for #10 or M5 Mounting Screws
130
4.37 111
.39 10
Type DPA—2 and 3-Pole 75 and 90 Full Load Amperes
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Definite Purpose Contactors
www.us.schneider-electric.com
Types DP, DPA and SYD Approximate Dimensions Class 8910 / Refer to Catalog 8910CT9301
FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
8.00
203
5.31
5.38 137
1.72
4.75 .31 8
1.50
135
44
.31
121
8
38
6.50
.12
6.03 153
2.73
165
3
69
6.63 168
6.86
7.01 178
174
13.11 333
Provi sion for 1/4" Mounting Screw
Type DPA 120 Full Load Ampere s
Provi sion for 5/16" Mounting Screw
6.50 165
Type SYD230 220 Full Load Ampere s
5.45 .53 13
1.86 47
138
.53 13
4.75
1.50
121
38
2.69 68
8.74
222
4.10 104
6.03 153
19.33
12.00
491
305
11.12 282
Provi sion for 1/2" Mounting Screw
Provision for 1/4" Mounting Screw
1.12 28
6.50 T2
64
.12
165
T1
2.50
3
T3
352
7.25 9.50
184
241
Type SYD368 Full Load Ampere s
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
Type SYD138 132 Full Load Ampere s
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
16-85
Definite Purpose Starters
Types DPS and H through M Class 8911 / Refer to Catalog 8910CT9301
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Class 8911 definite purpose starters are inexpensive starters for applications with relatively low duty cycles. Typical applications include air compressors, agricultural equipment, pumps, and HVAC equipment. Definite purpose starters offer:
• • • • • •
Low cost Small size Melting alloy overload block Trip-free reset mechanism Open type or enclosed 500,000 mechanical operations
Table 16.234: 2- and 3-Pole Starters—600 Vac Maximum
Type DPSO23V02
Type DPSG23V02
No. of Poles
Full Load Amperes
Compact 2-Pole Single Phase
230 V 3Ø
460/575 V 3Ø
230 V
460 V
575 V
Typeb
20 25 30
1 2 2
2 3 5
— — —
— — —
120 150 180
100 125 150
80 100 120
DSO12c DSO22c DSO32c
173. 189. 213.
DSG12c DSG22c DSG32c
212. 228. 254.
1
2-Pole Single Phase
20 25 30 40 50
1 2 2 3 3
2 3 5 7 1/2 10
— — — — —
— — — — —
120 150 180 240 300
100 125 150 200 250
80 100 120 160 200
DPSO12c DPSO22c DPSO32c DPSO42c DPSO52c
180. 197. 222. 243. 321.
DPSG12c DPSG22c DPSG32c DPSG42c DPSG52c
221. 236. 261. 284. 359.
1
3-Pole PolyPhase
20 25 30 40 50 60 75 90
1 2 2 3 3 5 5 7 1/2
2 3 5 7 1/2 10 10 15 20
3 7 1/2 10 10 15 25 25 30
5 10 15 20 30 30 40 50
120 150 180 240 300 360 450 540
100 125 150 200 250 300 375 450
80 100 120 160 200 240 300 360
DPSO13c DPSO23c DPSO33c DPSO43c DPSO53c DPSO63c DPSO73c DPSO93c
198. 213. 242. 266. 425. 453. 539. 728.
DPSG13c DPSG23c DPSG33c DPSG43c DPSG53c DPSG63c DPSG73c DPSG93c
237. 254. 282. 306. 464. 531. 617. 807.
3
c
4.00 102
7.00 178 6.20 157 Reset
d
Provisions for (3) #10 or M5 Mounting Screws
Type DPSO—2 and 3-Pole and DSO 20–50 Full Load Amperes 6.00 152 3.00 76
Prices do not include thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are priced at $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information. Holding circuit contacts are not provided as standard; refer to table below for kit. Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed below.
Table 16.235: Cross Reference Existing/Replacement Class 8911
0.5 13 1.50 38
.88 22
No. of Thermal Unitsa
230 V 1Ø
a
Approximate Dimensions
NEMA 1 Enclosed
Open Type
115 V 1Ø
b
3.50 89 1.60 41
Locked Rotor Amperes
Horsepower Ratings
Existing Device
Replacement Device
HO33 HG33 JO33 JG33 KO33 KG33 KO43 KG43 LO33 LG33 MO33 MG33 MO43 MG43
DPSO13 DPSG13 DPSO23 DPSG23 DPSO33 DPSG33
Full Load Amperes
$ Price a
Class 9998 Type
Poles
Volt Amperes Inrush
Sealed
$ Priceg
20–40 A 2&3 DA1h 56 6 50 A 2&3 DA2h 109 10 60–90 A 2&3 DA3h 214 19 See page 16-120 for replacement contacts for DPS devices. g CP10 Discount Schedule, not CP1. h Replace with Voltage Code from the Coil Table shown below.
68. 92. 114.
Table 16.238: Coil Voltage Codes
DPSO43 DPSG43 DPSO53 DPSG53 d d
Type DPS 4-Pole starter not available. Suggest 3-Pole device with auxiliary contact.
Voltage, 60 Hz
Voltage, 50 Hz
Voltage Code
24 120 208–240 277 480 600
24 110 220 — 440 550
V14 V02 V09 V04 V06 V07
Table 16.239: Auxiliary Contacts For Type DPS Startersi
Table 16.236: Miscellaneous Parts and Kits Class & Type
Typeb
Table 16.237: Class 8911 Type DPS Replacement Parts
d d
Description
$ Price a
Description
$ Price
Start-Stop push button kitef 8911DPB1 89.00 Hand-Off-Auto selector switch kite 8911DSS1 89.00 28.50 Standard N.C. overload relay contact 9998SO1 77.00 N.C. and N.O. isolated overload relay 9999SO4 alarm contacts 9.50 Overload relay jumper strap 9998SO31 e Use for 20 to 40 A starters. For 50 A starters, use the 9999BLX bracket. Does not include holding circuit interlock—order auxiliary contact. f
i j
Class 9999 Type
$ Price j
16.40 1 N.O. D10 16.40 1 N.C. D01 29.50 1 N.O./1 N.C. D11 29.50 2 N.O. D20 Auxiliary contacts are available factory installed. Consult Square D/Schneider Electric CIC at 1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733). CP1B discount schedule.
Table 16.240: Ratings—Overload Contacts and Auxiliary Contacts 1 6
8.13 207
C N Reset OE M NA T / AD 1.00 C E .94 4.13 25 T F 24 105 .94 I ON 24 R I S T E Type DPSG—2 and 3-Pole A P 20–40 Full Load Amperes N U D R S P T O A S RE T ET RY S P E
16-86
Pilot Duty – AC Only (35% Power Factor)
Volts AC
Device
10.00 254
9998 SO1 9999 SO4 9999 R20 & R21 9999 D10, D01, D11 & D20
Make
Carry & Break
Continuous Current Rating
120 or Less
30 A
3A
5A
120–600
3600 VA
360 VA
5A
Table 16.241: How to Order To Order Specify:
• • • •
Class Number Type Number Voltage Code Form(s)
Catalog Number Class
Type
Coil Voltage Code
8911
DPSG33
V02
CP1
CP1B
CP10
Form(s)
Discount Schedule
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
www.us.schneider-electric.com
Well-Guard ® Pump Panels
Full Voltage Type Class 8940 / Refer to Catalog 8940CT9701
FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Class 8940 panels in NEMA 3R enclosures are specifically designed for pumping applications. Extra space is provided for field installation of auxiliary equipment. • Approved for submersible pump applications • Class 10 overload relay through 100 hp—480 V, 50 hp—240 V • Adjustable trip current • All prices include a START push button and a HANDOFF-AUTO selector switch.
• •
Ambient temperature compensated overload Phase failure sensitive through 100 hp—480 V, 50 hp—240 V Sizes closely matched to common motor sizes All devices are UL Listed, and marked “SUITABLE ONLY FOR USE AS SERVICE EQUIPMENT”
• •
Table 16.242: 3-Pole Polyphase—480 Vac Maximum (50–60 Hz) Max. Hp Polyphase
Volts
Coil Voltaged
Fuse Clip Amperesc
Type
30 30 30 60 60
NPD2003d NPE2005d NPE2007d NPF2010d NPF2015d
1254. 1254. 1254. 1472. 1691.
100 100 100 200 200
NPG2020d NPG2025d NPJ2030d NPJ2040d NPJ2050d
2412. 2721. 2721. 4634. 5013.
75 100 100 200 250
LAL36250a 400 LAL36350a MAL36700a MAL36800a
XSG2075db SSG2100b XSG2100db XSH2200db XSJ2250db
13260. 10857. 13260. 28755. 38763.
300 3 5 7-1/2 10 15
MAL361000a 30 30 30 30 30
XSJ2300db NPD4003d NPD4005d NPD4007d NPE4010d NPE4015d
38763. 1254. 1254. 1254. 1254. 1472.
60 60 60 100 100
NPF4020d NPF4025d NPF4030d NPG4040d NPG4050d
1691. 1691. 2412. 2721. 2721.
100 200 200 LAL36250a 400
NPJ4060d NPJ4075d NPJ4100d XSG4150db SSG4200b
4434. 4634. 5013. 13260. 10857.
LAL36350a MAL36500a MAL36600a MAL36700a MAL36800a
XSG4200db XSH4300db XSH4350db XSH4400db XSJ4500d
13260. 28755. 28755. 28755. 38763.
MAL361000a
XSJ4600d
38763.
3 5 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50
240
Type NPF4030
240–60 220–50
20 25 30 40 50 480
480–60 440–50
60 75 100 150 200 200 300 350 400 500
Type NPG4050
a b
c d
600 Circuit breaker disconnect supplied. Type NP panels include a three phase overload re lay, and do not require thermal units. Types NSG, XSG, and XSH panels include a three unit overload relay. Thermal units must be ordered separately at $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information. Fuse clips are sized for use with dual-element time-delay fuses. Coil voltage code must be specified to order this p roduct. Refer to standard voltage codes listed below.
Table 16.245: Class 8940 Electrical Interlock Disconnect Switches 30 A 60 A 100 A 200 A 400 A
Table 16.243: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage
e f
60 Hz
50 Hz
24ef 120f 208f 240 — 480 600f Specify
— 110f — 220 380 440 550f Specify
Code
$ Price Adder
V01 V02 V08 V03 V05 V06 V07 V99
N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C 23.70
24 V coils are not available on Size 4 starters. On Size 1–3, 24 V coils are available. Form S must be used. Form S required for separate control.
$ Price
SPDT
DPDT
ElK1g ElK1g 9999TC10 9999R39 9999R35
ElK2g ElK2g 9999TC20 9999R40 9999R36
Circuit Breakers
g
GJL N/A FAL 9999R26 KAL 9999R26 LAL 9999R26 MAL 9999R26 No Class Number required.
N/A 9999R27 9999R27 9999R27 9999R27
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
Table 16.244: AC Operated Devices with Control Power Transformers Voltage
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
Code
60 Hz (Primary-Secondary) 240-120 480-120
V80 V81
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
Modified 4/16/09
16-87
Well-Guard ® Pump Panels
Full Voltage Type, Type “S2” Class 8940 / Refer to Catalog 8940CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Class 8940 “S2” Pumping Plant Panels i n NEMA 3R enclosures are specifically designed for oil field applications. All panels are supplied with a MAG-GARD ® circuit breaker or a visi ble blade, fused, disconnect switch. This line of pumping plant panels features: • Rugged spring latches for easy access without a tool • Side mounted control units for convenient operation • Door retainer available for windy areas • Price includes Hand-Off-Auto selector switch • UL Listed for use as service equipment for motors • Extra panel space for additional electrical controls • All devices are UL Listed, and marked “SUITABLE ONLY FOR USE AS SERVICE EQUIPMENT” Thermal units must be ordered separately at $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information. NOTE: Overload relays are ambient temperature compensated.
Table 16.246: 3-Pole Polyphase—480 Vac Maximum (50–60 Hz) Type WC3S2V06
Volts
Max. Hp Polyphase
Coil a Voltage
7-1/2 10 240
15 30
240–60 220–50
40 7-1/2 15 25
480–60 440–50
30
WC1S2V03
1406.
2
60
WD1S2V03
1920.
3
100
WE1S2V03
3099.
200 30
2 3
75
4
100 a b
1
2
50
Type XE3S2V02B12S
Type
1
10
Circuit Breaker Type
Fuse Clip Amperesb
4
50
480
Fusible Disconnect Type
NEMA Size
WF1S2V03 WC3S2V06
$ Price
5816. 1406.
60
WD3S2V06
1946.
100
WE3S2V06
3165.
200
WF3S2V06
5867.
Frame Size
Type
$ Price
GJL36030M04
XC1S2V03
1485.
GJL36050M05
XD1S2V03
1998.
FAL3610018M
XD2S2V03
1998.
FAL3610018M
XE1S2V03
3257.
KAL3625026M
XF1S2V03
5975.
KAL3625029M
XF2S2V03
5975.
GJL36015M03
XC3S2V06
1508.
GJL36030M04
XC4S2V06
1508.
GJL36030M04
XD3S2V06
2024.
GJL36050M05
XD4S2V06
2024.
FAL3610018M
XE3S2V06
3324.
KAL3625025M
XF3S2V06
6024.
KAL3625029M
XF4S2V06
6024.
Coil voltage code must be supplied to order this product. See Coil Voltage Codes table to the left for codes. Fuse clips are sized for use with dual-element time-delay fuses.
Table 16.247: Factory Modifications (Forms) Description
Form Letter
$ Price
No Charge Substitute Class 10 IEC overload relay – state motor hp (NEMA Sizes 0–4 only) B12 Control transformer with fused primary: Types: 257.00 NPD, NPE, NPF, SSC, WC, XC (50 VA) 359.00 NPG, SSD, XD, WD (100 VA) F4T 531.00 NPJ, SSE, XE, WE (150 VA) 645.00 SSF, XF, WF (300 VA) 731.00 SSG, NSG, XSG (50 VA and an interposing control relay) Factory installed door wind latch assembly in a standard 8940NPD, NPE, NPF, NPG, NPJ, SSC, SSD, SSE and SSF G45 75.00 551.00 Elapsed time meter G97 Substitute Class 10 MOTOR LOGIC ® SSOLRe H10 42.80 Time delay relay (specify ON or OFF delay) K 798.00 Program timer with day omission feature K141 798.00 Backspin timer (time delay upon energization) K15 741.00 No Charge Start Pushbutton (S2 panels only) A28 “Slim” panel (Types WC, WD, WE, XC, XD, XE only) L8 No Charge No Charge “Short” panel (Types SSE, SSF, XE-S2 and XF-S2 only) L9 224.00 Pilot light (specify lens color). Does not include auxiliary contact. Pc No Charge Separate control S 105.00 Auxiliary contacts (specify N.O. or N.C.) Xd Special UL panel label for modified UL Listed devices on non-standard panels, requires approval 179.00 Y1 by manufacturing plant 380.00 Lightning arrestor Y1532 975.00 Phase failure, phase reversal relay with time delay including under and over voltage protection R44 No Charge Substitute standard trip melting alloy overload relays Y61 No Charge Substitute quick-trip melting alloy overload relay (Sizes 1 and 2 only) Y611 Indicate pilot light color as Form P1 (red) or Form P2 (green). See page 16-110, footnote f for more selections. c d To determine the maximum number of auxiliary contacts which can be added to each Type S device and for the appropriate “X Form,” refer to tables in the Class 8536 section. e Motor Logic SSOLR are designed to protect 50/60 hertz three-phase AC motors from overload, phase unbalance and phase loss conditions. Open Delta systems or grounded B-phase systems are difficult to balance and could cause the Motor Logic SSOLR to trip. For applications of this nature, it is recommended that bi-metallic overload relays (Form B12) be used.
1 6 C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U DR S P T O A S RE TT EY R S P E
Table 16.248: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage
f g
60 Hz
50 Hz
24fg 120g 208g 240 — 480 600g Specify
— 110g — 220 380 440 550g Specify
Code
$ Price Adder
V01 V02 V08 V03 V05 V06 V07 V99
N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C 23.70
24 V coils are not available on Size 4 starters. On Size 1–3, 24 V coils are available. Form S must be used. Form S required for separate control.
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
16-88
CP1
Discount Schedule
Modified 4/16/09
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
www.us.schneider-electric.com
Well-Guard ® Pump Panels
Full Voltage Type, Type NS, SS, XS Class 8940 / Refer to Catalog 8940CT9701
FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
NOTE: Motor Logic SSOLR are designed to protect
50/60 hertz three-phase AC motors from overload, phase unbalance and phase loss conditions. Open Delta systems or grounded B-phase systems are difficult to balance and could cause the Motor Logic SSOLR to trip. For applications of this nature, it is recommended that bi-metallic overload relays (Form B12) be used.
Class 8940 Type NS, SS, and XS panels in NEMA 3R enclosures are specifically designed for pumping applications. Extra space is provided for field installation of auxiliary equipment. • Type S Contactor provided as standard • Approved for submersible pump applications • Class 10 Motor Logic ® SSOLR through 200 hp–480 V, 100 hp–240 V, Type SS only • All prices include a START push button and a HAND-OFF-AUTO selector switch • Adjustable trip current • Phase failure sensitive through 200 hp–480 V, 100 hp–240 V, Type SS only • Ambient temperature compensated overload • All devices are UL Listed, and marked “SUITABLE ONLY FOR USE AS SERVICE EQUIPMENT”
Table 16.249: 3-Pole Polyphase—480 Vac Maximum (50–60 Hz)—Fusible a Volts
240
Type SSD4030
480
Maximum Hp Polyphase
Coil Voltageb
3, 5, 7-1/2 10, 15 20, 25, 30 40, 50 75 100 100 200 250 300 3, 5, 7-1/2, 10 15, 20, 25 30 40, 50 60, 75, 100 150 200 200 300 350 400 500 600
240–60 220–50
480–60 440–50
Fuse Clip Amperesc
Type
$ Price
30 60 100 200 LAL36250e 400 LAL36350e MAL36700e MAL36800e MAL361000e 30 60 60 100 200 LAL36250e 400 LAL36350e MAL36500e MAL36600e MAL36700e MAL36800e MAL361000e
SSC2007d SSD2015d SSE2030d SSF2050d XSG2075bf SSG2100d XSG2100b XSH2200bf XSJ2250b XSJ2300b SSC4010d SSD4025d SSD4030d SSE4050d SSF4100d XSG4150bf SSG4200d XSG4200b XSH4300bf XSH4350bf XSH4400bf XSJ4500b XSJ4600b
1335. 1653. 2796. 5145. 13260. 10857. 13260. 28755. 38763. 38763. 1335. 1653. 2225. 2796. 5145. 13260. 10857. 13260. 28755. 28755. 28755. 38763. 38763.
Table 16.250: 3-Pole Polyphase—480 Vac Maximum (50–60 Hz)—Circuit Breaker Volts
Type SSE4050
a b c d e f g
Max. Hp Polyphase
Coil Voltageb
Circuit Breakerg
Type
$ Price
25 XSE2025V03 3066. FAL3610018M 3066. 30 XSE2030V03 240–60 240 220–50 40 KAL3625026M XSE2040V03 5100. 50 KAL3625029M XSF2050V03 5505. 3066. 40 XSE4040V06 FAL3610018M 50 XSE4050V06 3066. 480–60 4889. 480 60 XSE4060V06 440–50 KAL3625025M 5100. 75 XSE4075V06 5505. 100 KAL3625029M XSF4100V06 To substitute an IEC ambient compensated bimetallic overload relay (up to size 5) for the MOTOR LOGIC SSOLR, request Form B12 and state motor hp (no charge). This applies to the above (SSx) devices only. See page 16-87 for coil voltage codes and pricing. Fuse clips are sized for use with dual-element time-delay fuses. Voltage code not required for 240 V or 480 V common control with 8940SS controllers. Circuit breaker disconnect supplied. (See page 7-31 for circuit breaker adjusment range.) Types XSG and XSH panels include a three-unit overload relay. Thermal units must be ordered separately at$14.30 each; see page 16-129 for selection information. See page 7-31 for circuit breaker adjustment range.
Table 16.251: Class 8940—UL Listed Short Circuit Ratings Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Type
h
NEMA Size
Voltage
Enclosure
Available Amperes RMS Symmetrical
0-3 4&5 6 7 7
600 600 600 0-480 481-600
Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard
5,000 10,000 18,000 30,000 22,000
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
Standard enclosure includes non-oversize NEMAs 1, 4 & 4X Stainless, and 12.
Table 16.252: Class 8940—UL Listed Short Circuit Ratings NEMA Size
NEMA Fuse Class
Enclosure
Available Amperes RMS Symmetrical
0–3 0–3 0–2 0–2 4–5 4–5 6 6
Class H or K Class R Class H or K Class R Class H or K Class R Class H or K Class R
Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard
5,000 100,000 5,000 100,000 10,000 100,000 18,000 100,000
6 1
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11. © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
Modified 4/17/09
16-89
Well-Guard ® Pump Panel
Reduced Voltage Type Class 8940 / Refer to Catalog 8940CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Class 8940 Reduced Voltage panels in NEMA 3R enclosures are specifically designed for pumping applications. Extra space is provided for field installation of auxiliary equipment. • Type S contactors/starters provided as standard • All devices are UL Listed, and marked “SUITABLE ONLY FOR USE AS SERVICE EQUIPMENT” • Price includes Hand-Off-Auto selector switch and Start push button
Table 16.253: Closed Transition Autotransformer Type 3-Pole Polyphase—480 Vac Maximum (50–60 Hz) Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Overload relays are ambient temperature compensated. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 2–6). Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information. Fusible Disconnect Type Motor (Starter) Volts
Max. Hp Polyphase
Coil Voltage
NEMA Size
Fuse Clip Amperes
Type
Circuit Breaker Type $ Price
a
Type VG4V06K15
a b
Circuit Breaker
15 2 60 RD4DV03b FAL36080 7952. 25 100 RE4FV03b FAL36100 11370. 3 30 200 RE1GV03b KAL36100 11561. 230 240–60 (240) 220–50 50 4 200 RF4JV03b KAL36200 17771. 29297. 75 400 RG1LV03b LAL36250 5 100 400 RG1MV03b LAL36350 30722. 8370. 25 2 60 RD2FV06b FAL36070 11390. 30 100 RE2GV06b FAL36080 3 12131. 50 100 RE2JV06b FAL36100 17771. 75 200 RF2LV06b KAL36125 4 18852. 100 200 RF2MV06b KAL36200 460 480–60 (480) 440–50 28490. 150 400 RG3PV06b KAL36250 5 32573. 200 400 RG3QV06b LAL36350 300 — — MAL36600 — 6 — 400 — — MAL36900 600 7 — — — MAL361000 Fuse clips are sized for use with dual-element time-delay fuses. Coil voltage code must be specified to ord er this product. Refer to standard voltage codes shown to the left.
Type
$ Price
VD1DV03b VE1FV03b VE2GV03b VF1JV03b VG2LV03b VG2MV03b VD1FV06b VE1GV06b VE1JV06 b VF1LV06b VF1MV06b VG4PV06b VG4QV06b VH1SV06 b VH2TV06b VJ1WV06b
7952. 11370. 11561. 18738. 29297. 30722. 8370. 11390. 12131. 18581. 18852. 30893. 34158. 52892. 52892. 82089.
Table 16.254: Part Winding Type 3-Pole Polyphase—480 Vac Maximum (50–60 Hz) Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Overload relays are ambient temperat ure compensated. Devices require 6 thermal units (Sizes 2–6). Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information. Combination Fusible Disconnect Type Motor (Starter) Voltage
Max. Hp Polyphase
Coil Voltage
NEMA Size
Fuse Clip (2 Sets) (A)
Type
c
c d
1 6
Combination Circuit Breaker Type
$ Price
Circuit Breaker (2 Bkrs.) Frame Size
5024. 25 2PW 60 MD4FV03d FAL36070 30 60 ME5GV03d FAL36080 7739. 3PW 7739. 50 100 ME6JV03d FAL36100 230 240–60 75 4PW 200 MF1LV03d KAL36150 14547. (240) 220–50 28884. 100 200 MG3MV03d KAL36175 125 5PW 400 MG1NV03d LAL36250 28884. 28884. 150 400 MG1PV03d LAL36250 5024. 30 30 MD5GV06d FAL36040 2PW 40 60 MD2HV06d FAL36050 5024. 7739. 60 60 ME7KV06d FAL36070 3PW 7739. 75 100 ME3LV06d FAL36090 460 480–60 15600. d 100 200 MF3MV06 FAL36100 (480) 440–50 4PW 15600. 150 200 MF3PV06d KAL36125 28884. 200 200 MG4QV06d KAL36175 28884. 250 5PW 200 MG4RV06d KAL36225 28884. 350 400 MG2TV06d LAL36300 Fuse clips are sized for use with dual-element time-delay fuses. Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes shown above to the left.
Type
$ Price
PD1FV03d PE3GV03d PE3JV03d PF3LV03d PG2MV03d PG3NV03d PG3PV03d PD1GV06d PD1HV06d PE3KV06d PE3LV06d PF2MV06d PF3PV06d PG2QV06d PG3RV06d PG3TV06d
4862. 7548. 7548. 15600. 28884. 28884. 28884. 4862. 4862. 7548. 7548. 15600. 15600. 28884. 28884. 28884.
Table 16.255: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage
C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U DR S P T O A S RE TT EY R S P E
e f
60 Hz
50 Hz
24ef 120f 208 240 — 480 600 Specify
— 110 — 220 380 440 550 Specify
Code
$ Price Adder
V01 V02 V08 V03 V05 V06 V07 V99
N.C. N.C. N.C. N.C. N.C. N.C. N.C. 23.70
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 2–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified. These voltage codes must include Form S (no charge).
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
16-90
CP1
Discount Schedule
Modified 4/17/09
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
WELL-GUARD ® Pump Panels Class 8940 / Refer to Catalog 8940CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Approximate Dimensions Table 16.256: Type NPD/E/F SSC SSD NPG/J SSE/F XSE/F WC—S2 WD—S2 XC—S2 XD—S2 WE—S2 WF—S2 XE—S2 XF—S2 NSG XSG XSH XSJ
Fig.
A IN
B mm
IN
C mm
IN
D mm
IN
E mm
IN
F mm
IN
G mm
IN
H mm
IN
mm
J IN
K mm
L
M
IN mm Conduit IN mm
Knockouts R
S
V T
IN
mm
1
39.05 992 13.73 349
6.67 169
963
7.00 178 2.41 61 3.00 76 3.00 76
2-1/2
2.41 61 1/2–3/4 1-1/4– 1-1/2
1
49.00 1245 19.15 486
8.81 224 10.37 263 44.07 1119 47.88 1216
7.00 178 2.17 55 2.69 68 3.44 87
2-1/2
2.57 65 1/2–3/4
1–1-1/4 1–1-1/4 1.41 36 1–2-1/2 1-1/2–2
1
38.50 978 19.00 483
7.29 185
949
7.00 178 2.18 55 2.13 54 2.13 54
1-1/2
2.12 54 1/2–3/4
1–1-1/4 1/2–3/4 1-1/2
1
56.50 1435 23.00 584
8.23 209 10.33 262 52.00 1321 55.38 1407
7.00 178 2.18 55 2.69 68 3.44 87
2
2.68 68 1/2–3/4
1–1-1/4 1–1-1/4 1.50 38 2–2-1/2 1-1/2–2
9.70 246 33.05
9.39 239 34.00
839 37.93
864 37.38
.50
13 14.00 356 N/A N/A .56
14
1/2–3 /4 1.41 36
—
—
1
74.50 1892 22.00 559 13.80 351 17.55 446 73.00 1854
N/A N/A
N/A
N/A N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
1.50 38
2 2
82.50 2096 36.00 914 20.00 508 23.25 591 80.00 2032 33.75 857 16.50 419 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 92.50 2350 34.00 864 20.00 508 23.25 591 90.00 2286 31.75 806 16.50 419 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
N/A N/A
N/A N/A N/A N/A
N/A N/A
N/A N/A
N/A N/A
N/A N/A N/A N/A
Table 16.257: Part Winding—Reduced Voltage Type Ty pe
Figure
PD MD PE PF ME MF PG MG PH
A
B
IN
mm
IN
3 3
19.00 23.00
483 584
34.50 25.50
3
30.00
762
3 4
25.00 36.00
4 4
C mm
D
E IN
F
IN
mm
IN
mm
mm
IN
876 648
12.25 10.60
311 269
13.00 17.00
330 432
33.50 24.50
851 622
.44 .44
mm 11 11
47.00
1194
13.25
337
22.00
559
46.00
1168
.56
14
635 914
52.50 93.00
1334 2362
12.13 19.25
308 489
19.00 33.75
483 857
51.50 12.50
1308 318
.44 .69
11 18
36.00
914
73.00
1854
19.25
489
33.75
857
12.50
318
.69
18
38.00
965
93.00
2362
19.25
489
35.75
908
12.50
318
.69
18
Table 16.258: Autotransformer—Reduced Voltage Type Type
Figure
RD VD RE, VE RF, VF RG VG VH VJa a
3
A IN 25.00
B mm 635
C
D
IN
mm
IN
mm
IN
52.50
1334
11.13
283
19.00
E mm 483
IN 51.50
F mm
IN
1308
.44
mm 11
4
32.00
813
72.50
1842
19.25
489
29.75
756
12.50
318
.68
17
4 4 4 4
36.00 32.00 34.00 64.00
914 813 864 1626
93.00 72.50 93.00 93.00
2362 1842 2362 2362
19.25 19.25 23.25 27.25
489 489 591 692
33.75 29.75 31.75 61.75
857 756 806 1568
12.50 12.50 16.50 17.25
318 318 419 438
.69 .68 .69 .81
17 17 17 21
Cabinet has double doors.
NOTE: Illustrations
may not represent the actual enclosure; they are intended for dimensional information only.
Figure 1
Figure 2
Figure 3
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
Figure 4
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
16-91
AC Duplex Motor Controllers
Class 8941
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Duplex Motor Controllers are used to control two motors, and consist of two starters in a common enclosure. Two separate disconnect switches or circuit breakers with operators are included with all combination devices. Unless Form Y68 is specified, an alternation circuit (a Class 8501 Type XO40 relay) is included, which alternately operates first one motor and then the other on each successive closing of a pilot device. Both motors will be energized should a second pilot device close. All devices incorporate a terminal block to simplify wiring of pilot devices A and B. Typical applications include pump motors where a second pump is required for peak demand periods yet alternation is desirable to equalize pump wear.
Table 16.259: 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum (50–60 Hz) Non-Combination Type—Without Disconnect—With Electric Alternation Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 6 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information. Maximum Rating Each Motor
NEMA Size
0 1 2 3 4
NEMA 4/4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure
Voltage
Hp Polyphase
200–230 460–575 200–230 460–575 200 230 460–575 200 230 460–575 200 230 460–575
3 5 7-1/2 10 10 15 25 25 30 50 40 50 100
Type
$ Price
Type
NEMA 12 (NEMA 3 and 3R) a Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure $ Price
Type
Open Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
NBG10b
1548.
NBW10b
2070.
NBA10b
1709.
NBO10b
1425.
NCG20b
1652.
NCW20b
2193.
NCA20b
1814.
NCO20b
1529.
NDG30b
2487.
NDW30b
3618.
NDA30b
2906.
NDO30b
2193.
NEG40b
3408.
NEW40b
5535.
NEA40b
3950.
NEO40b
2991.
NFG50b
6960.
NFW50b
10587.
NFA50b
8754.
NFO50b
6077.
Table 16.260: 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum (50–60 Hz) Combination Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Type—With Electric Alternation Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 6 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information. Motor Starter Voltage
200 (208)
Max. Hp Polyphase
Coil Voltage b
NEMA Size
Frame Size
Ampere Rating
Type
$ Price
NEMA 12 NEMA 4/4X (NEMA 3 Watertight and Dusttight and 3R)a Stainless Steel Enclosure Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure Type
C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U DR S P T O A S RE TT EY R S P E
Type
$ Price
0
FAL
15 20
CBG06b CBG08b
2630.
CBW06b CBW08b
4634.
CBA06b CBA08b
3134.
5 7-1/2
1
FAL
35 50
CCG12b CCG15b
2735.
CCW12b CCW15b
4739.
CCA12b CCA15b
3239.
2
FAL FAL FAL KAL
60 90 100 110 125 200 15 20
CDG22b CEG32b CEG36b CEG38b CFG41b CFG44b CBG06b CBG08b
3884.
CDW22b CEW32b CEW36b CEW38b CFW41b CFW44b CBW06b CBW08b
6980.
CDA22b CEA32b CEA36b CEA38b CFA41b CFA44 b CBA06b CBA08b
4596.
30 45
CCG14b CCG16b
10 15 20 25 30 40 2 3
208–60
3 4
KAL
0
FAL
1
FAL
240–60 220–50
6267. 13056. 2630. 2735.
CCW14b CCW16b
10 60 CDG22b CDW22b 2 FAL 3884. 15 80 CDG24b CDW24b 25 FAL 100 CEG36b CEW36b 6267. 3 30 KAL 110 CEG38b CEW38b 40 150 CFG43b CFW43b 13056. 4 KAL 50 200 CFG44b CFW44b 3239. 5 0 FAL 15 CBG10b CBW10b 7-1/2 20 CCG18b CCW18b 3342. 1 FAL 10 25 CCG20b CCW20b 15 40 CDG26b CDW26b 4491. 460 20 480–60 2 FAL 60 CDG28b CDW28b (480) 25 440–50 70 CDG30b CDW30b 30 80 CEG39b CEW39b 6267. 3 FAL 50 100 CEG40b CEW40b 75 125 CFG45b CFW45b 4 KAL 13056. 100 200 CFG47b CFW47b a NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor applications. For details refer to Class 9991, page16-105. Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed on page16-94. b Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page16-111.
1 6
$ Price
2 3
5 7-1/2 230 (240)
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure
Circuit Breaker
11660. 19949. 4634. 4739. 6980. 11660. 19949. 5241. 5346. 7587. 11660. 19949.
CCA14b CCA16b CDA22b CDA24b CEA36b CEA38b CFA43b CFA44b CBA10b CCA18b CCA20b CDA26b CDA28b CDA30b CEA39b CEA40b CFA45b CFA47b
7188. 15600. 3134. 3239. 4596. 7188. 15600. 3741. 3846. 5204. 7188. 15600.
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11.
16-92
CP1
Discount Schedule
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
www.us.schneider-electric.com
AC Duplex Motor Controllers
Factory Modifications (Forms) Class 8941
FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 16.261: 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum (50–60 Hz) Combination Disconnect Switch Type—With Electric Alternation Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 6 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. See page 16-129 for selection information. Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage)
Max. Hp Polyphase
Coil Voltage c
NEMA Size
Fuse Clip Size Ampsb
NEMA 4/4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Type
$ Price
Type
NEMA 12 (NEMA 3 and 3R) a Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure
$ Price
Type
$ Price
2487. UBW10c 4491. 2991. None UBG10c UBA10c 3 0 2544. DBW08c 4548. 3048. 30 DBG08c DBA08c 2592. UCW20c 4596. 3096. None UCG20c UCA20c 7-1/2 1 2649. DCW18c 4653. 3153. 60 DCG18c DCA18c 200 208-60 (208) 3761. UDW30c 6855. 4472. None UDG30c UDA30c 10 2 60 DDG28c DDA28c 3836. DDW28c 6932. 4548. 5868. UEW40c 11261. 6789. c c None UEG40 UEA40 25 3 6048. DEW38c 11442. 6969. 200 DEG38c DEA38c None UBG10c UBA10c 2487. UBW10c 4491. 2991. 3 0 30 DBG08c DBA08c 2544. DBW08c 4548. 3048. None UCG20c UCA20c 2592. UCW20c 4596. 3096. 7-1/2 1 2649. DCW18c 4653. 3153. 60 DCG18c DCA18c 230 240-60 (240) 220-50 None UDG30c UDA30c 3761. UDW30c 6855. 4472. 15 2 60 DDG28c DDA28c 3836. DDW28c 6932. 4548. 5868. UEW40c 11261. 6789. None UEG40c UEA40c 30 3 6048. DEW38c 11442. 6969. 200 DEG38c DEA38c 2487. UBW10c 4491. 2991. None UBG10c UBA10c 5 0 2555. DBW10c 4557. 3057. 30 DBG10c DBA10c 2592. UCW20c 4596. 3096. None UCG20c UCA20c 480-60 10 1 2658. DCW20c 4662. 3162. 30 DCG20c DCA20c 460 440-50 (480) 575 3761. UDW30c 6855. 4472. None UDG30c UDA30c 25 2 (600) 3864. DDW30c 6960. 4577. 60 DDG30c DDA30c 5868. UEW40c 11261. 6789. None UEG40c UEA40c 50 3 6153. DEW40c 11546. 7074. 100 DEG40c DEA40c a c NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor applications. For Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to details refer to Class 9991, page 16-105. standard voltage codes listed on page 16-94. Hp rating applies only when dual element time delay fuses are used. Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page16-111. b
Table 16.262: Factory Modifications (Forms) Descriptionh PILOT DEVICES IN COVER d “START-STOP” push buttons—one supplied for each motor. (Form C or Form Y68 required.) “HAND-OFF-AUTO” selector switch—one supplied for each motor. “NO. 1 LEAD—NO. 2 LEAD” selector switch for manual selection of lead pump. (Form Y68 required.) Red "ON" pilot light—one supplied for each motor. Push-to-test red “ON” pilot light—one supplied for each motor. Non-standard markings for pilot devices. “TEST” push button for each starter. CONTROL CIRCUIT MODIFICATIONS Fused control circuit without transformer One fuse Two fuses Fused control circuit transformer, two fuses in primary, with 600, 480, 240 or 208 V primary and 120 V secondary –one supplied for each starter. Fused control circuit transformer, two fuses in primary, one fuse in secondary— one supplied for each starter. 100 VA additional capacity 200 VA additional capacity Extra capacity control circuit transformer—two fuses in primary—one supplied for each starter (See Table 16.263) 100 VA additional capacity 200 VA additional capacity Elapsed time meter for each starter Pressure switch for each starter (Square D pressure switch 9012GAW25) Addition of 2 relays to modify controller for operation with single pole pilot devices. Addition of 3 relays to modify controller for operation with single pole mercury float switches. Control circuit wired for separate 120 V source. Addition of 1 N.O. unwired interlock per starter for use by customer. (1 N.O. unwired interlock per starter is supplied as standard.) Addition of 1 N.C. unwired interlock per starter for customer use. Modified wiring for use with double pole mercury float switches. Deduct for omission of electrical alternating circuit. Additional Control circuit terminals—per wired terminal. (5 point terminal block is standard) Unwired
Price/NEMA Size
Enclosure Type
Form
1, 4, 12
A
447.00
447.00
447.00
1, 4,12
C
447.00
447.00
447.00
447.00
342.00 447.00
342.00 447.00
342.00 447.00
0–1
2
3
4 447.00
Any 1, 4, 12 1, 4, 12 Any Any
C13 P1
342.00 447.00
P21 G12 Y29
579.00 19.10 447.00
579.00 19.10 447.00
579.00 19.10 447.00
579.00 19.10 447.00
Any Any
F F4
418.00 418.00
418.00 418.00
418.00 418.00
418.00 418.00
Any
F4T
513.00
722.00 1064.00
1292.00
930.00 FF4T FF4T11 1329.00 FF4T12 1652.00
1140.00 1481.00 1595.00 1899.00 1956.00 2261.00
Any Any Any
g
1709.00 2090.00 2450.00
Any Any Any
F4T11 F4T12 G97
864.00 1235.00 1101.00
1178.00 1481.00 1535.00 1842.00 1101.00 1101.00
— — 1101.00
Any Any Any
D R7 R8
503.00 969.00 1452.00
503.00 503.00 969.00 969.00 1452.00 1452.00
503.00 969.00 1452.00
Any
S
No Charge
No No Charge Charge
No Charge
Any Any
X10 X01
210.00 210.00
210.00 210.00
210.00 210.00
g g f f
210.00 210.00
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T d g Not available on open style devices. Single primary voltage must be specified. P S Addition of terminal block 9080CA or 9080GR6 only. 5 point terminal These Forms are most commonly used. Other Forms may be available. R e h D block is provided as standard for custom connection. A wiring diagram Consult Square D/Schneider Electric CIC at 1-888-SquareD U N must be supplied for factory wiring. (1-888-778-2733) for additional information. P A f Not available on this size. Use Form FF4T_ _. E S T I Table 16.263: R N O I Standard Capacity 100 VA Additional Capacity 200 VA Additional Capacity T F NEMA (Form F4T) (Form F4T11) (Form F4T12) C E Size D / A Class 9070 Type Class 9070 Type Class 9070 Type T A N 0&1 T100 T200 T300 M O E 2 T100 T300 T300 C N 3 4
T150 T300
T300 T500
Any Any Any Any
Y24 Y68 G56e G50e
209.00 579.00 77.00 38.00
209.00 579.00 77.00 38.00
209.00 579.00 77.00 38.00
209.00 579.00 77.00 38.00
T500 T500
6 1
For How to Order Information, see page 16-11. © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
16-93
AC Duplex Motor Controllers Class 8941
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Approximate Dimensions Table 16.264: NEMA 1 Enclosure—Non-Combination (Figure 1) E
F
G
A
F
Starter Size
A
B
C
D
H
0, 1, or 2
20-1/2
24-1/8
8-11/16
17-7/8
21-1/2
1-5/16
1-5/16
5/16 Dia.
3 or 4
22-1/8
34
9-3/4
16
35-1/2
3-1/16
3/4
7/16 Dia.
F
D
C
E
Table 16.265: NEMA 1 Enclosure—Combination (Figure 2) Starter Size
A
B
C
D
B
E
F
G
H
0, 1, or 2 (For FAL Circuit Breaker and 20-3/8 35 9-5/8 17 32-1/2 3-5/16 1-1/4 30 A & 60 A Disconnect Switch) 3 or 4 a (For FAL & KAL Circuit Breaker 32 44 10-3/4 24 46 1 and 100 A Disconnect Switch) a For FAL & KAL Ckt. Bkr. Dimension F=3-5/16. For 100 A Disc. Sw. Dimension F=4-7/8
J
K
1-1/4
1-1/4
7/16 Dia.
2-1/2
2-1/2
9/16 Dia.
G H
Figure 1
Table 16.266: NEMA 4 Enclosure—Non-Combination (Figure 3) Starter Size
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
0, 1, or 2
20-1/2
24
8
25
15-3/8
26
2-9/16
1/2
5/16
3 or 4
22
34
9-1/8
35
17
36
2-1/2
1/2
9/16
D
H
Handle Swing C
F
A J
Table 16.267: NEMA 4 Enclosure—Combination (Figure 4) Starter Size
A
B
C
D
0, 1, or 2 (For FA Circuit Breaker and 20-1/2 35 9-9/16 36 30 A & 60 A Disconnect Switch) 3 or 4 (For FA and KA Circuit Breaker 32 44 10-11/16 46 and 100 A Disconnect Switch) b For FA or KA Ckt. Bkr. K = 3-1/16. For 100 A Disc. Sw. K = 4-7/8
E
F
G
H
J
15-3/8
37
2-9/16
1/2
5/16
26
47
3
1/2
9/16
K
E B
3-5/16 b
Table 16.268: NEMA 12 Enclosure—Non-Combination (Figure 3) Starter Size
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
0, 1, or 2
20-1/2
24-1/4
8
25-1/2
14-3/8
26-1/2
3-1/16
1/2
7/16
3 or 4
22
34
9-1/8
35-1/2
16
36-1/2
3
1/2
7/16
K
J
G
Figure 2 G
H
G
E
J Mtg. Holes
Table 16.269: NEMA 12 Enclosure—Combination (Figure 4) Starter Size
A
B
C
D
E
0, 1, or 2 (For FA Circuit Breaker and 20-1/2 35 9-9/16 36-1/2 14-3/8 30 A & 60 A Disconnect Switch) 3 or 4 (For FA and KA Circuit Breaker 32-1/4 44-1/4 10-11/16 46 24 and 100 A Disconnect Switch) c For FA or KA Ckt. Bkr. K = 3-5/16. For 100 A Disc. Sw. K = 4-7/8
F
G
H
J
37-1/2
3
1/2
7/16
47
4-1/8
1/2
9/16
K D
3-5/16
B
F c
Table 16.270: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage
d e
60 Hz
50 Hz
24ed 120e 208 240 — 480 600 Specify
— 110 — 220 380 440 550 Specify
Code
$ Price Adder
V01 V02 V08 V03 V05 V06 V07 V99
No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge 23.70
H
C
A
Figure 3 G
H
E
G
J Mtg. Holes
24 V coil is not available on Size 4. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified. These voltage codes must include Form S (No additional charge).
may not represent the actual enclosure; they are intended for dimensional information only. Dimensions are in inches.
D
NOTE: Illustrations
B
F
1 6 C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U D R S P T O A S RE T ET RY S P E
H
A
K
C Handle Swing
Figure 4
16-94
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
www.us.schneider-electric.com
Definite Purpose Contactors
Reversing/Hoist, Type R Class 8965 / Refer to Catalog 8910CT9301
FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Class 8965 Reversing Hoist Contactors meet the small space requirements found in electrical hoists, light duty cranes, door operators, and related products. They are designed to perform in the short periods of jogging
experienced in hoist service. Note that these contactors must be mounted upright on the vertical plane; the contactors will not operate properly when mounted in any other position.
Table 16.271: AC Reversing/Hoist Contactors—600 Vac Maximum Horsepower Ratings
No. of Poles
115 V 1Ø
230 V 1Ø
230 V 3Ø
460/575 V 3Ø
1
1-1/2
3
3
3-Pole Polyphase
Type RO10V02
a
b c
Power Terminals
Witha Jumper Straps
Without a Jumper Straps
Open Type
Open Type
RO10c RO12c
RO11c RO13 c
Quick Connect Pressure Wireb
$ Price
665.
Jumper straps connect the line side power terminals of the same phase between the forward (up) and reverse (down) contactors in common; ie L1 to L1, L2 to L2 and L3 to L3. Coils rated 120 Vac or less are supplied with quick connect terminals only. Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes shown in the coil table below.
Table 16.272: Miscellaneous Hoist Contactor Kits For Use With Class 8965 Type
Series
Description
Class
Type
Series
RO10 Armature Kit 9998 RP1e RO11 A &B Contact Order as Part Number RO12 Carrier 3100206050 RO13 d CP10 discount schedule. e One armature per kit. Note: See page 16-120 for replacement contact kits.
C
Description
Class
Type
Armature Kit
9998
RP2e
Contact Carrier
Terminals
Class 9999 Type
1 N.O. Each Side
Quick Connect Screw Quick Connect Screw
R10 R12 R11 R13
1 N.C. Each Side
29.40
Order as Part Number 3100208150
39.40
C
Provisions for (3) #8 Mounting Screws
G
Table 16.273: Auxiliary Contacts Separate Module Description
$ Price d
$ Price
33.30
B F
Table 16.274: Coil Table Voltage 60 Hz
Voltage 50 Hz
Voltage Code
Replacement Part Number
24— V01 120 110 V02 208/220 — V21 240 220 V03 480 440 V06 600 550 V07 f CP10 Discount Schedule. Tape wound coils, 2 per package. g h Molded coil, 1 per package. Suitable for 440 V 50 Hz applications. i
$ Price f 79. 79. 76. 76. 76. 55.
3100240319g 3100240340g 3100240047h 3100240049h 3100240058hi 3100240060h
E D A
Table 16.275: Approximate Dimensions (3 Poles per Contactor) Type
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
RO10, 11
3.31 84 3.31 84
3.31 84 3.69 94
3.03 77 2.69 68
2.69 68 2.69 68
1.34 34 1.34 34
1.56 40 1.56 40
2.66 68 2.66 68
RO12, 13
Table 16.276: Cross Reference—Obsolete Devices Obsolete Device Class 8702 or 8965
8965
Replacement Device
Type
Class
HO3 HO4 HO5 HO6 HO7 HO8 RG2S1 RG5S1 RG5S2 RO1 RO1S1 RO1S2 RO1S3 RO1S4 RO1S5 RO1S6
8965
8965
Auxiliary Contact Required
Type
Class
Type
RO12 RO12 RO12 RO12 RO12 RO12 RO10 RO12 RO12 RO10 RO11 RO10 RO11 RO10 RO10 RO10
— 9999 9999 — 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 — — — — — — —
— R12 R13 — R12 R13 R10 R12 R12 — — — — — — —
Obsolete Device Class
Type
8965
RO2 RO2S1 RO2S2 RO3 RO3S1 RO3S2 RO3S3 RO4 RO4S1 RO5 RO5S1 RO5S2 RO6 RO6S1 RO6S2
Replacement Device
Auxiliary Contact Required
Class
Type
Class
Type
8965
RO10 RO11 RO10 RO10 RO11 RO10 RO10 RO12 RO13 RO12 RO13 RO12 RO12 RO13 RO12
9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 — — 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999
R10 R10 R10 R11 R11 R11 R11 — — R12 R12 R12 R13 R13 R13
Application Data Coils Burden
Duty: Hoist Duty-H4 Intermittent Voltage Range: AC coils only +10%, -15% of nominal Inrush 76 VA, Sealed 27 VA
Approvals UL Component Recognized: File E78351, CCN NLDX2 CSA Certified: File LR60905, Class 3211 04
Table 16.277: How to Order To Order Specify:
• • •
Class Number Type Number Voltage and Frequency
Catalog Number Class
Type
Voltage/Frequency
8695
RO10
V02
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
CP10
Discount Schedule
Modified 4/16/09
16-95
Definite Purpose Contactors
Reversing Hoist, Type DPR Class 8965 / Refer to Catalog 8910CT9301
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Class 8965 Type DPR reversing/hoist contactors are designed for the control of motors in hoists, overhead doors, small elevators, commercial laundry equipment, and other related products which use reversing motors. They are rated to perform in the short periods of jogging experienced in hoist service. The coils are designed to operate on line voltages of 85% to 110% of rated voltage, and are for applications at 50 or 60 Hz only. Coils are easily replaced with external base removed.
Type DPR23V02
Auxiliary contacts may be easily field–added to any Class 8965 reversing contactor. Type DPR contactors accept one auxiliary contact module with up to two isolated circuits per side (two modules per device). When auxiliary contacts are ordered separately, two modules are normally used for each device; one for forward, one for reverse.
Table 16.278: Reversing/Hoist Contactors—600 Vac Maximum d Horsepower Ratings a
No. of Poles
115 V 1Ø
230 V 1Ø
Open Type
230 V 3Ø
460/575 V 3Ø
Type
Replacement Coilb $ Price
Class 9998 Type
$ Pricec
3Pole PolyPhase
1 2 2 3 3 5
2 3 5 7-1/2 10 10
5 7-1/2 10 15 15 25
7-1/2 10 15 20 30 30
DPR13e DPR23e DPR33e DPR43e DPR53e DPR63e
665. 759. 855. 950. 1076. 1172.
DA1e DA1e DA1e DA1e DA2e DA2e
68. 68. 68. 68. 92. 92.
4-Pole PolyPhase
1 2 2 3
2 3 5 7-1/2
5 7-1/2 10 10
7-1/2 10 15 20
DPR14e DPR24e DPR34e DPR44e
713. 807. 902. 998.
DA2e DA2e DA2e DA2e
92. 92. 92. 92.
a b c d e
For rapid operation (jogging duty), use the next larger size contactor. Order two replacement coils for reversing contactors. CP10 Discount Schedule, not CP1. See page 16-120 for replacement contacts. Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed belowt.
Table 16.279: Auxiliary Contacts Separate Module f Description
f
Class 9999 Type
$ Price
1 N.O. D10 1 N.C. D01 1 N.O.–1 N.C. D11 2 N.O. D20 Order two modules for Type DPR, one for each side.
23.70 16.40 42.80 29.50
Table 16.280: Factory Installed Description
Form
$ Price
1 N.O. Each Side 1 N.C. Each Side 1 N.O.–1 N.C. Each Side 2 N.O. Each Side
X1010 X0101 X1111 X2020
63.30 63.30 102.00 102.00
Table 16.281: Coil Voltage Codes Volts, 60 Hz
Volts, 50 Hz
Voltage Code
24 120 208–240 277 480 600
24 110 220 — 440 550
V14 V02 V09 V04 V06 V07
Approvals UL Component Recognized—File E42240, CCN NLDX CSA Certified—File LR25490, Class 3211 04
Approximate Dimensions 3.37 86
3.76 (Fastons) 96 3.98 101 3.86 (Box Lugs) 98
3.72 3.19 95 81
1 6 C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U DR S P T O A S RE TT EY R S P E
6.87 174
3.07 78
5.87 149
Type DPR13 through DPR43
16-96
CP1
CP10
Discount Schedule
Modified 4/16/09
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
www.us.schneider-electric.com
Thermal Overload Relays—NEMA Rated
Melting Alloy Class 9065 / Refer to Catalog 9065CT9701
FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
NEMA-rated Thermal Overload Relays feature:
• • • •
Exclusive One-Piece Thermal Unit Inverse Time Delay Trip Trip Free Reset Mechanism on Types G & S Replaceable Contact Units on Types G & S
Note that the prices shown on this page do not include thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each. Slow trip (Class 30) and quick trip (Class 10) melting alloy thermal units are available for all Size 1, 2, 5 and 6, and some Size 3 and 4 applications.
Table 16.282: For Separate Mounting—Melting Alloy—600 Volts Maximum, AC or DC a NEMA Size
Maximum Full Load Current (A)
Open Type for Separate Panel Mounting Left Hand Type
For Terminal Block Channel Mounting Order Open Type Relay and Bracket Kit Below
Right Hand Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Single Pole Construction (One N.C. Contact)—1 Thermal Unit Required
Type CO1R
— 42.80 — — 47.80 — — 81.00 — — 128.00 — — 518.00 — Three Pole Construction (One Common N.C. Contact on Type S Only)—3 Thermal Units Required 86.00 23.70 1 25 SEO5 SM2 123.00 23.70 2 45 SEO8 SM2 162.00 — 3 86 SEO12 — 257.00 — 4 133 SEO15 — — 5 266 Use 3 Type GO11R Relays Listed Above — a Maximum power circuit rating for separate mounting overload relays, Types C, F, G, T and U, is 600 Vac or Vdc; Type S is 600 Vac only. Maximum control circuit contact rating for Types C, F, G, T, U and SDO18 is 600 Vac and 250 Vdc; the remaining Type S versions are 600 Vac only Not UL listed. b 1 2 3 4 5
25 45 86 133 266
CO1b TO1b UO1b FO1Lb GO11Lb
CO1Rb TO1b UO1b FO1Rb GO11Rb
Table 16.283: Replacement Melting Alloy Overload Relays for Square D Class 8536 Starters Locate Class 8536 Starter in this Column NEMA Size
c
Series
Type
$ Price
Number of Thermal Units Required
57. SDO4 1 99. SDO5 3 SDO4 1 57. 0 SB A SDO5 3c 99. 57. SDO4 1 1 SC A 99. SDO5 3c 1P SC A SDO10 1 77. 77. SDO7 1 2 SD A 138. SDO8 3c 95. SDO11 1 176. SDO12 3 3 SE A 176. SDO13 2 176. SDO14 3 276. SDO15 3 276. 4 SF A SDO16 2 276. SDO17 3 518. SDO18 Series A 1 5 SG A 3 Form Y500 and Series B use SEO5 3 86. 86. 6 SH A&B 3 SEO5 3 For 4-pole starters used on two phase systems order two thermal units plus one Class 9998 Type SO31 jumper strap kit for every two starters. Each kit includes two jumper straps. 00
Type SE05
Type
Order Class 9065 Overload Relay from this Column Number of Poles
SA
A&B
2 3 2 3–5 2 3–5 2 2 3–5 2 3 4 5 3 4 5
Table 16.284: Special Features for Melting Alloy Types Form Substitute 1-N.O. isolated alarm contact and 1-N.C. contact per relay. (Type S starters only)e Substitute 2-N.C. contacts for standard N.C. contact per relay. (Type S starters only) Modify Type U relay to accept Type FB quick trip or SB slow trip thermal units. (Accepts Type C standard trip) Modify Type SDO12 relays to accept Type FB quick trip or SB slow trip thermal units, and Type F and Type SDO15 relays to accept Type FB quick tr ip thermal un its. (Rejects Type CC standard trip units) d e
Y342e Y344e Y21d
$ Price 119. 119. No Charge
Y81d
No Charge
This form cannot be field modified. Field modification possible. Order 9999S04 (for Form Y342) or 9999S05 (for Form Y344).
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
Modified 4/17/09
16-97
Solid State Overload Relay, Motor Logic ® and Motor Logic Plus
Thermal Overload Relays—NEMA Rated
Class 9065 / Refer to Catalog 9065CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Motor Logic Base Unit relays feature: 3 to 1 adjustment for trip current; phase loss and unbalance protection; direct replacement for Type S melting alloy; and LED power indication. They are ambient insensitive and self– powered. Electrical remote reset is also available. NOTE: Motor Logic SSOLR are designed to protect 50/60 hertz three-phase AC motors from overload, phase unbalance and phase loss conditions. Open Delta systems or grounded B-phase systems are difficult to balance and could cause the Motor Logic SSOLR to trip. For applications of this nature, it is recommended that bi-metallic overload relays (Form B12) be used. Motor Logic
Table 16.285: Base Unit: For Separate Mounting Solid State Overload Relay 600 Vac Maximum Full Load Open Type NEMA Sizeg Current Range (3-Pole) (Amperes) Trip Class 10 Trip Class 20
a
Motor Logic Plus
$ Price
00Ca 3–9 SSC10 SSC20 128. 0a 6–18 SS010 SS020 128. 1a 9–27 SS110 SS120 128. 2 15–45 SS210 SS220 180. 219. 3 30–90 SS310 SS320 318. 4 45–135 SS410 SS420 Size 00c, 0, and 1 are supplied without lugs. Lower amperage loads can be protected by looping of power wires. Lugs a re available, see page 16-124.
Table 16.286: Base Unit: Replacement SSOLR for Retrofit of Square D Type S Starter Solid State Overload Relay 600 Vac Maximum Locate 8536 Starter in this Order Class 9065 Overload from this column column Full Load Open Type NEMA Sizeg Current Range (Amperes) Trip Class 10 Trip Class 20
b c
d e
128. 00Cb 3-9 SSC10 SSC20 128. 0b 6-18 SS010 SS020 128. 1b 9-27 SS110 SS120 167. 2 15-45 SR210 SR220 204. 3e 30-90 SR310 SR320 299. 4e 45-135 SR410 SR420 128. 5c 90-270 SR510 SR520 696. 5d 90-270 SS510 SS520 Lug - Bar Kits are available for Size 00c, 0 and 1. Lower amperage loads can be protected by looping of power wires. See page16-124. Size 5 Replacement Overload is only for existing NEMA S starters with MOTOR LOGIC overload relay. External CTs and additional components are not included. Size 5 is a complete drop-in replacement for Square D NEMA S melting alloy, bimetallic, and Y500 overload relays only. Need 9999ER4 for reset bar.
Table 16.287: Feature Unit: For Separate Mounting Solid State Overload Relay 600 Vac Maximum NEMA Sizeg (3-Pole)
C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U D R S P T O A S RE T ET RY S P E
f
g
16-98
Full Load Current Range (Amperes)
Open Type Trip Class 10/20
$ Price
147. 00B 1.5–4.5f SFB20 147. 00C 3–9f SFC20 147. 0 6–18f SF020 147. 1 9–27f SF120 206. 2 15–45 SF220 3 30–90 SF320 252. 4 45–135 SF420 363. Size 00B, 00C, 0, and 1 a re supplied without lugs. Lower amperage loads can be protected by looping of power wires. Lugs are available. See page 16-124. NEMA Size 00B and 00C are not actual NEMA sizes. These designations are used to differentiate the lower FLA of these devices from the NEMA Size 00 Motor Logic Solid State Overload Relay.
CP1
Discount Schedule
Locate 8536 Starter in this column
h i
j k
Modified 4/16/09
Order Class 9065 Overload Relay from this column
Open Type Full Load Current Range (Amperes) Trip Class 10/20
NEMA Sizek
$ Price
147. 00Bh 1.5–4.5 SFB20 147. 00Ch 3–9 SFC20 147. 0h 6–18 SF020 147. 1h 9–27 SF120 192. 2 15–45 ST220 234. 3 30–90 ST320 4 45–135 ST420 344. 5i 90–270 ST520 147. 5j 90–270 SF520 716. 6i 180–540 ST620 147. 7i 270–810 ST720 147. Size 00B, 00C, 0, and 1 are supplied without lugs. Lower amperage loads can be protected by looping of power wires. Size 5, 6 and 7 Replacement Overloads are only for existing NEMA S starters with MOTOR LOGIC overload relay. External CTs and additional components are not included. Size 5 is a complete drop-in replacement for Square D NEMA S melting alloy, bimetallic, and Y500 overload relays only . NEMA Size 00B and 00C are not actual NEMA sizes. These designations are used to differentiate the lower FLA of these devices from the NEMA Size 00 Motor Logic Solid State Overload Relay.
Motor Logic Plus Motor Logic Plus solid state overload relay is separately powered and fully programmable. It is designed to protect 200–480 Vac or 600 Vac, 3-phase AC motor applications. The SSOLR has one Form C relay output rated for 300 Vac maximum.
Table 16.289: Class 9065 SP Solid State Overload Relay 200 to 480 V
$ Price
Feature Unit relays include all of the features found on the Base Unit relays plus: switch selectable trip class; Class II ground fault detection; and direct replacement for Type S melting alloy. Electrical remote reset is also available. 1 6
Table 16.288: Feature Unit: Replacement SSOLR for Retrofit of Square D Type S Starter Solid State Overload Relay 600 Vac Maximum
l m n
600 V
Product Description Current Range
$ Price
SPB4 SPB6 0.5–2.3 A SPC4 SPC6 2.0–9.0 A SP14 SP16 6.0–27.0 A SP24 SP26 10.0–45.0 A SP34 SP36 20.0–90.0 A SP44l SP46l 60.0–135.0 A SP54m SP56m 120.0–270.0 A SP64n SP66n 240.0–540.0 A With 150:5 external current transformers. With 300:5 external current transformers. With 600:5 external current transformers
638.
Table 16.290: Forms for factory addition to 8536 Open Style only Alpha Character B First Digit 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Second Digit 0 2 4 6
MOTOR LOGIC Plus Overload Relay
Current Ranges 0.5–2.3 A 2.0–9.0 A 6.0–27.0 A 10.0–45.0 A 20.0–90.0 A 60.0–135.0 A 120.0–270.0 A 240.0–540.0 A
Modifications No Modification for 200–480 V Add Communication Module for 200–480 V No Modification for 600 V Add Communication Module for 600 V
Example Form B 4 2 Motor Logic Plus overload relay with a current range of 6– 27 A and modifications to add communication module for an open style starter package. See pages 16-101–16-102 for dimensions. Accessories located on page 16-124 .
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
www.us.schneider-electric.com
Thermal Overload Relays—NEMA Rated
Bimetallic Class 9065 / Refer to Catalog 9065CT9701
FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Bimetallic thermal overload relays feature Class 20 protection with automatic reset or hand reset and a trip-free mechanism. There are ambient temperature-compensated versions. Note that thermal units are not included in the shown prices. Standard trip thermal units are $14.30 each.
Table 16.291: For Separate Mounting—Bimetallic—600 V Maximum AC or DC a Description
Size
Maximum Full Load Current (Amperes)
Open Type
$ Price
Bracket Kit for Terminal Block Channel Mounting Type
Price
Number of Thermal Units Required
Single Pole Construction (One N.C. Contact) 00, 0, 1 2 3 4
Compensated
Class 9065 Type SEO6B2 Three Pole Construction Non-Compensated
25 60 100 180
71. 99. 174. 204.
DA2 GA2 HA2 JA2
— — — —
— — — —
1
Three Pole Construction (One Common SPDT Contact on Type S) SEO6B2 SM2 261. 23.70 3 SEO9B2 SM2 294. 23.70 294. 23.70 SEO6B SM2 Ambient 3 294. 23.70 SEO9B SM2 TemperatureCompensated For additional selections see International Control Products. Maximum power contact rating for separate mounting overload relays. Maximum control circuit contact rating for Type S versions is 600 Vac only. NonCompensated
a
1 2 1 2
26 45 26 45
Table 16.292: Replacement Overload Relay for Square D Class 8536 Bimetallic Overload Relay on an Existing Starter Order Class 9065 Overload Relay from this Column
Locate Class 8536 Starter in this Column NEMA Size
Type
Series
Number of Poles
0
SB
A&B
Any
1
SC
A&B
Any
2
SD
A
Any
SE
A A B A A B
3
3e
4e
c d e
Bb B1b B2b Bb B1b B2b Bb B1b B2b Y59c
SDO6B SDO5B1 SDO6B2 SDO6B SDO5B1 SDO6B2 SDO9B SDO8B1 SDO9B2 26005-11000
294. 261. 261. 294. 261. 261. 341. 309. 309. 162.
3 2 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 1
SHA01Y59
726.
3
Y59c
26005-11500
204.
1
SJA01Y59
954.
3
3
261. B2d SEO6B2 3 294. Bd SEO6B 3 294. B SEO6B 3 6 SH A&B 3 261. B2 SEO6B2 3 B indicates ambient temperature-compensated bimetallic overload relay. B1 indicates single phase non-ambient temperature compensated bimetallic overload relay. B2 indicates polyphase non-ambient temperature compensated bimetallic overload relay. Y59 indicates single phase ambient temperature compensated bimetallic overload relay. B2Y500 indicates bimetallic overload relay with current transformer sensing. BY500 indicates ambient temperature compensated bimetallic overload relay with current transformer sensing. This part number does not include the current transformer assembly. Non-compensated Size 3 & 4 OLRs are no longer available. Select an ambient compensated OLR from appropriate table above. 5
b
SF
Type
3 3
$ Price
Number of Thermal Units Required
Form
SG
A&B
3
Table 16.293: Replacement Overload Relay for Square D Class 8940 Pump Panel with IEC Style New! Bi-metallic Overload Relays Mounted on Current Transformers AMP Range
Number of Poles
Form
Series
Typef
40A-63A 3 B12 B TJF40 63A-100A 3 B12 B TJF63 100A-160A 3 B12 B TJF100 160A-250A 3 B12 B TJF160 f A retro-fit reset kit is required for pre-series B pump panels. See page16-102 for selection.
$ Price 285. 285. 312. 312.
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
Modified 4/16/09
16-99
Thermal Overload Relays—NEMA Rated Class 9065 / Refer to Catalog 9065CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Approximate Dimensions Table 16.294: Melting Alloy Type NEMA Style
E
Dimensions (IN)
Type
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Shipping Weight (lbs.)
3217/32 13/16
7/32
11/1 6
25/16
1/2
1/2
1/2
27/3 2
1
13/8
#10
1
213/16
3/16
11/1 6
25/16
1/2
1/2
1/8
27/3 2
1
13/8
#10
1-1/4
5-5/16 4-3/4
9/32
17/16
39/16
3/4
9/16
7/8
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
#1/4
3
9/32
32-1/8 9/16
A
B
C
D
SEO5
35/16
—
15/3 2
331/32
SEO8
35/16
—
15/3 2
331/32
3-1/2
SEO12
—
519/32
9/16
5-3/4
—
631/32
SEO15
9/16
E
5-3/4
F
5-5/16 4-3/4
F
H
A I K
9/16
7/8
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
#1/4
L
.41 10.4
.27 6.86
(2) 8-32 Mtg Screws
0.22 5.6
.44 11
m r e t i 1.38 h n T r U 35 e v O
l a m r e t 2.0 h i n T U 50.8 r e v O
.28 7
(2) 3 /16 Dia Mtg Holes
.6 15.2
6.19 157.23
0.38 9.7
4.75
0.22 5.59
RESET
.75 .77 1 9 19.6
a
RESET
0.66 16.8 0.5 12.7
Prov for (4) - p - Mtg Screws
Type SEO
l
.25 6.4
D
O
0.31 7.9
.69 17.5
C N
4
.28 7.1 1.34 34
B
J
M
3/4
G
0.38 9.65
120.7 d e p p i r T
l e v a r T t e s e R
Reset Travel l e v a r T t e s e R
3.25 82.5
d e p p i r T
0.94 23.8
3.25 82.5
0.94
2.75 69.8
1.0 25.4
5 Dia 16 Locating
1.0 25.4 2.75 69.85
(2)
23.9
2.93 74.4
2.75 69.8
a
3.25 82.5
0.125 3.18
Dowels
Type UO1 a Weight–11 ⁄ 2 Lb.
Type TO1a Weight–1 ⁄ 2 Lb.
Type CO1 Weight–1 ⁄ 2 Lb.
d e p p i r T
Dimensions shown for Types TO1 and UO1 do not apply when Form Y342 or Y34 is supplied.
2.13 54 1.06 27
4.06 103
1.06 27
Reset 0.44 Travel 11
1.41 36
1.41 36
4.94 125
0.38 10
3.13 79 9.13 232
1 6 C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U D R S P T O A S RE T ET RY S P E
1.81 46
Al ar m O .L. C om .
Prov for (3) 1/4 - 20 Mtg Screws
0.44 Reset 11 Travel
3.02 76
3.88 98
1.56 40
Terminal Connections
6.03 153 2.63 67
R E S E T
R E S E T 1.81 46 Alarm Com O.L.
Left Hand 1.00 25
Right Hand
16-100
Dual Dim
In. mm
Types GO11L and GO11R Weight–5 lbs.
1.00 25
Left Hand
Prov for (3)#10-24 Mtg Screws
Dual Dim
In mm
Right Hand
Terminal Connections 0.47 12
0.47 12
Types FO1L and FO1R Weight–2 lbs.
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Thermal Overload Relays—NEMA Rated Class 9065 / Refer to Catalog 9065CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Approximate Dimensions Bimetallic Overload Relays 3.75 95
.50 13
3.50 89
.50 13
2.81 71
2.81 71
3.34 85 2.30 58
3.59 91 2.30 58
Reset
Reset
.80 20
.80 20 .06 2 1.00 25
.89 23
.31 8 Prov. for (4) #10 Mtg. Screws
.31 8 Reset Travel
.06 2 1.00 25
.89 23
3.94 100
.31 8 Reset Travel
.31 8 Prov. for (4) #10 Mtg. Screws
3.94 100
Types SEO9B and SEO9B2 Weight—1 1 ⁄ 4 Lb.
Types SEO6B and SEO6B2 Weight—1 Lb.
Table 16.295: Mtg. Dimensions
Outline Dimensions
Class Ampere 9065 Rating
Reset Dimensions
Mtg. Approx. Screw Max. Wire Size Shipping Weight (lbs) G
A
B
C
D
E
K
L
25
3-1/2
7/8
3-3/16
3
1/2
3/8
1/8
10
GA
60
4-7/8
7/8
3-3/16
3
1/2
3/8
1/8
HA
100
4-7/8
1-1/4
3-3/16
3-1/2
1/16
1/2
1/8
JA
180
5-15/16
1-1/4
3-3/16
3-1/2
1/2
3/16
1/8
DA
8
2
10
1
2
10
00
3
10
250 MCM
4
A
D
J
Note: Dimensions shown in inches.
Motor Logic ® Solid State Overload Relay 2.81 71
.31 8
K
G (2 Holes)
(2) Holes and (2) Slots for 8-32 Mtg. Screws
L Reset Travel
E
C
B
2.23 57
2.69 68
RESET
.89 23
1.00 25 1.59 40 .36 9
.24 6 Reset Travel 3.90 99
.27 7 .28 7
3.26 83
NEMA Size 00B, 00C, 0, and 1 Devices Note: NEMA Size 00B and 00C are not actual NEMA sizes. These designations are used to differentiate the lower FLA of these devices from the NEMA size 00 Motor Logic Solid State Overload Relay.
3.91 99
4.28 109
1.70 1.84 43 47
3.51 89
2.19 56 3.24 82
RESET
1.24 31
.24 6 Reset Travel
1.24 31
Size 2 Devices 5.32 135
.29 7
1.50 38
3.25 83
5.32 135
4.74 120
.29 7
.30 8
1.50 38
3.25 83
4.74 120 4.53 115
.30 8
4.45 113 1.08 27
1.08 27 2.96 75
3.56 90 2.26 57
5.02 128
.31 8
2.96 75
3.56 90 2.26 57
4.16 106
5.92 150
.31 8
4.16 106
RESET
RESET
.24 6 Reset Travel
.24 6 Reset Travel .38 10
1.57 40
3.80 97
1.57 40 5.33 135
Size 3 Devices © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
.32 8
.38 10
1.57 40
1.57 40 5.33 135
3.80 97
.32 8
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1
Size 4 Devices
16-101
Thermal Overload Relays—NEMA Rated
Approximate Dimensions Class 9065 / Refer to Catalog 9065CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
7.38 187
8.25
210
31161-1 84-51 SERIESB
PWR
270
A600 P300
TRIP
5.88
FLA
210
AC 3 Ph
50-60HZ
90
180 150
149
TRIP=125 % CLASS10
120
S Q U A REDCOMPANY
LIS TEDIND.CONT.EQ.A159
MADEI NU S A
Note: The dimensions are for reference only.
2.25 57
NEMA Size 5 Type
S
Device
1.18 30
7.75 197
Motor Logic ® Plus—Solid State Overload Relay 1.20 30
2.20 56
3.10
4.70
79
119
5.05 2.14
128
2.65
2.03
67
52
54
2.28 58
3.05 77
.70 18
3.60 91
.25 6
3.85 98
.20
.34
5
9
MOTOR LOGIC Plus
4.37 111
External Reset Mechanisms Class 9066
Type RB1
Type W1
1 6 C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U DR S P T O A S RE TT EY R S P E
Type RA kits provide a convenient external means for resetting overload relays mounted in control enclosures of almost any depth. Designed for use on NEMA 1, 4 or 12 enclosures, they can be used with any Square D open type magnetic starter or Class 9065 overload relay. All kits are individually packaged for easy stocking and include complete installation instructions. Only a single mounting hole is required in the enclosure door. Each kit contains one or more threaded reset rods, grooved at intervals of 3/4" so they can be cut to the approximate length required without thread damage. Final adjustment is easily made after installation by rotating a plunger and tightening the lock nut. Mechanisms with more than one reset rod include a steel cross bar with mounting holes located at 1/2" intervals, providing a choice of rod locations to suit any application. All steel parts are electrically isolated from the enclosure and the operator. Type RB kits make it possible to field install external reset mechanisms to Type S combination starters in NEMA 12 enclosures. They may also be used to replace external reset mechanisms on Type S combination starters in NEMA 1, 4 and 12 enclosures. Table 16.296: Where Used
Type RA2 Series B
Type SC1
16-102
Description
Type
$ Price
RA1 RA2 RA3 RB1 RB2
38.00 47.60 57.00 28.50 28.50
W1
19.10
NEMA 1 with slip-on covers
With 1 Rod With 2 Rods With 3 Rods Size 0 and 1 Size 2 W1 is a boot only and must be used with RA or RB Kit listed above Size 00, 0 and 1 Size 2 Size 3
SC1 SD1 SE1
4.80 8.00 9.50
NEMA 3R
Reset for use with 9065TJF Series B OLR
RTJF
28.50
OEM Kit for commercial enclosures
NEMA 1, 12
Replacement on 8538, 8539 starters On commercial enclosures or Type S combination starters
NEMA 1, 12 NEMA 4
Replacement on Class 8536 Type S starters
Reset Mechanism Kit
Type of Enclosure
New! Retro-fit kit Class 8940 Pump Panel
CP1
Discount Schedule
Modified 4/16/09
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Separate Enclosures
NEMA Type 3R, 4, 4X, and 12 Class 9991
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Separate enclosures can be used with open style devices for field assembly of enclosed controls. These enclosures, plus the open style components, are equivalent to a factory-assembled device. Separate enclosures are to be used only with the equipment listed below:
• •
•
Type SCW21 NEMA 4X Enclosure
NEMA 4 and 12 Class 9991 separate enclosures for Type S devices are supplied as standard with closing plates. See selection chart below for specific number of closing plates on Various enclosures. For applications requiring enclosures without closing plates, contact your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office. NEMA 3R enclosures for field assembly of equipment for outdoor applications are provided with three closing plates, a reset mechanism and predrilled panel as standard. For conduit connection to the top of these enclosures, select watertight hubs from listing on Digest page 3-9 in accordance with applicable code requirements. Square D’s NEMA 12 enclosures can also be modified for outdoor use. For details, refer to NEMA 12 enclosure modification information on page 16-105. NOTE: Not for use in highcorrosive outdoor locations or sea coast environments. NEMA 4X enclosures for Type S devices, Sizes 0–2 and 30–60 Ampere, are provided as standard without closing plates. Cover mounted control units for NEMA 4X separate enclosures are available as a factory modification only.
When closing plates are removed from NEMAs 4, 12 & 3R enclosure covers, the openings can be used for easy installation of Class 9001 Type K or Type SK cover mounted con trol units. Convenient Class 9999 modification kits containing Class 9001 Type K control kits can be found on page 16-122.
Table 16.297: Enclosure Classification For Use With
Class
Types (All Pole Arrangements)
NEMA Size or Ampere Rating
NEMA 4X Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion-Resistant Glass-Polyester Type
$ Price
NEMA 4d Watertight and Dusttight Stainless Steel
Type
$ Price
NEMA 12 Dusttight and Driptight
NEMA 3R Rainproof, Sleet Resistant, Outdoor Use
Number of Closing Plates
Type
$ Price
86.
—
—
—
Number of Closing Plates
Type
$ Price
Manual Starters MO M1 M1P
MW1e
323.
MW11
323.
—
MA1
00, 0, 1 2 3 4
SCW20 SDW20 — —
456. 779. — —
SCW11 SDW11 SEW11 SFW11
476. 798. 1178. 2079.
2 2 3 3
SCA11 SDA11 SEA11 SFA11
248. 323. 456. 1235.
2 2 3 3
SCH2 SDH1 SEH1 SFH1
248. 323. 456. 1235.
456. SCW11 476. 779. SDW11 798. 1178. — SEW11c — SFW11c 2079. Lighting Contactors, Non-Combination, Electrically and Mechanically Held
2 2 3 3
SCA11 SDA11 SEA11c SFA11c
248. 323. 456. 1235.
2 2 3 3
SCH2 SDH1 SEH1 SFH1
248. 323. 456. 1235.
738. SDW11 456. SCW11 8903a 779. SDW11 — SEW11c — — Reversing and Two Speed Horizontally Arranged Contactors and Starters
2 2 2 3 —
SDA11 SCA11 SDA11 SEA11c —
323. 248. 323. 456. —
2 2 2 3 —
SDH1 SCH2 SDH1 SEH1 SFH1
323. 248. 323. 456. 1235.
2510
MBO, MCO
Magnetic Contactors 8502a
Type SCA11 NEMA 12 Enclosure
SAO, SBO, SCO SDO SEO SFO
Magnetic Starters
8536
SAO, SBO, SCO SDO SEO SFO LO, LXO SMO SPO SQO SVO
00, 0, 1 2 3 4
20 Amp 30 Amp 60 Amp 100 Amp 200 Amp
SCW21 SDW21 — —
SDW20 SCW20b SCW20b — —
798. 476. 798. 1178. —
788. 351. 8702a SBO, SCO 0, 1 — SCW12 SCA12 — — — 3 3 1169. 485. 8736 SDO 2 — SDW12 SDA12 — — 1073. 476. 8810 SBO & SCO 0, 1 — — SCW13 3 SCA13 3 — — a For contactors, replace reset assembly with proper closing plate; for NEMA 4 use Class 9001 Type K52, for NEMAs 3R and 12 use Class 9001 Type K51. Class 9991 Types SCW20 and SDW20 are designed for contactors only, reset closing plates not required. For electrically held devices only. b c Enclosure suitable for starter with melting alloy and solid state overload relays only. d The standard cabinet has a brushed finish. Type MBO, Size MO only. e
Type SCW11 NEMA 4 Enclosure
Table 16.298: How to Order To Order Specify:
• •
Class Number Type Number
Catalog Number Class 9991
Type SCW11
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
Type SCH2 NEMA 3R Enclosure
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
Modified 4/16/09
16-103
Separate Enclosures Class 9991
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
NEMA Type 1 and Flush Mounting Flush Mounting Selection Table
NEMA 1 Selection Table
Flush Mounting General Purpose separate enclosures for Type S Sizes 0–2, 30–60 ampere are provided with knock-outs in the cover for field assembly of one Class 9999 push button or selector switch kit and one Class 9999 pilot light kit. (Refer to Class 9999 for selection.) For Type S Size 3, 100 ampere, three closing plates are provided for installation of Class 9001 Type K oil tight control units. For enclosure dimensions, refer to page 16-106.
The NEMA 1 General Purpose separate enclosures listed below, when used with open style components, are equivalent to a standard factory assembled control device.
Table 16.300:
Table 16.299:
Class 9991 Flush Mounting General Purpose (Components)
For Use With Types (All Pole Arrangements)
Class
NEMA Size or Amp Rating
MBO & MCO
2510
Mounting Strap
Flush Plates Stainless Steelb
Standard
Type
Class Pull Box 2510
Type $ Price Type $ Price
Type
$ Price
$ Price
MO M1 M1P
MF1
143.
(with pullbox and plaster adjustment)
MF2
86.
(without pullbox but with mounting strap)
0, 1
SCF11
38. SCF12
8502a
2 3
SDF11 SEF11
114. SDF12 588.
0, 1
SCF11
38. SCF12
134. SCF2
SBO & SCO SDO
47.60 SCF1
57.
257. SDF2 66.00 SDF1 (Enclosure Complete)
77.
134. SCF2
57.
47.60 SCF1
114. SDF12 257. SDF2 66.00 SDF1 57. Lighting Contactors Non-Combination Electrically and Mechanically Held 114. 57. L O, LXO 20 Amp SDF13 — — SDF2 66.00 SDF1 38. 57. SMO 1–4 30 Amp SCF11 — — SCF2 47.60 SCF1 134. 57. SMO 10–13 30 Amp SCF13 — — SCF2 47.60 SCF1 8903a 114. 57. SPO 1–4 60 Amp SDF11 — — SDF2 66.00 SDF1 114. 57. SPO 10–13 60 Amp SDF13 — — SDF2 66.00 SDF1 588. SQO 1–13 100 Amp SEF11 (Enclosure Complete) a For contactors, replace reset assembly with proper closing plate. For Flush Mounting use Class 9999 Type SG2 except for Class 9991 Type SDF11 which requires a Class 9001 Type K51 or K11 closing plate. Class 9991 Types SEF11 and LF1 are designed for contactors only, reset closing plates not required. The standard cabinet has a brushed finish. b
1 6 C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U D R S P T O A S RE T ET RY S P E
2
SDF11
Flush Mounting Starter With Pull Box and Mounting Strap Having Plaster Adjustment Feature
16-104
Type SCG8 NEMA 1 Enclosure
CP1
CP2
F and K M–Sizes M0 and M1 M–Size M1P CO XO XDO
Magnetic Starters 8536
Type
8501
Magnetic Contactors SBO & SCO SDO SEO
General Purpose NEMA 1 Enclosure
For Use With No. of Poles All All All All 2–12, 2–4 w/Attachments 2–8 w/o Attachments
Type
$ Price
EN1 MG1 MG2 UE1c
19.50 38.00 38.00 19.70
UE7
66.00
SAO, SBO, 2–4 SCG7 38.00 SCO 95.00 SDO 2–4 SDG7 8502 SEO 2–4 SEG7 191.00 399.00 SFO 2–4 SFG8 SAO, SBO, 38.00 2–4 SCG8 SCO SDO 2–4 SDG8 95.00 8536 SEO 2–4 SEG8d 191.00 SFO 2–4 SFG8d 399.00 SGO 3 SGG8dg 827.00 SAO, SBO, SCO All SCG9e 114.00 8702, 8736 248.00 SDO All SDG9e LO, LXO All LXG1h 95.00 38.00 SMO All SCG7f 95.00 8903 SPO All SDG7f 399.00 SQO All SFG8 839.00 SVO All SFG4 52.00 DP 1–2 DPG1 DPA12, 13, 22, 23, 2–3 DPG1 52.00 32, 33, 42, 43 DPA14, 24, 34, 44, 66.00 2–4 DPG2 52, 53 8910 DPA62, 63 2–3 DPG3 95.00 DPA72, 73, 92, 93, 191.00 2–3 DPG4 122, 123 H, J, K, L & M All UE6 66.00 39.60 DPSO13, 23, 33, 43 3 DPSG1 8911 DPSO53 3 DPSG2 68.00 191.00 DPSO63, 73, 93 3 SEG8 114.00 ETBC20 & 36 All SCG9e 8922 248.00 ETBC60 All SDG9e AO All UE6 66.00 (Single Head) 9050 66.00 HO All UE6 EO51, EO61, 305.00 EO71, K750, — SDG4 K1000 EO2, EO3, EO4, EO15, EO16 9070 EO18, EO19, 95.00 — LG1 T75, T100, T150, T200, T250, T300, T350, T500 66.00 EO1, EO17, T50 — UE7 CP2 Discount Schedule, not CP1. c Enclosure suitable for starter with melting alloy or solid state overload relay only. d e For horizontally arranged Class 8702 contactors and Class 8922 breakers replace reset assembly with a Class 9001 Type K51 closing plate. f For electrically held contactors only. See page 16-105 for mechanically held contactors. g Series B starter enclosure. If cover mounted control units are required, select oversized enclosure listed on h page 16-105.
Discount Schedule
Modified 4/16/09
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Separate Enclosures
NEMA Types 1, 4, and Oversize Class 9991
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
NEMA 1, 4 and Oversized For Addition of Control Circuit Transformer
Type SCW4 NEMA 4 Enclosure
The Class 9991 enclosures listed below accept an open type Class 8502 or 8536 Type S, NEMA Size 0, 1, 1P, or 2 contactor or starter along with a fused control circuit transformer (Form F4T) to allow field assembly of enclosed controllers. In the cover of the Class 9991 Type SCG1 enclosure, knock-outs are provided for field addition of Class 9999 cover-mounted control units. All other Class 8502 & 8536 enclosures include a panel with space and drilling for an open-type device and a fused control circuit transformer. In addition, three closing plates are included in each cover for easy installation of Class 9001 Type K or SK control units. Oversized enclosures for open type Class 8903 Type L & LX, 20 A and Type S, 30 and 60 A electrically and mechanically held lighting contactors include a panel with space and drilling for an open- type contactor and fused control circuit transformer (Form F4T) and/or an auxiliary relay for use with single pole pilot devices (Form R6). When an auxiliary relay is required, use a Class 8501 Type XO11 relay. Three closing plates are provided as standard for easy installation of Class 9001 Type K or SK control units. Note: A Class 9991 Type SCG1 NEMA 1 separate enclosure can also be used for Class 8903 Type SMO, 30 A electrically held lighting contactor if Form F4T (control transformer), with or without cover control units is required.
Table 16.301: For Use With
Class
NEMA Size or Ampere Rating
Type
Recommended Class 9070c Transformer Selection
Class 9991 Enclosure
No. of Poles
General Purpose NEMA 1 Type $ Price
Watertight and Dusttight Stainless Steel NEMA 4e
Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use NEMA 12b
Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Standard
Fuse Block
Extra Capacity 100 VA
150 VA
300 VA
Type
Type
Type
50 VA
T100a
T150a
—
100 VA
—
T150a
—
Type
VA
Magnetic Contactors and Starters SAO, SBO & SCO SDO
d
Type SCG1 With Starter, Transformer and Fuse Block Installed
1–3
T50 SCG1
180.
SCW4
551.
SCA4
323.
2 2–5 SDG4 Lighting Contactors, Non-Combination
305.
SDW4
992.
SDA4
470. T100
100 VA
—
T150
T300
T50 T50 456. T100a
50 VA 50 VA 100 VA
— T100a —
— T150a T150a
— — —
8502 & 8536
00, 0 & 1
LO, LXO 8903
a b c d
e f
4–5
20 A
All
T100a
Class 9999 Type SFR4
266. SDW3 779. SDA3 1–3 SDG3 4–5 T100 100 VA — T150 T300 SPOf 60 A 2–5 For mounting in SCG1 enclosure, a Class 9991 Type S1 adapter bracket is also required —$29.00 NEMA 12 modified for outdoor use (see below). For price list and complete description, see the Class 9070 section.Note: Class 9991 Type SCG1 enclosure is provided with a Class 9999 Type SF4 fuse block as standard. For contactors (Class 8502), a separate closing plate is provided with each enclosure to replace the reset mechanism with the exception of Class 9991 Type SCG1 which requires a separate reset closing plate Class 9999 Type SG2 — $9.50 The standard cabinet has a brushed finish. Mechanically held. SMOf
30 A
NEMA 12/3R Enclosures Modified for Outdoor Applications (not to be used in salt air or corrosive environments) Type SCA4 NEMA 12 Enclosure
Field Modifications for NEMA 3 dusttight, raintight and sleet resistant outdoor applications are as follows: Watertight conduit hubs or equivalent provision for watertight connection at the conduit entrance shall be used. Field Modifications for NEMA 3R rainproof and sleet resistant outdoor applications are as follows: 1. 2.
Watertight conduit hubs or equivalent provision for watertight connection at the conduit entrance, when the conduit enters at a level higher than the lowest live part, shall be used. Drain holes of 1/8 inch diameter shall be added to the bottom of the enclosure.
Class 9001 Type K oiltight/watertight control units can be easily installed in NEMAs 4, 12, and oversized NEMA 1 separate enclosures provided with closing plates. When installing control units simply remove the closing plates and install the proper Class 9001 Type K components. Convenient control unit kits complete with assembled and pre-wired operators for quick installation are available as Class 9999 user modification kits. See Table 16.302 for contents of each control unit kit. Class 9001 Type SK NEMA 4X corrosion resistant control units may be used as an alternate.
Table 16.302: Control Unit Selection Table Class 9999 Type
Control Function
SA3
Start-Stop Pushbutton
SC8
Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch
SP28R
Pilot Light (120 V)
Kit Contents Class & Type
De sc ription
1-9001 KR1B 1-9001 KR1R 1-9001 KN201 1-9001 KN202 2-9001 KA1 1-9001 KS43B 1-9001 KN260 1-9001 KA1
Start Operator Stop Operator Start Legend Plate Stop Legend Plate Contact Block Selector Operator Switch Hand-Off-Auto Legend Plate Contact Block
1-9001 KP1R31
Red Pilot Light
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
16-105
Separate Enclosures
Approximate Dimensions Class 9991
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 16.303: NEMA 1—General Purpose Enclosures (Standard) For Use With
Class 9991 Type
Class
Type
LXG1
8903
LO, LXO
DPG1
8910 8903
SCG7
8502
SCG8
8536
DPG2 DPSG1
8910 8911 8903 8502 8536 8910 8911 8502 8536 8911
SDG7 SDG8 DPG3 DPSG2 SEG7 SEG8 DPG4
DP DPA SMO (E.H.) SAO SBO SCO SAO SBO SCO DPA DPS SPO (E.H.) SDO SDO DPA DPS SEO SEO DPSG63 to 93
8910
DPA
Dimensions (inches/millimeters)
Weight (lbs.)
Size
No. of Poles
Fig. No.
Mounting Screws (in.)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
20 A
2–12
1
—
7.81 198
12.69 322
6.03 153
—
1.09 28
10.50 267
1.09 28
1.09 28
5.63 143
5.75 146
1.09 28
5.63 143
8
1
(4)#10
4.85 123
8.5 216
4.03 102
2.42 62
.109 3
5.75 146
.531 13
.92 23
3.00 76
3.75 95
—
—
2
3.00 76
.88 22
8.13 206
1.00 25
.94 24
4.13 105
5.00 127
—
—
4
—
1.09 28
10.50 267
1.09 28
1.09 28
5.63 143
5.75 146
1.09 28
5.63 143
8
—
1.53 39
18.75 476
1.53 39
1.53 39
8.38 213
7.75 197
1.53 39
8.38 213
23
8.99 228
8.60 218
1.25 32
1.25 32
22.31 567
1.42 36
.44 11
—
—
—
34
7.41 188
9.75 248
1.06 27
1.06 27
9.75 248
1.06 27
.31 8
—
—
—
16
7.56 192
12.75 324
1.06 27
1.06 27
12.00 305
1.06 27
.31 8
—
—
—
24
1–2 1–3 All 2–3
20–40 A 30 A 00 0 1 00 0 1 — — 60 A 2 2 — — 3 3 —
5.28 134
All 2–3
1
(3)#10
6.00 152
10.00 254
All — — 2–12 All All — — All All All
—
5.56 141
1
(4)1/4
7.81 198
12.69 322
1
(4)3/8
11.44 291
21.81 554
—
8502 8536
SFO 4 All SFO 4 All 11.25 25.15 SFG8 2 (4)7/16 286 639 SQO 8903 100 A All (E.H. & M.H.) SBO, 8702g 0 &1 SCO 11.88 11.88 SCG9 All 2 (4)5/16 302 302 ETBC20, 8922 — ETBC36 8702g SCO 2 14.88 14.13 SDG9 All 2 (4)5/16 378 359 8922 ETBC60 — g Standard enclosure has space for a fused control transformer, Form F4T, on Sizes 0–2.
6.03 153 6.31 160 8.00 203 8.38 213
Table 16.304: NEMA 1—General Purpose Enclosures (Oversize) For Use With
Class 9991 Type
Class
SDG3
8903 8502 8536
SDG4
9070 8502 SCG1
8536 8903
Type LO, LXO SMO (M.H.) SPO (Form F4T) SDO (Form F4T) SDO (Form F4T) EO51, EO61, EO71, T750, T1000 SBO, SCO (Form F4T) SBO, SCO (Form F4T) SMO (E.H.) (Form F4T)
Size
No. of Poles
20 A 30 A 60 A
All
2
All
Fig. No.
Mounting Screws (in.)
A
B
C
E
F
G
H
Weight (lbs.)
I
15
7.56 192 2
14.88 378
(4)5/16
14.13 359
All
7.66 194
—
—
7.56 192
0, 1
All
0, 1
All
30 A
All
2
D
3
6.34 161
(4)9/32
15.88 403
5.19 132
12.75 324
1.06 27
1.06 27
12.00 305
1.06 27
.31 8 21
4.66 118
.84 21
14.38 365
.75 19
.28 7
.35 9
8
H A D
1 6 C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U DR S P T O A S RE TT EY R S P E
C
K
L
K
(4) I Dia. Mtg. Holes
A J
H
E
B
Pilot Light F
G
B
G
B RESET
RESET
H
G H
I
E
H
Figure 1
16-106
D
F
Figure 2
C
E
D
C
A (4) I Dia. Mtg. Holes
Figure 3
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Separate Enclosures
Approximate Dimensions Class 9991
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 16.305: NEMA 1—General Purpose Enclosures For Use With
Class 9991 Type
Class
UE1
8501
Dimensions (See Figure 4) A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
CO
All
3.63 92
5.28 134
3.31 84
1.88 48
3.63 92
1.06 27
1.50 38
1/4 in.a
4.91 125
5.75 146
5.53 140
3.50 89
4.38 111
1.56 40
2.00 51
9/32 in.
1.31 33
1.88 48
#10
1/2–3/4 in.
4
1.31 33
1.88 48
9/32 in.
1/2–3/4–1 in. b
10
H, J, K L &M AO (Single Head) HO
8910 UE6 9050
Weight (lbs.)
Type
No. of Poles
J
L 1/2–3/4 in.
2
All All All 2–12, 2–4 w/Attachments 2–8
XO 4.87 7.79 7.53 3.50 6.38 XDO 124 198 191 89 162 EO1, EO17 9070 — T25, & T50 EO2, EO3, EO4, EO15, EO16, EO18, EO19 7.53 9.78 5.91 6.13 8.38 LG1 9070 T75, T100, T150, — 191 248 150 156 213 T200, T250, T300, T350, & T500 a Class 9991 UE1 has only (3) -H diameter mounting holes; 2 in the bottom as shown and 1 centered at the top. Class 9999 LG1 has three knockouts, top and bottom. b 8501
UE7
1/2–3/4 in. 1–1-1/4 in.
1/2–3/4 in.
2
Table 16.306: NEMA 3R—Rainproof & Sleet-Resistant Enclosures Class 9991 Type
SCH2
SDH1
SEH1
SFH1
For Use With
Dimensions (see Figure 5) No. of Poles
A
B
C
D1
D2
E
F
G1
G2
H1
H2
J
K
L
M
N
P
All
8.83 224
12.30 312
7.12 181
1.39 35
1.44 37
6.00 152
7.50 191
2.61 66
2.19 56
2.08 53
2.62 66
14.28 363
1.37 35
1.37 35
1.88 48
4.38 111
1.83 46
1/2 3/4 1
1/2 3/4 1
All
9.83 250
16.30 414
8.62 219
1.39 35
1.44 37
7.00 178
11.50 292
2.61 66
2.19 56
2.08 53
2.62 66
16.78 426
1.31 33
1.75 44
2.13 54
4.88 124
1.83 46
111/4 11/ 2
1/2 3/4
All
12.63 321
25.30 643
8.62 219
1.39 35
1.44 37
10.00 254
20.60 523
2.61 66
2.19 56
2.08 53
2.62 66
19.78 502
1.31 33
2.31 59
2.69 68
6.38 162
1.83 46
111/4 2 21/ 2
1/2 3/4
12.63 321
40.30 1024
9.12 232
1.39 35
1.44 37
10.00 254
35.50 902
2.61 66
2.19 56
2.08 53
2.62 66
20.28 515
1.31 33
2.31 59
2.69 68
6.38 162
1.83 46
111/4 2 21/ 2
1/2 3/4
Class
Type
Size
8502 8536
SBO, SCO
0, 1
8903
SMO
30 Amp
8502 8536
SDO
2
8903
LO LXO
8903
SPO
20 Amp 60 Amp
8502 8536
SEO
8903
SQO
100 Amp
8502 8536
SFO
4
All
SVO
200 Amp
2-3
8903
3
K.O. K.O. X Y
A D1
E
D2
C
N
P G1
A
F
B
E
B
G2
D
(4) .36 Dia. Mtg. Holes 9 (3) Closing Plates
(4) H Dia. Mtg. Holes "J" KO Top and Bottom
J M
"L" KO Top and Bottom X C
Y
M
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
X K
L
F
G
H1
G 2
H2
Figure 5 Figure 4
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
16-107
Separate Enclosures
Approximate Dimensions Class 9991
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 16.307: NEMA 4X—Watertight and Corrosion Resistant Enclosures Class 9991 Type
For Use With Class 8903
SCW20 8502 SCW21
8536 8903
SDW20
SDW21
8903 8502 8536
Dimensions (see Figure 6)
Type
Size
No. of Poles
SMO (E.H.) SBO, SCO SBO, SCO LO, LXO SPO (E.H.) SDO SDO
30 Amp
All
0, 1
All
0, 1
All
20 Amp 60 Amp 2 2
Hub Dia. Top & Bot. X
Weight (lbs.)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
Bot. Only W
6.50 165
6.44 164
12.13 308
.75 19
5.00 127
8.25 210
1.69 43
3.34 85
10.06 256
1.31 33
2.13 54
.31 8
3/4 in.
1 in.
7
8.50 216
7.06 179
13.88 352
.75 19
7.00 178
10.50 267
1.69 43
3.91 99
11.94 303
1.63 41
2.38 60
.31 8
3/4 in.
1-1/2 in.
13
All All All All
Table 16.308: NEMA 4—Watertight Enclosures (Standard) Class 9991 Type
SCW11
SDW11
SEW11
SFW11
For Use With
Dimensions (see Figure 6)
Hub Dia.
Class
Type
Size
No. of Poles
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
8903 8502
SMO SBO, SCO
30 Amp 0, 1
All All
6.38 162
7.13 181
13.19 335
1.56 40
3.25 83
12.00 305
.59 15
1.88 48
11.78 299
1.63 41
2.31 59
.31 8
8536
SBO, SCO
0, 1
All
6.38 162
7.81 198
13.19 335
1.56 40
3.25 83
12.00 305
.59 15
1.88 48
11.78 299
1.63 41
2.31 59
.31 8
8903 8903 8502
LO, LXO SPO SDO
20 Amp 60 Amp 2
All All All
8.13 206
7.88 200
16.19 411
1.56 40
5.00 127
15.00 381
1.09 28
1.94 49
14.75 375
2.00 51
2.63 67
.31 8
8536
SDO
2
All
8.13 206
8.56 217
16.19 411
1.56 40
5.00 127
15.00 381
1.09 28
2.88 73
14.75 375
2.00 51
2.63 67
.31 8
8903 8502 8536 8536
SQO SEO SEO SFO
100 Amp 3 3 4
All All All All
18.15 461
8.77 223
32.21 818
3.08 78
12.00 305
30.50 775
.86 22
3.67 93
26.71 678
2.58 66
3.19 81
.44 11
18.15 461
9.58 243
32.21 818
3.08 78
12.00 305
30.50 775
.86 22
4.48 114
26.71 678
2.58 66
3.19 81
.44 11
8502
SFO
4
All
18.15 461
8.77 223
32.21 818
3.08 78
12.00 305
30.50 775
.86 22
3.67 93
26.71 678
2.58 66
3.19 81
.44 11
Bot. Only W
Top & Bot. X
Weight (lbs.)
3/4 in.
1 in.
12
3/4 in.
1-1/2 in.
18
3/4 in.
2-1/2 in.
51
Table 16.309: NEMA 4—Watertight Enclosures (Oversize) Class 9991 Type SCW2 SCW3 SCW4 SDW2
For Use With
Dimensions (see Figure 7)
Hub Dia. Bot. Only W
Top & Bot. X
Weight (lbs.)
Class
Type
Size
No. of Poles
8702 8736
SCO
1
All
SBO SCO SBO, SCO (Form F4T)
0 1
All
0, 1
All
24
SDO
2
All
25
LO, LXO SMO, SPO (Form F4T) SDO (Form F4T)
20 Amp 30 Amp 60 Amp
All
2
All
8810 8502 8536 8702 8736
SDW3
8903
SDW4
8502 8536
D
A E
D
G
F
1 6
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
12.63 321
7.81 198
14.69 373
2.56 65
7.50 191
13.50 343
.59 15
3.88 98
18.41 468
1.66 42
2.31 59
.31 8
23
14.88 378
7.25 184
16.19 411
2.56 65
9.75 248
15.00 381
.38 10
3.88 98
20.88 530
1.72 44
2.63 67
.31 8
3/4 in.
1 in.
3/4 in. 1-1/2 in.
19
29 28
D
A E
D
G
B
B
F C C
G
C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U DR S P T O A S RE TT EY R S P E
G (4) L Dia. Mtg. Holes I
I W X
W X
J H
H
K
Figure 6
16-108
J
K
Figure 7
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Separate Enclosures Class 9991
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Approximate Dimensions Table 16.310: NEMA 12—Dusttight and Driptight Enclosures (Standard) For Use With
Class 9991 Type SCA11
SDA11
SEA11
SFA11
D
Dimensions (see Figure 8)
Class
Type
Size
No. of Poles
8502 8536 8903 8502 8536 8903 8903 8903 8502 8536 8536
SBO, SCO SBO, SCO SMO SDO SDO LO, LXO SPO SQO SEO SEO SFO
0, 1 0, 1 30 Amp 2 2 20 Amp 60 Amp 100 Amp 3 3 4
All All All All All All All All All All All
8502
SFO
4
All
A E
D
G
Weight (lbs.)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
6.38 162
8.53 217
12.75 324
1.56 40
3.25 83
12.00 305
.38 10
3.56 90
12.50 318
.31 8
10
8.13 206
9.28 236
16.00 406
1.56 40
5.00 127
15.00 381
.50 13
3.56 90
15.38 391
.31 8
15
18.15 461
9.24 235
31.50 800
3.08 78
12.0 305
30.50 775
.50 13
3.67 93
26.71 678
.44 11
18.15 461
9.58 243
31.50 800
3.08 78
12.0 305
30.50 775
.50 13
4.48 114
26.71 678
.44 11
18.15 461
9.24 235
31.50 800
3.08 78
12.0 305
30.50 775
.50 13
3.67 93
26.71 678
.44 11
F C
G
B
(4) J Dia. Mtg. Holes 51
I
H
Figure 8
Table 16.311: NEMA 12—Dusttight and Driptight Enclosures (Oversized) Class 9991 Type
For Use With
Dimensions (see Figure 9)
Weight (lbs.)
Class
Type
Size
No. of Poles
SCA2
8702 8736
SCO
1
All
SCA3
8810
0 1
All
SCA4
8502 8536
SBO SCO SBO, SCO (Form F4T)
0, 1
All
19
SDA2
8702 8736
2
All
24
SDA3
8903
SDA4
8502 8536
SDO LO, LXO SMO, SPO (Form F4T) SDO (Form F4T)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
D
A E
D
G
17 11.88 302
7.75 197
13.5 343
2.56 65
6.75 171
12.75 324
.38 10
3.66 93
18.13 460
.31 8
F
18
C
G
B
(4) J Dia. Mtg. Holes
20 Amp 30 Amp 60 Amp
All
2
All
14.88 378
7.88 200
16.00 406
2.56 65
9.75 248
15.00 381
.50 13
3.66 93
21.25 540
.31 8
27 I 27
H
Figure 9
Table 16.312: Flush Mounting General Purpose Enclosures Class 9991 Type SDF13 (w/SDF1 & SDF2) SCF11 (w/SDF1 & SDF2) SDF11 (w/SDF1 & SDF2) SEF11
For Use With Class
Type
Dimensions (see Figure 10) Size
No. of Poles
8903
LO, LXO
20 Amp
All
8502 8536
SBO, SCO SBO, SCO SMO (E.H.) SDO SDO SPO (E.H.) SEO SQO
0, 1 0, 1
All All
30 Amp
All
2 2
All All
60 Amp
All
3 100 Amp
All All
8903 8502 8536 8903 8502 8903
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
Weight (lbs.) C
15.19 386
8.94 227
7.63 194
12.88 327
5.44 138
10.94 278
5.13 130
.38 10
17
13.44 341
7.19 183
5.88 149
11.13 283
4.75 121
9.19 233
4.50 114
.38 10
10
15.19 386
8.94 227
7.63 194
12.88 327
5.44 138
10.94 278
5.13 130
.38 10
17
31.00 787
16.75 425
14.25 362
26.25 667
8.00 203
—
—
.18 5
48
H
E
A
H
D
G
F
B
Figure 10 E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
16-109
Factory Modifications (Forms)
For Full Voltage Contactors and Starters www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Factory installed modifications are available for the classes of control equipment listed in the respective tables. Prices shown are additions to standard equipment prices and are not to be used as separate selling prices. Kits are also available for many field modifications and normal parts replacement on most control i tems. Refer to Classes 9998 and 9999 for complete listings. Standard equipment dimensions and enclosure construction may not apply when certain special features are added. Such cases should be referred to the factory with complete description when accurate dimensions are required. NOTE: If UL l abel is required, consult Square D/Schneider Electric CIC at 1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733). Some Forms are not UL Listed.
Table 16.313: Full Voltage Starters Factory Modifications
Form
1g 3R, 4, 4X, 12 7 &9
A A A
Start-Stop (maintained contact)e
1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12
A16
Start-Stop push button and Hand-Off-Auto selector switch
1g, 3R, 4, 4X, 12
AC
—
447.
447.
447.
447.
447.
447.
447.
447.
1g 3R, 4, 4X, 12
A3 A3
138. —
138. 224.
138. 224.
138. 224.
138. 224.
224. 224.
224. 224.
224. 224.
224. 224.
1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12
A11
—
224.
224.
224.
224.
224.
224.
224.
224.
1g 3R, 4, 4X, 12 7 &9 1g 3R, 4, 4X, 12 7 &9
C C C C6 C6 C6
138. — — 138. — —
138. 224. 399. 138. 224. 399.
138. 224. 399. 138. 224. 399.
138. 224. 399. 138. 224. 399.
138. 224. 399. 138. 224. 399.
224. 224. 399. 224. 224. 399.
224. 224. 399. 224. 224. 399.
224. 224. 399. 224. 224. 399.
224. 224. 399. 224. 224. 399.
NON-STANDARD markings for Pilot Devices
1, 3R, 4, 12
G12d
—
20.
20.
20.
20.
20.
20.
20.
20.
Addition of padlock attachment to Class 9001 operators
1, 3R, 4, 12
G122
—
29.
29.
29.
29.
29.
29.
29.
29.
1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12
Xf
105.
105.
105.
105.
105.
105.
105.
105.
105.
1, 4, 4X, 12 7, 9 1, 4, 12 1, 4, 12 1, 4, 12 1, 4, 4X, 12
A1 A1 A2 A9 A10C A11
— — — — — —
380. 678. 380. 380. 447. 224.
380. 678. 380. 380. 447. 224.
380. 678. 380. 380. 447. 224.
380. 678. 380. 380. 447. 224.
380. 678. 380. 380. 447. 224.
380. 678. 380. 380. 447. 224.
380. 678. 380. 380. 447. 224.
380. 678. 380. 380. 447. 224.
1g, 4, 4X, 12 7 &9 1g, 4, 4X 7 &9 1, 4, 12 1, 4, 4X, 12 7 &9 1, 4, 12 1, 4, 4X, 12 1, 4, 4X, 12 1, 4, 12 Any
C C C6 C6 C7
— — — — 224.
C14
—
224. 399. 224. 399. 224. 224. 399. 447. 224. 224. 447. 20.
224. 399. 224. 399. 224. 224. 399. 447. 224. 224. 447. 20.
224. 399. 224. 399. 224. 224. 399. 447. 224. 224. 447. 20.
224. 399. 224. 399. 224. 224. 399. 447. 224. 224. 447. 20.
224. 399. 224. 399. 224. 224. 399. 447. 224. 224. 447. 20.
224. 399. 224. 399. 224. 224. 399. 447. 224. 224. 447. 20.
224. 399. 224. 399. 224. 224. 399. 447. 224. 224. 447. 20.
224. 399. 224. 399. 224. 224. 399. 447. 224. 224. 447. 20.
Ty 7/9 399. 399. 399. 399. 399. 399. 399. 399. 399. 399. 399. 798. 798. 1197. 1197.
Form
Push Buttons
00
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
138. — —
138. 224. 399.
138. 224. 399.
138. 224. 399.
138. 224. 399.
224. 224. 399.
224. 224. 399.
224. 224. 399.
224. 224. 399.
—
252.
252.
252.
252.
252.
252.
252.
252.
a
Start-Stop
PILOT DEVICES IN COVER Full Voltage NonReversing Controllers Only Classes 8502 8536 8538 8539
NEMA Size
Enclosure Type
On-Off Single Oiltight Pushbutton (specify marking) Selector Switches Hand-Off-Auto On-Off
Pilot Lights (specify color/type) b See Table 16.314below. With Operating Interlock: Add price of each interlock per light Push Buttons a Forward-Reverse-Stop PILOT DEVICES IN COVER Full Voltage Reversing and Multi-Speed Controllers Only Classes 8702 8736 8738 8739 8810 8811 8812
a b
c d e f
1 6 C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U DR S P T O A S RE TT EY R S P E
g
High-Low-Stop Fast-Off-Slow High-Low push button and Hand-Off-Auto selector Single Oiltight Pushbutton (specify marking) Selector Switches Hand-Off-Auto On-Off High-Off-Low Forward-Off-Reverse
— High-Low and Hand-Off-Auto CC17 Slow-Fast C19 — Forward-Reverse C20 — High-Low-Off-Auto C25 — NON-STANDARD markings for Pilot Devices G12d — Pilot Lights b 105. 105. 105. 105. 105. 105. 105. 105. 105. With Operating Interlock: 1, 4, 4X, 12 Xf Add price of each interlock per light All push buttons are momentary contact unless specified otherwise. Indicate pilot light color as Form P1 (red) or Form P2 (green), etc. as shown in the table below. Unless otherwise requested, standard practice is to wire red pilot light to indicate device is energized. No additional auxiliary contact is required. Also, standard practice is to wire green pilot light to indicate device is de-energized. An additional normally closed auxiliary contact is supplied. A wiring diagram must be supplied for other p ilot light colors and/or arrangements. Pilot lights available at 120 to 600 V only. Specify marking and/or Class 9001 Type KN or Type SKN legend plate required. Specify appropriate Class 9001 Type K or SK operator required. To determine the maximum number of auxiliary contacts which can be added to each Type S device and for the appropriate “X Form”, refer to the tables in the Class 8536 section on page 16-13 (for non-reversing single-speed devices) or the Class 8736 section on page16-50 (for reversing or two-speed devices). For Class 8600 Reduced Voltage controllers, consult Square D/Schneider Electric CIC at 1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733). Various form combinations selected may force the use of a larger e nclosure which will require Type 3R, 4, 4X 12 operating pricing.
Table 16.314: Pilot Light Forms
New! Standard
Form Red ON Red OFF Red Unwired Green ON Green OFF Green Unwired Amber Clear Yellow Blue White Red LOW - Green HI Green LOW - Red HI Red OFF - Green FWD/REV Green OFF - Red FWD/REV
16-110
P1 P71 P38 P72 P2 P39 P3 P4 P35 P36 P37 P73 P74 P75 P76
Ty 1/4/12 224. 224. 224. 224. 224. 224. 224. 224. 224. 224. 224. 448. 448. 672. 672.
Push-to-Test Ty 7/9 399 399. 399. 399. 399. 399. 399. 399. 399. 399. 399. 798. 798. 1197. 1197.
Form
Ty 1/4/12 290. 290. 290. 290. 290. 290. 290. 290. 290. 290. 290. 580. 580. 870. 870.
P21 P81 P28 P82 P22 P29 P23 P24 P25 P26 P27 P83 P84 P85 P86
CP1
Discount Schedule
LED Ty 7/9 399. 399. 399. 399. 399. 399. 399. 399. 399. 399. 399. 798. 798. 1197. 1197. Modified 4/6/09
Form P51 P91 P58 P92 P52 P59 P53 P54 P55 P56 P57 P93 P94 P95 P96
Ty 1/4/12 255. 255. 255. 255. 255. 255. 255. 255. 255. 255. 255. 510. 510. 765. 765.
LED-Push-to-Test P42 P43 P44 P45 P46 P47 P63 P64 P48 P66 P67 P77 P78 P79 P80
Ty 1/4/12 321. 321. 321. 321. 321. 321. 321. 321. 321. 321. 321. 642. 642. 963. 963.
Ty 7/9 399. 399. 399. 399. 399. 399. 399. 399. 399. 399. 399. 798. 798. 1197. 1197.
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Factory Modifications (Forms) Class 8536
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
For Full Voltage Contactors and Starters Table 16.315: Full Voltage Controllers Only Classes 8502, 8536, 8538, 8539, 8702, 8736, 8738, 8739, 8810, 8811 and 8812 Enclosure Type
Factory Modifications
Separate Control Circuit—(specify Any voltage and frequency) Fused Control Circuit (without control transformer) One fuse 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 Two fuses 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 7, 9, 12
Form
NEMA SIZE 00
Sa F F4
209. 209.
Primary 2 2 1 2 2 1 2
FUSES Secondary 0 0 1h 1 1 2h 2
1, 4, 4X, 12 7&9 1, 4, 4X, 12 1, 4, 4X, 12 7&9 1, 4, 4X, 12 1, 4, 4X, 12
d e f g h
3
4
5
6
7
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
209. 209.
209. 209.
209. 209.
209. 209.
209. 209.
209. 209.
— —
— —
257. 294. 465. 465. 503. 465. 465.
257. 294. 465. 465. 503. 465. 465.
257. 294. 465. 465. 503. 465. 465.
362. 494. 570. 570. 702. 570. 570.
531. 693. 741. 741. 902. 741. 741.
645. 884. 855. 855. 1093. 855. 855.
F4T11g F4T11g F4T12g
456. 494. 617.
456. 494. 617.
456. 494. 617.
588. 722. 770.
741. 902. —
e
— — —
FF4T11 FF4T11 FF4T12 FF4T13 FF4T14 FF4T15
665. 702. 827. 987. 1311. 1500.
665. 702. 827. 987. 1311. 1500.
665. 702. 827. 987. 1311. 1500.
798. 930. 978. 1158. 1520. 1709.
950. 1112. 1130. 1311. 1671. 1862.
c c c c
1044. 1283. 1226. 1406. 1862. 2051.
Two fuses in primary 100 VA additional capacity 1, 4, 4X, 12 100 VA additional capacity 7&9 200 VA additional capacity 1, 4, 4X, 12 Two fuses in primary and one fuse in secondary 100 VA additional capacity 1, 4, 4X, 12 100 VA additional capacity 7&9 200 VA additional capacity 1, 4, 4X, 12 300 VA additional capacity 1, 4, 4X, 12 400 VA additional capacity 1, 4, 4X, 12 500 VA additional capacity 1, 4, 4X, 12
c c c
M10
731. 1016. 941. 941. 1226. 941. 941.
731. 1016. 941. 941. 1226. 941. 941.
e e e
— — —
e e e
930. — 1016.
930. — 1016.
c c c c c c
1140. 1425. 1226. 1406. 1862. 2051.
c c c c c c
1140. — 1226. 1406. 1862. 2051.
1140. — 1226. 1406. 1862. 2051.
c c c
c c c
Selection of Control Circuit Transformers
Enclosure Type
Form
AC-OPERATED DEVICES With Control Transformers
$ Price Voltage
Modification of standard device for use as marine control per UL508
12/3R 4/4X (S.S. only)
M10
Code
120–12k 120–24k 208–120 240–24k 240–120 277–120 480–24k 480–120 480–240 600–120 Specify
See Below
NEMA Sizei 0j
—
—
c c
The standard primary/secondary voltages for control circuit transformers are indicated in the following table.
60 Hz (Primary–Secondary)
00j
c c
b
Table 16.317:
i j
c c c c c c c
Table 16.318:
Factory Modification
Class
Form
731. 1016. 941. 941. 1226. 941. 941.
Additional Capacity (50 or 60 Hz)
Table 16.316: Marine Control 8502 8536 8538 8539 8702 8736 8738 8739 8810 8941
2
F4Tf F4Tf FF1T FF4T FF4T F1F10T F4F10T
All combination style devices such as 8538, 8539, 8738, 8739, that use Form S should also use Form Y74 (auxiliary contact installed on disconnect switch) per NEC Article 430-74. Table 16.318 at right. Single primary voltage must be specified. Not available on Size 2 or Size 3 devices with 4- or 5-poles. Not available on this Size. Select appropriate transformer with secondary fuse protection. Not available with 24 V secondary on Size 3. Select appropriate transformer with secondary fuse protection. See Table 16.318 for 24 V secondary restrictions. Not available with 24 V secondary. Select appropriate transformer with secondary fuse protection. See Table 16.318for 24 V secondary restrictions. Single phase with one leg grounded or grounded B phase applications ONLY.
b c
1
Control Circuit Transformers b—Standard capacity (50 or 60 Hz) Note: All orders requesting Form FT will be supplied as Form F4T.
CONTROL CIRCUIT Full Voltage and Multi-Speed Controllers Only Classes 8502 8536 8538 8539 8702 8736 8738 8739 8810 8811 8812
a
0
1 225.
2 300.
3 480.
4 840.
5 2010.
6 3150.
Not available for NEMA Size 7. Cannot be used with Marine controls.
k
V88 V89 V84 V82 V80 V85 V83 V81 V87 V86 V99
12 V coils are not available on Sizes 3–7. 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7.
To order, select the desired device with the appropriate transformer Form designation. Then convert the previously selected voltage code (V• •) to reflect the desired primary/secondary voltage for the transformer. The secondary voltage should equal the previously selected coil voltage of the device. Example: You have previously selected a Class 8536SDG1V02S. V02S means that you need a coil voltage of 120-60/110-50 wired for separate control. You would like to add Form FF4T with the transformer voltages being 480 volt primary, 120 volt secondary with Solid State Overload Relay Protection Class 20 Trip Class (H20). The new and complete class, type, voltage code and form number will be:
l
Class
Type
Voltage Code
Form l
8536
SDG1
V81
FF4H20T
Form numbers should always be shown in alphabetical order. Each letter indicates the beginning of a new form and may be followed by one or more numbers.
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
16-111
Factory Modifications For Full Voltage Contactors & Starters and Solid State Overload Relays (Forms) Class 8502, 8536, 8538, 8539, 8702, 8736, 8738, 8739, 8810, 8811 and 8812
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 16.319: Full Voltage Controllers Only Classes 8502, 8536, 8538, 8539, 8702, 8736, 8738, 8739, 8810, 8811 and 8812 Factory Modifications
Form
Any
B1
—
23.70
23.70
Any
B1
—
23.70
Any Any Any
B2 B2 B2
— — —
1, 4, 7, 9, 12 Any Any Any
B Y59 B B
— — — —
Non-Compensated Bimetallic Overload Relays Single Phase: Types SB–SD (Sizes 0–2)b
Overload Relays
a b c
Polyphase: Two Element—For 2 Phase Only Types SB–SD (Sizes 0–2) Three Element Types SB–SD (Sizes 0–2) Type SG (Size 5) Type SH (Size 6) Ambient Compensated Bimetallic Overload Relays Three Element Types SB–SD (Sizes 0–2) Types SE–SF (Sizes 3 & 4) Type SG (Size 5) Type SH (Size 6)
NEMA Size
Enclosure Type
00
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
23.70
—
—
—
—
—
23.70
23.70
—
—
—
—
—
23.70 — —
23.70 — —
23.70 — —
— — —
— — —
— 23.70 —
— — 23.70
— — —
a
42.80 — — —
42.80 — — —
42.80 — — —
— 42.80 — —
— 42.80 — —
— — 42.80 —
— — — 42.80
— — — —
a
—
N/C
N/C
—
—
—
119.00
119.00
119.00
119.00
c
119.00
—
a
119.00
c
119.00
—
a
Overload Relays—General Modify Size 3 Type SE starters with melting alloy overload Any Y81 — — — relays to accept Type FB quick trip or SB slow trip thermal units and Size 4 Type SF starters to accept Type FB quick trip thermal units. (Rejects Type CC standard trip thermal units.) Substitute 9999 SO4 isolated alarm contact ( N.O.) 119.00 119.00 119.00 Any Y342 on melting alloy overload relay Substitute 9999 SO5 isolated alarm contact (N.C.) 119.00 119.00 119.00 Any Y344 on melting alloy overload relay Size 7 uses a solid state overload relay as standard. See Class 8536 for complete details. Single phase bimetallic overload relays for Type S Sizes 0–2 require two (2) thermal units per starter. For Classes 8736, 8738 and 8739 Type SG, consult Square D/Scheider Electric CIC at 1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733).
119.00
119.00
119.00
Accessories available on page 16-124.
Solid State Overload Relay Factory Modfications (Forms) The solid state overload relay is available on NEMA Size 00–7. For Class 8536, 8538, 8539, 8736, 8738, 8739 and 8810 devices. H
Form Description
#
#
#
®
Type S Starter with MOTOR LOGIC Solid State Overload Relay 1—MOTOR LOGIC, Base Unit, Trip Class 10 2—MOTOR LOGIC, Base Unit, Trip Class 20 3—MOTOR LOGIC, Feature Unit 0—No additional modifications 1—N.O. Auxiliary Contact (Field Convertible to N.C.) Special Overload/Contactor Size Combinations (Base Unit & Feature Units): (Must Be Specified On Size 00 Starter Orders) Blank -Overload Matched to Starter Size (i.e., Size 1 contactor & 9-27 A overload) 0—A 6–18 A overload on a starter size as indicated by the Starter Catalog Number 1—A 9–27 A overload on a starter size as indicated by the Starter Catalog Number 2—A 15–45 A overload on a starter size as indicated by the Starter Catalog Number 3—A 30–90 A overload on a starter size as indicated by the Starter Catalog Number 4—A 45–135 A overload on a starter size as indicated by the Starter Catalog Number 8—A 1.5–4.5 A overload on a star ter size as indicated by the Starter Catalog Number (only offered on Feature Units) 9—A 3–9 A overload on a starter size as indicated by the Starter Catalog Number SPECIAL NOTE for Class 8810 devices: You MUST SPECIFY TWO SEPARATE FORM NUMBERS TO GET MOTOR LOGIC OVERLOADS ON TWO SPEED STARTERS. The first form number is for the low speed winding and the second is for the high speed winding. EXAMPLE: Open Style, Size 4 Two Speed Starter with MOTOR LOGIC Overload Relays Required. Single Winding, 460 V, Constant or Variable Torque High Speed FLA = 96 A Low Speed FLA = 27 A (u se Size 2 Overload) Catalog Number to Order: 8810 SF01V02 H202 H20S Where: Form H20 is a Size 4 Contactor with a 45-1 35 A MOTOR LOGIC Overload Relay for the High Speed and form H202 is a 15–45 A MOTOR LOGIC Overload Relay on the low speed contactor.
1 6
Table 16.320: Classes 8536, 8538, 8539, 8736, 8738, 8739 and 8810 NEMA Size (Overload Current Range) Factory Modifications
Form
00
0
3–9 A 42.80 42.80 62.00 81.00 81.00 99.00
C N Base Unit, Trip Class 10 H10 OE M MOTOR LOGIC Solid NA Base Unit, Trip Class 20 H20 State Overload Relay T / Feature Unit H30 AD C E Base Unit, Trip Class 10 H11 MOTOR LOGIC Solid T F State Overload Relay Base Unit, Trip Class 20 H21 OI N with Auxiliary Contact R I Feature Unit H31 S T E A P Table 16.321: Special Starter Combinations with MOTOR N U DR NEMA Solid State Overload Relay Size S P Contactor 00B 00C 0 1 2 3 T O Size A S d 00 Std RE TT 0 Std d d EY d d d 1 Std RP S E d Possible factory starter combinations available.
16-112
1
6–18 A 42.80 42.80 62.00 81.00 81.00 99.00
9–27 A 42.80 42.80 62.00 81.00 81.00 99.00
2 15–45 A 42.80 42.80 68.00 81.00 81.00 107.00
3 30–90 A 42.80 42.80 77.00 81.00 81.00 114.00
4
5
6
7
45–135 A 42.80 42.80 87.00 81.00 81.00 125.00
90–270 A 42.80 42.80 143.00 81.00 81.00 180.00
180–540 A
270–810 A
— — 143.00 — — 180.00
— —
Std. — — 37.50
LOGIC Overload Relay Protection 4
NEMA Contactor Size 2 3 4
CP1
Discount Schedule
Solid State Overload Relay Size 00B
00C
0
1
2
3
d
d
d
d
n/a n/a
n/a n/a
n/a n/a
n/a n/a
Std n/a n/a
Std d
4
Std
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
www.us.schneider-electric.com
Factory Modifications (Forms)
For Full Voltage Contactors & Starters Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 16.322: MOTOR LOGIC ® Plus Factory Modifications—Form B For use with Class 8536 (Open Starters) Factory Modification Form B
Second Digit Designator
No modification for 200–480 V Add communication module for 200–480 V No modification for 600 V Add communication module for 600 V
0 2 4 6
First Digit Designator - Starter Packages with MOTOR LOGIC Plus Current Ranges 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
.5–2.3 A 638.
2–9 A 638.
6–27 A 638.
10–45 A 638.
20–90 A 638.
60–135 A 713.
120–270 A 713.
240–540 A 713.
638.
638.
638.
638.
638.
713.
713.
713.
Example: Form B 4 2 = MOTOR LOGIC Pl us overload relay with a current range of 9–18 A and factory modifications to add A communication module for 200–480 volt applications
Table 16.323: Full Voltage Controllers Only Classes 8502, 8536, 8538, 8539, 8702, 8736, 8738, 8739, 8810, 8811 and 8812 Factory Modifications
Enclosure Type
Form
NEMA Size 00
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Addition of one NEMA Size 1, — 30 A single pole N.O. unit Any Y428 191. 191. 191. b 191. 191. 191. 191. Addition of one NEMA Size 1, — 191. 191. 191. b 191. 191. 191. 191. 30 A single pole N.C. unit Any Y429 Addition of one NEMA Size 1, — 30 A double pole N.O./N.O. unit Any Y430 294. 294. 294. b 294. 294. 294. 294. Addition of one NEMA Size 1, — 294. 294. 294. b 294. 294. 294. 294. 30 A double pole N.C./N.C. unit Any Y434 Addition of one NEMA Size 1, — 30 A double pole N.O./N.C. unit Any Y435 294. 294. 294. b 294. 294. 294. 294. Power Poles Addition of one NEMA Size 2 — — — 276. b 276. 276. 276. 276. single pole N.O. unit Any Y436 Addition of one NEMA Size 2 — — — 276. b 276. 276. 276. 276. single pole N.C. unit Any Y437 Addition of one NEMA Size 2 — — — 465. b 465. 465. 465. 465. double pole N.O./N.O. unit Any Y438 Addition of one NEMA Size 2 — — — 465. b 465. 465. 465. 465. double pole N.C./N.C. unit Any Y439 Addition of one NEMA Size 2 — — — 465. b 465. 465. 465. 465. double pole N.O./N.C. unit Any Y440 105. 105. 105. 105. 105. 105. 105. 105. Coil transient suppressor (120 Volt only). Per Coil. Any Y145 Addition of terminal blocks (specify wired or unwired). Miscellaneous Wired, per terminal. Each 1, 4, 12 G56a — 77. 77. 77. 77. 77. 77. 77. Unwired, per terminal. Each 1, 4, 12 G50a — 38. 38. 38. 38. 38. 38. 38. Addition of terminal block type 9080CA or 9080GR6 only. Number of circuits is same as ending of form number. (Ex.: G505 is 5 wire terminal block.) Available in groups of 5 only. a b When adding a power pole to a Size 2 device, also specify Form Y118 and add $93.00.
191. 191. 294. 294. 294. 276. 276. 465. 465. 465. 105. 77. 38.
Table 16.324: Reversing Full Voltage Starters Only c Classes 8810, 8811, and 8812 Factory Modifications
Enclosure Type
Form
1 Y791 Molded case circuit breaker 4, 7d, 9d Y791 12 Y791 1 Y792 Non–fusible disconnect switch 4, 9d Y792 12 Y792 1 Y793 Fusible switch with 30 A fuse clips 4 Y793 12 Y793 1 Y794 Fusible switch with 60 A fuse clips 4 Y794 12 Y794 1 Y795 Fusible switch with 100 A fuse clips 4 Y795 Circuit Breaker 12 Y795 or 1 Y796 Disconnect Switch Fusible switch with 200 A fuse clips 4 Y796 12 Y796 1 Y797 Fusible switch with 400 A fuse clips 4 Y797 12 Y797 1 Y798 Automatic molded case switch with 600 A fuse clips 4 Y798 12 Y798 1 Y799 Automatic molded case switch with 1200 A or less fuse clips 4 Y799 12 Y799 1 Y7910 Automatic molded case switch 4 Y7910 12 Y7910 c For non-reversing 2-speed starters with disconnect switch or circuit breaker, see pages16-64–16-69. d NEMA 7 & 9 adders apply to 8810 non-reversing devices Sizes 0, 1 and 2 only.
NEMA Size 0 1340. 1908. 1358. 893. 1448. 912. 1044. 1614 1064. — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
1 1340. 1908. 1358. 893. 1448. 912. 1044. 1614. 1064. 1044. 1614. 1064. — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
2 1634. 2355 1709. 1140. 1764. 1215. — — — 1215. 1923. 1292. — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
3 1776. 3257. 1908. 1443. 2925. 1577. — — — — — — 1557. 3039. 1691. 1923. 3419. 2070. — — — — — — — — — — — —
4 3248. 4728. 3386. 1443. 3551. 3210. — — — — — — — — — 2397. 3893. 3551. — — — — — — — — — — — —
5 6314. 7872. 7226. 3570. 5127. 3950. — — — — — — — — — — — — 3912. 5469. 4292. — — — — — — — — —
6 9296. 12144. 9993. — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 7359. 10236. 8574. 9201. 12050. 9914. 10283. 13131. 11708. 8195. 11043. 8907.
7 12885. 15734. 13598. — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 10283. 13131. 11708. 8669. 11517. 9381.
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
16-113
Factory Modifications (Forms) Class 8502, 8536, 8538, 8539, 8606, 8630, 8640, 8647, 8650, 8702, 8736, 8738, 8739, 8810, 8811 and 8812
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
For Full and Reduced Voltage Contactors & Starters Table 16.325: Full Voltage and Reduced Voltage Controllers g Classes 8502, 8536, 8538, 8539, 8606, 8630, 8640, 8647, 8650, 8702, 8736, 8738, 8739, 8810, 8811 and 8812 NEMA Size Factory Modifications
Control relay (4 & 8 poles)
Enclosure Type
Form
1, 12 4, 4X 7, 9 1, 12 4, 4X 7, 9
R174 R174 R174 R178 R178 R178
1 3R, 4, 4X, 12 7, 9 1 3R, 4, 4X, 12 7, 9 1, 3R, 4, 12 4X, 7, 9 1, 3R, 4, 12 4X, 7, 9
K25 K25 K25 K26 K26 K26 K37 K37 K38 K38
$ 323. 494. 494. 494. 741. 741.
1 1 PW 1 YD $ 323. 494. 494. 494. 741. 741.
2 2 PW 2 YD $ 323. 494. 494. 494. 741. 741.
3 3 PW 3 YD $ 323. 494. 494. 494. 741. 741.
4 4 PW 4 YD $ 323. 494. 494. 494. 741. 741.
5 5 PW 5 YD $ 323. 494. 494. 494. 741. 741.
6 6 PW 6 YD $ 323. 494. — 494. 741. —
7 7 PW 7 YD $ 323. 494. — 494. 741. —
798. 1044. 1044. 798. 1044. 1044. 798. 798. 798. 798.
798. 1044. 1044. 798. 1044. 1044. 798. 798. 798. 798.
798. 1044. 1044. 798. 1044. 1044. 798. 798. 798. 798.
798. 1044. 1044. 798. 1044. 1044. 798. 798. 798. 798.
798. 1044. 1044. 798. 1044. 1044. 798. 798. 798. 798.
798. 1044. 1044. 798. 1044. 1044. 798. 798. 798. 798.
798. 1044. — 798. 1044. — 798. — 798. —
798. 1044. — 798. 1044. — 798. — 798. —
0
Pneumatic Timing Relay – specify Class 9050 Type A or B 0.1 seconds to 1.0 minute—On delay 0.1 seconds to 1.0 minute—Off delay 1.0 to 3.0 minute—On delay 1.0 to 3.0 minute—Off delay
Auxiliary Relays
d
Meters and Metering
Auxiliary Contacts
1 6 C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U D R S P T O A S RE T ET RY S P E
Enclosures
a b c d e
f g h
Solid State Timing Relay (specify timing range) and timer 1, 4, 4X, 7, 9, 12 K1070 (120 V control required) Motor driven timing relayac 1, 4, 12 K5 Phase failure and phase reversal relay with time delay option including under and over voltage protection. Addition of a protective relay with options of Phase Failure with Time Delay, Phase Reversal and Under/ 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 7/9, 12 R44 Over Voltage Protection. (RM3TR1). Both motor voltage and control voltage (V8• voltage code) must be specified with device even if Form S is specified. Form replaces Forms Y444, Y445, Y447, Y448 and Y449. For multispeed controllers: 1, 4, 7, 9, 12 R1 Compelling relay (requires motor to be started in low speed) Accelerating relay (provides timed acceleration to selected speed): For Class 8810 1, 4, 7, 9, 12 R2 For Class 8811 1, 4, 7, 9, 12 R2 For Class 8812 1, 4, 7, 9, 12 R2 Decelerating relay (imposes a timing delay during transfer from a higher to a lower speed): For Class 8810 1, 4, 7, 9, 12 R3 For Class 8811 1, 4, 7, 9, 12 R3 For Class 8812 1, 4, 7, 9, 12 R3 Antiplugging timers and relays 1, 4, 7, 9, 12 R10 Ammeter in cover (includes current transformer if required) 1, 12 G91 Ammeter and switch with two current transformers 1, 12 G92 Ammeter and switch with three current transformers 1, 12 G93 Voltmeter mounted 1, 12 G94 Voltmeter and switch mounted 1, 12 G95 Elapsed time meter 1, 12 G97 Operation counter 1, 12 G99 Additional starter (contactor) auxiliary contacts (Specify number of additional N.O. or N.C. contacts required Any Xe per contactor.) Each Auxiliary contacts installed on disconnect switch or circuit breaker operating mechanism. SPDT 1, 4, 4X, 12 Y74 DPDT 1, 4, 4X, 12 Y75 (Note: Above contacts do not switch with automatic tripping of circuit breaker. If such operation is required, consult your nearest Square D/ Schneider Electric Sales Office.) Space heater with N.C. auxiliary contact 1, 4, 4X, 12 G51 Function identification plate, with marking as specified Any G11 Drain and breather installed 7 & 9h Y41 Cover gaskets added to NEMA 1 enclosures: For Classes 8538 and 8539 1 Y47 For Classes 8738 and 8739 1 Y47 For other full voltage controllers 1 Y47 For reduced voltage controllers 1 Y47 Brushed stainless steel watertight device (add to catalog price of sheet steel watertight device): Class 8606 — Y56 Classes 8630 and 8640 — Y56 Non-standard size or location of conduit openings or hubs (Specify size ® and location. Does not apply to SPIN TOP starters. No deduction for omission of standard conduit provision. Use of standard pipe plug by user recommended instead.) For 2-1/2 inch and smaller conduit. Each 4, 4X G7 For 3 inch to 4 inch conduit. Each 4, 4X G7
299.
299.
299.
299.
299.
299.
299.
299.
1671.
1671.
1671.
1671.
1671.
1671.
1671.
1671.
975.
975.
975.
975.
975.
975.
975.
975.
627.
627.
627.
627.
627.
627.
627.
627.
1463. 2925. 4386.
1463. 2925. 4386.
1463. 2925. 4386.
1463. 2925. 4386.
1463. 2925. 4386.
1463. 2925. 4386.
1463. 2925. 4386.
1463. 2925. 4386.
1463. 2925. 4386. 2564. 1329. — — — — 551. 950.
1463. 2925. 4386. 2564. 1329. 2849. 3513. 1880. 2849. 551. 950.
1463. 2925. 4386. 2564. 1329. 2849. 3513. 1880. 2849. 551. 950.
1463. 2925. 4386. 2564. 1329. 2849. 3513. 1880. 2849. 551. 950.
1463. 2925. 4386. 3114. 1880. 2849. 3513. 1880. 2849. 551. 950.
1463. 2925. 4386. 3305. 1880. 2849. 3513. 1880. 2849. 551. 950.
1463. 2925. 4386. 3305. 1880. 2849. 3513. 1880. 2849. 551. 950.
1463. 2925. 4386. 3305. 1880. 2849. 3513. 1880. 2849. 551. 950.
105.
105.
105.
105.
105.
105.
105.
105.
128. 257.
128. 257.
128. 257.
147. 294.
147. 294.
275. 380.
275. 380.
275. 380.
257.00 28.50 248.00
257.00 28.50 248.00
456.00 28.50 248.00
731.0 0 1178.0 0 1748.00 2658.0 0 2658.00 28.50 28.50 28.50 28.50 28.50 248.00 248.00 248.00 248.00 —
95.00 Std. 95.00 95.00
95.00 Std. 95.00 95.00
Std. Std. 143.00 143.00
Std. Std. 213.00 213.00
— —
57.00 143.00
Std. Std. 356.00 356.00
Std. — — — — Std. 713.00 1140.00 1140.00 713.00 1140.00 1140.00
1140.00 1425.00 2279.00 3182.00 5697.00 5697.00 — Std. Std. Std. Std. 3182.00 5697.00 5697.00
57.00 143.00
57.00 143.00
66.00 143.00
66.00 143.00
66.00 143.00
— —
— —
If controller has a control transformer, price that transformer with additional capacity for the relay provided. This adder, used with a NEMA 4X enclosure, applies only to Classes 8538, 8539, 8738, 8739 and 8810 non-reversing. Specify control and line voltage. Motor hp and voltage required when placing order. Meters will be panel mounted in NEMA 12 enclosures. To determine the maximum number of auxiliary contacts which can be added to each Type S device and for the appropriate “X Form”, refer to the tables in the Class 8536 section on page 16-13 (for non-reversing single-speed devices) or the Class 8736 section on page16-50 (for reversing or two-speed devices). For Class 8600 Reduced Voltage controllers, consult Square D/Schneider Electric CIC at 1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733). Addition of control relay 1–8 poles. Number of poles is same as ending of form number. (Ex: R174 = 4-Pole relay). NEMA 7 & 9 enclosures not available with Class 8600 devices. Available only on SPIN TOP and cast aluminum NEMA 7/9 enclosures.
16-114
CP1
Discount Schedule
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
www.us.schneider-electric.com
Factory Modifications (Forms)
Reduced Voltage Starters Classs 8606, 8630, 8640
FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 16.326: Reduced Voltage Controllers Only Classes 8606, 8630, 8640 NEMA Size Factory Modifications
Pilot Devices in Cover and Control Circuit
Enclosure Type
Form
1, 4, 12
A
209.
209.
209.
209.
209.
209.
209.
1, 4, 12 1, 4, 12
C C6
209. 209.
209. 209.
209. 209.
209. 209.
209. 209.
209. 209.
209. 209.
1, 4, 12
P
143.
143.
143.
143.
143.
143.
143.
1, 4, 12 1, 4, 12
S Y195
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
1, 4, 12 1, 4, 12
F F4
209. 209.
209. 209.
209. 209.
209. 209.
209. 209.
N/Ch N/Ch
N/Ch N/Ch
1, 4, 12 1, 4, 12 1, 4, 12 1, 4, 12
F4T FF4T F4T40 FF4T40
456. 684. 608. 816.
588. 798. 788. 998.
741. 950. 1292. 1500.
836. 1044. 1386. 1595.
930. 1140. 2535. 2744.
N/C 209. 2535. 2744.
N/Ch 209. 2535. 2744.
1, 4, 12 1, 4, 12 1, 4, 12 1, 4, 12 1, 4, 12
T11 T12 T13 T14 T15
200. 380. 759. 1614. 1814.
200. 380. 759. 1614. 1814.
200. 380. 759. 1614. 1814.
200. 380. 759. 1614. 1814.
200. 380. 759. 1614. 1814.
200. 380. 759. 1614. 1814.
200. 380. 759. 1614. 1814.
1, 4, 12
T1i
47.60
47.60
47.60
47.60
47.60
—
Push Buttonsa Start-Stop Selector Switches Hand-Off-Auto On-Off Pilot Lights (specify color)b One light ON Separate Control Circuitde TR coil only (at control voltage) All coils (at control voltage) Fused Control Circuitcdef One fuse Two fuses Control Circuit Transformercde
Reduced Voltage Fuses Controllers Primary Secondary Only 2— 0— Classes 8606 2.. 1— 8630 2— 0— 8640 2— 1— 8647 8650 Additional capacity (50 or 60 Hz)g 100 VA additional capacity 200 VA additional capacity 300 VA additional capacity 400 VA additional capacity 500 VA additional capacity Substitute nonstandard single primary and/or voltage rating on control transformerc a b
All push buttons are momentary contact. For pilot light details, refer to pilot l ight table on page 16-110.
c d
See Table 16.327 below. As standard, Reduced Voltage Controllers are supplied with common control. If FormS or T is specified, only the TR coil will be at control voltage. Specify Form Y195 or T40 (Ex. Form F4T40) if all coils must be at control voltage. Refer to page 16-43 for control circuit arrangements. Reduced Voltage Controllers are supplied with two control circuit fuses for conductors at line voltage. Additional fusing may be supplied if a fused control circuit transformer or separate control is specified. Must be used with Form specifying separate control (Ex. Form FS). Add Form letters and price to that of standard control transformer. (Ex. For Size 1, Form F4T , plus 100 VA becomes F4T11, $437. Form F4T40 plus 100 VA becomes F4T41, $538.). Size 6 and 7 controllers are supplied with Form F4T as standard. Must be used with another form of F4T. (Ex. Standard capacity transformer required, 208–24 V. Order as Form F4TT1 , 208–24 V.)
e
f g
h i
Table 16.327:
cSelection of Control Circuit Transformers The standard primary/secondary voltages for control circuit tr ansformers are indicated in the following table.
Voltage
Code
60 Hz (Primary–Secondary) 120–12 120–24 208–120 240–24 240–120 277–120 480–24 480–120 480–240 600–120 Specify
V88 V89 V84 V82 V80 V85 V83 V81 V87 V86 V99
1 1PW 1 YD
2 2 PW 2 YD
3 3 PW 3 YD
4 4 PW 4 YD
5 5 PW 5 YD
6 6 PW 6 YD
7 7 PW 7 YD
—
Example: You have previously selected a Class 8606SDG1V02S. V02S means that you need a coil voltage of 12060/110-50 wired for separate control. You would like to add Form FF4T with the transformer voltages being 480 volt primary, 120 volt secondary. The new and complete class, type, voltage code and form number will be:
j
Class
Type
Voltage Code
Formj
8606
SDG1
V81
FF4T
Form numbers should always be shown in alphabetical order.
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
To order, select the desired device with the appropriate transformer Form designation. Then convert the previously selected voltage code (V**) to reflect the desired primary/secondary voltage for the transformer. The secondary voltage should equal the previously selected coil voltage of the device. (24 Vac coils for NEMA Sizes 4–7 are not available).
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
16-115
Factory Modifications (Forms)
Reduced Voltage Starters Class 8606, 8630
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 16.328: Class 8606 Reduced Voltage Starters Only Enclosure Type
Form
———. ———. ———.
1 4 12
———. ———. ———. ———. ———. ———.
30 A clips
Factory Modifications
Y791 Y791 Y791
2 1634. 2355. 1709.
3 1776. 3257. 1908.
4 3248. 4728. 4386.
5 6314. 7872. 7226.
6 9296. 12144 10008.
7 12213. 15734. 13598.
1 4 12 1 4 12
Y792 Y792 Y792 Y7910 Y7910 Y7910
893. 1463. 912. — — —
1140. 1862. 1215. — — —
1443 2925. 1577. — — —
1994. 3551. 3210. — — —
3570. 5127. 3950. — — —
— — — 8195. 11043. 8907.
— — — 8669. 11517. 9381.
———. ———. ———.
1 4 12
Y793 Y793 Y793
1044. 1614. 1064.
1044. 1614. 1064.
— — —
— — —
— — —
— — —
— — —
60 A clips
———. ———. ———.
1 4 12
Y794 Y794 Y794
1044. 1614. 1064.
1215. 1923. 1292.
1377. 2406. 1520.
— — —
— — —
— — —
— — —
100 A clips
———. ———. ———.
1 4 12
Y795 Y795 Y795
— — —
— — —
1557. 3039. 1691.
1716. 3347. 1962.
— — —
— — —
— — —
200 A clips
———. ———. ———.
1 4 12
Y796 Y796 Y796
— — —
— — —
1923. 3419. 2070.
2397. 3893. 3551.
— — —
— — —
— — —
400 A clips
———. ———. ———.
1 4 12
Y797 Y797 Y797
— — —
— — —
— — —
— — —
3912. 5460. 4292.
7359. 10236. 8574.
— — —
Automatic Molded Case Switch with 600 A fuse clips
———. ———. ———.
1 4 12
Y798 Y798 Y798
— — —
— — —
— — —
— — —
— — —
9201. 12050. 9914.
— — —
Automatic Molded Case Switch with fuse clips 1200 A or less
———. ———. ———.
1 4 12
Y799 Y799 Y799
— — —
— — —
— — —
— — —
— — —
— — —
Enclosure Type
Form
———. ———. ———.
1 4 12
———. ———. ———. ———. ———. ———.
30 A clips
Molded case thermal magnetic circuit breaker b
Non-fusible disconnect switch
Atuomatic molded case switch
Fusible Disconnect Switch with Fuse Clips
Circuit Breaker or Disconnect Switch
a b
NEMA Size 1 1340. 1908. 1358.
a
10283 13131 11708
Fuses not included. MAG-GARD ® breakers are not supplied nor recommended.
Table 16.329: Class 8630 Reduced Voltage Controllers Only d Factory Modifications
Y791 Y791 Y791
1 WyeDelta 1634. 2355. 1709.
2 WyeDelta 1776. 3257. 1908.
3 WyeDelta 3248. 4728. 4386.
4 WyeDelta 6314. 7872. 7226.
5 WyeDelta 9296. 12144 10008.
6 WyeDelta 12213. 15734. 13598.
7 WyeDelta 21839. 24687. 22551.
1 4 12 1 4 12
Y792 Y792 Y792 Y7910 Y7910 Y7910
1140. 1862. 1215. — — —
1443 2925. 1577. — — —
1994. 3551. 3210. — — —
3570. 5127. 3950. — — —
— — — 8195. 11043. 8907.
— — — 8669. 11517. 9381.
— — — 19655. 22503. 20367.
———. ———. ———.
1 4 12
Y793 Y793 Y793
1215. 1614. 1292.
1215. 2514. 1292.
— — —
— — —
— — —
— — —
— — —
60 A clips
———. ———. ———.
1 4 12
Y794 Y794 Y794
1215. 1614. 1292.
1377. 2406. 1520.
— — —
— — —
— — —
— — —
— — —
100 A clips
———. ———. ———.
1 4 12
Y795 Y795 Y795
— — —
1557. 3039. 1691.
1716. 3347. 1962.
— — —
— — —
— — —
— — —
200 A clips
———. ———. ———.
1 4 12
Y796 Y796 Y796
— — —
— — —
1923. 3419. 2070.
2397. 3893. 3551.
— — —
— — —
— — —
400 A clips
———. ———. ———.
1 4 12
Y797 Y797 Y797
— — —
— — —
— — —
4340. 5469. 4292.
7359. 10236. 8574.
— — —
— — —
Automatic Molded Case Switch with 600 A fuse clips
———. ———. ———.
1 4 12
Y798 Y798 Y798
— — —
— — —
— — —
— — —
9201. 12050. 9914.
Automatic Molded Case Switch with fuse clips 1200 A or less
———. ———. ———.
1 4 12
Y799 Y799 Y799
— — —
— — —
— — —
— — —
Molded case thermal magnetic circuit breaker e
Non-fusible disconnect switch
Atuomatic molded case switch
Fusible Disconnect Switch with Fuse Clips
Circuit Breaker or Disconnect Switch
1 6 C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U DR S P T O A S RE TT EY R S P E
c d e
NEMA Size
c
— — —
9675. 12524. 10151.
— — —
10283 13131 11708
20130 23136 20730
Fuses not included. Wye-Delta motor starters typically have higher current ratings, per NEMA Size, than full voltage motor starters. Care must be taken in selecting the appropriate short circuit protection. The table on page 7-49 will assist in selecting proper protection based on motor full-load current. MAG-GARD breakers are not supplied nor recommended.
16-116
CP1
Discount Schedule
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
www.us.schneider-electric.com
Factory Modifications (Forms)
Reduced Voltage Starters Class 8640, 8606, 8630
FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
NOTE: To comply with Section 430-3 of
the National Electrical Code ® , combination part-winding starters are
provided as follows: 1.
2. 3.
Circuit Breaker: two thermal magnetic, adjustable trip circuit breakers; one for each motor winding. In the FA and KA frames, a single external operating mechanism operates the two breakers simultaneously. In KA and LA frames, each breaker has its own operating mechanism, but electrical interlocks prevent motor operation unless both breakers are closed. Non-Fusible Disconnect: a single 3-pole unfused disconnect of the proper rating for both windings. The user is required to provide proper short-circuit protection external to the starter, using only Class J fuses. Fusible Disconnect Switch: a single unfused disconnect with two sets of fuse clips (each set of the rating indicated) to provide shortcircuit protection for each winding.
Table 16.330: Class 8640 Reduced Voltage Starters Only Form
———. ———. ———.
1 4 12
Y7911 Y7911 Y7911
2009. 2862. 2037.
2450. 3533. 2564.
30 A clips (Two Sets)
———. ———. ———.
1 4 12
Y7931 Y7931 Y7931
1337. 1776. 1421.
1337. 1776. 1421.
60 A clips (Two Sets)
———. ———. ———.
1 4 12
Y7941 Y7941 Y7941
— — —
1515. 2646. 1671.
100 A clips (Two Sets)
———. ———. ———.
1 4 12
Y7951 Y7951 Y7951
— — —
200 A clips (Two Sets)
———. ———. ———.
1 4 12
Y7961 Y7961 Y7961
400 A clips (Two Sets)
———. ———. ———.
1 4 12
Automatic molded case switch with 600 A fuse clips (Two Sets)
———. ———. ———.
Automatic molded case switch with fuse clips 601–1200 A or less (Two Sets)
———. ———. ———.
Molded case thermal magnetic circuit breaker b
Fusible Disconnect Switch with Fuse Clips
Circuit Breaker or Disconnect Switch
a b c
NEMA Size
Enclosure Type
Factory Modifications
1 PW
2 PW
3 PW
4 PW
2664. 4886. 2862.
4871. 7094. 6581.
5 PW
6 PW
9471. 11807. 10839.
— — —
a
— — —
— — —
— — —
— — —
1713. 3342. 1860.
— — —
— — —
— — —
1713. 3342. 1860.
1887. 3683. 2159.
2117. 3761. 2277.
— — —
— — —
— — —
— — —
2117. 3761. 2277.
2639. 4283. 3906.
4304. 6017. 4721.
— — —
Y7971 Y7971 Y7971
— — —
— — —
— — —
4304. 6017. 4721.
10121. 13254. 10904.
1 4 12
Y7920 Y7920 Y7920
— — —
— — —
— — —
— — —
— — —
10643. 13776. 11165.
1 4 12
Y7921 Y7921 Y7921
— — —
— — —
— — —
— — —
— — —
11312. 14445. 12879.
c c c
10397. 13388. 11061.
c c c
Fuses not included. MAG-GARD ® circuit breakers are not supplied nor recommended. Consists of automatic molded case switch with two sets of 400 A fuse clips.
Table 16.331: Reduced Voltage Controllers Only f Classes 8606, 8630, 8640 NEMA Size Factory Modifications Non-Compensated Bimetallic Overload Relays Three Element Types SC-SD (Sizes 1 & 2) Types SE-SG (Sizes 3–5) Type SH (Size 6)
Overload Relays
Ambient Compensated Bimetallic Overload Relays Three Element Types SC-SD (Sizes 1 & 2) Types SE-SF (Sizes 3 & 4) Types SG-SH (Sizes 5–6) Overload Relays General Substitute 9999SO4 isolated alarm contact on melting alloy overload relay Substitute 9999SO5 isolated alarm contact on melting alloy overload relay MOTOR LOGIC ® Overload Relaysgh
Enclosure Type
Form
Any Any Any
B2 B5 B2
38.10 — —
38.10 — —
— 38.10 —
— 38.10 —
— 38.10 —
— — 38.10
— — —
e
1, 4, 12 Any Any
B Y59 B
57.00 — —
57.00 — —
— 71.00 —
— 71.00 —
— — 57.00
— — 57.00
— — —
e
Any
Y342
119.00
119.00
119.00
119.00
119.00
119.00
—
e
Any
Y344
119.00
119.00
119.00
119.00
119.00
119.00
—
e
H10 H20
81.00 81.00
81.00 81.00
81.00 81.00
81.00 81.00
81.00 81.00
38.10 38.10
38.10 38.10
Any Any
1 1PW 1 YD
2 2 PW 2 YD
3 3 PW 3 YD
4 4 PW 4 YD
5 5 PW 5 YD
6 6 PW 6 YD
— 380.00 380.00 380.00 380.00 380.00 Add for thermal protector Class 8606 1, 4, 12 Y116 Coil transient suppressor Per Coil Any Y145 105.00 105.00 105.00 105.00 105.00 — Miscellaneous Addition of terminal blocks (specify wired or unwired). Wired, per terminal Each 1, 4, 12 G56d 77.00 77.00 77.00 77.00 77.00 77.00 Unwired, per terminal Each 1, 4, 12 G50d 38.10 38.10 38.10 38.10 38.10 38.10 Addition of terminal block 9080CA or 9080GR6 only. Number of circuits is same as ending of Form number. (Ex.: G505 is 5 wire terminal block.) Available in groups of 5 only. d Order in increments of 5. Number of ciruits is same a s ending of Form number. (Ex.: G505 = 5 unwired terminals, G510 is 10 unwired terminals.) e Size 7 uses a solid state overload relay. See Class 8536 for complete details. f NEMA 7 & 9 enclosures not available with Class 8600 devices. MOTOR LOGIC overload relays are not available on Class 8640 Size 1PW to 4PW starters. g h See MOTOR LOGIC overload relays in the Full Voltage section on the bottom of page 16-112 for additional MOTOR LOGIC overload relays option Forms.
7 7 PW 7 YD
— — 77.00 38.10
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
Modified 4/6/09
16-117
Magnetic Coils Class 9998
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 16.332: Replacement AC Magnet Coils for Magnetic Contactors and Starters (Refer to Table 2 on page 16-119 for listing of mechanically held unlatch coils.)
Poles
Coil Prefix or Class and Type
2–6
9998L
8–12
9998LH
2–4
9998L
6–12
9998LH
Equipment To Be Serviced Device
Coils for Present Design Magnetic Contactors and Starters Classes 8502, 8536, 8538, 8539, 8606, 8630, 8640, 8647, 8650, 8651, 8702, 8736, 8738, 8739, 8810, 8811, 8812, 8903, 8910c and 8940 (except NP) 8911d 8965e
a b c d e
Size
Type
Hz
L 30 Amp LX (Latch) 00
SAb (Series B)
All
9998SAC
00 0, 1, 1–P & 30 Amp
SA (Series A) SB, SC & SM
All
31041-400
2& 60 Amp
2 &3
31063-409
SD & SP 4 &5
31063-400
3& 100 Amp
DPA12_, SE, SQ & SYD138
SF, SV & SYD230 SG, SX & SYD368 Series A 5 & 300 Amp SG, SX & SYD368 Series B 6&7 SH & SJ SY, SZ, SJ 400, 600 (Elect. Held) & 800 SY, SZ, SJ Amp (Mech. Held) Use next higher voltage, 60 Hz coil. Use on Type S Series B devices only. For 8910DPA1x to DPA9x, see page 16-83. For 8911, see page 16-86 For 8965, see page 16-95 and 16-96.
2 &3
31074-400
4 &5
31091-400
All
31091-400
4 & 200 Amp
Suffix Number (Complete Coil Number Consists of Prefix or Class and Type Followed by Suffix Number.)
All
31096-400
All
31096-320
24 V
110-115 V
120 V
208 V
60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50
23 24 23 24 23 24 23 24 23 — 20 22
— 44 — 44 — 44 — 44
44 45 44 45 44 45 44 45 45 —
50 52 50 — 50 52 50 — 52 —
a
42 43
48 —
51
60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50
16 17 16 17 16 17 — — — — — — — —
a
38 39 38 39 38 39 38 39 38 39 09 10 50 50
44 —
47
2–3 2–3
a
45 42 38 a
38 a
38 a
38 a
38 a
09 50 50
44
— 44 — 44 — 44 — 15 — 51 —
Coil VA $ Price
220 V
240 V
277 V
380 V
440 V
480 V
550 V
600 V
Inrush
Sealed
a
53 54 53 54 53 54 53 54 54 —
55 — 55 — 55 — 55 — 55 —
— 60 — 60 — 60 — 60 59 —
— 62 — 62 — 62 — 62
— 65 — 65 — 65 — 65
65 66 65 — 65 66 65 — 65 —
a
51 53
52 —
56 57
58
60
61
150 140 180 170 150 140 180 170 165 — 245 232
30 30 35 35 — — — — 33 — 27 26
85.
62
62 63 62 — 62 63 62 — 62 —
a
47 48 47 48 47 48 47 48 47 48 18 — 52 52
49 — 49 — 49 — 49 — 49 — 19 — 53 —
53 54 53 54 53 54 53 54 53 54 21 22 54 54
311 296 438 429 700 678 1185 1260 1185 1260 2970 2970 1300 — 1780
37 36 38 37 46 47 85 89 85 89 212 250 14 — 48
128.
1960
59
1530 1250
— —
53 a
53 — 53 — 53 a
54
a
47 a
47 a
47 a
47 a
18 52 52
a
60 a
57 a
57 a
57 a
57 a
57 a
24 55 55
a
57 — 57 — 57 — 57 58 57 58 24 — 55 55
a
65 62 a
60 a
60 a
60 a
60 a
60 a
29 — —
62 64 60 61 60 61 60 61 60 61 60 61 29 30 — —
Coil Part Number 3110440050 (All System Voltages) 31104-41 8
60 50
— —
a
09
09 —
15 —
a
18
18 —
19 —
— —
a
24
24 —
a
29
29 —
85. 85. 85. 85. 98.
128. 254. 254. 254. 354. 600. 860. 860.
NEMA S Size 5 E-Coil Modification Kit Classes 8502,8536,8538,8539,8606,8630,8640,8647,8650,8651,8702,8736,8738,8739,8810,8811,8812,8910 and 8903 Consisting of: • E-Coil • Armature • 15 A, 600 V Fuse and Holder (Class 9999SFR) • Bottom Magnet • Instruction Material
Table 16.333: Catalog Number
Description
9998SG120 9998SG480 9998SG277 9998SG208 9998SG240 9998SG380
Coil Modification Kit 120 V Coil Modification Kit 480 V Coil Modification Kit 277 V Coil Modification Kit 208 V Coil Modification Kit 240 V Coil Modification Kit 380 V
$ Price 1506. 1506. 1506. 1506. 1506. 1506.
1 6 C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U DR S P T O A S RE TT EY R S P E
16-118
CP10
Discount Schedule
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Magnetic Coils Class 9998 / Refer to Catalog 9065CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 16.334: Replacement AC Magnet Coils for Relays, Timers and Contactors Equipment To Be Serviced Device
Poles
Coil Prefix or Class and Type
X
All
9998-Xa
A
All
2959-S49-
Bb
All
31017-400-
Type
Suffix Number (Complete Coil Number Consists of Prefix or Class and Type Followed by Suffix Number)
Hz 24 V
110–115 V 120 V
Coil VA $ Price
208 V
220 V
240 V
277 V
380 V
440 V
480 V
550 V
600 V
Inrush
Sealed
51 52 W34A W34B 61 —
52 53 W34B W35A 61 63
53 — W35A W35B 63 64
55 — W35B W36A 65 —
— — — — — —
— 62 W37B W38A 70 72
62 — W38A W38B 72 73
— 65 W38B W39A 73 75
65 — W39A W39B 75 76
148 143 74 68 165 155
23 25 17 17 27 27
— 65
65 — W37B — 28 — 28 —
25 — 80 — 550 — 2100 —
— — — — — — — —
Classes 8501 and 9050 8501 (Relays) 9050 (Timer)
60 50 60 50 60 50
23 24 W25A W25B 33 34
— 44 W31B W32A — —
44 — W32A W32B 54 55
69. 132. 98.
Mechanically Held Unlatch Coils—Classes 8508 and 8903 Note: A latch coil is also used with mechanically held devices. For selection of latch coils for mechanically held relays, refer to page16-118. LX 8903 (Lighting Contactors)
All
SM, SP
9998LX
All
2959-S13
SQ, SV, SX, SY, SZ
All
31096-416
SJ
All
31123-403
60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50
23 — W23B W24B 03 — 03 —
— 44 c
W30B c
09 c
09
44 — W30B W31B 09 — 09 —
51 — W33A — 15 — 15 —
— 53 c
W33B c
18 c
18
53 — W33B W34B 18 — 18 —
55 — W34A — 20 — 20 —
— — — W36A — 22 — 22
— 62 c
W36B c
24 c
24
62 — W36B — 24 — 24 —
c
W37B c
28 c
28
118. 202. 202. 202.
Table 16.335: Replacement DC Magnet Coils for Magnetic Relays and Timers Equipment To Be Serviced Class 8501 (Relays) 9050 (Timers)
Type
Poles
XD XDL XUD C H
All — All
Suffix Number (Complete Coil Number Consists of Prefix or Class and Type Followed by Suffix Number.)
Coil Prefix or Class and Type
6V
12 V
18 V
24 V
32 V
48 V
64 V
72 V
90 V
110 V
9998 XD 9998 XDL 9998 XUD 31018-4004491S1
19 19 19 22 W21
28 28 28 31 W24
34 34B — — —
37 37B 37 40 W27
40 40B — — —
46 46B 46 49 W30
49 49B — — —
52 52B — — —
55 55B — — —
— — — — —
115/ 220 V 125 V
230/ 250 V
58 58B 58d 61 W34
67 67B 67d 70 W37
— — — — —
Coil Burden Watts 18 50 16 14 14
$ Price 168. 216. 168. 312. 210.
Table 16.336: Replacement Coil for 8903 Panel Board Lighting Contactors Class
b c d e
Replacement Solenoid
Catalog Number
$ Price
e
120 V 9998PBV02 285. 208 V 9998PBV08 285. 285. 240/277 V 9998PBV39 480 V 9998PBV28 285. To order an unlatch coil add the letter “L” to the type number and the letter “B” to the suffix number. Example: For a 120 V 60 Hz unlatch coil order a Class 9998 Type XL44B. Price for the 9998 Type XL coil series is $114.00. Series C (Double Pole) and Series E (Single Pole). Use next higher voltage, 60 Hz coil. Not dual rated. 125 Vdc or 250 Vdc only. CP1 discount schedule. 8903
a
Type
PB
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP10
CP1
Discount Schedule
Modified 4/16/09
16-119
Replacement Parts Kits Class 9998
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Class 9998 replacement parts kits are available for servicing Square D relays, contactors, and starters as well as pressure, vacuum, and float switches. Each kit contains the necessary movable and stationary contacts, contact springs (when required—NEMA Size 3 and above do not include contact springs, and springs are not available), and additional hardware required to service the devices listed below. When servicing devices having more poles than contained in the corresponding kit, it may be necessary to order an additional kit.
Table 16.339: Class 8965 Replacement Contact Kits Device Type
DPR53 A DPR63 A RO10 A&B RO11 A&B RO12 A&B RO13 A&B Single pole kits. b
Class
Type
8502 8536 8538 8539 8547 8549 8606 8630 8640 8647 8702 8736 8738 8739 8810 8811 8812 8940
SA-, (Series B)
00
SB-
0
SB-, SC-(Power Pole Adder) SC-
0&1 1 & 1P 1
SD-
2
SD-(Power Pole Adder)
2
SE-
3
SF-
4
SG-
5
SH-
6
SJ-
7
L (Series C) & LX (Series B)
30 Amp 30 Amp 60 Amp 100 Amp 200 Amp 300 Amp 400 Amp 600 Amp 800 Amp 30, 60 A 75, 100 A 30, 60 A 75, 100 A 150, 200, 225 A 150, 200, 225 A
SMSPSQSVSXSY-
8903
SZSJPBM, PBP PBN, PBQ PBM, PBP PBN, PBQ PBR, PBV, PBW PBR, PBV, PBW
Class
C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U D R S P T O A S RE T ET RY S P E
Equipment To Be Serviced Class 8502 & 8536a
Type SA-, (Series A)
NEMA Size 00
2510 Manual Starters
$ Price
Type
90. 130. 176. 63. 188. 246. 370. 494. 124. 442. 662. 848. 1270. 2104. 3120. 3762. 5606. 5454. 8162.
4
RA5B
174.
60 Hz
50 Hz
3 4 3 4 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3
SL3 SL13 SL4 SL14 SL6 SL7 SL8 SL9 SL10 SL11 SL25 SL26 SL32 SL33 SL30 SL31
188. 246. 370. 494. 442. 662. 848. 1270. 2104. 3120. 3762. 5606. 3762. 5606. 5454. 8162.
240/480–120 208–120 277–120 — 600–120 120–120 240–120
220/440–110 — — 380–110 550–110 110–110 220–110
2
PB2
520.
3
PB3
780.
2
PB14
850.
3
PB15
1276.
Class 9998 Parts Kit Type No.
3 4
SL2 SL12
$ Price
Class 9998 Kit Type
—
—
C C C C
RA14 RA15 RA16 RA17
LL, L (Series A, B) & 20 4 RA5 174. LX (Series A) Amp Includes reversing, two speed and similar devices. Select coil based on NEMA size of basic starter or contactor.
52. 59. 202. 202. 236. 236.
No. of Class 9998 NEMA Poles in Parts Kit Type $ Price Kit No. Size 3
ML1
90.
3
ML2
106.
Voltage 60 Hz
50 Hz
240/480–120 208–120 277–120 — 600–120 120–120 240–120
220/440–110 — — 380–110 550–110 110–110 220–110
Part Number
$ Price
3110451250 3110451252 3110451253 3110451254 3110451251 3110451255 3110451256
188.
Table 16.342: Replacement Control Transformers (200 VA) Class 8502, 8536 Type S Size 7 Voltage
Part Number
$ Price
3112350150 3112350152 3112350153 3112350154 3112350151 3112350155 3112350156
236.
Table 16.343: Class 8910, 8911 & 8965 Replacement Contact Kits Device To Be Serviced Class 8910 Type
Class 8911 Type
Class 8965 Type
Class 9998 Series
1-Pole Type
SYD138 — — — — SYD230 — — — — SYD368 — — — — DPA_20A DPSO1_ DPR1_ B DRC1 DPA_25A DPSO2_ DPR2_ B DRC2 DPA_30A DPSO3_ DPR3_ B DRC3 DPA_40A DPSO4_ DPR4_ B DRC4 DPA_50A DPSO5_ DPR5_ A, B DRC5 DPA_60Ac DPSO6_ DPR6_ A, B DRC6 DPA_75A DPSO7_ — A DRC7 DPA_90A DPSO9_ — A DRC9 DPA_120A — — A DRC12 c For class 8911, 60 A starter, use the 9998DRC7 contact kit.
3-Pole Type
$ Price
SL27 SL28 SL29 — — — — — — — — —
662.00 1270.00 3120.00 24.80 22.80 24.80 29.00 52.00 59.00 100.00 132.00 222.00
Table 16.344: How to Order To Order Specify:
130. 176.
$ Price
Table 16.341: Replacement Control Transformers (150 VA) Class 8502, 8536 Type S Size 6
SJ1 SL2 SL12 SL22 SL3 SL13 SL4 SL14 SL24 SL6 SL7 SL8 SL9 SL10 SL11 SL25 SL26 SL30 SL31
No. of Poles in Kit
Device Series
M-0 M-1 & M-1P
M-, T-
3 3 4 1 3 4 3 4 1 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3
Table 16.338: Magnetic Contactor and Starter Contact Kits for Obsolete Designs 1 6
DRC5b DRC6b RA10 RA11 RA12 RA13
Equipment To Be Serviced
Equipment To Be Serviced No. of Class 9998 Poles Parts Kit in Kit Type No.
Class 9998 Kit Type
Table 16.340: Manual Starter Contact Kits
Table 16.337: Magnetic Contactor and Starter Contact Kits for Present Designs NEMA Size or Amp Rating
Device Series
• •
Class Number Type Number
Catalog Number Class 9998
Type SL6
8903 a
16-120
CP10
Discount Schedule
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Replacement Parts Kits
Starter Accessories Class 9998, 9999
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Contact Units for Melting Alloy Type Overload Relays One normally closed contact, Class 9998 Type SO1, is provided in each overload relay block on Type S starters Sizes 00-4 and Size 6. On the Type S Size 5, a normally closed contact is provided with each of the three overload relay blocks. The Class 9998 Type SO1 contact unit listed below is provided as standard in each Class 9065 melting alloy overload relay. Contact modules can be easily replaced and are identified in the table below. Isolated overload relay alarm circuit contacts are available as an optional feature. A pilot light or alarm bell can be wired in series with this contact to indicate that the overload relay has tripped. For further information on isolated alarm contacts refer to Class 9999 Types SO4 and SO5 (page 16-126). Class 9998 Type SO1
Table 16.345: Magnetic Starter NEMA Size
Type
Series
00–4 &6
SA–SF SH
A&B
5 a b
SG
Parts Kit Number
Description a Standard N.C. contact unit
Class 9998 Type SO1b
39.40
3110251450 3110251451
134.00 196.00
Standard N.C. contact unit N.C. and N.O. alarm (three point) contact unit
A
$ Price
Refer to page 16-123 for contact ratings. The Type SO1 is also the replacement contact unit for Class 9065 Type M melting alloy overload relays.
Class 9998 Type UB Universal Baseplate
Overload Contact Unit Part No. 31102-514-50. Used on Size 5 Starter (8536SGO) with Melting Alloy Overload Relay.
A universal baseplate may be used to retrofit a Square D Type S NEMA starter into an application which is currently using a competitive NEMA starter. The universal baseplate is a metal plate which attaches to the panel in the location of the starter to be replaced. The Type S starter then mounts to the baseplate. It is available for NEMA Sizes 00 through 4, and mounting screws are provided with each plate. The universal baseplate adapter allows the Type S starter to replace the following competitive starters:
Table 16.346: Competitor Starter
NEMA Size Baseplate NEMA Size Baseplate NEMA Size Baseplate NEMA Size Baseplate
Allen Bradley 509 Allen Bradley 709 Cutler Hammer Freedom Series Furnas ESP100 Furnas INNOVA General Electric CR306 Telemecanique “A” Line and Pre-type “S” L1
L1
L2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
UB01
UB11
UB02
UB12
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
UB03
UB13
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
UB04
$ Price
No charge
UB14
Melting Alloy Overload Relay Jumper Strap Kits
L2
Disconnecting Means, Provided by User, or with Controller
1
0, 1 1 00, 0, 1 0, 1 0, 1 00, 0, 1 0, 1
L3
Jumper strap kits are for use on three-phase manual or magnetic starters with melting alloy overload relays only, where a three-phase starter is used to control a single-phase motor. These kits will include two jumper straps, a wiring diagram showing how to wire a three-phase starter to control a single-phase motor, and single-phase (one thermal unit) selection tables.
Table 16.347: Melting Alloy Overload Relay Jumper Strap Kits T1
T2 T1
T3
For Starter
Class
T2 Three Phase Starter Motor Wired to Control a Single Phase Motor
Melting Alloy Overload Relay Jumper Strap Kits
ALL c
Size
Type
00, 0, 1, 2 and M0 & M1 3,4 5
SA, SB, SC, SD and M & T (Manual) SE, SF SG
Class 9998 Kit Type SO31 SO32 None Available
$ Price
c
9.50 14.30
CP1 discount schedule.
How to Order Table 16.348: How to Order To Order Specify:
• •
Catalog Number Class 9998
Class Number Type Number
Type UB01
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP10
CP1
Discount Schedule
Modified 4/16/09
16-121
Accessories Class 9999
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Cover-Mounted Control Units Class 9999 push button, selector switch and pilot light cover-mounted control unit kits can be easily field installed in a NEMA 1, 3R, 4 or 12 Type S contactor or starter enclosure cover. Knockouts or removable closing plates are furnished with many enclosure covers for convenient field installation of control units. Kits are supplied with leads and clearly illustrated instructions. The Class 9999 cover mounted control unit kits are identical to the units which are factory installed.
Table 16.349: NEMA 1 Kit Description
For Use With
Push Button
Red or Green Pilot Ligh tb Class
Type
e g a t l o V
NEMA No. Size of or Ampere Poles Rating
With Control Transformer (Form F4T) Type
8502 & 8536
SA, SB & SC 00, 0, 1 & 1P SD 2
8538 8539 8702 8736
f
8903 (Electrically Held) a b c d e f
Note:
SE
3
SF SG–SJ SB & SC SD SE SF SG–SJ
4 5–7 0&1 2 3 4 5–7
L
20 Amp
All SP28Rc All SP28Rc 2–3 SP28Rc 4–5 SP28Rc All SP28Rc All SP28Rc All SP12R All 6–600 SP13R Volts SP14R All 50–60 All SP15R Hz All SP28Rc
Price 143. 143. 143. 143. 143. 143. 143. 143. 143. 143. 143.
Standard Type SP2R SP3R SP4R SP5R SP28Rc SP28Rc SP12R SP13R SP14R SP15R SP28Rc
SP28Rc 143.
All
Price 143. 143. 143. 143. 143. 143. 143. 143. 143. 143. 143.
—
Red or Green Pilot Lightb
Selector Switch
Push Button
Red or Green Pilot Lightb
Selector Switch
StartStop
OnOff
$ HandPrice OnOffAuto Off
120 V 60 Hz
Type
Type
Type Type
Type
Type
Type
SA2
SA10
SC2 SC22
SA3
SA3
SC8
SA2
SA10
SC2 SC22
SP28Rc
SA3a
SC8
SA3
SA3
SC8
—
SA10e
—
—
NEMA 4/4X Kit (Stainless) Descriptiond
NEMAs 3R & 12 Kit Descriptiond
Push Selector Button Switch
$ $ Start- Hand- Price Start-Stop Price Hand-OffStop or 120 V 60 Hz OffAuto or On-Off Auto On-Off Type
Type
Type
SP29R
SA13
SC9
77.
143.
—
77.
143.
143.
143. — SC22 77. e
143. SM 30 Amp All SP28Rc 143. SP2R SA2a SA10a SC2 SC22 77. 143. SP 60 Amp All SP28Rc 143. SP3R 143. SQ 100 Amp All SP28Rc 143. SP28Rc 143. SA3a SA3a SC8 — SJ, SV, SX 200–800 All SP28Rc 143. SP28Rc 143. SA3a SA3a SC8 — 143. SY, SZ Amp Also requires N.O. auxiliary contact for holding circuit contact when used on Class 8903 e lectrically held lighting contactors. Each pilot light kit contains 1 red and 1green lens cap. The coil voltage must be the same as the pilot light rating. Kit contains one Class 9001 Type KP1R31120V, 60 Hz red pilot light control unit. For other voltages, refer to Class 9001 Type KP. User made openings are required in order to field install these modification kits on standard 8502, 8536 Type S Sizes 0–2, and 8903 Sizes 30–60 A NEMAs 4 and 12 enclosures. To mount control unit in a NEMA 1 enclosure, a Class 9999 Type BLX bracket is also required, $23.70. For Class 8903 (mechanically held contactor) control unit kits, refer to the Class 8903 section, page16-77. There are no field modification kits available for the polyester enclosures.
Table 16.350: NEMA 1 Enclosure Closing Plates For Use With Class
Type
NEMA Size or Ampere Rating
8502, 8536, 8903
SA–SE or SM–SP
00–3 or 30–60 Amp
8538 & 8539 Pre-series “J”
SB–SF
0–4
Description For Pilot Light or Reset— Slip-on Cover NEMA 1 Enclosure For Push Button or Selector Switch— Slip-on Cover NEMA 1 Enclosure For Push Button or Selector Switch— Hinged Cover NEMA 1 Enclosure For Pilot Light—Hinged Cover NEMA 1 Enclosure
Type
$ Price
SG2
9.50
SG3
9.50
SG1
9.50
SG2
9.50
Table 16.351: How to Order To Order Specify:
• •
Catalog Number Class 9999
Class Number Type Number
Type SP29R
1 6 C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I Class 9999 Type SP2R S T Pilot Light Kit E A P N U D R S P T O A S RE T ET RY S P E
16-122
Class 9999 Type SA2 Push Button Kit
Class 9999 Type SC2 Selector Switch Kit
CP1
Discount Schedule
Modified 4/16/09
Class 9999 Type SA3 Push Button Kit
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Accessories
Auxiliary Contacts Class 9999
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Auxiliary Contacts for Manual and Magnetic Contactors and Starters Internal Contacts
External Contacts
Class 9999 Type SX11 internal contact kit is a replacement unit for the N.O. holding circuit contact supplied as standard on Type S Sizes 00–2 three phase starters and contactors. The Class 9999 Type SX12 is a replacement unit for the N.C. electrical contact which is furnished as standard on Type S, Internal Auxiliary Sizes 00–2 mechanically interlocked Contact devices (e.g., Class 8736 reversing starters). Internal contacts are also used on Class 2510 Types M & T manual starters. The internal contacts can be used for other applications as long as the electrical rating is not exceeded. See table below for electrical ratings.
Class 9999 Type SX6 external auxiliary contact is supplied as standard for the N.O. holding circuit contact on Type S Sizes 3–7 starters and contactors. Additional auxiliary contacts can be added to Type S contactors, starters External Single Circuit and lighting contactors. These Auxiliary Contact contacts mount on either side of the basic contactor and are available with convertible or non-convertible contacts. The contacts of the convertible version can be changed from N.O. to N.C. or vice versa in the field. The non-convertible version has fixed contacts, either N.O. or N.C. To determine the number of auxiliary contacts which can be added to each Type S contactor or starter, refer to the Class 8536 or Class 8736 section. See table below for electrical ratings.
Table 16.352: Maximum Ratings for Type S Auxiliary Contacts and Timers Contact Ratings
Contact Ratings Class 9999 Type
AC Only (35% Power Factor)
Volts AC 120 or Less 120-600
SX11, SX12
Continuous
Make
Break
30 A 3600 VA
3A 360 VA
3A 3A
SX6-SX10 SX13-SX17
Table 16.353: Class 8502, 8536 and 8903 Type S For Use With
Ordering Information Kit Description
NEMA Size
Type
Class 9999 Type
SA-SJ
00–7
SX6 SX7 SX8 SX9a SX10a
57. 57. 77. 77. 77.
SX13 SX14 SX15 SX16a SX17a
66. 66. 89. 89. 89.
External—Non-Convertible 1-N.O. Contact 1-N.C. Contact 00–7 1-N.O. & 1 N.C. Isolated Contacts 1-N.O. Overlapping Contact 1-N.C. Overlapping Contact
SA-SJ
66. 1-N.O. Contact SX11b 66. 1-N.C. Contact SX12b Types SX9 and SX10 or Types SX16 and SX17 must be used together and mounted on the same side of the contactor. They are suitable for applications where it is necessary for a normally open contact to overlap a normally closed contact. Types SX11 and SX12 are not applicable for use on NEMA Sizes 3 or larger. Internal contacts can also be used on Class 2510 Types M and T manual starters.
a
b
00–2
Device To Be Serviced Class 8910 or 8911 Type
60 A 7200 VA
6A 720 VA
Continuous 10 A 10 A
Auxiliary Contact Kit Contact Arrangement
Type of Connector
Class 9999 Type
DPR
1 N.O. 1 N.C. 1 N.O./1 N.C. 2 N.O.
Screw/ Quick-Connect
D10 D01 D11 D20
1 N.O. each side
$ Price Each 23.70 42.80
R10 Slip-on
1 N.C. each side
R11
1 N.O. each side
R12
33.30 Screw 1 N.C. each side
R13
Table 16.356: How to Order To Order Specify:
Table 16.354: Class 8910 and 8911 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters – Auxiliary Contacts
Break
Class 8965 Type
RO2 & RG2 RO10 Form X1 RO11 Form X1 RO3 & RG3 RO10 Form X2 RO11 Form X2 RO5 & RG5 RO12 Form X1 RO13 Form X1 RO6 & RG6 RO12 Form X2 RO13 Form X2
Internal—Non-Convertible SA-SD
Make
Device To Be Serviced
$ Price
External—Field Convertible 1-N.O. Contact 1-N.C. Contact 1-N.O. and 1-N.C. Isolated Contacts 1-N.O. Overlapping Contact 1-N.C. Overlapping Contact
120 or Less 120–600
AC Only (35% Power Factor)
Table 16.355: Class 8965 Reversing/Hoist Contactors –Auxiliary Contacts
Class 9999 Type
Volts AC
• •
Class Number Type Number
Catalog Number Class 9999
Type SX6
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
Auxiliary Contact Kit Contact Arrangement
Class 9999 Type
$ Price Each
1 N.O. D10 16.40 1 N.C. D01 1 N.O./1 N.C. D11 29.50 2 N.O. D20 Type DPA122 and DPA123 use same auxiliary contacts as Type SA-SJ above. (Example: Class 9999 Type SX6). DPAc DPS
c
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
Modified 4/16/09
16-123
Accessories
Solid State Overload Relay, Motor Logic ® and Motor Logic Plus Class 9999, 9065 / Refer to Catalog 9065CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Motor Logic—Class 9999
Motor Logic Plus—Class 9065
Isolated Auxiliary Contacts for Motor Logic Overload Relays
Lug-Lug Kit
Overload relay auxiliary contacts are available factory installed or in kit form for field installation on MOTOR LOGIC overload relays. These contacts may be used for isolated alarm contact applications.
This kit can be field installed on separately mounted Motor Logic Plus overload relays.
Table 16.361: For Use With
Table 16.357: For Use With
Parts Kit Description
Class & Type
NEMA Size c
8536 SA-SJ
00B through 7
Class 9999 $ Price Type
N.O. or N.C. Auxiliary Contact (Field 9065 SS, SR, SF, ST 00B through 7 Convertible)
AC04
Class & Type
NEMA Size
8536 SA-SH 9065 SP
1–6 1–6
Parts Kit Description Lug-Lug Kit
Class 9999 $ Price Type 53.
MLPL
38.
DIN Adapter
Software Kit
The DIN adapter provides a method to mount the MOTOR LOGIC overload relay to a 35 mm DIN rail.
Solutions software program allows an IBM PC compatible computer (with Windows 95 or greater) to communicate with a Motor Logic Plus overload relay connected to an RS-485 network using Modbus protocol.
Table 16.358: For Use With Class & Type
NEMA Sizec
Parts Kit Description
Class 9999 Type
9065 SS or SF 00B, 00C, 0, and 1 DIN Adapter
DA01
$ Price
Table 16.362: For Use With
15.90
Class & Type
NEMA Size
8536 SA-SH 9065 SP
1–6 1–6
Parts Kit Description Software Kit
Class 9999 $ Price Type 863.
MLPS
Lug-Lug and Lug-Extender Kits
Communication Module
A Class 9999 LL0 Lug-Lug Kit can be field installed on separately mounted overload relays. The standard Size 00B, 00C, 0, and 1 Class 9065 Type SS and SF overload relays are supplied without lugs. A Class 9999 LB0 LugExtender Kit is designed for Size 00B, 00C, 0, and 1 Retrofit Starter Applications. This kit allows the lugs to be in the same location as the Class 9065 melting alloy overload relay, eliminating the need for additional wire length.
This module allows the Motor Logic Plus overload relay to support RS-485 electrical communications standards. Up to 99 Motor Logic Plus overload relays can be controlled and monitored from one remote personal computer.
Table 16.363: For Use With
Table 16.359: For Use With Class & Type
NEMA Sizec
Parts Kit Description
Class 9999 Type
9065 SS or SF 00B, 00C, 0, and 1 Lug-Lug Kit for separate mounting Lug-Extender Kit for 9065 SS or SF 00B, 00C, 0, and 1 retrofitting existing NEMA S starters
$ Price
Class and Type
NEMA Size
8536 SA-SH
1–6
9065 SP
1–6
28.50
LB0
23.70
Modbus Communication Module
Class 9999 $ Price Type 114.
MB22
Table 16.364: How to Order To Order Specify:
LL0
Parts Kit Description
• •
Class Number Type Number
Catalog Number Class 9999
Type AC04
Remote Reset Module The Remote Reset Module can be easily field installed on solid state overload relays. This module will allow the overload relay to be reset from a remote location.
Table 16.360: For Use With Class and Type
NEMA Sizec
Parts Kit Description
Class 9999 $ Price Type
536 SA-SJ 00B through 7 Remote Reset 108.00 RR04b Module 9065 SS, SR, SF, ST 00B through 7 8536 SE-SF 3 and 4 Top Mounting 23.70 RB34ab Bracket 9065 SS, SR, SF, ST 3 and 4 a To be used to mount the remote reset module on the top of the overload relay. b 120 Vac power required. NEMA Size 00B and 00C are not actual NEMA sizes. These c designations are used to differentiate the lower FLA of these devices from the NEMA size 00 Motor Logic Solid State Overload Relay.
1 6 C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U D R S P T O A S RE T ET RY S P E
16-124
CP1
Discount Schedule
Modified 4/16/09
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Accessories Class 9999
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Class 9999 Type SB9 Double Power Pole Adder
Power Pole Adders
Control Circuit Fuse Holder
One single or double circuit power pole kit may be field added to a basic 2 or 3-Pole Type S contactor or starter Sizes 0, 1 and 2, or 30–60 A lighting contactors. See table below for selection. The ratings for these power pole adders correspond to the NEMA contact ratings found on page 16-118. A two or three pole contactor or starter accepts only one single or double circuit unit. A power pole cannot be used on four or five pole devices or devices which are mechanically interlocked.
The control circuit fuse holder is designed to be used on Type S contactors and starters, Sizes 00–7, when either one or two control circuit fuses, 600 V maximum, are required. The Type SF3 and SF4 fuse holders will accept standard 600 V Bussmann Type KTK or equivalent fuses (13/32" x 1-1/2"); 6 Amperes maximum. The SFR3 and SFR4 will accept Class CC 600 V Bussmann Type KTK-R or equivalent fuses only.
Table 16.366:
To add a power pole to a Size 0 and 1 device, remove return springs.
Class 9999
Descriptionb
When adding a power pole to a Size 2 or 60 A device, a coil change is required. Select a 4- and 5-Pole coil from the coil selection table on page 16-118, or specify Form Y118 as noted in the footnote below.
Single Fuse Unit Single Fuse Unit for Class CC Fuse Two Fuse Unit Two Fuse Unit for Class CC Fuses b Fuses not included.
Type
$ Price
SF3 SFR3 SF4 SFR4
42.80 42.80 57.00 57.00
When adding Sizes 0–2 power pole kits to a Size 3–7 or 100–800 A device, an adapter bracket (9999 SBT1) is required. The Class 9999 Types SB6 through SB15 power pole kits are suitable for copper wire only. Types SB21 through 25 are supplied with lugs suitable for copper and aluminum wire. Table 16.365: For Use With
Class 9999 Type SB9 Double Power Pole Adder
Class 9999 Type SB6 Single Power Pole Adder
Type SB, SC & SM SD SP SB, SC & SM SD SP SB, SC & SM SD SP SB, SC & SM SD SP SB, SC & SM SD SP SE-SJ & SQ-SZ & SJ a
Class 9999 Type SF4 Fuse Kit
Power Pole Adder Kit Size
Class 9999 Type
Description
0, 1 & 30 A One N.O. power pole 2 adder 60 A 0, 1 & 30 A One N.C. power pole 2 adder 60 A 0, 1 & 30 A One N.O. and one N.C. 2 power pole adder 60 A 0, 1 & 30 A Two N.O. power pole 2 adders 60 A 0, 1 & 30 A Two N.C. power pole 2 adders 60 A 3-7 & Adapter Bracket 100-800 A
SB6 SB11a SB21a SB7 SB12a SB22a SB8 SB13a SB23a SB9 SB14a SB24a SB10 SB15a SB25a SBT1
$ Price 105.00
Transient Suppression Module
191.00
The transient suppression module is designed to be used where the transient voltage, generated when opening the coil circuit, interferes with the proper operation of nearby integrated or solid state control circuits. The module consists of an RC circuit and is designed to suppress the coil voltage transients to approximately 200% of peak coil supply voltage. The module is wired across the coil for Type S, Sizes 00–5 and is designed for coil voltages of 120 volts only.
105.00 191.00 243.00 437.00 243.00 437.00 243.00
Table 16.367:
17.40
Class 9999
Description
437.00 For Sizes 00-2 For Sizes 3-5
Type
$ Price
ST1 ST2
41.10 41.10
To order a Size 2 or 60 A power pole kit complete with a new starter coil, specify Form Y118, voltage and frequency and add $93.00 to the price of the kit (e.g., Class 9999 Type SB11 Form Y118, 120 volts, 60 cycles. Priced at $284.00).
Class 9999 Type ST1 Transient Suppression Module
Table 16.368: How to Order To Order Specify:
• •
Class Number Type Number
Catalog Number Class 9999
Type SM1
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
16-125
Accessories Class 9999
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Isolated Alarm Contacts For Melting Alloy Overload Relays Isolated overload relay alarm contacts are available factory installed or in kit form for field installation in Type S, NEMA Size 00–6a starters and Class 9065 Types M and S melting alloy overload relays. Type S, NEMA Size 7, utilizes a solid state overload relay which has isolated alarm contacts as a standard feature. The alarm contacts allow the starter to be used i n applications which require isolated contacts, such as inputs to a computer. Class 9999 Types SO4 and SO5 modules are interchangeable with the standard module (Class 9998 Type SO1) and may be installed on starters already i n service. The case is made of clear plastic (polycarbonate) to allow for visual inspection of contacts.
Table 16.369: Contact Unit For Melting Alloy Overload Relays Magnetic Starter NEMA Size
Type SO4
Class 9999 Type
$ Price
N.O. Isolated Alarm Contact Plus SO4 Standard N.C. Overload Contact 77. N.C. Isolated Alarm Contact Plus SO5 Standard N.C. Overload Contact Isolated alarm contacts cannot be added in the field to the Type S Size 5 starter. Current transformers and a Size 1 overload b lock must be used. For factory installation specify Form Y342. 00-6a
a
Parts Kit Description
Type
SA-SH
Compression Lugs A Class 9999 Type AL hardware kit is required to install Square D Versa-Crimp ® compression lugs on Class 8903 Type S, 100–800 A lighting contactors. The lugs are suitable for both copper and aluminum wire. One VCEL lug is required for each line or l oad terminal. Each Class 9999 Type AL hardware kit includes mounting hardware for 3 terminals, line or load side. EXAMPLE: To install compression lugs on a 300 A 3-Pole device, line and load sides, order six VCEL06012H1 lugs and two Class 9999 Type AL11 hardware kits.
Table 16.370: For Use With Rating
Class 8903 Type
100 Amp
SQ
200 Amp
SV
300 Amp
SX
VERSA-CRIMP Catalog Number
Wire Range
VCEL02114S1 VCEL022516H1 VCEL024516H1 VCEL030516H1 VCEL05012H1
8–1/0 Al/Cu 2-Pole 1–2/0 Al/Cu 3-Pole 2/0–4/0 Al/Cu 4-Pole 4–300 kcmil Al/Cu 2/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu 400–600 kcmil Al 400–500 kcmil Cu 500–750 kcmil Al 500 kcmil Cu 400–600 kcmil Al 400–500 kcmil Cu 500–750 kcmil Al 500 kcmil Cu
VCEL06012H1 VCEL07512H1
400 Amp or 600 Amp
Class 8903 With Compression Lugs Installed
b
VCEL06012H2b
SY or SZ
VCEL07512H2b
Hardware Kit Class 9999 Type None Required
$ Price —
AL13—2-pole AL14—3-pole AL15—4-pole
95.00 119.00 143.00
AL11
36.50
AL12
71.30
One or two lugs may be mounted on each terminal.
Solid Neutral The Class 9999 Type SN kit can be used on Class 8903 Type S lighting contactors and other controllers where field addition of a solid neutral is required. Each kit has lugs suitable for both copper and aluminum wire, and mounts with two screws.
Table 16.371: No. of Lugs
Wire Capacity Per Lug (Cu/Al)
4 3
14–2/0 (1) 4–600 MCM or (2) 1/0–250 MCM (2) 2–600 MCM (2) 6–350 MCM
3 (Dual) 2 (Dual)
Class 9999 Type
$ Price
SN1
89.
SN2
261.
SN3 SN4
416. 261.
Tie Point Terminal Block 1 6 C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U DR S P T O A S RE TT EY R S P E
The tie point terminal block provides easy wiring of a Hand-Off-Auto selector switch or Start-Stop push buttons with separate control. The T7 terminal block requires no panel space. It simply snaps on Type S Sizes 00–4 contactors and starters by two tabs and is secured to the left hand coil terminal.
Table 16.372: Tie Point Terminal Block
Magnetic Contactor or Starter NEMA Size
Type
00–4
SA-SF
Class 9999 Type
$ Price 22.20
T7
Table 16.373: How to Order To Order Specify:
• •
16-126
Catalog Number Class 9999
Class Number Type Number
CP1
Discount Schedule
Type SO4
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Accessories
Mechanical Interlocks Class 9999
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Mechanical Interlock General: Type S contactors or starters can be mechanically interlocked so that only one device is energized at a time. The mechanical interlock is an interference (non-jamming) type, locking at the beginning of the stroke of any starter or contactor.
Type SM1
Type S Sizes 00, 0, 1 and 2— The mechanical interlock is mounted on the underside of the reversing baseplate. Two pins extend from the mechanical interlock through openings in the baseplate and engage the contact carrier of each contactor. Two styles of mechanical interlocks are used: one version for three pole contactors, a different version for four or five pole contactors. When adding a power pole to the left-hand side of an existing Size 0, 1, or 2 threepole reversing contactor, a new mechanical interlock must also be installed. When added to the right-hand side only, the power pole will not be mechanically interlocked with the left-hand contactor. Type S Sizes 3 and 4— The mechanical interlock is separate from the mounting pan on Sizes 3 and 4. Cams on the mechanical interlocks are operated by the contact carrier of each contactor. The mechanical interlock is attached to the underside of the two contactor baseplates on Sizes 3 and 4. Table 16.374: Mechanical Interlock for Two Contactors The following mechanical interlock kits can be used to interlock 2–5 pole contactors. Mechanical interlocks for horizontal and vertical arrangement are listed in Various pole arrangements.
Horizontal Type SM1 for Size 00–1 Type SM6 for Size 2 Type SM12 for Sizes 3 & 4
Horizontal Type SM2 for Size 0 or 1a Type SM7 for Size 2 Type SM12 for Sizes 3 & 4
Vertical Type SM2 for Size 0 or 1a Type SM10 for Size 2 Type SM11 for Size 3 Type SM13 for Size 4
Contactor NEMA Size
Class 9999 Type
$ Price
00, 0, 1
SM1
77.
0, 1
SM2
77.
0, 1
SM3
77.
0, 1
SM4
77.
0, 1
SM5
77.
2
SM6
171.
2
SM7
171.
2
SM8
171.
2
SM9
171.
2
SM10
171.
171. 3 SM11 Vertical Vertical 171. 3, 4 SM12 Type SM4 for Size 0 or 1 Type SM5 for Size 0 or 1 Type SM9 for Size 2 Type SM11 for Size 3 4 SM13 171. Type SM11 for Size 3 Type SM13 for Size 4 Type SM13 for Size 4 The Type SM2 interlock is factory assembled for horizontal mounting, but can easily be converted to vertical mounting. Conversion instructions are included. Horizontal Type SM3 for Size 0 or 1 Type SM8 for Size 2 Type SM12 for Sizes 3 & 4
a
Overload Relay Mounting Bracket
Table 16.375: Overload Relay Mounting Bracket Mechanical interlock Types SM1 through SM10 for Sizes 00-2 devices use overload relay mounting brackets to support the overload relay portion of the starter. Kit Description Bracket for one overload relay used with horizontal mechanical interlocks, Types SM1 through SM10 Bracket for two overload relays used with vertical mechanical interlocks, Types SM2, SM4, SM5, SM9 a nd SM10
Class 9999 Type
$ Price
SO11
9.50
SO12
28.50
Table 16.376: How to Order To Order Specify:
• •
Catalog Number Class 9999
Class Number Type Number
Type SM1
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
Type SM12
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
16-127
Accessories
Fuse Block Replacement Parts Kits Class 9422, 9999 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Class 8538 (Series D and newer), Class 8738 (Series E and newer), and Class 8903 (Series C and newer) Type S non-fusible combination starters and lighting contactors (sizes 0–2, 30 to 60 amps) can be converted to the fusible type by installing a Class 9422 Fuse Clip Kit. Both fusible and non-fusible combination devices have the same size enclosure in NEMAs 1, 4, and 12 construction, which permits this conversion. The 9422 Fuse Clip Kits contain line and load fuse clips, load base, and fuse pullers.
Table 16.377: Class 9422 Replacement Fuse Clip Kits NEMA Class H, K, J, R Fuses
Device Used on
Disconnect Ampere Rating
Size or Ampere Rating
Class 9422 TC33 Fuse Block
a b
Fuse Clip Ratings—Amperes 250 V Max.
Class & Type
600 V Max.
$ Price
Class R Fuse Clip Kits
$ Price
0, 1 & 30 A 30 0–30 — 9422TC30a RFK03b 28.50 47.60 0, 1 & 30 A 30 31–60 0–30 9422TC33a RFK06b 2 & 60 A 60 31–60 0–30 9422TC33 RFK06b 47.60 66.00 2 & 60 A 60 — 31–60 9422TD63 RFK06Hb When using with a 9422FTCN or FTCF disconnect switch in 8538 or 8738 combination starters, remove and discard metal base plate. No Class Number required.
16.30 17.00 24.30 17.00
Table 16.378: Class 9999 Replacement Fuse Block Kit and Mounting Brackets for 8538 Pre-Series D and 8738 Pre-Series E Fuse Blocks Note that the fuse clips ARE NOT included with the fuse block and should be ordered separately using the table shown below. Kit Description (Fuse Clips Not Included)
Class 9999 Type
Size
$ Price 59.00 66.00
Fuse block kit to convert disconnect switch in Class 8538, 8738 and 8903 combination starters and 0, 1 & 30 A SF1c contactors from non-fusible to fusible. Does not include fuse clips. 2 & 60 A SF2c Two mounting brackets plus hardware for elevating power fuse block in Class 8538 Size 0 and 1 fusible — SF11c combination starters and 8903, 30 A contactor. Cannot be used in 8538 Series D and newer or 8738 Series E and newer. For Class 8538 pre-Series D and 8738 pre-Series E. c
29.50
Table 16.379: Class 9999 Replacement Fuse Clip Kits (8538 Pre-Series D, 8738 Pre-Series E) NEMA Class H Fuses
Device Used on
Class 9999 Type S2 Interchangeable Fuse Clips
Size or Ampere Rating
Disconnect Ampere Rating
Fuse Clip Ratings—Amperes 250 V Max.
NEMA Class R Fuses
Type
600 V Max.
$ Pr ic e
Fuse Clip Ratings—Amperes 250 V Max.
600 V Max.
Type
NEMA Class J Fuses
$ Price
Fuse Clip Ratings— Amperes 600 V Max.
Type
$ Price
0–30 — S1 0–30 — SR1 — — 14.30 23.70 — 23.70 31.70 70. — 0–30 S2 — 0–30 SR2 0–30 SJ2 23.70 31.70 70. 31–60 0–30 S2 31–60 0–30 SR2 0–30 SJ2 23.70 31.70 70. 31–60 0–30 S2 31–60 0–30 SR2 0–30 SJ2 2 & 60 A 60 33.30 42.80 83. — 31–60 S3 — 31–60 SR3 31–60 SJ3 96.00 31.70 134. 61–100 61–100 S4e 61–100 61–100 SR4d 61–100 SJ4 3 & 100 A 100 180.00 101–200 31.70 101–200 207. 101–200 — S5e — SR4d SJ5 180.00 101–200 31.70 101–200 207. 4 & 200 A 200 101–200 101–200 S5e 101–200 SR4d SJ5 — 201–400 71.00 — 5 & 300 A 400 — — — 201–400 SR5d — — — 401–600 71.00 — 6 & 400, 600 A 600 — — — 401–600 SR5d — — d Fuse clips are not provided in the Type SR4 and SR5 kits. On new installations Class 9999 Type S fuse clips must also be purchased. Three nonremovable pins are supplied and can be installed only in the latest production devices, which have a hole in the lower fuse clips. Cannot be used in Series B or newer 8538 devices. e 0, 1 & 30 A
Class 9999 Type TC10
30
Table 16.380: Class 9999 Auxiliary Contact Kits for Disconnect Switches and Circuit Breakers Class
Type
8538, 8738 SB, SC (Series C)
SPDT
DPDT
Type $ Price
Type
$ Price
47.50
R46
138.
R45
Class 9422
Type BTCF, BTCN, BTDF, BTDN, BTEF, BTEN CSF FN, FP, FR, FT LF, LK, LL, LM, LN, LP, LR, LT RN, RP, RR, RT
SB, SC, SD, SE, SF, SGg R26 9422 87.00 R27 162. 80.00 TC21 159. SBA, SCA, SBG, SCG (Series D) TC11 9422 80.00 TC20 159. SBA, SCA, SBG, SCG (Series E) TC10 9421 75.00 147. SBf, SCf, SDf (Series B) R6 R7 9422 SBAS8, SCAS8, SBGS8, SCGS8, 8538 TC10 9422 TC 80.00 TC20 159. (Series D) 8538, 8738 SD (Series C) R43 9422 TCF, TCN, TDF, TDN, TEF, TEN 77.00 R44 147. f, SDG, SDGf SDA, SDA 8538 TC10 9422 TD 80.00 TC20 159. (Series D) 8738 SDA, SDG (Series E) TC10 9422 TE 80.00 TC20 159. 8538, 8738 SE (Series B & C) R41 9422 TF 87.00 R42 162. 8538, 8738 SE, SF (Series A) R8 R9 87.00 162. 8538, 8738 SF (Series B & C) R39 90.00 R40 162. 347. 8538, 8738 SG R35 290.00 R36 Class 8538 type numbers ending in suffix “S8”. f No external auxiliary contacts are available for GJL circuit breaker. Must use internal Catalog No. AAC g 8539, 8739 8538 8738 8538
1 6 C N OE M NA T / AD C E T F OI N R I S T E A P N U DR S P T O A S RE TT EY R S P E
SPDT
DPDT
Type $ Price
Type $ Price
TC11
80.00
TC21
159.
R50 R18 R47 R26
87.00 77.00 87.00 87.00
R51 R19 R48 R27
87. 147. 147. 162.
R45
71.00
R46
138.
TC10
80.00
TC20
159.
R43
47.50
R44
147.
R41 R8
87.00 87.00
R42 R9
162. 162.
Table 16.381: How to Order To Order Specify:
• •
16-128
Catalog Number Class 9999
Class Number Type Number
CP1
Discount Schedule
Type R6
Modified 4/16/09
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Thermal Unit Selection www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
General All tables are based on the operation of the motor and controller in the same ambient temperature, 40 oC (104oF) or less. Always be certain the correct thermal units are installed in the starter before operating the motor. Each thermal unit shall be installed such that its catalog number is visible. See page 16-133, Figure 1 for complete thermal unit installation instructions. On melting alloy thermal units the ratchet wheel must engage the pawl assembly.
Selection Procedure 1.
Determine motor data: a. b.
Full load current rating Service factor
Note: If motor full load current (FLC) is not known, a tentative thermal unit selection could be made, based on horsepower and voltage. Refer to page 16-133. 2.
Motor and controller in same ambient temperature: a.
b.
3.
For 1.15 to 1.25 service factor motors use 100% of motor FLC for thermal unit selection.
2.
For 1.0 service factor motors use 90% of motor FLC for thermal unit selection.
Cla ss 8198 only: 1.
For 1.0 service factor motors use 100% of motor FLC for thermal unit selection.
2.
For 1.15 to 1.25 service factor motors use 110% of motor FLC for thermal unit selection.
Multiply motor FLC by the multiplier in Table A. Use the resultant full load current for thermal unit selection.
Locate proper selection table from index, pages16-130 and 16-131. a.
5.
1.
Motor and controller in different ambient temperatures: a.
4.
All starter classes, except Class 8198:
The proper thermal unit number will be found adjacent, to the right of the range of full load currents in which the motor FLC or resultant full load current falls.
See page 16-132 for calculation of trip current rating.
Table A: Selection of Thermal Units for Special Applications
Slow Trip Thermal Unit Selection To select Type SB slow trip thermal units, the selection table for a standard Type B thermal unit may be used with the following modifications: For continuous rated motors having service factors of 1.15 to 1.25, select thermal units from the standard Type B table using 93% (102% for Class 8198) of the full load current shown on the motor nameplate and then substitute an SB for the B in the thermal unit type number. Example: A motor with a full load current of 12 amps controlled by an 8536SCG3 would require B22 thermal units for standard trip applications and SB19.5 thermal units for slow trip applications. The SB is selected by multiplying 12 amps times 93% for 11.16 amps and using this value to select B19.5. Then add the S prefix to arrive at SB19.5. For continuous rated motors having a service factor of 1.0, select thermal units in the same manner using 84% (93% for Class 8198) of full load current shown on the motor nameplate. NOTE: SB thermal units are used on Size 0, 1, 2 and only some Size 3 applications. Check thermal unit tables for current ranges.
Ambient Temp.Comp. Relays
Melting Alloy and Non-Compensated Bimetallic Relays Class of Controller
Continuous Duty Motor Service Factor
Ambient Temperature of Motor
Same as Controller Ambient
Constant 10oC (18oF) Higher Than Controller Ambient
Constant 10o C (18oF) Lower Than Controller Ambient
Constant 40oC (104oF) or less, for Any Controller Ambient
Full Load Current Multiplier All Classes, Except 8198 Class 8198
1.15 to 1.25
1.0
0.9
1.05
1.0
1.0
0.9
0.8
.95
0.9
1.1
1.0
1.15
1.1
1.0
0.9
1.05
1.0
1.15 to 1.25 1.0
Table 16.382: Thermal Unit Prices Melting Alloy Type of Trip
Standard
Quick Slow
Thermal Unit Type A B C CC DD FB SB
Bimetallic $ Price 14.30 14.30 14.30 14.30 14.30 23.70 38.00
Type of Trip
Thermal Unit Type
Standard
AR AF AU E
$ Price 14.30 14.30 14.30 14.30
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount Schedule
16-129
Thermal Unit Selection www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
NOTE: For thermal unit
selection tables for other devices including obsolete devices, consult Square D/Schneider Electric CIC at 1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733).
Table 16.383: Thermal Unit Selection Thermal Unit Selection Table Number
Controller
Hand Reset Melting Alloy Quick Trip (10)
Slow Trip (30)
NonCompensated
Compensated
43h
—
—
—
—
Starter Type
Class
Type
Seriesa
Manual Starters FHP Manual Starters (Small Enclosure) Manual Starters (Large Enclosure)
2510 2512 8908
F
A
FHP
2510
M, T
A
M–0 M–1 M–1P
1 1 1
72 72 72
j j j
— — —
— — —
2510 2511 2512 8925
M, T
A
M–0 M–1 M–1P
2 2 2
73 73 73
j j j
— — —
— — —
DC Magnetic Starters
7135 7136 7735 7736
— — — —
1, 2 3 4 5
65 9 10 12
— — — —
j
— — —
— — — —
— — — —
8536 8904b (Starter In Own Enclosure)
C, D E F G A (8536 only) SA SB
B, C
00
17h
—
—
—
—
SC
8998 8999 (Model 3 Control Center) I-LINE ® and QMB Motor Starter Centers
SD
SH
64
33
SD
A
— 74 74 — 75 76i — 77i — — 83 — 74 74 75 75 76i 76i — 77i — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
— 33 33 — 70 37g — 29g — 46 42 47
A
13 13 13 41 56 18 — 54 — 49 59 21 66 15 67 58f 16 68f — 61 — 24 20 109 104 110 111 112 113 103 114 135 145 146 149
— 8 8 — 62 63 142g 11 144g 38 23 39
SC
00 0 1 1P 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 1 Fusible 1 Circuit Breaker 2 Fusible 2 Circuit Breaker 3 Small Enclosure 3 Large Enclosure 3 4 4 5 6 1 1 COMPAC 6 2 3 4 5 5 CT 6 20–30 A 40 A 50 A 60–90 A
j
8933
A, B A A A A A B A B A Bl A, B
57
70
51
37g
141g 35 143g 52 48 — — — — — — — — — — — —
— 29f — 46 47 97 — 98 99g 100g 101 — 102 — — — —
AC Magnetic Starters (Small Enclosure)
8998 8999 (Model 4 Control Center)
SE SF SG
SE
SG SH
B A B A A
SCk
A
SDk SEk SFk
SHk
A A A A B A
DPSG
A
SF
8998 (Model 5 and Model 6 MCCs)
SGk
8911
A
Size
Bimetallic
Standard Trip (20)
j j j j
134ij — — — — — — — — — — 134ij 133ij — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Table continued on the next page; see page16-131 for Footnotes.
NOTE: For thermal unit
selection tables for other devices including obsolete devices, consult Square D/Schneider Electric CIC at 1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733).
1 6
Thermal Unit Prices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-129.
N E M A C S T O AN RT TA E C RT O S R S A N D
16-130
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Thermal Unit Selection www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 16.384: Thermal Unit Selection Thermal Unit Selection Table Number
Controller Starter Type
Class 8198
Type
Seriesa — B, C A, B A A A A B A B A Bl A, B A A A A A B B A Bl A A A A A A Bl A
Size
Standard Trip
Quick Trip (10)
Bimetallic
Slow Trip (30)
NonCompensated
Compensated
j
— 5 — — 6 00 14h — — — — 00 53 — 55 25 j 0 15 78 64 33 j j 1 15 78 64 33 j 2 58 79 57 70 3 16 80i 133ij 51 37g SE, NE 3 — — — 141g — 4 61 81i — 35 29g SF, NF 4 — — — 143g — 5 24 — — 52 46 SG 5 59 83 — 23 42 SH 6 20 — 48 47 j j CB, DB, SB, UB 0 15 78 64 33 CC, DC, SC, UC 1 15 78 64 33 j AC j CD, DD, SD, UD 2 58 79 57 70 Magnetic CE, DE, SE, UE 3 16 80i 133ij 51 37g Starters 8810 CF, DF, SF, UF 4 61 81i — 35 29g (Large 8811 SE 3 — — — 141g — Enclosure) 8812 SF 4 — — — 143g — 5 24 — — 52 46 CG, DG, SG, UG 5 59 83 — 23 42 j CH, DH, SH, UH 6 20 — 48 47 WC, XC 1 13 78 — — 33 WD, XD, MD, RD, 2 56 79 — — 70 WE, XE, ME, RE, 3 18 80i — — 37g 8940 WELL-GUARD ® PF, WF, XF, MF, RF, 4 54 81i — — 29g Control 5 — — — — 46 XSG, NSG, MG,RG, VGh 5 — — — — 42 XSH, VH 6 — — — — 47 20–30 A 136 — — — — 40 A 147 — — — — 8911 DPSO A 50 A 148 — — — — 60–90 A 150 — — — — SCk A 1 127 — — — 121 SDk A 2 128 — — — 122 AC 8998 SEk A 3 129 — — — 123g Magnetic (Model 5 and PartSF A 4 105 — — — 117g Model 6 MCCs) Winding A 5 115 — — — 118 SG Bl 5 CT 116 — — — — AF B 4(133 A) — — — 30 — AG A 5(266 A) — — — 36 — AR A 1(25 A) — — — 32 — AT A 2(45 A) — — — 60 — AU — 3(86 A) — — — 50 — DA2 A 1(25 A) — — — — 140g GA2 A 2(60 A) — — — — 139g HA2 A 3(100 A) — — — — 138g Separately JA2 A 4(180 A) — — — — 137g Mounted 9065 C A 1(25 A) 44 82 — — j Overload F B 4(133 A) 19 85i — — — Relays G A 5(266 A) 22 — — — — MEO A (32 A) 86 — — — — 1(26 A) 59 83 23 42 j j 2(45 A) 69 84 27 71 S A 3(86 A) 34 — — — — 4(133 A) 28 — — — — T A 2(45 A) 31 — — — j U — 3(86 A) 40 — — — — Series letters listed refer to the marking on the nameplate of the basic open type starter. When the starter is supplied in a controller containing other devices, the controller may have a different a series letter marked on the enclosure nameplate. Small enclosure tables apply for Class 8904 non-combination and non-reversing starters. For combination and reversingClass 8904 starters refer to the large enclosure selections, index b above. c For Class 8630 starters divide the delta connected motor full load current by 1.73, and use this quotient to select thermal units. For Class 8640 and Class 8940 (MD, PD, ME, PE, MF, PF, MG and PG) starters use the full load current of each motor winding as a basis for thermal unit selection—normally one-half total d D motor current. N e Large enclosure tables apply for Class 8904 combination and reversing starters. For non-combination and non-reversingClass 8904 starters refer to small enclosure selections, page16-130. A Use for Autotransformer Starters (Fusible and Circuit Breaker). f S g Order Type E thermal units by number from Square D/Schneider Electric, Furnas Electric Company, Batavia, Illinois or a Furnas distributor at$9.00 each, subject to motor control discounts. R S O h Type A thermal units for full load currents lower than those listed in this table are available. For complete information, consult Square D/Schneider Electric CIC at 1-888-SquareD R T (1-888-778-2733). E C Form Y81 must be specified to use quick trip (Class 10) or slow trip (Class 30) thermal units on Size 3 starters and quick trip (Class 10) thermal units on Size 4 starters. i T A R j This device will accept Type SB slow trip (Class 30) thermal units. For selection, see page 16-129. T A N Refers to type number of starter in MCC, not actual type number of MCC. k T O l Divide the motor FLC by 60 and use this quotient to select the appropriate thermal units. S 8536 (Starter Used in Multi-Motor Panel) 8538 8904e 8539 8906 8606 8907 8630c 8920 8640d 8922 9089 8924 8647 8925 8650 8930 8736 8941 8738 8739
G, S A (8536 only) SA SB, NB SC, NC SD, ND
Hand Reset Melting Alloy
C A M E N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
16-131
Thermal Unit Selection www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Calculation of Trip Current Rating Trip Current Rating— Trip current rating is a nominal value which approximates the minimum current to trip an overload relay in an ambient temperature, outside of the enclosure, of 40 oC (104 oF). In all selection tables except Class 8198, the trip current rating is 1.25 times the minimum full load current shown for the thermal unit selected. For Class 8198, the trip current rating is 1.15 times the minimum full load current. This applies to bimetallic overload relays with the trip adjustment set at 100 percent.
Calculation Procedure 1. Use the selection table for the specific controller involved. 2. Find the minimum motor full load current listed for the thermal unit in question. 3. Multiply that current by 1.25 (1.15 for Class 8198). The result is the trip current rating.
Example 1: Determine the thermal unit selection and trip current rating for thermal units in a Class 8536 Type SCG3 Size 1 magnetic starter used to control a three-phase, 1.15 service factor motor with a full load current of 17.0 Amperes, where the motor and controller are both located in a 40oC (104oF) ambient temperature. 1. From Table 13 the proper selection is B32. 2. The minimum motor full load current is 16. 0 Amperes. 3. Trip current rating is 16.0 x 1.25= 20.0 Amperes.
Protection Level is the relationship between trip current rating and full load current. Protection level, in percent, is the trip current rating divided by the motor full load current times 100. In Example 1 the protection level for the B32 thermal unit is: 20.0/17.0 x 100=118%. National Electrical Code, Section 430-32, allows a maximum protection level of 125% for the motor in the above example. Minimum Trip Current (also called ultimate current) may vary from the trip current rating value, since ratings are established under standardized test conditions. Factors which influence variations include: the number of thermal units installed, enclosure size, proximity to heat producing devices, size of conductors installed, ambient (room) temperature, and others. Except for ambient temperature-compensated overload relays, an ambient temperature higher than 40 oC would lower the trip current, and a lower temperature would increase it. This variation is not a factor in selecting thermal units for the average application, since most motor ratings are based on an ambient temperature of 40 oC, and motor capacity varies with temperature in about the same proportion as the change in trip current. Temperature-compensated relays maintain a nearly constant trip current over a wide range of ambient temperature, and are intended for use where the relay, because of its location, cannot sense changes in the motor ambient temperature.
Calculation of Trip Current For Ambient Temperatures Other Than 40oC For a controller ambient temperature other than 40 oC (104 oF) trip current can be calculated by applying a correction factor from the curve in Figure 1. The approximate trip current for a particular ambient temperature is the product of (1) the multiplier M corresponding to the temperature and (2) the 40oC trip current rating. NOTE: Ambient temperature is the temperature surrounding the starter enclosure. Normal temperature rise inside the enclosure has been taken into account in preparing the thermal unit selection tables.
Example 2: Determine the trip current for the motor and controller i n Example 1, except the controller is in a 30 oC (86oF) ambient temperature. From the curve in Figure 1 the multiplier M is 1.1 at 30 oC. Approximate Trip Current is 16.0 x 1.25 x 1.1=22 Amperes .
100 t 212 i e e h194 d n a e r r g a176 i t 80 F n s e 8 15 e C e r g140 s e 60 e e r D . 122 g v e i D u q104 - 40 E p - 86 m p e T m t e 68 n 20 T e t i n 50 b e i m b A0 m32 0 A 14
1 6
-4
Ambient Temper ature Correction Curve for Thermal Overload Relays
02
04
06
08
10
12
14
-20
N E M A C S T O AN RT TA E C RT O S R S A N D
16-132
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Thermal Unit Selection www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Approximate Thermal Unit Selection Based On Horsepower and Voltage General—Thermal units selected using approximate full load currents from the table below will provide a trip current between 101% and 125% of full load current for many 4-pole, single speed, normal torque, 60 Hz motors. Since full load current rating of different makes and types of motors vary so widely, these selections may not be suitable. Thermal units should be selected on the basis of motor nameplate full load current and service factor. Thermal unit sizes originally selected on an approximate basis should always be rechecked and corrected at the time of installation if required.
Instructions: 1. 2. 3.
Locate motor horsepower and voltage. Determine approximate full load current from the table below. Use approximate full load current in place of actual nameplate full load current and follow instructions on page 16-129.
Only Use This Table When Motor Full Load Current Is Not Known Table 16.385: Motor Full Load Current Motor Horsepower
Three Ø
Single Ø
200 V
230 V
460 V
575 V
115 V
230 V
1/20
0.39
0.34
0.17
0.14
1.30
0.65
1/12
0.55
0.48
0.24
0.19
1.90
0.95
1/8
0.74
0.64
0.32
0.26
2.60
1.30
1/6
0.90
0.78
0.39
0.31
3.24
1.62
1/4
1.22
1.06
0.53
0.42
4.40
2.20
1/3
1.52
1.32
0.66
0.53
5.47
2.74
1/2
2.07
1.80
0.90
0.72
7.45
3.73
3/4
2.88
2.50
1.25
1.00
10.1
5.07
1
3.68
3.20
1.60
1.28
12.6
6.31
1-1/2
5.18
4.50
2.25
1.80
17.2
8.59
2
6.67
5.80
2.90
2.32
21.4
10.7
3
9.66
8.40
4.20
3.36
29.1
14.5
5
15.4
13.4
6.68
5.35
42.9
21.4
7-1/2
22.6
19.6
9.82
7.86
58
29.2
10
29.7
25.8
12.9
10.3
—
36.3
15
43.6
38.0
19.0
15.2
—
49.9
20
57.4
49.9
24.9
20.0
—
—
25
70.9
61.7
30.8
24.7
—
—
30
84.3
73.3
36.7
29.3
—
—
40
111.
96.4
48.2
38.5
—
—
50
137.
119.
59.6
47.6
—
—
60
163.
142.
70.8
56.6
—
—
75
201.
175.
87.6
70.0
—
—
100
265.
230.
115.
92.0
—
—
125
327.
284.
142.
114.
—
—
150
389.
338.
169.
135.
—
—
200
511.
445.
222.
178.
—
—
NOTE: These currents
should not be used for selection of fuses, circuit breakers or wire sizes. See NEC tables 430-148 through 430-150. For motors rated 208-220 volts, use 230 V column. For motors rated 440 to 550 volts, use 460 and 575 V columns, respectively.
Mounting Thermal Units Always be certain the correct thermal units are installed in the starter before operating the motor. Thermal units should always be mounted so that their type designation can be read from the front of the starter (see Figure 1). Melting alloy thermal units should be mounted so that the tooth of the pawl assembly can engage the teeth of the ratchet wheel when the reset button is pushed. Mounting surfaces of starter and thermal units should be clean and care should be taken to insure that thermal unit mounting screws are fastened securely.
Figure 1
D N A S R S O R T E C T A R T A N T O S C A M E N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
16-133
Thermal Unit Selection Tables 1–6
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 1
Table 2
Motor FLC (A) 1 T.U.
3 T.U.
0.33–0.36 0.37–0.40 0.41–0.45 0.46–0.52 0.53–0.59 0.60–0.66 0.67–0.73 0.74–0.81 0.82–0.91 0.92–1.02 1.03–1.14 1.15–1.29 1.20–1.42 1.43–1.64 1.65–1.80 1.81–2.10 2.11–2.30 2.31–2.61 2.62–2.99 3.00–3.37 3.38–3.94 3.95–4.24 4.25–4.54 4.55–5.29 5.30–5.73 5.74–6.35 6.36–7.08 7.09–7.83 7.84–8.47 8.48–9.83 9.84–10.5 10.6–11.4 11.5–12.8 12.9–13.9 14.0–16.1 16.2–18.0
Thermal Unit Number
0.29–0.32 0.33–0.36 0.37–0.39 0.40–0.47 0.48–0.56 0.57–0.63 0.64–0.69 0.70–0.77 0.78–0.86 0.87–0.96 0.97–1.11 1.12–1.23 1.24–1.37 1.38–1.55 1.56–1.75 1.76–1.92 1.93–2.16 2.17–2.50 2.51–2.81 2.82–3.16 3.17–3.40 3.41–3.76 3.77–4.00 4.01–4.68 4.69–5.18 5.19–5.51 5.52–6.19 6.20–7.12 7.13–8.15 8.16–8.60 8.61–9.21 9.22–10.1 10.2–11.2 11.3–12.0 — — Following Selections for Size M-1 & M-1P Only. — 11.3–12.1 — 12.2–13.6 16.2–17.6 13.7–15.3 17.7–20.6 15.4–17.3 20.7–23.1 17.4–19.1 23.2–26.0 19.2–21.7 — 21.8–24.2 — 24.3–26.0 Following Selections for Size M-1P Only 23.2–27.1 — 27.2–29.2 — 29.3–33.0 — 33.1–36.0 —
B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B
0.44 0.51 0.57 0.63 0.71 0.81 0.92 1.03 1.16 1.30 1.45 1.67 1.88 2.10 2.40 2.65 3.00 3.30 3.70 4.15 4.85 5.50 6.25 6.90 7.70 8.20 9.10 10.2 11.5 12.8 14.0 15.5 17.5 19.5 22.0 25.0
B B B B B B B B
19.5 22.0 25.0 28.0 32.0 36.0 40.0 45.0
B B B B
36.0 40.0 45.0 50.0
Table 3
Motor FLC (A) 1 T.U.
Thermal Unit Number
3 T.U.
0.35–0.38 0.30–0.32 0.39–0.43 0.33–0.37 0.44–0.48 0.38–0.39 0.49–0.56 0.40–0.48 0.57–0.63 0.49–0.57 0.64–0.71 0.58–0.64 0.72–0.78 0.65–0.70 0.79–0.88 0.71–0.78 0.89–0.99 0.79–0.87 1.00–1.15 0.88–0.98 1.16–1.23 0.99–1.13 1.24–1.43 1.14–1.25 1.44–1.51 1.26–1.40 1.52–1.75 1.41–1.58 1.76–1.93 1.59–1.79 1.94–2.25 1.80–1.91 2.26–2.47 1.92–2.20 2.48–2.81 2.21–2.55 2.82–3.20 2.56–2.87 3.21–3.63 2.88–3.24 3.64–4.19 3.25–3.48 4.20–4.53 3.49–3.85 4.54–4.89 3.86–4.10 4.90–5.68 4.11–4.79 5.69–6.27 4.80–5.31 6.28–6.85 5.32–5.65 6.86–7.73 5.66–6.35 7.74–8.50 6.36–7.31 8.51–9.29 7.32–8.34 9.30–10.4 8.35–8.84 10.5–11.3 8.85–9.47 11.4–12.3 9.48–10.4 12.4–13.9 10.5–11.5 14.0–15.0 11.6–12.0 15.1–18.0 — Following Selections for Size M-1 & M-1P Only. — 11.6–12.4 15.1–17.4 12.5–14.0 17.5–19.2 14.1–15.8 19.3–22.0 15.9–17.8 22.1–24.6 17.9–19.7 24.7–26.0 19.8–22.4 — 22.5–25.1 — 25.1–26.0 Following Selections for Size M-1P Only. 24.7–29.1 — 29.2–31.7 — 31.8–36.0 —
B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B
0.44 0.51 0.57 0.63 0.71 0.81 0.92 1.03 1.16 1.30 1.45 1.67 1.88 2.10 2.40 2.65 3.00 3.30 3.70 4.15 4.85 5.50 6.25 6.90 7.70 8.20 9.10 10.2 11.5 12.8 14.0 15.5 17.5 19.5 22.0
B B B B B B B B
19.5 22.0 25.0 28.0 32.0 36.0 40.0 45.0
Table 4
Motor FLC (A) 1 T.U.
Thermal Unit Number
3 T.U.
0.29–0.31 0.28–0.29 0.32–0.36 0.30–0.33 0.37–0.39 0.34–0.36 0.40–0.47 0.37–0.44 0.48–0.56 0.45–0.52 0.57–0.63 0.53–0.59 0.64–0.69 0.60–0.64 0.70–0.77 0.65–0.71 0.78–0.86 0.72–0.80 0.87–0.97 0.81–0.90 0.98–1.12 0.91–1.03 1.13–1.24 1.04–1.14 1.25–1.39 1.15–1.27 1.40–1.57 1.28–1.44 1.58–1.78 1.45–1.63 1.79–1.96 1.64–1.79 1.97–2.20 1.80–2.01 2.21–2.41 2.02–2.19 2.42–2.75 2.20–2.52 2.76–3.25 2.53–2.95 3.26–3.50 2.96–3.17 3.51–3.87 3.18–3.50 3.88–4.13 3.51–3.73 4.14–4.69 3.74–4.22 4.70–5.20 4.23–4.68 5.21–5.53 4.69–4.98 5.54–6.23 4.99–5.59 6.24–7.18 5.60–6.43 7.19–8.20 6.44–7.41 8.21–8.98 7.42–8.02 8.99–9.63 8.03–8.59 9.64–10.6 8.60–9.52 10.7–11.8 9.53–10.5 11.9–12.7 10.6–11.2 12.8–14.3 11.3–12.0 14.4–16.1 — 16.2–18.0 — Following Selections for Size M-1 & M-1P Only. — 11.3–12.7 — 12.8–14.3 16.2–18.3 14.4–16.1 18.4–20.2 16.2–17.8 20.3–23.0 17.9–20.1 23.1–26.0 20.2–22.6 — 22.7–25.5 — 25.6–26.0 Following Selections for Size M-1P Only 25.9–29.0 — 29.1–30.8 — 30.9–32.7 — 32.8–36.0 —
B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0
B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B
0.44 0.51 0.57 0.63 0.71 0.81 0.92 1.03 1.16 1.30 1.45 1.67 1.88 2.10 2.40 2.65 3.00 3.30 3.70 4.15 4.85 5.50 6.25 6.90 7.70 8.20 9.10 10.2 11.5 12.8 14.0 15.5 17.5 19.5 22.0 25.0 28.0
B B B B B B B B
22.0 25.0 28.0 32.0 36.0 40.0 45.0 50.0
B B B B
45.0 50.0 56.0 62.0
Motor FLC (A) 1 T.U.
Thermal Unit Number
3 T.U.
0.32–0.33 0.34–0.38 0.39–0.41 0.42–0.50 0.51–0.61 0.62–0.68 0.69–0.74 0.75–0.83 0.84–0.93 0.94–1.05 1.06–1.21 1.22–1.34 1.35–1.50 1.51–1.70 1.71–1.93 1.94–2.12 2.13–2.38 2.39–2.61 2.62–2.99 3.00–3.53 3.54–3.80 3.81–4.21 4.22–4.49 4.50–5.10 5.11–5.66 5.67–6.03 6.04–6.79 6.80–7.84 7.85–8.96 8.97–9.82 9.83–10.4 10.5–11.6 11.7–12.9 13.0–13.9 14.0–15.7 15.8–18.0
0.29–0.30 0.31–0.35 0.36–0.37 0.38–0.45 0.46–0.54 0.55–0.61 0.62–0.66 0.67–0.74 0.75–0.83 0.84–0.93 0.94–1.07 1.08–1.19 1.20–1.33 1.34–1.51 1.52–1.70 1.71–1.87 1.88–2.10 2.11–2.29 2.30–2.63 2.64–3.09 3.10–3.32 3.33–3.67 3.68–3.91 3.92–4.43 4.44–4.91 4.92–5.23 5.24–5.88 5.89–6.77 6.78–7.90 7.91–8.44 8.45–9.05 9.06–9.99 10.0–11.0 11.1–11.9 12.0–12.0 — Following Selections for Size M-1 & M-1P Only. — 12.0–13.4 — 13.5–15.1 17.8–20.1 15.2–17.0 20.2–22.2 17.1–18.9 22.3–25.3 19.0–21.4 25.4–26.0 21.5–24.0 — 24.1–26.0 Following Selections for Size M-1P Only. 25.4–28.4 — 28.5–33.1 — 33.2–36.0 —
B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B
0.44 0.51 0.57 0.63 0.71 0.81 0.92 1.03 1.16 1.30 1.45 1.67 1.88 2.10 2.40 2.65 3.00 3.30 3.70 4.15 4.85 5.50 6.25 6.90 7.70 8.20 9.10 10.2 11.5 12.8 14.0 15.5 17.5 19.5 22.0 25.0
B B B B B B B
22.0 25.0 28.0 32.0 36.0 40.0 45.0
B 40.0 B 45.0 B 50.0
Table 5 Current Transformer Ratio 25/5
50/5
75/5
100/5
150/5
10.6–11.7 11.8–13.2 13.3–14.8 14.9–17.2 17.3–19.6 19.7–22.3
21.1–23.6 23.7–26.5 26.6–29.6 29.7–34.5 34.6–39.2 39.3–44.6
31.7–35.4 35.5–39.8 39.9–44.5 44.6–51.8 51.9–58.9 59.0–67.0
42.3–47.2 47.3–53.1 53.2–59.4 59.5–69.2 69.3–78.6 78.7–89.3
63.4–70.9 71.0–79.7 79.8–89.1 89.2–103. 104.–117. 118.–133.
25/5
50/5
75/5
100/5
150/5
10.6–11.9 12.0–13.4 13.5–15.0 15.1–16.6 16.7–18.7 18.8–20.7 20.8–22.8
21.2–23.9 24.0–26.9 27.0–30.0 30.1–33.4 33.5–37.5 37.6–41.4 41.5–45.7
31.8–35.9 36.0–40.3 40.4–45.1 45.2–50.1 50.2–56.3 56.4–62.2 62.3–68.5
42.4–47.9 48.0–53.8 53.9–60.1 60.2–66.9 67.0–75.1 75.2–82.9 83.0–91.4
63.6–72.0 72.1–80.8 80.9–90.2 90.3–99.9 100.–112. 113.–124. 125.–136.
Thermal Unit Number
200/5
250/5
300/5
400/5
500/5
84.5–94.6 94.7–105. 106.–118. 119.–138. 139.–156. 157.–178.
106.–117. 118.–132. 133.–148. 149.–172. 173.–196. 197.–223.
127.–141. 142.–159. 160.–177. 178.–207. 208.–235. 236.–267.
169.–188. 189.–212. 213.–237. 238.–276. 277.–314. 315.–357.
211.–236. 237.–265. 266.–296. 297.–345. 346.–360. —
200/5
250/5
300/5
400/5
500/5
Thermal Unit Number
84.8–96.0 96.1–107. 108.–119. 120.–133. 134.–149. 150.–165. 166.–182.
106.–119. 120.–134. 135.–150. 151.–166. 167.–187. 188.–207. 208.–228.
127.–143. 144.–161. 162.–180. 181.–200. 201.–225. 226.–248. 249.–274.
170.–191. 192.–215. 216.–240. 241.–267. 268.–300. 301.–331. 332.–365.
212.–239. 240.–269. 270.–300. 301.–334. 335.–360. — —
AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80 AR 5.3 AR 5.8 AR 6.4
Motor FLC B B B B B B
3.00 3.30 3.70 4.15 4.85 5.50
Table 6 Current Transformer Ratio
Motor FLC
1 6
N E M A C S T O AN RT TA E C RT O S R S A N D
16-134
Index and Instructions: pages 16-129—16-133
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Thermal Unit Selection Tables 8–12
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 8
Table 9 Motor FLC (A)
2.T.U.1Ø 0.37–0.39 0.40–0.42 0.43–0.46 0.47–0.50 0.51–0.54 0.55–0.59 0.60–0.65 0.66–0.71 0.72–0.78 0.79–0.86 0.87–0.94 0.95–1.04 1.05–1.14 1.15–1.25 1.26–1.42 1.43–1.62 1.63–1.75 1.76–1.91 1.92–2.07 2.08–2.25 2.26–2.47 2.48–2.73 2.74–2.99 3.00–3.31 3.32–3.71 3.72–4.15 4.16–4.65 4.66–5.11 5.12–5.68 5.69–6.24 6.25–7.15 7.16–7.84 7.85–8.56 8.57–9.40 9.41–10.2 10.3–10.7 10.8–12.2 12.3–14.1 14.2–15.9 16.0–18.0 — — — 16.0–18.1 18.2–20.8 20.9–23.6 23.7–26.0 — —
2 T.U.2Ø
3 T.U.
0.37–0.39 0.30–0.31 0.40–0.42 0.32–0.34 0.43–0.46 0.35–0.37 0.47–0.50 0.38–0.41 0.51–0.54 0.42–0.45 0.55–0.59 0.46–0.49 0.60–0.65 0.50–0.54 0.66–0.71 0.55–0.56 0.72–0.78 0.57–0.62 0.79–0.86 0.63–0.68 0.87–0.94 0.69–0.75 0.95–1.04 0.76–0.82 1.05–1.14 0.83–0.91 1.15–1.25 0.92–1.00 1.26–1.42 1.01–1.18 1.43–1.62 1.19–1.30 1.63–1.75 1.31–1.41 1.76–1.91 1.42–1.53 1.92–2.07 1.54–1.69 2.08–2.25 1.70–1.79 2.26–2.47 1.80–2.02 2.48–2.73 2.03–2.19 2.74–2.99 2.20–2.43 3.00–3.31 2.44–2.81 3.32–3.71 2.82–3.12 3.72–4.15 3.13–3.47 4.16–4.65 3.48–3.89 4.66–5.11 3.90–4.30 5.12–5.68 4.31–4.69 5.69–6.24 4.70–5.19 6.25–7.15 5.20–5.93 7.16–7.84 5.94–6.45 7.85–8.56 6.46–7.08 8.57–9.40 7.09–7.71 9.41–10.2 7.72–8.39 10.3–10.7 8.40–8.64 10.8–12.2 8.65–9.74 — 9.75–11.0 — 11.1–12.0 — — Following Selections for Size 1 Only 10.8–12.2 — 12.3–14.1 — 14.2–15.9 11.1–12.4 16.0–18.1 12.5–13.9 18.2–20.8 14.0–15.9 20.9–23.6 16.0–17.7 23.7–26.0 17.8–20.3 — 20.4–22.8 — 22.9–26.0
Thermal Unit Number AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR
.45 .49 .54 .59 .65 .71 .78 .86 .95 1.05 1.15 1.26 1.39 1.53 1.68 1.85 2.04 2.24 2.46 2.71 2.98 3.28 3.62 3.98 4.37 4.80 5.3 5.8 6.4 7.0 7.7 8.5 9.3 10.2 11.2 12.4 13.6 15.4 17.6 20.5
AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR
13.6 15.4 17.6 20.5 23.0 27.0 30.0 35.0 40.0
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
15.3–16.7 16.8–19.8 19.9–22.8 22.9–25.8 25.9–30.4 30.5–31.9 32.0–34.2 34.3–38.8 38.9–44.2 44.3–50.2 50.3–57.1 57.2–63.2 63.3–68.6 68.7–78.6 78.7–86.9 87.0–100.0
C 20.0 C 22.0 C 26.0 C 30.0 C 34.0 C 40.0 C 42.0 C 45.0 C 51.0 C 58.0 C 66.0 C 75.0 C 83.0 C 90.0 C 103.0 C 114.0
Table 10 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
43.6–47.3 47.4–51.3 51.4–54.6 54.7–59.7 59.8–65.1 65.2–70.1 70.2–75.1 75.2–82.2 82.3–89.2 89.3–96.5 96.6–104. 105.–113. 114.–123. 124.–132. 133.–150.
CC 54.5 CC 59.4 CC 64.3 CC 68.5 CC 74.6 CC 81.5 CC 87.7 CC 94.0 CC 103.0 CC 112.0 CC 121.0 CC 132.0 CC 143.0 CC 156.0 CC 167.0
Table 11 Motor FLC (A) 2 T.U.
3 T.U.
Thermal Unit Number
33.0–36.1 36.2–40.2 40.3–44.5 45.6–51.3 51.4–58.5 58.6–62.6 62.7–71.3 71.4–77.1 77.2–86.9 87.0–93.3 93.4–102. 103.–107. 108.–112. 113.–121. 122.–123. 124.–133. ———
30.5–33.4 33.5–37.1 37.2–42.0 42.1–47.0 47.1–53.5 53.6–57.5 57.6–64.4 64.5–69.4 69.5–77.4 77.5–83.6 83.7–92.9 93.0–100. 101.–104. 105.–115. 116.–119. 120.–123. 124.–133.
AU 44.0 AU 50.0 AU 56.0 AU 64.0 AU 72.0 AU 81.0 AU 88.0 AU 99.0 AU 110.0 AU 123.0 AU 135.0 AU 152.0 AU 169.0 AU 183.0 AU 198.0 AU 217.0 AU 235.0
Table 12 Motor FLC (A) 92.–100. 101.–109. 110.–119. 120.–131. 132.–139. 140.–156. 157.–166. 167.–180. 181.–189. 190.–209. 210.–225. 226.–238. 239.–263. 264.–300.
Thermal Unit Number DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD
112.0 121.0 128.0 140.0 150.0 160.0 185.0 213.0 220.0 230.0 250.0 265.0 280.0 300.0
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Index and Instructions: pages 16-129—16-133
16-135
Thermal Unit Selection Tables 13–18
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 13
Table 15 Motor FLC (A)
1.T.U.
2 T.U.
3 T.U.
0.29–0.31 0.29–0.31 0.28–0.30 0.32–0.34 0.32–0.34 0.31–0.34 0.35–0.38 0.35–0.38 0.35–0.37 0.39–0.45 0.39–0.45 0.38–0.44 0.46–0.54 0.46–0.54 0.45–0.53 0.55–0.61 0.55–0.61 0.54–0.59 0.62–0.66 0.62–0.66 0.60–0.64 0.67–0.73 0.67–0.73 0.65–0.72 0.74–0.81 0.74–0.81 0.73–0.80 0.82–0.94 0.82–0.94 0.81–0.90 0.95–1.05 0.95–1.05 0.91–1.03 1.06–1.22 1.06–1.22 1.04–1.14 1.23–1.34 1.23–1.34 1.15–1.27 1.35–1.51 1.35–1.51 1.28–1.43 1.52–1.71 1.52–1.71 1.44–1.62 1.72–1.93 1.72–1.93 1.63–1.77 1.94–2.14 1.94–2.14 1.78–1.97 2.15–2.40 2.15–2.40 1.98–2.32 2.41–2.72 2.41–2.72 2.33–2.51 2.73–3.15 2.73–3.15 2.52–2.99 3.16–3.55 3.16–3.55 3.00–3.42 3.56–4.00 3.56–4.00 3.43–3.75 4.01–4.40 4.01–4.40 3.76–3.98 4.41–4.88 4.41–4.88 3.99–4.48 4.89–5.19 4.89–5.19 4.49–4.93 5.20–5.73 5.20–5.73 4.94–5.21 5.74–6.39 5.74–6.39 5.22–5.84 6.40–7.13 6.40–7.13 5.85–6.67 7.14–7.90 7.14–7.90 6.68–7.54 7.91–8.55 7.91–8.55 7.55–8.14 8.56–9.53 8.56–9.53 8.15–8.72 9.54–10.6 9.54–10.6 8.73–9.66 10.7–11.8 10.7–11.8 9.67–10.5 11.9–13.2 11.9–12.0 10.6–11.3 13.3–14.9 — 11.4–12.0 15.0–16.6 — — 16.7–18.0 — — Following Selections for Size 1 Only — 11.9–13.2 — — 13.3–14.9 11.4–12.7 — 15.0–16.6 12.8–14.1 16.7–18.9 16.7–18.9 14.2–15.9 19.0–21.2 19.0–21.2 16.0–17.5 21.3–23.0 21.3–23.0 17.6–19.7 23.1–25.5 23.1–25.5 19.8–21.9 25.6–26.0 25.6–26.0 22.0–24.4 — — 24.5–26.0
Thermal Unit Number B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B
0.44 0.51 0.57 0.63 0.71 0.81 0.92 1.03 1.16 1.30 1.45 1.67 1.88 2.10 2.40 2.65 3.00 3.30 3.70 4.15 4.85 5.50 6.25 6.90 7.70 8.20 9.10 10.2 11.5 12.8 14.0 15.5 17.5 19.5 22.0 25.0 28.0 19.5 22.0 25.0 28.0 32.0 36.0 40.0 45.0 50.0
Motor FLC (A)
N E M A C S T O AN RT TA E C RT O S R S A N D
1.T.U.
2 T.U.
3 T.U.
0.43–0.47 0.48–0.51 0.52–0.56 0.57–0.64 0.65–0.69 0.70–0.76 0.77–0.84 0.85–0.91 0.92–1.01 1.02–1.15 1.16–1.23 1.24–1.37 1.38–1.45 1.46–1.56 1.57–1.67 1.68–1.77 1.78–1.92 1.93–2.09 2.10–2.31 2.32–2.56 2.57–2.92 2.93–3.16 3.17–3.48 3.49–3.83 3.84–4.24 4.25–4.62 4.63–4.92 4.93–5.61 5.62–5.85 5.86–6.36 6.37–6.99 7.00–7.67 7.68–8.15 8.16–9.00
0.41–0.45 0.46–0.50 0.51–0.55 0.56–0.62 0.63–0.67 0.68–0.72 0.73–0.81 0.82–0.88 0.89–0.97 0.98–1.08 1.09–1.18 1.19–1.32 1.33–1.40 1.41–1.48 1.49–1.60 1.61–1.72 1.73–1.84 1.85–2.00 2.01–2.22 2.23–2.45 2.46–2.82 2.83–3.08 3.09–3.39 3.40–3.75 3.76–4.16 4.17–4.51 4.52–4.83 4.84–5.49 5.50–5.67 5.68–6.16 6.17–6.75 6.76–7.00 — —
0.40–0.41 0.42–0.46 0.47–0.51 0.52–0.57 0.58–0.62 0.63–0.67 0.68–0.75 0.76–0.80 0.81–0.89 0.90–1.02 1.03–1.09 1.10–1.21 1.22–1.29 1.30–1.37 1.38–1.48 1.49–1.58 1.59–1.72 1.73–1.85 1.86–2.05 2.06–2.29 2.30–2.62 2.63–2.84 2.85–3.10 3.11–3.46 3.47–3.85 3.86–4.16 4.17–4.46 4.47–5.08 5.09–5.35 5.36–5.82 5.83–6.34 6.35–6.95 6.96–7.00 —
16-136
Motor FLC (A) 1.T.U.
2 T.U.
3 T.U.
0.31–0.33 0.31–0.33 0.29–0.31 0.34–0.36 0.34–0.36 0.32–0.36 0.37–0.40 0.37–0.40 0.37–0.38 0.41–0.48 0.41–0.48 0.39–0.46 0.49–0.57 0.49–0.57 0.47–0.55 0.58–0.64 0.58–0.64 0.56–0.61 0.65–0.70 0.65–0.70 0.62–0.66 0.71–0.77 0.71–0.77 0.67–0.75 0.78–0.85 0.78–0.85 0.76–0.83 0.86–0.99 0.86–0.99 0.84–0.93 1.00–1.10 1.00–1.10 0.94–1.06 1.11–1.28 1.11–1.28 1.07–1.18 1.29–1.41 1.29–1.41 1.19–1.31 1.42–1.58 1.42–1.58 1.32–1.47 1.59–1.80 1.59–1.80 1.48–1.67 1.81–2.03 1.81–2.03 1.68–1.83 2.04–2.25 2.04–2.25 1.84–2.04 2.26–2.51 2.26–2.51 2.05–2.38 2.52–2.83 2.52–2.83 2.39–2.60 2.84–3.29 2.84–3.29 2.61–3.13 3.30–3.75 3.30–3.75 3.14–3.59 3.76–4.22 3.76–4.22 3.60–3.94 4.23–4.65 4.23–4.65 3.95–4.19 4.66–5.16 4.66–5.16 4.20–4.72 5.17–5.53 5.17–5.53 4.73–5.21 5.54–6.09 5.54–6.09 5.22–5.51 6.10–6.80 6.10–6.80 5.52–6.17 6.81–7.60 6.81–7.60 6.18–7.07 7.61–8.35 7.61–8.35 7.08–8.05 8.36–9.04 8.36–9.04 8.06–8.69 9.05–9.99 9.05–9.99 8.70–9.32 10.0–11.1 10.0–11.1 9.33–10.2 11.2–12.3 11.2–12.0 10.3–11.3 12.4–13.7 — 11.4–12.0 13.8–15.4 — — 15.5–18.0 — — Following Selections for Size 1 Only — 11.2–12.3 — — 12.4–13.7 11.4–12.1 — 13.8–15.4 12.2–13.7 15.5–17.2 15.5–17.2 13.8–15.2 17.3–19.4 17.3–19.4 15.3–17.2 19.5–21.7 19.5–21.7 17.3–18.9 21.8–23.9 21.8–23.9 19.0–21.4 24.0–26.0 24.0–26.0 21.5–23.7 — — 23.8–26.0
Thermal Unit Number B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B
0.44 0.51 0.57 0.63 0.71 0.81 0.92 1.03 1.16 1.30 1.45 1.67 1.88 2.10 2.40 2.65 3.00 3.30 3.70 4.15 4.85 5.50 6.25 6.90 7.70 8.20 9.10 10.2 11.5 12.8 14.0 15.5 17.5 19.5 22.0 25.0
B B B B B B B B B
17.5 19.5 22.0 25.0 28.0 32.0 36.0 40.0 45.0
Table 16
Table 14
1 6
Table 17
Thermal Unit Number A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
.49 .54 .59 .65 .71 .78 .86 .95 1.02 1.16 1.25 1.39 1.54 1.63 1.75 1.86 1.99 2.15 2.31 2.57 2.81 3.61 3.95 4.32 4.79 5.30 5.78 6.20 6.99 7.65 8.38 9.25 9.85 11.0
Motor FLC (A) 1.T.U.
2 T.U.
3 T.U.
16.2–17.5 17.6–18.8 18.9–20.5 20.6–22.2 22.3–23.7 23.8–25.4 25.5–27.3 27.4–29.3 29.4–31.5 31.6–33.9 34.0–36.2 36.3–39.3 39.4–42.3 42.4–45.3 45.4–48.3 48.4–52.0 52.1–54.9 55.0–59.7 59.8–65.4 65.5–69.6 69.7–74.8 74.9–79.7 79.8–83.1 83.2–86.0 — — — —
15.1–16.2 16.3–17.3 17.4–19.5 19.6–20.7 20.8–22.3 22.4–24.0 24.1–25.7 25.8–27.5 27.6–29.6 29.7–31.7 31.8–33.9 34.0–36.6 36.7–39.3 39.4–42.3 42.4–44.9 45.0–48.3 48.4–50.9 51.0–55.5 55.6–59.9 60.0–64.2 64.3–68.7 68.8–71.4 71.5–74.8 74.9–78.0 78.1–80.7 80.8–86.0 — —
14.3–15.4 15.5–16.4 16.5–18.5 18.6–19.6 19.7–21.1 21.2–22.7 22.8–24.4 24.5–26.1 26.2–28.1 28.2–30.0 30.1–32.1 32.2–34.7 34.8–37.3 37.4–40.1 40.2–42.6 42.7–45.8 45.9–48.3 48.4–52.6 52.7–56.8 56.9–60.9 61.0–65.1 65.2–67.7 67.8–70.9 71.0–73.9 74.0–76.5 76.6–80.2 80.3–83.1 83.2–86.0
Index and Instructions: pages 16-129—16-133
Thermal Unit Number CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC
20.9 22.8 24.6 26.3 28.8 31.0 33.3 36.4 39.6 42.7 46.6 50.1 54.5 59.4 64.3 68.5 74.6 81.5 87.7 94.0 103.0 112.0 121.0 132.0 143.0 156.0 167.0 180.0
Motor FLC (A) 1.T.U.
2 T.U.
3 T.U.
0.42–0.46 0.47–0.50 0.51–0.55 0.56–0.62 0.63–0.67 0.68–0.73 0.74–0.81 0.82–0.89 0.90–0.98 0.99–1.12 1.13–1.20 1.21–1.34 1.35–1.41 1.42–1.51 1.52–1.62 1.63–1.73 1.74–1.86 1.87–2.02 2.03–2.25 2.26–2.46 2.47–2.77 2.78–2.99 3.00–3.26 3.27–3.59 3.60–3.99 4.00–4.42 4.43–4.61 4.62–5.23 5.24–5.39 5.40–5.88 5.89–6.56 6.57–7.18 7.19–7.80 7.81–9.00
0.39–0.43 0.44–0.47 0.48–0.52 0.53–0.58 0.59–0.64 0.65–0.68 0.69–0.77 0.78–0.84 0.85–0.93 0.94–1.05 1.06–1.13 1.14–1.25 1.26–1.33 1.34–1.42 1.43–1.52 1.53–1.63 1.64–1.75 1.76–1.90 1.91–2.13 2.14–2.33 2.34–2.73 2.74–2.86 2.87–3.14 3.15–3.47 3.48–3.83 3.84–4.16 4.17–4.43 4.44–5.00 5.01–5.16 5.17–5.56 5.57–6.22 6.23–6.89 6.90–7.00 —
0.38–0.40 0.41–0.44 0.45–0.49 0.50–0.55 0.56–0.60 0.61–0.65 0.66–0.72 0.73–0.79 0.80–0.88 0.89–0.98 0.99–1.07 1.08–1.17 1.18–1.25 1.26–1.33 1.34–1.44 1.45–1.53 1.54–1.65 1.66–1.79 1.80–1.99 2.00–2.18 2.19–2.45 2.46–2.65 2.66–2.90 2.91–3.19 3.20–3.56 3.57–3.83 3.84–4.08 4.09–4.64 4.65–5.00 5.01–5.36 5.37–5.87 5.88–6.43 6.44–6.79 6.80–7.00
Thermal Unit Number A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
.49 .54 .59 .65 .71 .78 .86 .95 1.02 1.16 1.25 1.39 1.54 1.63 1.75 1.86 1.99 2.15 2.31 2.57 2.81 3.61 3.95 4.32 4.79 5.30 5.78 6.20 6.99 7.65 8.38 9.25 9.85 11.0
Table 18 Motor FLC (A) 1.T.U.
2 T.U.
3 T.U.
15.5–16.4 16.5–17.6 17.7–19.1 19.2–20.4 20.5–22.1 22.2–23.4 23.5–25.6 25.7–27.3 27.4–29.4 29.5–31.5 31.6–33.7 33.8–36.5 36.6–39.1 39.2–41.7 41.8–44.8 44.9–48.0 48.1–50.7 50.8–54.9 55.0–59.9 60.0–63.3 63.4–67.2 67.3–72.4 72.5–74.9 75.0–77.4 77.5–80.7 80.8–83.1 83.2–86.0 — —
14.4–15.3 15.4–16.4 16.5–18.4 18.5–19.6 19.7–21.0 21.1–22.7 22.8–24.2 24.3–25.9 26.0–27.8 27.9–29.8 29.9–31.7 31.8–34.2 34.3–36.9 37.0–39.8 39.9–42.3 42.4–45.3 45.4–47.9 48.0–51.9 52.0–56.5 56.6–60.7 60.8–64.8 64.9–67.1 67.2–70.1 70.2–72.9 73.0–74.9 75.0–77.9 78.0–80.9 81.0–82.9 83.0–86.0
13.6–14.5 14.6–15.5 15.6–17.4 17.5–18.5 18.6–19.9 20.0–21.5 21.6–22.9 23.0–24.5 24.6–26.3 26.4–28.2 28.3–30.0 30.1–32.3 32.4–34.9 35.0–37.6 37.7–40.0 40.1–42.8 42.9–45.3 45.4–49.1 49.2–53.4 53.5–57.4 57.5–61.3 61.4–63.5 63.6–66.3 66.4–69.0 69.1–70.9 71.0–73.7 73.8–76.5 76.6–78.4 78.5–86.0
Thermal Unit Number CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC
20.9 22.8 24.6 26.3 28.8 31.0 33.3 36.4 39.6 42.7 46.6 50.1 54.5 59.4 64.3 68.5 74.6 81.5 87.7 94.0 103.0 112.0 121.0 132.0 143.0 156.0 167.0 180.0 196.0
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Thermal Unit Selection Tables 19–27
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 19
Table 23
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
43.6–47.3 47.4–51.3 51.4–54.6 54.7–59.7 59.8–65.1 65.2–70.1 70.2–75.1 75.2–82.2 82.3–89.2 89.3–96.5 96.6–104. 105.–113. 114.–123. 124.–133.
CC 54.5 CC 59.4 CC 64.3 CC 68.5 CC 74.6 CC 81.5 CC 87.7 CC 94.0 CC 103.0 CC 112.0 CC 121.0 CC 132.0 CC 143.0 CC 156.0
Table 20 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
133.–148. 149.–174. 175.–195. 196.–219. 220.–239. 240.–271. 272.–308. 309.–348. 349.–397. 398.–429. 430.–495. 496.–520.
B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.85
Table 21 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Load
128.–140. 141.–163. 164.–179. 180.–201. 202.–227. 228.–251. 252.–278. 279.–308. 309.–346. 347.–380. 381.–426. 427.–454. 455.–489. 490.–520.
B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25
Table 25
Motor FLC (A) 2 or 3 T.U. Large Enclosure
Small Enclosure
Thermal Unit Number
0.31–0.32 0.33–0.36 0.37–0.39 0.40–0.43 0.44–0.47 0.48–0.52 0.53–0.58 0.59–0.60 0.61–0.62 0.63–0.69 0.70–0.76 0.77–0.84 0.85–0.93 0.94–1.03 1.04–1.23 1.24–1.35 1.36–1.47 1.48–1.61 1.62–1.76 1.77–1.93 1.94–2.12 2.13–2.35 2.36–2.61 2.62–2.79 2.80–3.14 3.15–3.48 3.49–3.89 3.90–4.30 4.31–4.73 4.74–5.20 5.21–5.95 5.96–6.49 6.50–7.08 7.09–7.77 7.78–8.48 8.49–9.15 9.16–10.3 10.4–11.9 12.0–13.4 13.5–15.4 15.5–17.5 17.6–19.8 19.9–22.5 22.6–26.0 —
0.29–0.30 0.31–0.33 0.34–0.37 0.38–0.41 0.42–0.45 0.46–0.50 0.51–0.55 0.56–0.57 0.58–0.60 0.61–0.66 0.67–0.73 0.74–0.81 0.82–0.90 0.91–0.99 1.00–1.18 1.19–1.30 1.31–1.42 1.43–1.49 1.50–1.69 1.70–1.85 1.86–2.03 2.04–2.25 2.26–2.50 2.51–2.68 2.69–3.01 3.02–3.35 3.36–3.74 3.75–4.14 4.15–4.57 4.58–5.03 5.04–5.76 5.77–6.29 6.30–6.87 6.88–7.54 7.55–8.25 8.26–8.60 8.61–9.63 9.64–11.1 11.2–12.5 12.6–14.3 14.4–16.1 16.2–18.2 18.3–20.6 20.7–23.4 23.5–26.0
AR .45 AR .49 AR .54 AR .59 AR .65 AR .71 AR .78 AR .86 AR .95 AR 1.05 AR 1.15 AR 1.26 AR 1.39 AR 1.53 AR 1.68 AR 1.85 AR 2.04 AR 2.24 AR 2.46 AR 2.71 AR 2.98 AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80 AR 5.3 AR 5.8 AR 6.4 AR 7.0 AR 7.7 AR 8.5 AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 AR 12.4 AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 AR 23.0 AR 27.0 AR 30.0 AR 35.0 AR 40.0
Table 24
Table 22 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
92.0–100. 101.–109. 110.–119. 120.–131. 132.–139. 140.–156. 157.–166. 167.–180. 181.–189. 190.–209. 210.–225. 226.–238. 239.–266.
DD 112.0 DD 121.0 DD 128.0 DD 140.0 DD 150.0 DD 160.0 DD 185.0 DD 213.0 DD 220.0 DD 230.0 DD 250.0 DD 265.0 DD 280.0
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
88.2–95.1 95.2–101. 102.–111. 112.–119. 120.–131. 132.–149. 150.–170. 171.–180. 181.–197. 198.–204. 205.–213. 214.–237. 238.–243. 244.–266.
DD 112.0 DD 121.0 DD 128.0 DD 140.0 DD 150.0 DD 160.0 DD 185.0 DD 220.0 DD 240.0 DD 250.0 DD 265.0 DD 280.0 DD 300.0 DD 320.0
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
0.28–0.30 0.31–0.33 0.34–0.36 0.37–0.39 0.40–0.42 0.43–0.46 0.47–0.50 0.51–0.52 0.53–0.56 0.57–0.60 0.61–0.66 0.67–0.73 0.74–0.81 0.82–0.90 0.91–1.05 1.06–1.15 1.16–1.25 1.26–1.35 1.36–1.47 1.48–1.58 1.59–1.74 1.75–1.94 1.95–2.20 2.21–2.47 2.48–2.76 2.77–3.07 3.08–3.45 3.46–3.81 3.82–4.20 4.21–4.65 4.66–5.29 5.30–5.84 5.85–6.27 6.28–7.00
AR .45 AR .49 AR .54 AR .59 AR .65 AR .71 AR .78 AR .86 AR .95 AR 1.05 AR 1.15 AR 1.26 AR 1.39 AR 1.53 AR 1.68 AR 1.85 AR 2.04 AR 2.24 AR 2.46 AR 2.71 AR 2.98 AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80 AR 5.3 AR 5.8 AR 6.4 AR 7.0 AR 7.7 AR 8.5 AR 9.3 AR 10.2
Table 26 Size 7 Type J
Size 8 Type K 2000/5
Thermal Unit Number
277.–312. 313.–352. 353.–388. 389.–445. 446.–503. 504.–561. 562.–640. 641.–708. 709.–777. 778.–870. 871.–978. 979.–1093. 1094.–1215.
B 1.03 B 1.16 B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15
Current Transformer Ratio 120/5 Motor FLC 166.–187. 188.–211. 212.–232. 233.–267. 268.–301. 302.–336. 337.–383. 384.–425. 426.–466. 467.–522. 523.–587. 588.–656. 657.–764.
Table 27 Motor FLC (A) 2 or 3 T.U. Large Enclosure
Small Enclosure
4.32–4.93 4.94–5.40 5.41–5.95 5.96–6.13 6.14–6.81 6.82–7.84 7.85–8.97 8.98–10.1 10.2–11.6 11.7–13.2 13.3–15.0 15.1–17.1 17.2–19.6 19.7–21.9 22.0–23.8 23.9–25.6 25.7–27.9 28.0–30.5 30.6–33.0 33.1–35.7 35.8–39.5 39.6–41.5 41.6–45.0 —
4.14–4.71 4.72–5.18 5.19–5.74 5.75–5.98 5.99–6.47 6.48–7.42 7.43–8.46 8.47–9.56 9.57–10.9 11.0–12.3 12.4–14.0 14.1–15.9 16.0–18.1 18.2–20.3 20.4–22.0 22.1–23.6 23.7–25.5 25.6–27.8 27.9–30.0 30.1–32.4 32.5–35.7 35.8–38.3 38.4–40.9 41.0–45.0
Thermal Unit Number AR 8.5 AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 AR 12.4 AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 AR 23.0 AR 27.0 AR 30.0 AR 35.0 AR 40.0 AR 44.0 AR 47.0 AR 51.0 AR 55.0 AR 60.0 AR 66.0 AR 72.0 AR 79.0 AR 86.0 AR 94.0
D N A S R S O R T E C T A R T A N T O S C A M E N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Index and Instructions: pages 16-129—16-133
16-137
Thermal Unit Selection Tables 28–42
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 28
Table 31
Motor FLC (A) 2 or 3 T.U. Large Small Enclosure Enclosure 45.3–48.2 48.3–52.4 52.5–56.4 56.5–61.2 61.3–66.1 66.2–71.4 71.5–77.0 77.1–80.7 80.8–87.7 87.8–94.9 95.0–102. 103.–110. 111.–117. 118.–133. —
40.3–42.8 42.9–46.2 46.3–49.8 49.9–54.9 55.0–57.9 58.0–62.5 62.6–67.3 67.4–73.4 73.5–78.9 79.0–84.9 85.0–91.0 91.1–97.2 97.3–104. 105.–121. 122.–133.
Thermal Unit Number CC 64.3 CC 68.5 CC 74.6 CC 81.5 CC 87.7 CC 94.0 CC 103.0 CC 112.0 CC 121.0 CC 132.0 CC 143.0 CC 156.0 CC 167.0 CC 180.0 CC 196.0
Table 29 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
50.0–55.9 56.0–60.9 61.0–65.9 66.0–69.9 70.0–75.9 76.0–81.9 82.0–86.9 87.0–92.9 93.0–97.9 98.0–107.9 108.0–113.9 114.0–125.9
E 88 E 89 E 91 E 92 E 93 E 94 E 96 E 97 E 98 E 99 E 101 E 102
Table 30 Motor FLC (A) Large Small Enclosure Enclosure
Thermal Unit Number
39.0–42.9 43.0–48.0 48.1–54.7 54.8–62.2 62.3–71.3 71.4–76.0 76.1–85.5 85.6–92.4 92.5–103. 104.–111. 112.–123. 124.–133.
AU 44.0 AU 50.0 AU 56.0 AU 64.0 AU 72.0 AU 81.0 AU 88.0 AU 99.0 AU 110.0 AU 123.0 AU 135.0 AU 152.0
1 6
N E M A C S T O AN RT TA E C RT O S R S A N D
16-138
37.0–40.8 40.9–45.6 45.7–51.8 51.9–58.8 58.9–67.4 67.5–70.4 70.5–79.4 79.5–86.3 86.4–96.7 96.8–105. 106.–117. 118.–133.
Table 33
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
0.31–0.35 0.36–0.39 0.40–0.44 0.45–0.50 0.51–0.61 0.62–0.68 0.69–0.73 0.74–0.82 0.83–0.92 0.93–1.03 1.04–1.19 1.20–1.34 1.35–1.50 1.51–1.74 1.75–1.97 1.98–2.14 2.15–2.47 2.48–2.91 2.92–3.31 3.32–3.75 3.76–4.05 4.06–4.94 4.95–5.52 5.53–6.11 6.12–6.52 6.53–7.31 7.32–8.43 8.44–9.83 9.84–10.7 10.8–11.6 11.7–12.9 13.0–14.3 14.4–15.7 15.8–17.8 17.9–20.3 20.4–23.3 23.4–26.6 26.7–30.3 30.4–35.3 35.4–41.5 41.6–45
B 0.44 B 0.51 B 0.57 B 0.63 B 0.71 B 0.81 B 0.92 B 1.03 B 1.16 B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.85 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0 B 50.0
Table 32 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
0.33–0.35 0.36–0.39 0.40–0.42 0.43–0.46 0.47–0.51 0.52–0.56 0.57–0.62 0.63–0.68 0.69–0.75 0.76–0.83 0.84–0.91 0.92–1.00 1.01–1.10 1.11–1.21 1.22–1.33 1.34–1.47 1.48–1.62 1.63–1.77 1.78–1.96 1.97–2.16 2.17–2.37 2.38–2.62 2.63–2.88 2.89–3.17 3.18–3.48 3.49–3.83 3.84–4.20 4.21–4.62 4.63–5.08 5.09–5.57 5.58–6.13 6.14–6.83 6.84–7.41 7.42–8.05 8.06–8.98 8.99–9.93 9.94–10.9 11.0–12.4 12.5–14.3 14.4–15.8 15.9–17.9 18.0–20.0 20.1–22.4 22.5–25.0
AR .45 AR .49 AR .54 AR .59 AR .65 AR .71 AR .78 AR .86 AR .95 AR 1.05 AR 1.15 AR 1.26 AR 1.39 AR 1.53 AR 1.68 AR 1.85 AR 2.04 AR 2.24 AR 2.46 AR 2.71 AR 2.98 AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80 AR 5.3 AR 5.8 AR 6.4 AR 7.0 AR 7.7 AR 8.5 AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 AR 12.4 AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 AR 23.0 AR 27.0 AR 30.0 AR 35.0
Table 36
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
0.28–0.30 AR .45 0.31–0.33 AR .49 0.34–0.36 AR .54 0.37–0.39 AR .59 0.40–0.42 AR .65 0.43–0.46 AR .71 0.47–0.50 AR .78 0.51–0.52 AR .86 0.53–0.56 AR .95 0.57–0.60 AR 1.05 0.61–0.66 AR 1.15 0.67–0.73 AR 1.26 0.74–0.81 AR 1.39 0.82–0.90 AR 1.53 0.91–1.05 AR 1.68 1.06–1.15 AR 1.85 1.16–1.25 AR 2.04 1.26–1.35 AR 2.24 1.36–1.47 AR 2.46 1.48–1.58 AR 2.71 1.59–1.74 AR 2.98 1.75–1.94 AR 3.28 1.95–2.20 AR 3.62 2.21–2.47 AR 3.98 2.48–2.76 AR 4.37 2.77–3.07 AR 4.80 3.08–3.45 AR 5.3 3.46–3.81 AR 5.8 3.82–4.20 AR 6.4 4.21–4.65 AR 7.0 4.66–5.29 AR 7.7 5.30–5.84 AR 8.5 5.85–6.27 AR 9.3 6.28–6.97 AR 10.2 6.98–7.59 AR 11.2 7.60–7.89 AR 12.4 7.90–8.95 AR 13.6 8.96–10.3 AR 15.4 10.4–11.7 AR 17.6 11.8–12.0 AR 20.5 Following Selections for Size 1 Only 11.8–13.3 AR 20.5 13.4–15.2 AR 23.0 15.3–17.2 AR 27.0 17.3–19.7 AR 30.0 19.8–22.4 AR 35.0 22.5–26.0 AR 40.0
Table 34 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
15.1–16.2 16.3–17.5 17.6–19.1 19.2–20.7 20.8–22.2 22.3–24.0 24.1–25.7 25.8–27.8 27.9–30.1 30.2–32.5 32.6–35.1 35.2–38.0 38.1–41.1 41.2–44.0 44.1–47.2 47.3–51.1 51.2–55.8 55.9–59.5 59.6–64.5 64.6–69.5 69.6–75.0 75.1–78.1 78.2–82.3 82.4–86.0
CC 20.9 CC 22.8 CC 24.6 CC 26.3 CC 28.8 CC 31.0 CC 33.3 CC 36.4 CC 39.6 CC 42.7 CC 46.6 CC 50.1 CC 54.5 CC 59.4 CC 64.3 CC 68.5 CC 74.6 CC 81.5 CC 87.7 CC 94.0 CC 103.0 CC 112.0 CC 121.0 CC 132.0
Table 35 2 T.U.
Motor FLC (A) 3 T.U.
Thermal Unit Number
36.3–39.9 40.0–44.1 44.2–50.0 50.1–56.4 56.5–64.4 64.5–68.4 68.5–77.7 77.8–84.2 84.3–94.8 94.9–101. 102.–115. 116.–122. 123.–133. —
34.7–37.1 37.2–41.5 41.6–47.1 47.2–53.4 53.5–60.7 60.8–64.9 65.0–73.4 73.5–79.5 79.6–89.0 89.1–96.9 97.0–108. 109.–115. 116.–120. 121.–133.
AU 44.0 AU 50.0 AU 56.0 AU 64.0 AU 72.0 AU 81.0 AU 88.0 AU 99.0 AU 110.0 AU 123.0 AU 135.0 AU 152.0 AU 169.0 AU 183.0
Index and Instructions: pages 16-129—16-133
Table 41
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
90.6–97.4 97.5–111. 112.–129. 130.–149. 150.–163. 164.–189. 190.–213. 214.–240. 241.–266.
AF 110.0 AF 123.0 AF 135.0 AF 150.0 AF 159.0 AF 168.0 AF 188.0 AF 205.0 AF 220.0
Table 37 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
27.1–30.0 30.1–33.2 33.3–35.7 35.8–39.4 39.5–43.4 43.5–46.9 47.0–51.5 51.6–57.0 57.1–62.8 62.9–69.1 69.2–75.0 75.1–83.3
E 67 E 69 E 70 E 71 E 72 E 73 E 74 E 76 E 77 E 78 E 79 E 80
Table 38 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
85.0–95.9 96.0–108. 109.–127. 128.–136. 137.–147. 148.–162. 163.–185. 186.–202. 203.–219. 220.–233. 234.–266.
AF 123.0 AF 135.0 AF 150.0 AF 159.0 AF 168.0 AF 188.0 AF 205.0 AF 220.0 AF 240.0 AF 260.0 AF 308.0
Table 39 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
148.–173. 174.–189. 190.–205. 206.–222. 223.–243. 244.–261. 262.–289. 290.–324. 325.–367. 368.–389. 390.–404. 405.–451. 452.–495. 496.–520.
AR 1.68 AR 1.85 AR 2.04 AR 2.24 AR 2.46 AR 2.71 AR 2.98 AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80 AR 5.3 AR 5.8
Table 40 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
15.3–16.7 16.8–19.8 19.9–22.8 22.9–25.8 25.9–30.4 30.5–31.9 32.0–34.2 34.3–38.8 38.9–44.2 44.3–50.2 50.3–57.1 57.2–63.2 63.3–68.6 68.7–78.6 78.7–86.0
C 20.0 C 22.0 C 26.0 C 30.0 C 34.0 C 40.0 C 42.0 C 45.0 C 51.0 C 58.0 C 66.0 C 75.0 C 83.0 C 90.0 C 103.0
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
0.81–0.92 0.93–1.07 1.08–1.14 1.15–1.26 1.27–1.49 1.50–1.73 1.74–1.89 1.90–2.16 2.17–2.37 2.38–2.66 2.67–2.99 3.00–3.40 3.41–3.94 3.95–4.15 4.16–4.49 4.50–5.15 5.16–5.77 5.78–6.61 6.62–7.14 7.15–7.97 7.98–8.15 8.16–9.32 9.33–9.97 9.98–10.7 10.8–12.0 12.1–13.9 14.0–15.7 15.8–18.4 18.5–21.6 21.7–24.0 24.1–28.6 28.7–30.7 30.8–33.5 33.6–36.0
B 1.16 B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0 B 50.0
Table 42 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
0.28–0.30 0.31–0.33 0.34–0.36 0.37–0.39 0.40–0.42 0.43–0.46 0.47–0.50 0.51–0.52 0.53–0.56 0.57–0.60 0.61–0.66 0.67–0.73 0.74–0.81 0.82–0.90 0.91–1.05 1.06–1.15 1.16–1.25 1.26–1.35 1.36–1.47 1.48–1.58 1.59–1.74 1.75–1.94 1.95–2.20 2.21–2.47 2.48–2.76 2.77–3.07 3.08–3.45 3.46–3.81 3.82–4.20 4.21–4.65 4.66–5.29 5.30–5.84 5.85–6.27 6.28–6.97 6.98–7.59 7.60–7.89 7.90–8.95 8.96–10.3 10.4–11.7 11.8–13.3 13.4–15.2 15.3–17.2 17.3–19.7 19.8–22.4 22.5–26.0
AR .45 AR .49 AR .54 AR .59 AR .65 AR .71 AR .78 AR .86 AR .95 AR 1.05 AR 1.15 AR 1.26 AR 1.39 AR 1.53 AR 1.68 AR 1.85 AR 2.04 AR 2.24 AR 2.46 AR 2.71 AR 2.98 AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80 AR 5.3 AR 5.8 AR 6.4 AR 7.0 AR 7.7 AR 8.5 AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 AR 12.4 AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 AR 23.0 AR 27.0 AR 30.0 AR 35.0 AR 40.0
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Thermal Unit Selection Tables 43–58
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 43 Motor FLC (A) 0.41–0.44 0.45–0.49 0.50–0.53 0.54–0.58 0.59–0.65 0.66–0.71 0.72–0.78 0.79–0.85 0.86–0.96 0.97–1.04 1.05–1.16 1.17–1.29 1.30–1.37 1.38–1.47 1.48–1.56 1.57–1.65 1.66–1.79 1.80–1.95 1.96–2.15 2.16–2.38 2.39–2.75 2.76–2.84 2.85–3.06 3.07–3.45 3.46–3.70 3.71–4.07 4.08–4.32 4.33–4.90 4.91–5.35 5.36–5.85 5.86–6.41 6.42–6.79 6.80–7.57 7.58–8.15 8.16–8.98 8.99–9.67 9.68–9.95 9.96–10.8 10.9–12.1 12.2–13.1 13.2–13.9 14.0–15.0 15.1–16.0
Table 45 Thermal Unit Number A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
.49 .54 .59 .65 .71 .78 .86 .95 1.02 1.1 6 1.25 1.39 1.54 1.63 1.75 1.86 1.99 2.15 2.31 2.57 2.81 3.61 3.95 4.32 4.79 5.30 5.78 6.20 6.99 7.65 8.38 9.25 9.85 11.0 11.9 13.2 14.1 14.8 16.2 17.9 19.8 21.3 25.2
Table 44 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
0.34–0.38 0.39–0.43 0.44–0.48 0.49–0.53 0.54–0.62 0.63–0.69 0.70–0.78 0.79–0.88 0.89–0.99 1.00–1.10 1.11–1.26 1.27–1.43 1.44–1.59 1.60–1.81 1.82–2.00 2.01–2.28 2.29–2.52 2.53–2.87 2.88–3.28 3.29–3.75 3.76–4.27 4.28–4.77 4.78–5.27 5.28–5.91 5.92–6.25 6.26–6.83 6.84–7.65 7.66–8.55 8.56–9.56 9.57–10.3 10.4–11.3 11.4–12.4 12.5–14.1 14.2–15.7 15.8–17.9 18.0–20.1 20.2–22.5 22.6–25.0
B 0.44 B 0.51 B 0.57 B 0.65 B 0.71 B 0.81 B 0.92 B 1.03 B 1.16 B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0
Table 49
Size 7
Size 8
Type J
Type K Thermal Unit Number
Current Transformer Ratio 1200/5
2000/5
Motor FLC (A) Non-Compensated 136.–150. 227.–251. 151.–165. 252.–276. 166.–183. 277.–305. 184.–202. 306.–337. 203.–224. 338.–373. 225.–267. 374.–445. 268.–293. 446.–489. 294.–319. 490.–532. 320.–349. 533.–582. 350.–381. 583.–636. 382.–418. 637.–697. 419.–459. 698.–766. 460.–509. 767.–849. 510.–565. 850.–942. 566.–604. 943.–1007. 605.–697. 1008.–1133. 698.–753. —
AR 1.05 AR 1.15 AR 1.26 AR 1.39 AR 1.53 AR 1.68 AR 1.85 AR 2.04 AR 2.24 AR 2.46 AR 2.71 AR 2.98 AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80
Compensated 161.–177. 268.–295. 178.–196. 296.–327. 197.–217. 328.–363. 218.–253. 364.–423. 254.–277. 424.–463. 278.–301. 464.–503. 302.–325. 504.–543. 326.–354. 544.–592. 355.–381. 592.–635. 382.–419. 636.–699. 420.–467. 700.–779. 468.–529. 780.–883. 530.–594. 884.–991. 595.–664. 992.–1107. 665.–738. 1108.–1231. 739.–829. —
AR 1.26 AR 1.39 AR 1.53 AR 1.68 AR 1.85 AR 2.04 AR 2.24 AR 2.46 AR 2.71 AR 2.98 AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80 AR 5.3
Table 46 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
105.–116. 117.–132. 133.–148. 149.–165. 166.–184. 185.–207. 208.–229. 230.–266.
AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80 AR 5.3 AR 5.8 AR 6.4
Table 47 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
146.–169. 170.–185. 186.–201. 202.–217. 218.–236. 237.–253. 254.–279. 280.–311. 312.–353. 354.–396. 397.–442. 443.–492. 493.–520.
AR 1.68 AR 1.85 AR 2.04 AR 2.24 AR 2.46 AR 2.71 AR 2.98 AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80 AR 5.3
Table 48 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
158.–187. 188.–206. 207.–224. 225.–244. 245.–267. 268.–289. 290.–324. 325.–361. 362.–406. 407.–445. 446.–463. 464.–520.
AR 1.68 AR 1.85 AR 2.04 AR 2.24 AR 2.46 AR 2.71 AR 2.98 AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80
Table 53
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
82.5–88.2 88.3–95.9 96.0–102. 103.–109. 110.–121. 122.–139. 140.–154. 155.–163. 164.–175. 176.–184. 185.–195. 196.–215. 216.–224. 225.–243. 244.–266.
DD 112.0 DD 121.0 DD 128.0 DD 140.0 DD 150.0 DD 160.0 DD 185.0 DD 220.0 DD 240.0 DD 250.0 DD 265.0 DD 280.0 DD 300.0 DD 320.0 DD 340.0
Table 50 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
14.4–16.1 16.2–18.6 18.7–20.5 20.6–23.4 23.5–26.9 27.0–28.3 28.4–30.8 30.9–35.0 35.1–38.8 38.9–44.3 44.4–49.3 49.4–55.5 55.6–61.0 61.1–68.6 68.7–76.3 76.4–86.0
AU 20.0 AU 23.0 AU 26.0 AU 29.0 AU 33.0 AU 38.0 AU 40.0 AU 44.0 AU 50.0 AU 56.0 AU 64.0 AU 72.0 AU 81.0 AU 88.0 AU 99.0 AU 110.0
Table 51 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
15.7–17.7 17.8–19.9 20.0–22.7 22.8–25.7 25.8–29.1 29.2–30.8 30.9–34.3 34.4–38.3 38.4–42.3 42.4–47.5 47.6–53.0 53.1–60.5 60.6–64.9 65.0–71.5 71.6–77.3 77.4–86.0
AU 20.0 AU 23.0 AU 26.0 AU 29.0 AU 33.0 AU 38.0 AU 40.0 AU 44.0 AU 50.0 AU 56.0 AU 64.0 AU 72.0 AU 81.0 AU 88.0 AU 99.0 AU 110.0
Table 52 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
92.0–103. 104.–116. 117.–139. 140.–150. 151.–167. 168.–177. 178.–205. 206.–222. 223.–232. 233.–247. 248.–266.
AF 123.0 AF 135.0 AF 150.0 AF 159.0 AF 168.0 AF 188.0 AF 205.0 AF 220.0 AF 240.0 AF 260.0 AF 308.0
Table 56
1 T. U.
Motor FLC (A) 3 T. U.
Thermal Unit Number
0.31–0.33 0.34–0.36 0.37–0.40 0.41–0.48 0.49–0.57 0.58–0.64 0.65–0.70 0.71–0.77 0.78–0.85 0.86–0.99 1.00–1.10 1.11–1.28 1.29–1.41 1.42–1.58 1.59–1.80 1.81–2.03 2.04–2.25 2.26–2.51 2.52–2.83 2.84–3.29 3.30–3.75 3.76–4.22 4.23–4.65 4.66–5.16 5.17–5.53 5.54–6.09 6.10–6.80 6.81–7.60 7.61–8.35 8.36–9.00
0.29–0.31 0.32–0.36 0.37–0.38 0.39–0.46 0.47–0.55 0.56–0.61 0.62–0.66 0.67–0.75 0.76–0.83 0.84–0.93 0.94–1.06 1.07–1.18 1.19–1.31 1.32–1.47 1.48–1.67 1.68–1.83 1.84–2.04 2.05–2.38 2.39–2.60 2.61–3.13 3.14–3.59 3.60–3.94 3.95–4.19 4.20–4.72 4.73–5.21 5.22–5.51 5.52–6.17 6.18–7.00 — —
B 0.44 B 0.51 B 0.57 B 0.63 B 0.71 B 0.81 B 0.92 B 1.03 B 1.16 B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8
1 or 2 T. U.
Motor FLC (A) 3 T. U.
Thermal Unit Number
3.29–3.74 3.75–4.23 4.24–4.68 4.69–5.22 5.23–5.67 5.68–6.13 6.14–6.91 6.92–7.70 7.71–8.56 8.57–9.39 9.40–10.4 10.5–11.6 11.7–12.9 13.0–14.6 14.7–16.5 16.6–18.5 18.6–21.0 21.1–23.6 23.7–26.3 26.4–29.3 29.4–35.1 35.2–36.1 36.2–39.1 39.2–41.5 41.6–45.0 — —
3.18–3.40 3.41–3.76 3.77–4.00 4.01–4.57 4.58–5.03 5.04–5.32 5.33–5.97 5.98–6.88 6.89–7.82 7.83–8.47 8.48–9.15 9.16–10.1 10.2–11.2 11.3–12.0 12.1–13.6 13.7–15.2 15.3–17.1 17.2–19.0 19.1–21.5 21.6–24.1 24.2–27.0 27.1–28.7 28.8–30.4 30.5–32.2 32.3–35.4 35.5–38.2 38.3–45.0
B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0 B 50.0 B 56.0 B 62.0 B 70.0 B 79.0 B 88.0
Table 57 Motor FLC (A))
Table 54 Motor FLC (A) 2 T. U.
3 T. U.
Thermal Unit Number
43.6–45.5 45.6–49.6 49.7–53.1 53.2–57.6 57.7–62.4 62.5–67.5 67.6–71.1 71.2–75.9 76.0–81.9 82.0–84.6 84.7–90.7 90.8–98.4 98.5–105. 106.–117. 118.–123. 124.–133. —
41.1–43.5 43.6–46.8 46.9–50.0 50.1–54.9 55.0–57.5 57.6–61.8 61.9–66.2 66.3–72.4 72.5–78.1 78.2–80.7 80.8–86.5 86.6–93.9 94.0–100. 101.–112. 113.–117. 118.–123. 124.–133.
CC 64.3 CC 68.5 CC 74.6 CC 81.5 CC 87.7 CC 94.0 CC 103.0 CC 112.0 CC 121.0 CC 132.0 CC 143.0 CC 156.0 CC 167.0 CC 180.0 CC 196.0 CC 208.0 CC 219.0
Table 55 Motor FLC (A) 2 T. U.
3 T. U.
Thermal Unit Number
0.38–0.40 0.41–0.43 0.44–0.48 0.49–0.52 0.53–0.56 0.57–0.61 0.62–0.67 0.68–0.73 0.74–0.81 0.82–0.89 0.90–0.97 0.98–1.07 1.08–1.17 1.18–1.31 1.32–1.49 1.50–1.69 1.70–1.83 1.84–2.00 2.01–2.17 2.18–2.35 2.36–2.60 2.61–2.87 2.88–3.14 3.15–3.47 3.48–3.90 3.91–4.36 4.37–4.88 4.89–5.37 5.38–5.97 5.98–6.55 6.56–7.50 7.51–8.23 8.24–9.00
0.31–0.33 0.34–0.36 0.37–0.39 0.40–0.43 0.44–0.47 0.48–0.51 0.52–0.56 0.57–0.58 0.59–0.64 0.65–0.70 0.71–0.77 0.78–0.85 0.86–0.94 0.95–1.03 1.04–1.22 1.23–1.34 1.35–1.46 1.47–1.58 1.59–1.76 1.77–1.85 1.86–2.08 2.09–2.27 2.28–2.51 2.52–2.90 2.91–3.23 3.24–3.58 3.59–4.02 4.03–4.43 4.44–4.86 4.87–5.37 5.38–6.12 6.13–6.65 6.66–7.00
AR .45 AR .49 AR .54 AR .59 AR .65 AR .71 AR .78 AR .86 AR .95 AR 1.05 AR 1.15 AR 1.26 AR 1.39 AR 1.53 AR 1.68 AR 1.85 AR 2.04 AR 2.24 AR 2.46 AR 2.71 AR 2.98 AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80 AR 5.3 AR 5.8 AR 6.4 AR 7.0 AR 7.7 AR 8.5 AR 9.3
2 T. U.
3 T. U.
Thermal Unit Number
5.09–5.59 5.60–6.11 6.12–6.72 6.73–7.37 7.38–7.67 7.68–8.68 8.69–9.94 9.95–11.1 11.2–12.9 13.0–14.7 14.8–16.9 17.0–19.2 19.3–21.9 22.0–24.4 24.5–26.3 26.4–28.0 28.1–30.3 30.4–32.2 32.3–34.4 34.5–36.6 36.7–39.5 39.6–45.0 —
5.15–5.97 5.98–6.50 6.51–7.04 7.05–7.59 7.60–7.93 7.94–9.04 9.05–10.2 10.3–11.5 11.6–13.2 13.3–14.9 15.0–16.9 17.0–19.3 19.4–21.7 21.8–25.0 25.1–27.0 27.1–29.1 29.2–30.8 30.9–32.9 33.0–35.0 35.1–37.1 37.2–39.1 39.2–41.5 41.6–45.0
AR 8.5 AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 AR 12.4 AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 AR 23.0 AR 27.0 AR 30.0 AR 35.0 AR 40.0 AR 44.0 AR 47.0 AR 51.0 AR 55.0 AR 60.0 AR 66.0 AR 72.0 AR 79.0 AR 86.0
Table 58 1 or 2 T. U.
Motor FLC (A) 3 T. U.
Thermal Unit Number
3.37–3.82 3.83–4.33 4.34–4.79 4.80–5.33 5.34–5.79 5.80–6.27 6.28–7.03 7.04–7.88 7.89–8.73 8.74–9.55 9.56–10.6 10.7–11.8 11.9–13.1 13.2–14.9 15.0–16.9 17.0–18.8 18.9–21.5 21.6–24.1 24.2–26.8 26.9–29.9 30.0–35.5 35.6–36.5 36.6–39.6 39.7–41.5 41.6–45.0 —
3.28–3.51 3.52–3.89 3.90–4.14 4.15–4.73 4.74–5.22 5.23–5.53 5.54–6.21 6.22–7.17 7.18–8.19 8.20–8.90 8.91–9.57 9.58–10.6 10.7–11.8 11.9–12.7 12.8–14.4 14.5–16.1 16.2–18.2 18.3–20.2 20.3–22.8 22.9–25.6 25.7–28.8 28.9–30.6 30.7–32.4 32.5–34.6 34.7–38.6 38.7–45.0
B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0 B 50.0 B 56.0 B 62.0 B 70.0 B 79.0
D N A S R S O R T E C T A R T A N T O S C A M E N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Index and Instructions: pages 16-129—16-133
16-139
Thermal Unit Selection Tables 59–66
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 59
Table 62
Motor FLC (A) 1 or 2 T. U.
3 T. U.
Thermal Unit Number
0.34–0.38 0.39–0.43 0.44–0.47 0.48–0.53 0.54–0.60 0.61–0.68 0.69–0.76 0.77–0.86 0.87–0.97 0.98–1.07 1.08–1.23 1.24–1.39 1.40–1.55 1.56–1.77 1.78–1.96 1.97–2.15 2.16–2.41 2.42–2.71 2.72–3.03 3.04–3.53 3.54–4.01 4.02–4.56 4.57–5.03 5.04–5.59 5.60–5.95 5.96–6.58 6.59–7.31 7.32–8.15 8.16–9.13 9.14–9.91 9.92–10.7 10.8–12.1 12.2–13.5 13.6–15.1 15.2–17.0 17.1–18.9 19.0–21.5 21.6–24.0 24.1–26.0 —
0.29–0.31 0.32–0.35 0.36–0.38 0.39–0.46 0.47–0.55 0.56–0.62 0.63–0.67 0.68–0.75 0.76–0.84 0.85–0.95 0.96–1.09 1.10–1.21 1.22–1.35 1.36–1.53 1.54–1.73 1.74–1.90 1.91–2.14 2.15–2.34 2.35–2.67 2.68–3.22 3.23–3.48 3.49–3.87 3.88–4.14 4.15–4.73 4.74–5.28 5.29–5.64 5.65–6.39 6.40–7.43 7.44–8.55 8.56–9.40 9.41–10.0 10.1–11.2 11.3–12.5 12.6–13.5 13.6–15.4 15.5–17.5 17.6–19.9 20.0–22.2 22.3–25.5 25.6–26.0
B 0.44 B 0.51 B 0.57 B 0.63 B 0.71 B 0.81 B 0.92 B 1.03 B 1.16 B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0
Table 60 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
6.84–7.49 7.50–8.05 8.06–9.10 9.11–9.99 10.0–11.1 11.2–12.7 12.8–14.8 14.9–16.6 16.7–19.3 19.4–21.4 21.5–25.1 25.2–28.3 28.4–31.2 31.3–33.3 33.4–35.7 35.8–38.5 38.6–41.5 41.6–45.0
AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 AR 12.4 AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 AR 23.0 AR 27.0 AR 30.0 AR 35.0 AR 40.0 AR 44.0 AR 47.0 AR 51.0 AR 55.0 AR 60.0
Table 64
Motor FLC (A) 2 T. U.
3 T. U.
Thermal Unit Number
4.83–5.33 5.34–5.84 5.85–6.43 6.44–7.03 7.04–7.30 7.31–8.29 8.30–9.49 9.50–10.7 10.8–12.3 12.4–14.0 14.1–16.0 16.1–18.4 18.5–21.0 21.1–23.0 23.1–25.5 25.6–26.7 26.8–28.3 28.4–30.3 30.4–32.5 32.6–34.5 34.6–37.6 37.7–39.7 39.8–41.4 41.5–45.0
4.90–5.68 5.69–6.19 6.20–6.71 6.72–7.14 7.15–7.49 7.50–8.48 8.49–9.66 9.67–10.8 10.9–12.4 12.5–13.9 14.0–15.7 15.8–18.1 18.2–20.3 20.4–23.0 23.1–25.2 25.3–26.6 26.7–28.2 28.3–30.2 30.3–32.3 32.4–34.3 34.4–36.7 36.8–39.3 39.4–45.0 —
AR 8.5 AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 AR 12.4 AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 AR 23.0 AR 27.0 AR 30.0 AR 35.0 AR 40.0 AR 44.0 AR 47.0 AR 51.0 AR 55.0 AR 60.0 AR 66.0 AR 72.0 AR 79.0 AR 86.0 AR 94.0
Table 63 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
1 or 2 T. U.
3 T. U.
15.1–17.0 17.1–19.1 19.2–21.8 21.9–24.5 24.6–27.9 28.0–29.5 29.6–32.9 33.0–36.6 36.7–40.3 40.4–45.1 45.2–50.4 50.5–57.3 57.4–62.4 62.5–68.3 68.4–73.9 74.0–80.6 80.7–86.0
AU 20.0 AU 23.0 AU 26.0 AU 29.0 AU 33.0 AU 38.0 AU 40.0 AU 44.0 AU 50.0 AU 56.0 AU 64.0 AU 72.0 AU 81.0 AU 88.0 AU 99.0 AU 110.0 AU 123.0
Motor FLC (A) 2 T. U. 1Ø
Motor FLC (A)
1 6
3 T. U.
Thermal Unit Number
46.8–50.0 50.1–54.2 54.3–58.3 58.4–63.6 63.7–68.5 68.6–74.0 74.1–79.8 79.9–83.0 83.1–88.9 89.0–95.6 95.7–102. 103.–109. 110.–119. 120.–133. —
45.3–48.2 48.3–52.4 52.5–56.4 56.5–61.2 61.3–66.1 66.2–71.4 71.5–77.0 77.1–79.0 79.1–84.7 84.8–91.1 91.2–98.1 98.2–104. 105.–113. 114.–123. 124.–133.
CC 64.3 CC 68.5 CC 74.6 CC 81.5 CC 87.7 CC 94.0 CC 103.0 CC 112.0 CC 121.0 CC 132.0 CC 143.0 CC 156.0 CC 167.0 CC 180.0 CC 196.0
N E M A C S T O AN RT TA E C RT O S R S A N D
16-140
2 T. U. 2Ø
3 T. U.
0.38–0.40 0.38–0.40 0.31–0.33 0.41–0.43 0.41–0.43 0.34–0.36 0.44–0.48 0.44–0.48 0.37–0.39 0.49–0.52 0.49–0.52 0.40–0.43 0.53–0.56 0.53–0.56 0.44–0.47 0.57–0.61 0.57–0.61 0.48–0.51 0.62–0.67 0.62–0.67 0.52–0.56 0.68–0.73 0.68–0.73 0.57–0.58 0.74–0.81 0.74–0.81 0.59–0.64 0.82–0.89 0.82–0.89 0.65–0.70 0.90–0.97 0.90–0.97 0.71–0.77 0.98–1.07 0.98–1.07 0.78–0.85 1.08–1.17 1.08–1.17 0.86–0.94 1.18–1.31 1.18–1.31 0.95–1.03 1.32–1.49 1.32–1.49 1.04–1.22 1.50–1.69 1.50–1.69 1.23–1.34 1.70–1.83 1.70–1.83 1.35–1.46 1.84–2.00 1.84–2.00 1.47–1.58 2.01–2.17 2.01–2.17 1.59–1.76 2.18–2.35 2.18–2.35 1.77–1.85 2.36–2.60 2.36–2.60 1.86–2.08 2.61–2.87 2.61–2.87 2.09–2.27 2.88–3.14 2.88–3.14 2.28–2.51 3.15–3.47 3.15–3.47 2.52–2.90 3.48–3.90 3.48–3.90 2.91–3.23 3.91–4.36 3.91–4.36 3.24–3.58 4.37–4.88 4.37–4.88 3.59–4.02 4.89–5.37 4.89–5.37 4.03–4.43 5.38–5.97 5.38–5.97 4.44–4.86 5.98–6.55 5.98–6.55 4.87–5.37 6.56–7.50 6.56–7.50 5.38–6.12 7.51–8.23 7.51–8.23 6.13–6.65 8.24–8.99 8.24–8.99 6.66–7.31 9.00–9.86 9.00–9.86 7.32–7.96 9.87–10.7 9.87–10.7 7.97–8.69 10.8–11.2 10.8–11.2 8.70–8.99 11.3–12.8 11.3–12.0 9.00–10.1 12.9–14.8 — 10.2–11.5 14.9–16.7 — 11.6–12.0 16.8–18.0 — — Following Selections for Size 1 — 11.3–12.8 — — 12.9–14.8 — — 14.9–16.7 11.6–13.0 16.8–19.0 16.8–19.0 13.1–14.6 19.1–22.0 19.1–22.0 14.7–16.5 22.1–24.9 22.1–24.9 16.6–18.5 25.0–26.0 25.0–26.0 18.6–21.0 — — 21.1–23.6 — — 23.7–26.0
Table 61 2 T. U.
Table 65
Index and Instructions: pages 16-129—16-133
Thermal Unit No. AR .45 AR .49 AR .54 AR .59 AR .65 AR .71 AR .78 AR .86 AR .95 AR 1.05 AR 1.15 AR 1.26 AR 1.39 AR 1.53 AR 1.68 AR 1.85 AR 2.04 AR 2.24 AR 2.46 AR 2.71 AR 2.98 AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80 AR 5.3 AR 5.8 AR 6.4 AR 7.0 AR 7.7 AR 8.5 AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 AR 12.4 AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 Only. AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 AR 23.0 AR 27.0 AR 30.0 AR 35.0 AR 40.0
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
0.31–0.35 B 0.44 0.36–0.39 B 0.51 0.40–0.44 B 0.57 0.45–0.50 B 0.63 0.51–0.58 B 0.71 0.59–0.65 B 0.81 0.66–0.73 B 0.92 0.74–0.82 B 1.03 0.83–0.92 B 1.16 0.93–1.03 B 1.30 1.04–1.19 B 1.45 1.20–1.34 B 1.67 1.35–1.50 B 1.88 1.51–1.67 B 2.10 1.68–1.89 B 2.40 1.90–2.14 B 2.65 2.15–2.36 B 3.00 2.37–2.65 B 3.30 2.66–2.97 B 3.70 2.98–3.47 B 4.15 3.48–3.94 B 4.85 3.95–4.44 B 5.50 4.45–4.94 B 6.25 4.95–5.52 B 6.90 5.53–5.88 B 7.70 5.89–6.52 B 8.20 6.53–7.31 B 9.10 7.32–8.21 B 10.2 8.22–9.18 B 11.5 9.19–9.90 B 12.8 10.0–11.0 B 14.0 11.1–12.4 B 15.5 12.5–13.9 B 17.5 14.0–15.7 B 19.5 15.8–17.8 B 22.0 17.9–20.0 B 25.0 20.1–22.9 B 28.0 23.0–25.0 B 32.0 Following Selections for Size 2 Only. 23.0–25.7 B 32.0 25.8–28.6 B 36.0 28.7–32.2 B 40.0 32.3–35.8 B 45.0 35.9–40.1 B 50.0 40.2–44.4 B 56.0 44.5–50.0 B 62.0
Table 66 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
0.31–0.32 0.33–0.36 0.37–0.41 0.42–0.49 0.50–0.54 0.55–0.61 0.62–0.67 0.68–0.76 0.77–0.87 0.88–0.98 0.99–1.05 1.06–1.25 1.26–1.33 1.34–1.56 1.57–1.71 1.72–1.97 1.98–2.15 2.16–2.42 2.43–2.78 2.79–3.28 3.29–3.88 3.89–4.13 4.14–4.43 4.44–4.96 4.97–5.35 5.36–5.91 5.92–6.79 6.80–7.56 7.57–7.83 7.84–8.09 8.10–9.51 9.52–10.1 10.2–11.3 11.4–13.1 13.2–14.9 15.0–16.1 16.2–17.8 17.9–19.1 19.2–22.4 22.5–23.5 23.6–26.0
B 0.44 B 0.51 B 0.57 B 0.63 B 0.71 B 0.81 B 0.92 B 1.03 B 1.16 B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.85 B 5.5 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Thermal Unit Selection Tables 67–73
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 67
Table 72
Table 70
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
3.79–4.14 4.15–4.44 4.45–5.22 5.23–5.29 5.30–5.99 6.00–6.82 6.83–7.68 7.69–7.92 7.93–8.47 8.48–9.99 10.0–10.8 10.9–12.3 12.4–12.9 13.0–15.1 15.2–16.7 16.8–17.9 18.0–20.1 20.2–23.8 23.9–25.8 25.9–28.3 28.4–29.6 29.7–32.1 32.2–34.4 34.5–38.3 38.4–39.9 40.0–45.0
B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0 B 50.0 B 56.0 B 62.0 B 70.0 B 79.0 B 88.0
4.24–4.62 4.63–5.05 5.06–5.54 5.55–6.13 6.14–6.44 6.45–7.48 7.49–8.55 8.56–9.74 9.75–11.1 11.2–12.7 12.8–14.4 14.5–16.4 16.5–18.9 19.0–21.6 21.7–23.3 23.4–24.9 25.0–26.9 27.0–29.1 29.2–31.3 31.4–33.5 33.6–36.9 37.0–39.1 39.2–40.9 41.0–45.0
AR 8.5 AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 AR 12.4 AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 AR 23.0 AR 27.0 AR 30.0 AR 35.0 AR 40.0 AR 44.0 AR 47.0 AR 51.0 AR 55.0 AR 60.0 AR 66.0 AR 72.0 AR 79.0 AR 86.0 AR 94.0
Table 68 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
14.9–16.1 16.2–17.3 17.4–19.5 19.6–20.7 20.8–22.4 22.5–23.9 24.0–25.8 25.9–27.6 27.7–29.7 29.8–31.8 31.9–34.2 34.3–37.0 37.1–39.6 39.7–42.5 42.6–45.0 45.1–48.6 48.7–51.2 51.3–56.0 56.1–60.1 60.2–64.3 64.4–68.9 69.0–71.9 72.0–75.4 75.5–78.9 79.0–82.1 82.2–86.0
CC 20.9 CC 22.8 CC 24.6 CC 26.3 CC 28.8 CC 31.0 CC 33.3 CC 36.4 CC 39.6 CC 42.7 CC 46.6 CC 50.1 CC 54.5 CC 59.4 CC 64.3 CC 68.5 CC 74.6 CC 81.5 CC 87.7 CC 94.0 CC 103.0 CC 112.0 CC 121.0 CC 132.0 CC 143.0 CC 156.0
Table 71 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
3.98–4.53 4.54–5.03 5.04–5.46 5.47–6.01 6.02–6.31 6.32–7.19 7.20–8.29 8.30–9.49 9.50–11.0 11.1–12.6 12.7–14.3 14.4–16.5 16.6–19.2 19.3–21.9 22.0–23.8 23.9–25.5 25.6–27.7 27.8–30.1 30.2–32.5 32.6–34.8 34.9–38.5 38.6–41.5 41.6–45.0
AR 8.5 AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 AR 12.4 AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 AR 23.0 AR 27.0 AR 30.0 AR 35.0 AR 40.0 AR 44.0 AR 47.0 AR 51.0 AR 55.0 AR 60.0 AR 66.0 AR 72.0 AR 79.0 AR 86.0
Table 73
Motor FLC (A) 1 T. U.
3 T. U.
Thermal Unit Number
2.38–2.62 2.38–2.62 FB 3.33 2.63–2.94 2.63–2.94 FB 3.71 2.95–3.31 2.95–3.31 FB 4.1 3.32–3.43 3.32–3.43 FB 4.5 3.44–3.81 3.44–3.81 FB 4.75 3.82–4.32 3.82–4.32 FB 5.3 4.33–4.75 4.33–4.75 FB 6.1 4.76–5.38 4.76–5.38 FB 6.75 5.39–5.75 5.39–5.75 FB 7.45 5.76–5.97 5.76–5.97 FB 7.8 5.98–6.30 5.98–6.30 FB 8.21 6.31–6.55 6.31–6.55 FB 8.6 6.56–6.89 6.56–6.89 FB 9.0 6.90–7.14 6.90–7.14 FB 9.5 7.15–7.36 7.15–7.36 FB 10.0 7.37–8.30 7.37–8.30 FB 10.6 8.31–8.59 8.31–8.59 FB 11.2 8.60–9.01 8.60–9.01 FB 12.1 9.02–9.68 9.02–9.68 FB 13.1 9.69–9.99 9.69–9.99 FB 13.9 10.0–10.9 10.0–10.9 FB 14.8 11.0–11.3 11.0–11.3 FB 15.6 11.4–12.4 11.4–12.0 FB 16.4 12.5–12.9 — FB 17.6 13.0–14.0 — FB 18.4 14.1–14.5 — FB 19.4 14.6–15.7 — FB 21.1 15.8–16.6 — FB 22.6 16.7–18.0 — FB 23.6 Following Selections for Size M–1 & M–1P Only. — 11.4–12.4 FB 16.4 — 12.5–12.9 FB 17.6 — 13.0–14.0 FB 18.4 — 14.1–14.5 FB 19.4 — 14.6–15.7 FB 21.1 — 15.8–16.6 FB 22.6 16.7–17.6 16.7–17.6 FB 23.6 17.7–18.3 17.7–18.3 FB 24.8 18.4–19.4 18.4–19.4 FB 26.7 19.5–20.5 19.5–20.5 FB 28.3 20.6–21.7 20.6–21.7 FB 29.6 21.8–22.8 21.8–22.8 FB 30.5 22.9–24.3 22.9–24.3 FB 32.5 24.4–24.7 24.4–24.7 FB 34.1 24.8–25.4 24.8–25.4 FB 35.0 25.5–26.0 25.5–26.0 FB 36.6 Following Selections for Size M–1P Only. 26.1–27.7 — FB 38.3 27.8–28.9 — FB 40.2 29.0–30.6 — FB 42.0 30.7–32.5 — FB 44.0 32.6–36.0 — FB 46.0
Motor FLC (A) 1 T. U.
3 T. U.
Thermal Unit Number
2.42–2.67 2.42–2.67 FB 3.33 2.68–3.00 2.68–3.00 FB 3.71 3.01–3.36 3.01–3.36 FB 4.1 3.37–3.53 3.37–3.53 FB 4.5 3.54–3.91 3.54–3.91 FB 4.75 3.92–4.41 3.92–4.41 FB 5.3 4.42–4.83 4.42–4.83 FB 6.1 4.84–5.45 4.84–5.45 FB 6.75 5.46–5.89 5.46–5.89 FB 7.45 5.90–6.04 5.90–6.04 FB 7.8 6.05–6.55 6.05–6.55 FB 8.21 6.56–6.72 6.56–6.72 FB 8.6 6.73–7.00 6.73–7.00 FB 9.0 7.01–7.39 7.01–7.39 FB 9.5 7.40–7.54 7.40–7.54 FB 10.0 7.55–8.41 7.55–8.41 FB 10.6 8.42–8.91 8.42–8.91 FB 11.2 8.92–9.16 8.92–9.16 FB 12.1 9.17–10.0 9.17–10.0 FB 13.1 10.1–10.3 10.1–10.3 FB 13.9 10.4–11.4 10.4–11.4 FB 14.8 11.5–11.8 11.5–11.8 FB 15.6 11.9–12.9 11.9–12.9 FB 16.4 13.0–13.4 — FB 17.6 13.5–14.2 — FB 18.4 14.3–15.1 — FB 19.4 15.2–18.0 — FB 21.1 Following Selections for Size M–1 & M–1P Only. — 11.5–11.8 FB 15.6 — 11.9–12.9 FB 16.4 — 13.0–13.4 FB 17.6 — 13.5–14.2 FB 18.4 — 14.3–15.1 FB 19.4 15.2–17.1 15.2–17.1 FB 21.1 17.2–18.0 17.2–18.0 FB 22.6 18.1–18.9 18.1–18.9 FB 23.6 19.0–19.7 19.0–19.7 FB 24.8 19.8–20.9 19.8–20.9 FB 26.7 21.0–21.9 21.0–21.9 FB 28.3 22.0–23.1 22.0–23.1 FB 29.6 23.2–24.3 23.2–24.3 FB 30.5 24.4–25.5 24.4–25.5 FB 32.6 25.6–26.0 25.6–26.0 FB 34.1 Following Selections for Size M–1P Only. 26.1–26.8 — FB 35.0 26.9–27.3 — FB 36.6 27.4–28.7 — FB 38.3 28.8–30.2 — FB 40.2 30.3–31.9 — FB 42.0 32.0–36.0 — FB 44.0
Table 69 Motor FLC (A) 1 or 2 T. U.
3 T. U.
3.46–3.90 3.91–4.44 4.45–4.91 4.92–5.51 5.52–5.84 5.85–6.54 6.55–7.33 7.34–8.31 8.32–9.22 9.23–10.0 10.1–11.2 11.3–12.5 12.6–14.2 14.3–16.1 16.2–18.4 18.5–20.5 20.6–23.2 23.3–26.6 26.7–29.6 29.7–33.5 33.6–37.2 37.3–41.5 41.6–45.0 —
3.38–3.65 3.66–4.07 4.08–4.36 4.37–5.19 5.20–5.59 5.60–5.98 5.99–6.78 6.79–7.91 7.92–9.12 9.13–10.0 10.1–10.7 10.8–12.0 12.1–13.5 13.6–14.6 14.7–16.7 16.8–18.9 19.0–21.6 21.7–24.1 24.2–27.6 27.7–31.2 31.3–35.5 35.6–37.8 37.9–41.5 41.6–45.0
Thermal Unit Number B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0 B 50.0 B 56.0 B 62.0
D N A S R S O R T E C T A R T A N T O S C A M E N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Index and Instructions: pages 16-129—16-133
16-141
Thermal Unit Selection Tables 74–83
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 74
Table 76
Motor FLC (A) 1 T. U.
3 T. U.
Thermal Unit Number
2.23–2.47 2.23–2.47 FB 3.33 2.48–2.76 2.48–2.76 FB 3.71 2.77–3.04 2.77–3.04 FB 4.1 3.05–3.24 3.05–3.24 FB 4.5 3.25–3.61 3.25–3.61 FB 4.75 3.62–4.19 3.62–4.19 FB 5.3 4.20–4.62 4.20–4.62 FB 6.1 4.63–5.14 4.63–5.14 FB 6.75 5.15–5.39 5.15–5.39 FB 7.45 5.40–5.69 5.40–5.69 FB 7.8 5.70–5.99 5.70–5.99 FB 8.21 6.00–6.29 6.00–6.29 FB 8.6 6.30–6.64 6.30–6.64 FB 9.0 6.65–6.99 6.65–6.99 FB 9.5 7.00–7.39 7.00–7.39 FB 10.0 7.40–7.79 7.40–7.79 FB 10.6 7.80–7.94 7.80–7.94 FB 11.2 7.95–8.49 7.95–8.49 FB 12.1 8.50–8.99 8.50–8.99 FB 13.1 9.00–9.59 9.00–9.59 FB 13.9 9.60–10.1 9.60–10.1 FB 14.8 10.2–10.6 10.2–10.6 FB 15.6 10.7–11.3 10.7–11.3 FB 16.4 11.4–12.0 11.4–12.0 FB 17.6 12.0–12.6 — FB 18.4 12.7–13.8 — FB 19.4 13.9–14.7 — FB 21.1 14.8–15.2 — FB 22.6 15.3–16.2 — FB 23.6 16.3–18.0 — FB 24.8 Following Selections for Size 1 Only. — 12.0–12.6 FB 18.4 — 12.7–13.8 FB 19.4 13.9–14.7 13.9–14.7 FB 21.1 14.8–15.2 14.8–15.2 FB 22.6 15.3–16.2 15.3–16.2 FB 23.6 16.3–17.4 16.3–17.4 FB 24.8 17.5–18.5 17.5–18.5 FB 26.7 18.6–19.6 18.6–19.6 FB 28.3 19.7–20.2 19.7–20.2 FB 29.6 20.3–21.5 20.3–21.5 FB 30.5 21.6–22.4 21.6–22.4 FB 32.6 22.5–23.2 22.5–23.2 FB 34.1 23.3–24.3 23.3–24.3 FB 35.0 24.4–25.4 24.4–25.4 FB 36.6 25.5–26.0 25.5–26.0 FB 38.3
Table 75
1 6
N E M A C S T O AN RT TA E C RT O S R S A N D
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
3.22–3.57 3.58–4.14 4.15–4.56 4.57–5.10 5.11–5.39 5.40–5.64 5.65–5.96 5.97–6.25 6.26–6.58 6.59–6.91 6.92–7.41 7.42–7.82 7.83–8.32 8.33–8.89 8.90–9.47 9.48–10.0 10.1–10.5 10.6–11.1 11.2–12.0 12.1–12.7 12.8–13.5 13.6–14.6 14.7–15.7 15.8–16.5 16.6–17.4 17.5–18.8 18.9–20.1 20.2–21.0 21.1–21.6 21.7–23.3 23.4–24.3 24.4–25.0 25.1–26.3 26.4–27.6 27.7–29.1 29.2–30.4 30.5–32.0 32.1–33.3 33.4–35.2 35.3–37.0 37.1–38.5 38.6–40.7 40.8–45.0
FB 4.75 FB 5.3 FB 6.1 FB 6.75 FB 7.45 FB 7.8 FB 8.21 FB 8.6 FB 9.0 FB 9.5 FB 10.0 FB 10.6 FB 11.2 FB 12.1 FB 13.1 FB 13.9 FB 14.8 FB 15.6 FB 16.4 FB 17.6 FB 18.4 FB 19.4 FB 21.1 FB 22.6 FB 23.6 FB 24.8 FB 26.7 FB 28.3 FB 29.6 FB 30.5 FB 32.6 FB 34.1 FB 35.0 FB 36.6 FB 38.3 FB 40.2 FB 42.0 FB 44.0 FB 46.0 FB 48.0 FB 50.5 FB 52.5 FB 55.5
16-142
Table 79
Table 81
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
19.9–20.8 20.9–22.2 22.3–23.8 23.9–25.4 25.5–27.2 27.3–29.2 29.3–31.9 32.0–33.8 33.9–36.1 36.2–38.5 38.6–41.4 41.5–43.6 43.7–45.9 46.0–48.2 48.3–50.7 50.8–53.9 54.0–56.7 56.8–60.8 60.9–67.6 67.7–73.6 73.7–82.9 83.0–86.0
FB 26.7 FB 28.3 FB 29.6 FB 30.5 FB 32.6 FB 34.1 FB 38.3 FB 40.2 FB 42.0 FB 44.0 FB 46.0 FB 48.0 FB 50.5 FB 52.5 FB 55.5 FB 58.0 FB 60.0 FB 63.5 FB 69.0 FB 77.0 FB 84.0 FB 92.0
3.31–3.67 3.68–4.23 4.24–4.69 4.70–5.21 5.22–5.49 5.50–5.74 5.75–6.07 6.08–6.35 6.36–6.71 6.72–7.03 7.04–7.53 7.54–7.91 7.92–8.53 8.54–9.14 9.15–9.71 9.72–10.2 10.3–10.8 10.9–11.5 11.6–12.3 12.4–13.0 13.1–13.9 14.0–15.1 15.2–16.1 16.2–16.9 17.0–17.9 18.0–19.4 19.5–20.7 20.8–21.7 21.8–22.3 22.4–23.9 24.0–25.1 25.2–25.9 26.0–27.1 27.2–28.6 28.7–30.1 30.2–31.7 31.8–33.3 33.4–34.5 34.6–36.5 36.6–38.5 38.6–39.9 40.0–45.0
FB 4.75 FB 5.3 FB 6.1 FB 6.75 FB 7.45 FB 7.8 FB 8.21 FB 8.6 FB 9.0 FB 9.5 FB 10.0 FB 10.6 FB 11.2 FB 12.1 FB 13.1 FB 13.9 FB 14.8 FB 15.6 FB 16.4 FB 17.6 FB 18.4 FB 19.4 FB 21.1 FB 22.6 FB 23.6 FB 24.8 FB 26.7 FB 28.3 FB 29.6 FB 30.5 FB 32.6 FB 34.1 FB 35.0 FB 36.6 FB 38.3 FB 40.2 FB 42.0 FB 44.0 FB 46.0 FB 48.0 FB 50.5 FB 52.5
52.2–55.6 55.7–58.8 58.9–62.5 62.6–66.0 66.1–70.1 70.2–78.6 78.7–92.0 92.1–102 103–114 115–123 124–133
FB 50.5 FB 52.5 FB 55.5 FB 58.0 FB 60.0 FB 63.5 FB 69.0 FB 77.0 FB 84.0 FB 92.0 FB 105.0
Table 77 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
48.0–50.9 51.0–53.7 53.8–57.0 57.1–60.4 60.5–64.0 64.1–71.9 72.0–83.9 84.0–93.1 93.2–104 105–109 110–123 124–133
FB 50.5 FB 52.5 FB 55.5 FB 58.0 FB 60.0 FB 63.5 FB 69.0 FB 77.0 FB 84.0 FB 92.0 FB 105.0 FB 115.0
Table 78 Motor FLC (A) 1 T. U.
2 T. U. or 3 T. U.
Thermal Unit Number
2.26–2.51 2.26–2.51 FB 3.33 2.52–2.82 2.52–2.82 FB 3.71 2.83–3.09 2.83–3.09 FB 4.1 3.10–3.30 3.10–3.30 FB 4.5 3.31–3.69 3.31–3.69 FB 4.75 3.70–4.27 3.70–4.27 FB 5.3 4.28–4.72 4.28–4.72 FB 6.1 4.73–5.25 4.73–5.25 FB 6.75 5.26–5.53 5.26–5.53 FB 7.45 5.54–5.81 5.54–5.81 FB 7.8 5.82–6.14 5.82–6.14 FB 8.21 6.15–6.44 6.15–6.44 FB 8.6 6.45–6.81 6.45–6.81 FB 9.0 6.82–7.19 6.82–7.19 FB 9.5 7.20–7.59 7.20–7.59 FB 10.0 7.60–7.99 7.60–7.99 FB 10.6 8.00–8.17 8.00–8.17 FB 11.2 8.18–8.74 8.18–8.74 FB 12.1 8.75–9.31 8.75–9.31 FB 13.1 9.32–9.94 9.32–9.94 FB 13.9 9.95–10.5 9.95–10.5 FB 14.8 10.6–11.1 10.6–11.1 FB 15.6 11.2–11.9 11.2–12.0 FB 16.4 12.0–12.4 — FB 17.6 12.5–13.1 — FB 18.4 13.2–14.3 — FB 19.4 14.4–15.3 — FB 21.1 15.4–15.9 — FB 22.6 16.0–18.0 — FB 23.6 Following Selections for Size 1 Only. — 12.0–12.4 FB 17.6 — 12.5–13.1 FB 18.4 — 13.2–14.3 FB 19.4 14.4–15.3 14.4–15.3 FB 21.1 15.4–15.9 15.4–15.9 FB 22.6 16.0–16.9 16.0–16.9 FB 23.6 17.0–18.3 17.0–18.3 FB 24.8 18.4–19.5 18.4–19.5 FB 26.7 19.6–20.5 19.6–20.5 FB 28.3 20.6–21.1 20.6–21.1 FB 29.6 21.2–22.6 21.2–22.6 FB 30.5 22.7–23.7 22.7–23.7 FB 32.6 23.8–24.3 23.8–24.3 FB 35.0 24.4–26.0 24.4–26.0
Table 80 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
20.5–21.7 21.8–23.1 23.2–24.8 24.9–26.5 26.6–28.4 28.5–30.4 30.5–32.8 32.9–34.9 35.0–37.3 37.4–39.8 39.9–42.5 42.6–45.8 45.9–48.2 48.3–50.6 50.7–53.1 53.2–56.5 56.6–59.4 59.5–63.4 63.5–71.0 71.1–78.8 78.9–86.0
FB 26.7 FB 28.3 FB 29.6 FB 30.5 FB 32.6 FB 34.1 FB 38.3 FB 40.2 FB 42.0 FB 44.0 FB 46.0 FB 48.0 FB 50.5 FB 52.5 FB 55.5 FB 58.0 FB 60.0 FB 63.5 FB 69.0 FB 77.0 FB 84.0
Index and Instructions: pages 16-129—16-133
Table 82 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
2.36–2.63 2.64–2.96 2.97–3.23 3.24–3.45 3.46–3.86 3.87–4.44 4.45–4.95 4.96–5.47 5.48–5.75 5.76–6.09 6.10–6.42 6.43–6.75 6.76–7.16 7.17–7.43 7.44–7.99 8.00–8.46 8.47–9.19 9.20–9.74 9.75–10.3 10.4–10.8 10.9–11.6 11.7–12.2 12.3–13.1 13.2–13.7 13.8–14.3 14.4–15.5 15.6–16.7 16.8–17.6 17.7–18.6 18.7–19.9 20.0–21.1 21.2–25.0
FB 3.33 FB 3.71 FB 4.1 FB 4.5 FB 4.75 FB 5.3 FB 6.1 FB 6.75 FB 7.45 FB 7.8 FB 8.21 FB 8.6 FB 9.0 FB 9.5 FB 10.0 FB 10.6 FB 11.2 FB 12.1 FB 13.1 FB 13.9 FB 14.8 FB 15.6 FB 16.4 FB 17.6 FB 18.4 FB 19.4 FB 21.1 FB 22.6 FB 23.6 FB 24.8 FB 92.0 FB 105.0
Table 83 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
2.30–2.60 2.61–2.87 2.88–3.17 3.18–3.37 3.38–3.76 3.77–4.29 4.30–4.75 4.76–5.26 5.27–5.51 5.52–5.78 5.79–6.13 6.14–6.41 6.42–6.75 6.76–7.09 7.10–7.57 7.58–7.90 7.91–8.81 8.82–9.47 9.48–10.0 10.1–10.7 10.8–11.4 11.5–12.1 12.2–13.1 13.2–13.7 13.8–14.7 14.8–16.0 16.1–17.3 17.4–18.2 18.3–19.4 19.5–20.7 20.8–22.3 22.4–23.5 23.6–24.2 24.3–26.0
FB 3.33 FB 3.71 FB 4.1 FB 4.5 FB 4.75 FB 5.3 FB 6.1 FB 6.75 FB 7.45 FB 7.8 FB 8.21 FB 8.6 FB 9.0 FB 9.5 FB 10.0 FB 10.6 FB 11.2 FB 12.1 FB 13.1 FB 13.9 FB 14.8 FB 15.6 FB 16.4 FB 17.6 FB 18.4 FB 19.4 FB 21.1 FB 22.6 FB 23.6 FB 24.8 FB 26.7 FB 28.3 FB 29.6 FB 30.5
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Thermal Unit Selection Tables 84–93
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 84
Table 86
Table 88
Table 91
Moto Motorr FLC FLC (A) (A)
Ther Therma mall Uni Unitt Num Numbe berr
Moto Motorr FLC FLC (A) (A)
Ther Therma mall Uni Unitt Num Numbe berr
Moto Motorr FLC FLC (A) (A)
Ther Thermal mal Unit Unit Numb Number er
Moto Motorr FLC FLC (A) (A)
Ther Therma mall Unit Unit Numb Number er
3.38–3.78 3.79–4.37 4.38–4.87 4.88–5.51 5.52–5.73 5.74–6.09 6.10–6.44 6.45–6.75 6.76–7.15 7.16–7.57 7.58–8.07 8.08–8.47 8.48–8.81 8.82–9.46 9.47–10.1 10.2–10.8 10.9–11.4 11.5–12.1 12.2–13.1 13.2–13.8 13.9–14.8 14.9–16.1 16.2–17.4 17.5–18.3 18.4–19.5 19.6–21.0 21.1–22.5 22.6–23.7 23.8–24.5 24.6–26.4 26.5–27.7 27.8–28.7 28.8–29.9 30.0–31.8 31.9–33.5 33.6–35.1 35.2–37.1 37.2–38.8 38.9–41.1 41.2–45.0
FB 4.75 FB 5.3 FB 6.1 FB 6.75 FB 7.45 FB 7.8 FB 8.21 FB 8.6 FB 9.0 FB 9.5 FB 10.0 FB 10.6 FB 11.2 FB 12.1 FB 13.1 FB 13.9 FB 14.8 FB 15.6 FB 16.4 FB 17.6 FB 18.4 FB 19.4 FB 21.1 FB 22.6 FB 23.6 FB 24.8 FB 26.7 FB 28.3 FB 29.6 FB 30.5 FB 32.6 FB 34.1 FB 35.0 FB 36.6 FB 38.3 FB 40.2 FB 42.0 FB 44.0 FB 46.0 FB 48.0
0.43–0.44 0.45–0.47 0.48–0.53 0.54–0.61 0.62–0.65 0.66–0.71 0.72–0.79 0.80–0.86 0.87–0.96 0.97–1.04 1.05–1.17 1.18–1.31 1.32–1.38 1.39–1.47 1.48–1.57 1.58–1.65 1.66–1.77 1.78–1.93 1.94–2.18 2.19–2.46 2.47–2.68 2.69–2.87 2.88–3.07 3.08–3.59 3.60–3.79 3.80–4.27 4.28–4.59 4.60–4.90 4.91–5.06 5.07–5.44 5.45–6.24 6.25–7.21 7.22–7.69 7.70–8.24 8.25–8.81 8.82–9.32 9.33–9.99 10.0–10.5 10.6–11.5 11.6–12.2 12.3–13.3 13.4–15.8 15.9–18.4 18.5–20.5 20.6–21.5 21.6–23.9 24.0–26.8 26.9–28.2 28.3–29.8 29.9–32.0
A .49 A .54 A .59 A .65 A .71 A .78 A .86 A .95 A 1.02 A 1.16 A 1.25 A 1.39 A 1.54 A 1.63 A 1.75 A 1.86 A 1.99 A 2.15 A 2.31 A 2.57 A 2.81 A 3.61 A 3.95 A 4.32 A 4.79 A 5.30 A 5.78 A 6.20 A 6.99 A 7.65 A 8.38 A 9.25 A 9.85 A 11.0 A 11.9 A 132 A 14.1 A 14.8 A 16.2 A 17.9 A 21.3 A 25.2 A 27.1 A 29.5 A 31.9 A 33.8 A 35.9 A 40.0 A 42.3 A 44.7
0.39–0.40 0.41–0.44 0.45–0.49 0.50–0.57 0.58–0.61 0.62–0.66 0.67–0.73 0.74–0.80 0.81–0.90 0.91–0.97 0.98–1.09 1.10–1.23 1.24–1.57 1.58–1.66 1.67–1.79 1.80–1.99 2.00–2.31 2.32–2.50 2.51–2.66 2.67–2.85 2.86–3.26 3.27–3.49 3.50–3.92 3.93–4.20 4.21–4.49 4.50–4.64 4.65–4.94 4.95–5.62 5.63–6.39 6.40–6.82 6.83–7.27 7.28–7.71 7.72–8.13 8.14–8.64 8.65–9.15 9.16–9.97 9.98–11.0
A .49 A .54 A .59 A .65 A .71 A .78 A .86 A .95 A 1.02 A 1.16 A 1.25 A 1.39 A 1.86 A 1.99 A 2.15 A 2.31 A 2.57 A 2.81 A 3.61 A 3.95 A 4.32 A 4.79 A 5.30 A 5.78 A 6.20 A 6.99 A 7.65 A 8.38 A 9.25 A 9.85 A 11.0 A 11.9 A 13.2 A 14.1 A 14.8 A 16.2 A 17.9
4.80–5.07 5.08–5.73 5.74–6.48 6.49–6.90 6.91–7.25 7.26–7.81 7.82–8.29 8.30–8.81 8.82–9.40 9.41–10.0 10.1–11.1 11.2–11.7 11.8–13.7 13.8–16.0 16.1–16.9 17.0–17.7 17.8–18.7 18.8–20.2 20.3–21.4 21.5–22.5 22.6–23.8 23.9–26.0
A 7.65 A 8.38 A 9.25 A 9.85 A 11.0 A 11.9 A 13.2 A 14.1 A 14.8 A 16.2 A 17.9 A 21.3 A 25.2 A 27.1 A 29.5 A 31.9 A 33.8 A 35.9 A 40.0 A 42.3 A 44.7 A 48.0
Table 85 Moto Motorr FLC FLC (A) (A)
Ther Therma mall Uni Unitt Num Numbe berr
42.9–45.4 45.6–48.3 48.4–52.4 52.5–55.9 56.0–59.8 59.9–63.8 63.9–67.9 68.0–72.6 72.7–83.2 83.3–94.7 94.8–105 106–116 117–121 122–133
FB 44.0 FB 46.0 FB 48.0 FB 50.5 FB 52.5 FB 55.5 FB 58.0 FB 60.0 FB 63.5 FB 69.0 FB 77.0 FB 84.0 FB 92.0 FB 105.0
Table 89
Table 87 Moto Motorr FLC FLC (A) (A)
Ther Therma mall Unit Unit Numb Number er
0.40–0.41 0.42–0.45 0.46–0.51 0.52–0.58 0.59–0.63 0.64–0.68 0.69–0.76 0.77–0.83 0.84–0.93 0.94–1.01 1.02–1.14 1.15–1.28 1.29–1.34 1.35–1.44 1.45–1.55 1.56–1.61 1.62–1.71 1.72–1.85 1.86–2.04 2.05–2.38 2.39–2.60 2.61–2.77 2.78–2.98 2.99–3.40 3.41–3.64 3.65–4.08 4.09–4.38 4.39–4.68 4.69–4.79 4.80–5.11 5.12–5.84 5.85–6.70 6.71–7.18 7.19–7.70 7.71–8.14 8.15–8.56 8.57–9.15 9.16–9.80 9.81–10.6 10.7–11.0
A .49 A .54 A .59 A .65 A .71 A .78 A .86 A .95 A 1.02 A 1.16 A 1.25 A 1.39 A 1.54 A 1.63 A 1.75 A 1.86 A 1.99 A 2.15 A 2.31 A 2.57 A 2.81 A 3.61 A 3.95 A 4.32 A 4.79 A 5.30 A 5.78 A 6.20 A 6.99 A 7.65 A 8.38 A 9.25 A 9.85 A 11.0 A 11.9 A 13.2 A 14.1 A 14.8 A 16.2 A 17.9
Moto Motorr FLC FLC (A) (A)
Ther Therma mall Uni Unitt Num Numbe berr
10.0–11.1 11.2–12.0 12.1–13.3 13.4–15.1 15.2–17.1 17.2–18.6 18.7–21.4 21.5–25.7 25.8–28.2 28.3–29.7 29.8–31.2 31.3–32.1 32.2–35.7 35.8–40.7 40.8–48.0
B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0 B 50.0 B 56.0 B 62.0 B 70.0 B 79.0 B 88.0
Table 90 Moto Motorr FLC FLC (A) (A)
Ther Therma mall Unit Unit Numb Number er
4.88–5.13 5.14–5.85 5.86–6.67 6.68–7.09 7.10–7.62 7.63–8.04 8.05–8.46 8.47–9.11 9.12–9.69 9.70–10.5 10.6–11.6 11.7–12.3 12.4–14.6 14.7–16.8 16.9–17.9 18.0–18.7 18.8–19.8 19.9–21.4 21.5–22.8 22.9–23.8 23.9–26.0
A 7.65 A 8.38 A 9.25 A 9.85 A 11.0 A 11.9 A 13.2 A 14.1 A 14.8 A 16.2 A 17.9 A 21.3 A 25.2 A 27.1 A 29.5 A 31.9 A 33.8 A 35.9 A 40.0 A 42.3 A 44.7
Table 92 Moto Motorr FLC FLC (A) (A)
Ther Therma mall Unit Unit Numb Number er
10.5–11.7 11.8–12.5 12.6–14.0 14.1–15.8 15.9–18.0 18.1–19.6 19.7–23.5 23.6–27.4 27.5–30.5 30.6–32.2 32.3–34.0 34.1–35.2 35.3–39.5 39.6–43.9 44.0–48.0
B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0 B 50.0 B 56.0 B 62.0 B 70.0 B 79.0 B 88.0
Table 93 Moto Motorr FLC FLC (A) (A)
Ther Therma mall Unit Unit Numb Number er
23.8–25.2 25.3–26.8 26.9–28.4 28.5–30.3 30.4–32.1 32.2–34.2 34.3–36.3 36.4–40.2 40.3–43.1 43.2–45.9 46.0–49.2 49.3–51.6 51.7–54.2 54.3–55.7 55.8–60.3 60.4–63.5 63.6–67.1 67.2–70.3 70.4–74.1 74.2–78.3 78.4–83.3 83.4–86.0
CC 36.4 CC 39.6 CC 42.7 CC 46.6 CC 50.1 CC 54.5 CC 59.4 CC 64.3 CC 68.5 CC 74.6 CC 81.5 CC 87.7 CC 94.0 CC 103.0 CC 112.0 CC 121.0 CC 132.0 CC 143.0 CC 156.0 CC 167.0 CC 180.0 CC 196.0
D N A S R S O R T E C T A R T A N T O S C A M E N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Index and Instructions: pages 16-129— 16-129—16-133
16-143
Thermal Unit Selection Tables 94–102
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 94
Table 99
Table 97
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
25.8–27.5 27.6–29.4 29.5–31.4 31.5–33.2 33.3–36.2 36.3–38.8 38.9–41.6 41.7–44.7 44.8–47.9 48.0–50.9 51.0–54.4 54.5–57.4 57.5–60.6 60.7–63.9 64.0–68.4 68.5–73.4 73.5–78.7 78.8–83.8 83.9–86.0
CC 36.4 CC 39.6 CC 42.7 CC 46.6 CC 50.1 CC 54.5 CC 59.4 CC 64.3 CC 68.5 CC 74.6 CC 81.5 CC 87.7 CC 94.0 CC 103.0 CC 112.0 CC 121.0 CC 132.0 CC 143.0 CC 156.0
0.57–0.60 0.61–0.66 0.67–0.73 0.74–0.81 0.82–0.90 0.91–1.05 1.06–1.15 1.16–1.25 1.26–1.35 1.36–1.47 1.48–1.58 1.59–1.74 1.75–1.94 1.95–2.20 2.21–2.47 2.48–2.76 2.77–3.07 3.08–3.45 3.46–3.81 3.82–4.20 4.21–4.65 4.66–5.29 5.30–5.84 5.85–6.27 6.28–6.97 6.98–7.59 7.60–7.89 7.90–8.95 8.96–10.3 10.4–11.7 11.8–13.3 13.4–15.2 15.3–17.2 17.3–19.7 19.8–22.4 22.5–26.0
AR 1.05 AR 1.15 AR 1.26 AR 1.39 AR 1.53 AR 1.68 AR 1.85 AR 2.04 AR 2.24 AR 2.46 AR 2.71 AR 2.98 AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80 AR 5.3 AR 5.8 AR 6.4 AR 7.0 AR 7.7 AR 8.5 AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 AR 12.4 AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 AR 23.0 AR 27.0 AR 30.0 AR 35.0 AR 40.0
27.1–30.0 30.1–33.2 33.3–35.7 35.8–39.4 39.5–43.4 43.5–46.9 47.0–51.5 51.6–57.0 57.1–62.8 62.9–69.1 69.2–75.0 75.1–83.3
E 67 E 69 E 70 E 71 E 72 E 73 E 74 E 76 E 77 E 78 E 79 E 80
Table 95 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
42.5–44.7 44.8–47.9 48.0–51.2 51.3–55.2 55.3–59.4 59.5–63.8 63.9–68.8 68.9–73.8 73.9–77.7 77.8–82.5 82.6–86.6 86.7–91.9 92.0–97.2 97.3–104 105–114 115–123 124–150
CC 64.3 CC 68.5 CC 74.6 CC 81.5 CC 87.7 CC 94.0 CC 103.0 CC 112.0 CC 121.0 CC 132.0 CC 143.0 CC 156.0 CC 167.0 CC 180.0 CC 196.0 CC 208.0 CC 219.0
Table 96 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
49.5–52.0 52.1–54.8 54.9–58.7 58.8–63.3 63.4–68.3 68.4–73.6 73.7–79.4 79.5–85.5 85.6–89.7 89.8–94.8 94.9–99.9 100–105 106–111 112–126 127–131 132–141 142–150
CC 64.3 CC 68.5 CC 74.6 CC 81.5 CC 87.7 CC 94.0 CC 103.0 CC 112.0 CC 121.0 CC 132.0 CC 143.0 CC 156.0 CC 167.0 CC 180.0 CC 196.0 CC 208.0 CC 219.0
Table 98 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
4.24–4.62 4.63–5.05 5.06–5.54 5.55–6.13 6.14–6.44 6.45–7.48 7.49–8.55 8.56–9.74 9.75–11.1 11.2–12.7 12.8–14.4 14.5–16.4 16.5–18.9 19.0–21.6 21.7–23.3 23.4–24.9 25.0–26.9 27.0–29.1 29.2–31.3 31.4–33.5 33.6–36.9 37.0–39.1 39.2–40.9 41.0–45.0
AR 8.5 AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 AR 12.4 AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 AR 23.0 AR 27.0 AR 30.0 AR 35.0 AR 40.0 AR 44.0 AR 47.0 AR 51.0 AR 55.0 AR 60.0 AR 66.0 AR 72.0 AR 79.0 AR 86.0 AR 94.0
Table 100 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
50–55.9 56–60.9 91–65.9 66–69.9 70–75.9 76–81.9 82–86.9 87–92.9 93–97.9 98–107.9 108–113.9 114–125.9
E 88 E 89 E 91 E 92 E 93 E 94 E 96 E 97 E 98 E 99 E 101 E 102
Table 101 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
105–116 117–132 133–148 149–165 166–184 185–207 208–229 230–266
AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80 AR 5.3 AR 5.8 AR 6.4
Table 102 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
146–169 170–185 186–201 202–217 218–236 237–253 254–279 280–311 312–353 354–396 397–442 443–492 493–520
AR 1.68 AR 1.85 AR 2.04 AR 2.24 AR 2.46 AR 2.71 AR 2.98 AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80 AR 5.3
1 6
N E M A C S T O AN RT TA E C RT O S R S A N D
16-144
Index and Instructions: pages 16-129— 16-129—16-133
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Thermal Unit Selection Tables 103–110
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 103
Table 105
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
40.8–45.5 45.6–49.9 51.0–57.5 57.6–65.9
B 1.03 B 1.16 B 1.30 B 1.45
66.0–73.1 73.2–81.5 81.6–92.3 92.4–104
B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40
105–114 115–128 129–140 141–160
B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70
161–193 194–209 210–232 233–248 249–266
B 4.15 B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90
105–112 113–122 123–131 132–142 143–153 154–157 158–169 170–181 182–195 196–209 210–227 228–247 248–266
CC 74.6 CC 81.5 CC 87.7 CC 94.0 CC 103.0 CC 112.0 CC 121.0 CC 132.0 CC 143.0 CC 156.0 CC 167.0 CC 180.0 CC 196.0
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
0.56–0.63 0.64–0.68 0.69–0.77 0.78–0.85 0.86–0.97 0.98–1.09 1.10–1.21 1.22–1.33 1.34–1.53 1.54–1.73 1.74–1.89 1.90–2.17 2.18–2.53 2.54–2.87 2.88–3.22 3.23–3.49 3.50–3.85 3.86–4.11 4.12–4.70 4.71–5.21 5.22–5.53 5.54–6.17 6.18–7.02 7.03–7.92 7.93–8.61 8.62–9.17 9.18–10.0 10.1–11.0 11.1–11.8 11.9–13.5 13.6–15.3 15.4–17.4 17.5–19.4 19.5–22.2 22.3–25.1 25.2–27.0
B 0.81 B 0.92 B 1.03 B 1.16 B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
3.94–4.45 4.46–4.97 4.98–5.28 5.29–5.97 5.98–6.89 6.90–7.92 7.93–8.71 8.72–9.27 9.28–10.2 10.3–11.4 11.5–12.3 12.4–13.9 14.0–15.8 15.9–17.9 18.0–19.1 20.0–22.8 22.9–25.4 25.5–28.9 29.0–30.8 30.9–32.5 32.6–34.9 35.0–39.7 39.8–44.7
B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0 B 50.0 B 56.0 B 62.0 B 70.0 B 79.0
Table 109
Table 104 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit No.
Max. Fuse Rating (A)
0.65–0.73 0.74–0.82 0.93–0.91 0.92–1.04 1.05–1.16 1.17–1.26 1.27–1.47 1.48–1.65 1.66–1.89 1.90–2.17 2.18–2.49 2.50–2.79 2.80–3.13 3.14–3.36 3.37–3.69 3.70–3.92 3.93–4.42 4.43–4.99 5.00–5.27 5.28–5.84 5.85–6.61 6.62–7.42 7.43–8.02 8.03–8.53 8.54–9.34 9.35–10.1 10.2–10.8 10.9–12.0 12.1–13.0 13.1–15.5
B 1.03 B 1.16 B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0
1.50 1.50 1.60 2.00 2.00 2.25 2.60 3.00 3.50 4.00 4.50 5.00 5.60 6.00 7.00 7.00 8.00 9.00 10.0 12.0 12.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 17.5 17.5 20.0 25.0 25.0 30.0
15.6–17.9 18.0–21.4 21.5–25.1 25.2–27.0
B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0
600 V Max.
250 V Max.
30 30 30 30
30 40 40 40
Table 110
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Index and Instructions: pages 16-129— 16-129—16-133
16-145
Thermal Unit Selection Tables 111–116
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 111
Table 114
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
14.0–14.9 15.0–16.2 16.3–17.2 17.3–18.7 18.8–20.2 20.3–21.7 21.8–23.3 23.4–25.2 25.3–27.1 27.2–29.4 29.5–31.6 31.7–34.0 34.1–36.8 36.9–39.8 39.9–42.3 42.4–45.7 45.8–49.2 49.3–52.8 52.9–56.8 56.9–61.2 61.3–66.1 66.2–71.2 71.3–76.7 76.8–82.9 83.0–90.0
CC 20.9 CC 22.8 CC 24.6 CC 26.3 CC 28.8 CC 31.0 CC 33.3 CC 36.4 CC 39.6 CC 42.7 CC 46.6 CC 50.1 CC 54.5 CC 59.4 CC 64.3 CC 68.5 CC 74.6 CC 81.5 CC 87.7 CC 94.0 CC 103.0 CC 112.0 CC 121.0 CC 132.0 CC 143.0
133–148 149–174 175–195 196–219 220–239 240–271 272–308 309–348 349–397 398–429 430–495 496–520
B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.85
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
44.0–46.8 46.9–50.6 50.7–54.5 54.6–58.4 58.5–62.9 63.0–67.7 67.8–72.9 73.0–78.1 78.2–83.9 84.0–91.1 91.2–97.5 97.6–104 105–113 114–133
CC 64.3 CC 68.5 CC 74.6 CC 81.5 CC 87.7 CC 94.0 CC 103.0 CC 112.0 CC 121.0 CC 132.0 CC 143.0 CC 156.0 CC 167.0 CC 180.0
176–190 191–203 203–223 224–239 240–253 254–299 300–341 342–361 362–395 396–409 410–427 428–475 476–487 488–532
DD 112.0 DD 121.0 DD 128.0 DD 140.0 DD 150.0 DD 160.0 DD 185.0 DD 220.0 DD 240.0 DD 250.0 DD 265.0 DD 289.0 DD 300.0 DD 320.0
Motor FLC (A))
Thermal Unit Number
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
88.2–95.1 95.2–101 102–111 112–119 120–131 132–149 150–170 171–180 181–197 198–204 205–213 214–237 238–243 244–266
DD 112.0 DD 121.0 DD 128.0 DD 140.0 DD 150.0 DD 160.0 DD 185.0 DD 220.0 DD 240.0 DD 250.0 DD 265.0 DD 280.0 DD 300.0 DD 320.0
81.6–91.1 91.2–101 102–115 116–131 132–146 147–163 164–184 185–209 210–229 230–257 258–281 282–321 322–387 388–419 420–465 466–497 496–532
B 1.03 B 1.16 B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.35 B 5.60 B 6.25 B 6.90
Table 115
Table 112
Table 116
Table 113
1 6
N E M A C S T O AN RT TA E C RT O S R S A N D
16-146
Index and Instructions: pages 16-129—16-133
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Thermal Unit Selection Tables 117–127
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 117
Table 122
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
100–111.9 112–121.9 122–131.9
E 88 E 89 E 91
132–139.9 140–151.9 152–163.9
E 92 E 93 E 94
164–173.9 174–185.9 186–195.9
E 96 E 97 E 98
196–215.9 216–227.9 228–251.9
E 99 E 101 E 102
8.48–9.25 9.26–10.11 10.12–11.09 11.10–12.27 12.28–12.89 12.90–14.97 14.98–17.11 17.12–19.49 19.50–22.3 22.4–22.5 22.6–28.9 29.0–32.9 33.0–37.9 38.0–43.3 43.4–46.7 46.8–49.9 50.0–53.9 54.0–58.3 58.4–62.7 62.8–67.1 67.2–73.8 74.0–78.3 78.4–81.9 82.0–90.0
AR 8.5 AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 AR 12.4 AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 AR 23.0 AR 27.0 AR 30.0 AR 35.0 AR 40.0 AR 44.0 AR 47.0 AR 51.0 AR 55.0 AR 60.0 AR 66.0 AR 72.0 AR 79.0 AR 86.0 AR 94.0
Table 118 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
210–233 234–265 266–297
AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98
298–331 332–369 370–415
AR 4.37 AR 4.8 AR 5.3
416–459 460–532
AR 5.8 AR 6.4
Table 123
Table 121 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
1.14–1.21 1.22–1.33 1.34–1.47 1.48–1.63 1.64–1.81 1.82–2.11 2.12–2.31 2.32–2.51 2.52–2.71 2.72–2.95 2.96–3.17 3.18–3.49 3.50–3.89 3.90–4.41 4.42–4.95 4.96–5.53 5.54–6.15 6.16–6.91 6.92–7.63 7.64–8.41 8.42–9.31 9.32–10.59 10.60–11.69 11.70–12.55 12.56–13.95 13.96–15.19 15.20–15.79 15.80–17.91 17.92–20.7 20.8–23.5 23.6–26.7 26.8–30.5 30.6–34.5 34.6–39.5 39.6–44.9 45.0–52.0
AR 1.05 AR 1.15 AR 1.26 AR 1.39 AR 1.53 AR 1.68 AR 1.85 AR 2.04 AR 2.24 AR 2.46 AR 2.71 AR 2.98 AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80 AR 5.3 AR 5.8 AR 6.4 AR 7.0 AR 7.7 AR 8.5 AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 AR 12.4 AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 AR 23.0 AR 27.0 AR 30.0 AR 35.0 AR 40.0
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
54.2–60.1 60.2–66.5 66.6–71.5 71.6–78.9 79.0–86.9 87.0–93.9 94.0–103.1 103.2–114.1 114.2–125.7 125.8–138.3 138.4–150.1 150.2–166.6
E 67 E 69 E 70 E 71 E 72 E 73 E 74 E 76 E 77 E 78 E 79 E 80
Table 127 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
1.12–1.27 1.28–1.37 1.38–1.55 1.56–1.71 1.72–1.95 1.96–2.19 2.20–2.43 2.44–2.67 2.68–3.07 3.08–3.47 3.48–3.79 3.80–4.35 4.36–5.07 5.08–5.75 5.76–6.45 6.46–6.99 7.00–7.71 7.72–8.23 8.24–9.41 9.42–10.43 10.44–11.07 11.08–12.35 12.36–14.05 14.06–15.85 15.86–17.23 17.24–18.35 18.36–20.1 20.2–22.1 22.2–23.7 23.8–27.1 27.2–30.7 30.8–34.9 35.0–38.9 39.0–44.5 44.6–50.3 50.4–54.0
B 0.81 B 0.92 B 1.03 B 1.16 B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Index and Instructions: pages 16-129—16-133
16-147
Thermal Unit Selection Tables 128–134
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 128
Table 133
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
7.88–8.91 8.92–9.95 9.96–10.57 10.58–11.95 11.96–13.79 13.80–15.85 15.86–17.43 17.44–18.55 18.56–20.5 20.6–22.9 23.0–24.7 24.8–27.9 28.0–31.7 31.8–35.9 36.0–39.9 40.0–45.7 45.8–50.9 51.0–61.7 61.8–65.1 65.2–69.9 70.0–79.5 79.6–89.4
B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0 B 50.0 B 56.0 B 62.0 B 70.0
4.60–5.23 5.24–5.86 5.87–6.25 6.26–7.09 7.10–8.25 8.26–9.49 9.50–10.3 10.4–11.2 11.3–12.5 12.6–13.8 13.9–15.0 15.1–16.9 17.0–19.1 19.2–22.0 22.1–24.4 24.5–28.0 28.1–31.8 31.9–36.0 36.1–38.5 38.6–41.2 41.3–44.4 44.5–50.3 50.4–56.9 57.0–59.0
B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0 B 50.0 B 56.0 B 62.0 B 70.0 B 79.0 B 88.0
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
4.30–4.98 4.99–5.57 5.58–5.94 5.95–6.71 6.72–7.79 7.80–8.93 8.94–9.77 9.78–10.5 10.6–11.7 11.8–13.0 13.1–14.0 14.1–15.0 15.1–17.2 17.3–19.9 20.0–22.3 22.4–26.0 26.1–29.8 29.9–34.0 34.1–36.7 36.8–39.5 39.6–42.1 42.2–46.6 46.7–51.5 51.6–54.0
B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0 B 50.0 B 56.0 B 62.0 B 70.0 B 79.0 B 88.0
Table 129 Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
28.0–29.9 30.0–32.5 32.6–34.5 34.6–37.5 37.6–40.5 40.6–43.5 43.6–46.7 46.8–50.5 50.6–54.3 54.4–58.9 59.0–63.3 63.4–68.1 68.2–73.7 73.8–79.7 79.8–84.7 84.8–91.5 91.6–98.5 98.6–105.7 105.8–113.7 113.8–122.5 122.6–132.3 132.4–142.5 142.6–153.5 153.6–165.9 166.0–180.0
CC 20.9 CC 22.8 CC 24.6 CC 26.3 CC 28.8 CC 31.0 CC 33.3 CC 36.4 CC 39.6 CC 42.7 CC 46.6 CC 50.1 CC 54.5 CC 59.4 CC 64.5 CC 68.5 CC 74.6 CC 81.5 CC 87.7 CC 94.0 CC 103.0 CC 112.0 CC 121.0 CC 132.0 CC 143.0
Table 134
1 6
N E M A C S T O AN RT TA E C RT O S R S A N D
16-148
Index and Instructions: pages 16-129—16-133
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Thermal Unit Selection Tables 135–139
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 135
Table 137 Motor FLC (A)
1 T. U.
3 T. U.
Thermal Unit Number
0.77–0.88 0.85–0.95 B 1.30 0.89–1.02 0.96–1.09 B 1.45 1.03–1.19 1.10–1.21 B 1.67 1.20–1.37 1.22–1.35 B 1.88 1.38–1.62 1.36–1.56 B 2.10 1.63–1.90 1.57–1.76 B 2.40 1.91–2.12 1.77–1.94 B 2.65 2.13–2.46 1.95–2.22 B 3.00 2.47–2.83 2.23–2.57 B 3.30 2.84–3.19 2.58–2.87 B 3.70 3.20–3.61 2.88–3.21 B 4.15 3.62–3.89 3.22–3.50 B 4.85 3.90–4.32 3.51–3.79 B 5.50 4.33–4.57 3.80–4.04 B 6.25 4.58–5.19 4.05–4.53 B 6.90 5.20–5.79 4.54–5.03 B 7.70 5.80–6.16 5.04–5.36 B 8.20 6.17–6.94 5.37–5.97 B 9.10 6.95–7.99 5.98–6.89 B 10.2 7.80–8.99 6.90–7.79 B 11.5 9.00–9.98 7.80–8.53 B 12.8 9.99–10.6 8.54–9.09 B 14.0 10.7–11.6 9.10–9.99 B 15.5 11.7–13.1 10.0–10.9 B 17.5 13.2–14.2 11.0–11.7 B 19.5 14.3–15.4 11.8–13.4 B 22.0 15.5–17.6 13.5–15.4 B 25.0 17.7–20.0 15.5–17.9 B 28.0 – 18.0–20.0 B 32.0 For Type DPSG12 & DPSG13, 20 Ampere Starter. Select Thermal Units from above. 20.1–22.7 18.0–20.2 B 32.0 22.8–25.0 20.3–23.2 B 36.0 – 23.3–25.0 B 40.0 For Type DPSG22 & DPSG23, 25 Ampere Starter. Select any of the Thermal Units from above. 22.8–26.1 – B 36.0 26.2–29.6 23.3–25.8 B 40.0 29.7–30.0 25.9–28.6 B 45.0 – 28.7–29.7 B 50.0 – 29.8–30.0 B 56.0 For Type DPSG32 & DPSG33, 30 Ampere Starter. Select any of the Thermal Units from above.
Motor FLC (A) 3 T. U.
Thermal Unit Number
50–55.9 56–60.9 61–65.9 66–69.9 70–75.9 76–81.9 82–86.9 87–92.9 93–97.9 98–107 108–113 114–125 126–138 139–153 154–163 164–180
E 88 E 89 E 91 E 92 E 93 E 94 E 96 E 97 E 98 E 99 E 101 E 102 E 103 E 104 E 106 E 107
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
22.6–25.5 25.6–26.4 26.5–28.9 29.0–31.9 32.0–34.5 34.6–36.9 37.0–40.6 40.7–44.0 44.1–47.4 47.5–53.1 53.2–58.3 58.4–63.5 63.6–69.9 70.0–77.1 77.2–83.3 83.4–86.9 87.0–92.9 93.0–100
E 62 E 65 E 66 E 67 E 69 E 70 E 71 E 72 E 73 E 74 E 76 E 77 E 78 E 79 E 80 E 96 E 97 E 98
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
13.7–15.2 15.3–16.8 16.9–18.7 18.8–20.0 20.1–22.5 22.6–23.3 23.4–25.5 25.6–27.9 28.0–30.8 30.9–33.2 33.3–36.6 36.7–38.9 39.0–43.1 43.2–47.4 47.5–50.0 50.1–55.2 55.3–60.0
E 57 E 59 E 60 E 61 E 62 E 65 E 66 E 67 E 69 E 70 E 71 E 72 E 73 E 74 E 76 E 77 E 78
Table 138
Table 139
Table 136 1 T. U.
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
0.98–1.09 0.88–0.98 B 1.30 1.10–1.24 0.99–1.13 B 1.45 1.25–1.41 1.14–1.26 B 1.67 1.42–1.59 1.27–1.38 B 1.88 1.60–1.81 1.39–1.62 B 2.10 1.82–2.04 1.63–1.82 B 2.40 2.05–2.19 1.83–2.04 B 2.65 2.20–2.52 2.05–2.36 B 3.00 2.53–2.90 2.37–2.72 B 3.30 2.91–3.29 2.73–3.07 B 3.70 3.30–3.69 3.08–3.44 B 4.15 3.70–3.99 3.45–3.69 B 4.85 4.00–4.42 3.70–4.11 B 5.50 4.43–4.69 4.12–4.34 B 6.25 4.70–5.37 4.35–4.89 B 6.90 5.38–5.94 4.90–5.44 B 7.70 5.95–6.34 5.45–5.80 B 8.20 6.35–7.05 5.81–6.47 B 9.10 7.06–8.14 6.48–7.45 B 10.2 8.15–9.39 7.46–8.49 B 11.5 9.40–10.3 8.50–9.29 B 12.8 10.4–11.1 9.30–9.99 B 14.0 11.2–12.2 10.0–10.8 B 15.5 12.3–13.5 10.9–12.1 B 17.5 13.6–14.7 12.2–13.1 B 19.5 14.8–16.1 13.2–14.6 B 22.0 16.2–18.3 14.7–16.4 B 25.0 18.4–20.0 16.5–18.9 B 28.0 – 19.0–20.0 B 32.0 For Type DPSO12 & DPSO13, 20 Ampere Starter. Select Thermal Units from above. 18.4–20.9 – B 28.0 21.0–23.6 19.0–20.9 B 32.0 23.7–25.0 21.0–24.1 B 36.0 – 24.2–25.0 B 40.0 For Type DPSO22 & DPSO23, 25 Ampere Starter. Select any of the Thermal Units from above. – B 36.0 23.7–27.2 24.2–27.2 B 40.0 27.3–30.0 27.3–30.0 B 45.0 For Type DPSO32 & DPSO33, 30 Ampere Starter. Select any of the Thermal Units from above.
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Index and Instructions: pages 16-129—16-133
16-149
Thermal Unit Selection Tables 140–143
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 140
Table 142
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
0.34–0.36 0.37–0.40 0.41–0.43 0.44–0.47 0.48–0.51 0.52–0.56 0.57–0.62 0.63–0.67 0.68–0.73 0.74–0.77 0.78–0.84 0.85–0.93 0.94–1.00 1.01–1.08 1.09–1.15 1.16–1.27 1.28–1.45 1.46–1.61 1.62–1.81 1.82–2.00 2.01–2.12 2.13–2.29 2.30–2.43 2.44–2.66 2.67–2.98 2.99–3.16 3.17–3.39 3.40–3.69 3.70–4.00 4.01–4.48 4.49–5.00 5.01–5.44 5.45–5.99 6.00–6.60 6.61–6.96 6.97–7.26 7.27–7.99 8.00–8.89 8.90–9.74 9.75–10.50 10.6–11.5 11.6–12.3 12.4–13.4 13.5–15.2 15.3–17.2 17.3–18.4 18.5–20.6 20.7–21.3 21.4–23.4 23.5–24.0
E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9 E 11 E 12 E 13 E 14 E 16 E 17 E 18 E 19 E 23 E 24 E 26 E 27 E 28 E 29 E 31 E 32 E 33 E 34 E 36 E 37 E 38 E 39 E 41 E 42 E 44 E 46 E 47 E 48 E 49 E 50 E 51 E 52 E 53 E 54 E 55 E 56 E 57 E 60 E 61 E 62 E 65 E 66 E 67
N E M A C S T O AN RT TA E C RT O S R S A N D
Max. Fuse Rating (A)
11.7–13.5 13.6–16.7 16.8–18.1 18.2–20.0 20.1–21.9 22.0–24.2
E56 E57 E60 E61 E62 E65
25 30 35 40 40 45
24.3–26.2 26.3–29.2 29.3–32.0 32.1–34.3 34.4–36.2 36.3–39.9 40.0–43.8 43.9–46.2 46.3–50.0
E66 E67 E69 E70 E71 E73 E73A E74 E76
50 50 60 70 70 80
E77 E78 E79 E80 E94 E96 E98 E101
90 90 100
600 V Max.
250 V Max.
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
110 110 125 125 125 125 125 125
Table 143
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit No.
Max. Fuse Rating (A)
12.2–14.4 14.5–17.8 17.9–18.8
E56 E57 E60
25 30 40
18.9–21.4 21.5–23.0 23.1–25.7 25.8–28.0 28.1–31.0 31.1–32.7 32.8–35.5 35.6–38.2 38.3–43.3 43.4–46.9 47.0–50.1
E61 E62 E65 E66 E67 E69 E70 E71 E73 E73A E74
40 45 50 50 60 60 70 80 80
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit No.
Max. Fuse Rating (A)
18.9–20.0 20.1–22.8 22.9–24.7 24.8–26.9 27.0–29.2 29.3–32.8 32.9–34.9 35.0–37.5 37.6–39.6 39.7–46.1 46.2–49.9 50.0–56.3 56.4–61.0 61.1–64.0 64.1–66.0 66.1–72.4 72.5–78.2 78.3–83.9 84.0–86.0 86.1–92.8 92.9–97.9 98.0–105.0 105.1–117.0 117.1–133.0
E60 E61 E62 E65 E66 E67 E69 E70 E72 E73 E73A E74 E76 E77 E78 E79 E80 E94 E96 E97 E98 E101 E102 E103
40 45 50 50 60 60 70 70 80 80 100 110 125 125 125 125 150 175 175 175 200 200 200 200
90 100
600 V Max.
250 V Max.
50.2–54.0
E76
100
110
54.1–58.0 58.1–60.0 60.1–67.0 67.1–70.5 70.6–75.9 76.0–82.0 82.1–86.0
E77 E78 E79 E80 E94 E96 E97
100 100 100 100 100 100 100
110 125 125 125 125 125 125
16-150
Thermal Unit No.
50.1–53.9 54.0–56.0 56.1–61.0 61.1–65.9 66.0–72.0 72.1–75.9 76.0–79.9 80.0–86.0
Table 141
1 6
Motor FLC (A)
Index and Instructions: pages 16-129—16-133
© 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Thermal Unit Selection Tables 144–147
www.us.schneider-electric.com FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
Table 144
Table 146
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit No.
Max. Fuse Rating (A)
18.2–19.1 19.2–22.1 22.2–23.1 23.2–25.7 25.8–27.7 27.8–31.3 31.4–33.3 33.4–35.9 36.0–38.4 38.5–44.2 44.3–46.8 46.9–52.6 52.7–56.0 56.1–58.4 58.5–61.9 62.0–67.1 67.2–72.3 72.4–75.9 76.0–85.6 85.7–91.2 91.3–100.0 100.1–108.9 109.0–119.9 120.0–133.0
E60 E61 E62 E65 E66 E67 E69 E70 E71 E73 E73A E74 E76 E77 E78 E79 E80 E94 E96 E98 E101 E102 E103 E104
40 40 45 50 50 60 70 70 80 80 90 100 110 125 125 125 150 150 150 175 200 200 200 200
Motor FLC (A) 1 T.U.
3 T.U.
Thermal Unit Number
3.90–4.22 3.60–3.89 B5.50 4.23–4.49 3.90–4.15 B6.25 4.50–5.14 4.16–4.76 B6.90 5.15–5.78 4.77–5.30 B7.70 5.79–6.23 5.31–5.70 B8.20 6.24–7.03 5.71–6.46 B9.10 7.04–8.23 6.47–7.65 B10.2 8.24–9.31 7.66–8.55 B11.5 9.32–10.1 8.56–9.36 B12.8 10.2–10.7 9.37–9.9 B14.0 10.8–11.9 10.0–10.9 B15.5 12.0–13.1 11.0–12.0 B17.5 13.2–13.9 12.1–12.8 B19.5 14.0–15.9 12.9–14.2 B22.0 16.0–18.0 14.3–16.0 B25.0 18.1–20.8 16.1–18.5 B28.0 20.9–23.1 18.6–21.2 B32.0 23.2–26.9 21.3–24.9 B36.0 27.0–31.4 25.0–28.0 B40.0 31.5–36.0 28.1–31.7 B45.0 36.1–38.8 31.8–34.6 B50.0 38.9–41.7 34.7–37.4 B56.0 41.8–46.3 37.5–40.0 B62.0 46.4–50.0 40.1–46.4 B70.0 — 46.5–50.0 B79.0 For Type DPSG52 & DPSG53, 50 Ampere Starter. Select any of the Thermal Units from above.
Table 147
Table 145
Motor FLC (A)
Motor FLC (A) 1 T.U.
3 T.U.
Thermal Unit Number
1.00–1.11 0.91–1.02 B1.30 1.12–1.27 1.03–1.15 B1.45 1.28–1.36 1.16–1.27 B1.67 1.37–1.53 1.28–1.39 B1.88 1.54–1.78 1.40–1.61 B2.10 1.79–2.02 1.62–1.84 B2.40 2.03–2.20 1.85–2.03 B2.65 2.21–2.52 2.04–2.34 B3.00 2.53–2.94 2.35–2.69 B3.30 2.95–3.30 2.70–3.02 B3.70 3.31–3.70 3.03–3.39 B4.15 3.71–4.02 3.40–3.65 B4.85 4.03–4.46 3.66–4.04 B5.50 4.47–4.69 4.05–4.28 B6.25 4.70–5.37 4.29–4.85 B6.90 5.38–5.94 4.86–5.38 B7.70 5.95–6.34 5.39–5.71 B8.20 6.35–7.09 5.72–6.39 B9.10 7.10–8.46 6.40–7.53 B10.2 8.47–9.32 7.54–8.34 B11.5 9.33–10.2 8.35–9.14 B12.8 10.3–10.9 9.15–9.74 B14.0 11.0–12.1 9.75–10.7 B15.5 12.2–13.4 10.8–11.8 B17.5 13.5–14.2 11.9–12.2 B19.5 14.3–16.0 12.3–14.4 B22.0 16.1–18.1 14.5–16.4 B25.0 18.2–20.5 16.5–18.9 B28.0 20.6–23.5 19.0–21.3 B32.0 23.6–27.2 21.4–23.3 B36.0 27.3–30.8 23.4–27.9 B40.0 30.9–35.0 28.0–31.4 B45.0 35.1–37.2 31.5–32.5 B50.0 37.3–40.0 32.6–36.5 B56.0 — 36.6–40.0 B62.0 For Type DPSG42 & DPSG43, 40 Ampere Starter. Select any of the Thermal Units from above.
1 T.U.
3 T.U.
Thermal Unit Number
1.04–1.14 0.93–1.04 B1.30 1.15–1.29 1.05–1.18 B1.45 1.30–1.43 1.19–1.33 B1.67 1.44–1.56 1.34–1.43 B1.88 1.57–1.79 1.44–1.67 B2.10 1.80–2.03 1.68–1.88 B2.40 2.04–2.26 1.89–2.09 B2.65 2.27–2.51 2.10–2.41 B3.00 2.52–3.03 2.42–2.79 B3.30 3.04–3.31 2.80–3.15 B3.70 3.32–3.73 3.16–3.54 B4.15 3.74–4.07 3.55–3.75 B4.85 4.08–4.49 3.76–4.22 B5.50 4.50–4.76 4.23–4.46 B5.25 4.77–5.44 4.47–5.09 B6.90 5.45–6.04 5.10–5.61 B7.70 6.05–6.46 5.62–5.99 B8.20 6.47–7.24 6.00–6.70 B9.10 7.25–8.64 6.71–8.19 B10.20 8.65–9.59 8.20–8.79 B11.5 9.60–10.5 8.80–9.66 B12.8 10.6–11.3 9.67–10.2 B14.0 11.4–12.6 10.3–11.4 B15.5 12.7–13.9 11.5–12.6 B17.5 14.0–14.9 12.7–13.5 B19.5 15.0–16.5 13.6–15.1 B22.0 16.6–18.9 15.2–17.2 B25.0 19.0–22.2 17.3–19.9 B28.0 22.3–24.6 20.0–22.5 B32.0 24.7–28.6 22.6–26.2 B36.0 28.7–32.4 26.3–29.9 B40.0 32.5–37.3 30.0–34.0 B45.0 37.4–39.5 34.1–36.2 B50.0 39.6–40.0 36.3–38.7 B56.0 — 38.8–40.0 B62.0 For Type DPSO42 & DPSO43, 40 Ampere Starter. Select any of the Thermal Units from above.
E S P R Y E T T E R S A O T P S R D U N P A E S T I R N O I T F C E D / A T A N M O E C N
6 1 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Index and Instructions: pages 16-129—16-133
16-151